Garmin | G1000: Cessna 172R/172S Nav III | Garmin G1000: Cessna 172R/172S Nav III G1000 Pilot's Guide for the Cessna Nav III

Garmin G1000: Cessna 172R/172S Nav III G1000 Pilot's Guide for the Cessna Nav III
G1000
®
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road
Houndsdown Business Park
Southampton, SO40 9RB, U.K.
p:44/0870.8501241
f:44/0870.8501251
www.garmin.com
Cessna Nav III
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road
Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan
p:886/02.2642.9199
f:886/02.2642.9099
®
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
p:503.391.3411
f:503.364.2138
G1000 Pilot’s Guide
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, KS 66062, U.S.A.
p:913.397.8200
f:913.397.8282
Integrated Flight Deck
Pilot’s Guide
190-00498-08
Revision A
Cessna Nav III
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL & CNS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Copyright © 2004-2011, 2013 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved.
This manual reflects the operation of System Software version 0563.30 or later for Cessna 172R, 172S, 182T, J182T, T182T, 206H, and
T206H aircraft. Some differences in operation may be observed when comparing the information in this manual to earlier or later software
versions.
NOTE: Cessna Nav III aircraft include the Cessna 172R, the Cessna 172S, the normally aspirated Cessna 182 (182),
the turbocharged Cessna 182 (T182), The turbocharged Diesel Cessna 182 (J182T), the normally aspirated Cessna
206 (206), and the turbocharged Cessna 206 (T206). Unless otherwise indicated, information in the G1000 Cockpit
Reference Guide pertains to all Cessna Nav III aircraft.
Garmin International, Inc., 1200 East 151st Street, Olathe, Kansas 66062, U.S.A.
Tel: 913/397.8200Fax: 913/397.8282
Garmin AT, Inc., 2345 Turner Road SE, Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
Tel: 503/391.3411Fax 503/364.2138
Garmin (Europe) Ltd, Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road, Hounsdown Business Park, Southampton, SO40 9RB, U.K.
Tel: 44/0870.8501241Fax: 44/0870.8501251
Garmin Corporation, No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road, Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan
Tel: 886/02.2642.9199Fax: 886/02.2642.9099
For after-hours emergency, aircraft on ground (AOG) technical support for Garmin panel mount and integrated avionics systems, please
contact Garmin’s AOG Hotline at 913.397.0836.
Web Site Address: www.garmin.com
Except as expressly provided herein, no part of this manual may be reproduced, copied, transmitted, disseminated, downloaded or stored
in any storage medium, for any purpose without the express written permission of Garmin. Garmin hereby grants permission to download
a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a hard drive or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for
personal use, provided that such electronic or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this copyright notice
and provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited.
Garmin® and G1000®, FliteCharts®, and SafeTaxi® are registered trademarks of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. Connext™ is trademark of
Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. These trademarks may not be used without the express permission of Garmin.
NavData® is a registered trademark of Jeppesen, Inc.; Stormscope® is a registered trademark of L-3 Communications; Honeywell® and
Bendix/King® are registered trademarks of Honeywell International, Inc.; CO Guardian is a trademark of CO Guardian, Inc.
SiriusXM Weather and SiriusXM Satellite Radio are provided by SiriusXM Satellite Radio, Inc.
AC-U-KWIK® is a registered trademark of Penton Business Media Inc.
AOPA Membership Publications, Inc. and its related organizations (hereinafter collectively “AOPA”) expressly disclaim all warranties,
with respect to the AOPA information included in this data, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties
of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The information is provided “as is” and AOPA does not warrant or make any
representations regarding its accuracy, reliability, or otherwise. Under no circumstances including negligence, shall AOPA be liable for any
incidental, special or consequential damages that result from the use or inability to use the software or related documentation, even if
AOPA or an AOPA authorized representative has been advised of the possibility of such damages. User agrees not to sue AOPA and, to
the maximum extent allowed by law, to release and hold harmless AOPA from any causes of action, claims or losses related to any actual
or alleged inaccuracies in the information. Some jurisdictions do not allow the limitation or exclusion of implied warranties or liability for
incidental or consequential damages so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
AC-U-KWIK and its related organizations (hereafter collectively “AC-U-KWIK Organizations”) expressly disclaim all warranties with
respect to the AC-U-KWIK information included in this data, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The information is provided “as is” and AC-U-KWIK Organizations do not warrant or
make any representations regarding its accuracy, reliability, or otherwise. Licensee agrees not to sue AC-U-KWIK Organizations and, to the
maximum extent allowed by law, to release and hold harmless AC-U-KWIK Organizations from any cause of action, claims or losses related
to any actual or alleged inaccuracies in the information arising out of Garmin’s use of the information in the datasets. Some jurisdictions
do not allow the limitation or exclusion of implied warranties or liability for incidental or consequential damages so the above limitations
or exclusions may not apply to licensee.
May, 2013
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
Printed in the U.S.A.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
LIMITED WARRANTY
LIMITED WARRANTY
Within the warranty period, Garmin will, at its sole discretion, repair or replace any components that fail in normal use. Such repairs or
replacement will be made at no charge to the customer for parts and/or labor incidental to the direct repair of said product. Garmin may,
at its discretion with prior approval, reimburse an authorized Garmin Service Center for associated labor costs incurred for removal and
replacement of the panel mount product installed in an aircraft. The customer shall be responsible for any transportation or other cost. This
warranty does not apply to: (i) cosmetic damage, such as scratches, nicks and dents; (ii) consumable parts, such as batteries, unless product
damage has occurred due to a defect in materials or workmanship; (iii) damage caused by accident, abuse, misuse, water, flood, fire, or
other acts of nature or external causes; (iv) damage caused by service performed by anyone who is not an authorized service provider
of Garmin; or (v) damage to a product that has been modified or altered without the written permission of Garmin. In addition, Garmin
reserves the right to refuse warranty claims against products or services that are obtained and/or used in contravention of the laws of any
country.
THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS,
IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY LIABILITY ARISING UNDER ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, WHICH MAY VARY FROM
STATE TO STATE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL GARMIN BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER
RESULTING FROM THE USE, MISUSE, OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT OR FROM DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCT. Some states do not
allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations may not apply in every case.
Garmin retains the exclusive right to repair or replace (with a new or newly-overhauled replacement product) the product or offer a full
refund of the purchase price at its sole discretion. SUCH REMEDY SHALL BE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF
WARRANTY.
To obtain warranty service, contact your local Garmin Authorized Service Center. For assistance in locating the nearest Service Center, call
Garmin Customer Service at one of the numbers listed below.
Products sold through online auctions are not eligible for warranty coverage or rebates or other special offers from Garmin. Online auction
confirmations are not accepted for warranty verification. To obtain warranty service, an original or copy of the sales receipt from the original
retailer is required. Garmin will not replace missing components from any package purchased through an online auction.
Garmin International Inc.
1200 East 151st Street, Olathe, Kansas 66062
Telephone:
(913)397-8200
Telephone Toll Free:
(888)606-5482
Facsimile:
(913)397-8282
Facsimile Toll Free:
(800)801-4670
E-mail: orders@garmin.com
avionics@garmin.com
warranty@garmin.com
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road, Southampton, SO40
9RB, UK
Telephone:
++44 (0) 870-8501243
Telephone Toll Free:
++44 (0) 0808 238 0000
(option 5)
Facsimile:
++44 (0) 238052004
E-mail: avionics.europe@garmin.com
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
i
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES
WARNING: Navigation and terrain separation must NOT be predicated upon the use of the terrain avoidance
feature. The terrain avoidance feature is NOT intended to be used as a primary reference for terrain avoidance
and does not relieve the pilot from the responsibility of being aware of surroundings during flight. The
terrain avoidance feature is only to be used as an aid for terrain avoidance. Terrain data is obtained from
third party sources. Garmin is not able to independently verify the accuracy of the terrain data.
WARNING: The displayed minimum safe altitudes (MSAs) are only advisory in nature and should not be
relied upon as the sole source of obstacle and terrain avoidance information. Always refer to current
aeronautical charts for appropriate minimum clearance altitudes.
WARNING: Do not use outdated database information. Databases used in the G1000 system must be updated
regularly in order to ensure that the information remains current. Pilots using any outdated database do so
entirely at their own risk.
WARNING: Do not use basemap (land and water data) information for primary navigation. Basemap data is
intended only to supplement other approved navigation data sources and should be considered as an aid to
enhance situational awareness.
WARNING: Traffic information shown on system displays is provided as an aid in visually acquiring traffic.
Pilots must maneuver the aircraft based only upon ATC guidance or positive visual acquisition of conflicting
traffic.
WARNING: Use of the Stormscope is not intended for hazardous weather penetration (thunderstorm
penetration). Stormscope information, as displayed on the G1000 MFD, is to be used only for weather
avoidance, not penetration.
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in, near, or around areas of hazardous
weather. Information contained within data link weather products may not accurately depict current
weather conditions.
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to determine the age of the weather
information shown by the data link weather product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing
weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data link weather product
may be significantly older than the indicated weather product age.
WARNING: For safety reasons, G1000 operational procedures must be learned on the ground.
ii
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES
WARNING: The Garmin G1000, as installed in Cessna Nav III aircraft, has a very high degree of functional
integrity. However, the pilot must recognize that providing monitoring and/or self-test capability for all
conceivable system failures is not practical. Although unlikely, it may be possible for erroneous operation
to occur without a fault indication shown by the G1000. It is thus the responsibility of the pilot to detect
such an occurrence by means of cross-checking with all redundant or correlated information available in the
cockpit.
WARNING: The United States government operates the Global Positioning System and is solely responsible
for its accuracy and maintenance. The GPS system is subject to changes which could affect the accuracy
and performance of all GPS equipment. Portions of the Garmin G1000 utilize GPS as a precision electronic
NAVigation AID (NAVAID). Therefore, as with all NAVAIDs, information presented by the G1000 can be
misused or misinterpreted and, therefore, become unsafe.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of unsafe operation, carefully review and understand all aspects of the
G1000 Pilot’s Guide documentation. Thoroughly practice basic operation prior to actual use. During flight
operations, carefully compare indications from the G1000 to all available navigation sources, including
the information from other NAVAIDs, visual sightings, charts, etc. For safety purposes, always resolve any
discrepancies before continuing navigation.
WARNING: The illustrations in this guide are only examples. Never use the G1000 to attempt to penetrate
a thunderstorm. Both the FAA Advisory Circular, Subject: Thunderstorms, and the Airman’s Information
Manual (AIM) recommend avoiding “by at least 20 miles any thunderstorm identified as severe or giving an
intense radar echo.”
WARNING: Because of variation in the earth’s magnetic field, operating the system within the following
areas could result in loss of reliable attitude and heading indications. North of 72° North latitude at all
longitudes. South of 70° South latitude at all longitudes. North of 65° North latitude between longitude
75° W and 120° W. (Northern Canada). North of 70° North latitude between longitude 70° W and 128° W.
(Northern Canada). North of 70° North latitude between longitude 85° E and 114° E. (Northern Russia).
South of 55° South latitude between longitude 120° E and 165° E. (Region south of Australia and New
Zealand).
WARNING: Do not use GPS to navigate to any active waypoint identified as a ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ by a
system message. ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ waypoints are derived from an unknown map reference datum that
may be incompatible with the map reference datum used by GPS (known as WGS84) and may be positioned
in error as displayed.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
iii
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES
CAUTION: The PFD and MFD displays use a lens coated with a special anti-reflective coating that is very
sensitive to skin oils, waxes, and abrasive cleaners. CLEANERS CONTAINING AMMONIA WILL HARM THE
ANTI-REFLECTIVE COATING. It is very important to clean the lens using a clean, lint-free cloth and an
eyeglass lens cleaner that is specified as safe for anti-reflective coatings.
CAUTION: The Garmin G1000 does not contain any user-serviceable parts. Repairs should only be made by
an authorized Garmin service center. Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty
and the pilot’s authority to operate this device under FAA/FCC regulations.
NOTE: When using Stormscope, there are several atmospheric phenomena in addition to nearby thunderstorms
that can cause isolated discharge points in the strike display mode. However, clusters of two or more
discharge points in the strike display mode do indicate thunderstorm activity if these points reappear after
the screen has been cleared.
NOTE: Interference from GPS repeaters operating inside nearby hangars can cause an intermittent loss of
attitude and heading displays while the aircraft is on the ground. Moving the aircraft more than 100 yards
away from the source of the interference should alleviate the condition.
NOTE: All visual depictions contained within this document, including screen images of the G1000 panel and
displays, are subject to change and may not reflect the most current G1000 system and aviation databases.
Depictions of equipment may differ slightly from the actual equipment.
NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE: The GDU 1040 PFD/MFD may require a warm-up time of up to 30 minutes when exposed to -40˚C for
an extended period. A warm-up time of up to 15 minutes may be required when exposed to -30˚C for an
extended period.
NOTE: This product, its packaging, and its components contain chemicals known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive harm. This notice is being provided in accordance with
California’s Proposition 65. If you have any questions or would like additional information, please refer to
our web site at www.garmin.com/prop65.
NOTE: Use of polarized eyewear may cause the flight displays to appear dim or blank.
iv
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
REVISION INFORMATION
Record of Revisions
Part Number
190-00498-00
Revision
A
Date
10/27/05
190-00498-01
A
9/11/06
190-00498-02
A
3/8/07
i - I-6
190-00498-03
A
11/6/07
i - I-6
190-00498-04
A
9/26/08
All
190-00498-05
A
8/14/09
All
190-00498-06
A
1/10
All
B
4/10
484
A
10/11
All
190-00498-07
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Page Range
Description
i - I-4
Reformatted for single part number (all previous part numbers
incorporated into this part number)
Added TAWS-B
Added CO Guardian
Added new fuel totalizer
i - I-6
Added GFC 700 AFCS
Added WAAS and VNAV
Added Chartview, Flitecharts, and SafeTaxi
Added GDU 7.00 parameters
Change manual to larger format
Added Airways
Added ADS-B
Added GDU 8.02 parameters
Various clerical changes
Added GDU 8.20 parameters, including gradient background on
the PFD and GFC 700 for the C172.
Added GDU 9.03 parameters
Removed gradient background.
Added Synthetic Vision System
Added GDU 9.14
Added new page navigation
Added flight plan import/export
Added new EIS displays
Added CDI use in Dead Reckoning Mode
Various clerical changes
Added GDU 10.01
Added Auxiliary Video
Added AOPA Airport Directory
Added Flight Data Logging
Removed statement regarding certain SD cards voiding the
G1000 warranty.
Added Profile View
Added FIS-B Weather
Added Arrival Alert
Added GTS 800 Traffic System
Updated database synchronization
Added GDU 12.02 parameters
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
v
REVISION INFORMATION
Record of Revisions
Part Number
190-00498-08
vi
Revision
A
Date
5/13
Page Range
Description
All
Added GDU 13.03 parameters
Added User-defined Holds
Added temperature compensated altitude
Added Satellite Telephone
Added J182T
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW
System Description.................................................. 1
Line Replaceable Units (LRU).................................. 2
G1000 Controls......................................................... 7
PFD/MFD Controls......................................................... 7
Audio Panel Controls................................................... 10
Secure Digital (SD) Cards...................................... 12
System Power-up.................................................... 13
System Operation................................................... 14
Normal Display Operation............................................ 14
Reversionary Display Operation.................................... 14
AHRS Operation.......................................................... 15
G1000 System Annunciations....................................... 17
Softkey Function.......................................................... 17
GPS Receiver Operation............................................... 25
Accessing G1000 Functionality............................ 29
Menus........................................................................ 29
MFD Page Groups........................................................ 30
MFD System Pages...................................................... 34
Display Backlighting.............................................. 44
Automatic Adjustment................................................. 44
Manual Adjustment..................................................... 44
SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.1 Flight Instruments.................................................. 50
Airspeed Indicator....................................................... 50
Attitude Indicator........................................................ 52
Altimeter.................................................................... 53
Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)........................................ 55
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)............................... 57
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)................................... 62
2.2 Supplemental Flight Data..................................... 69
Outside Air Temperature............................................... 69
Wind Data.................................................................. 71
Vertical Navigation (VNV) Indications............................ 72
2.3 PFD Annunciations and Alerting Functions......... 73
System Alerting........................................................... 73
Marker Beacon Annunciations...................................... 74
Traffic Annunciation..................................................... 74
TAWS Annunciations.................................................... 75
Altitude Alerting.......................................................... 76
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Low Altitude Annunciation........................................... 76
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height Alerting....... 76
2.4 Abnormal Operations............................................ 78
Abnormal GPS Conditions............................................ 78
Unusual Attitudes........................................................ 79
SECTION 3 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM (EIS)
3.1 Engine Display........................................................ 84
Normally-Aspirated and Turbocharged Aircraft............... 84
3.2 Lean Display............................................................ 88
Normally-Aspirated Aircraft.......................................... 90
Turbocharged Aircraft................................................... 91
3.3 System Display....................................................... 92
Normally-Aspirated and Turbocharged Aircraft............... 92
3.4 ECU Mechanical Backup Mode (J182T)................ 97
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
SECTION 4 AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
Overview................................................................. 99
MFD/PFD Controls and Frequency Display.................... 100
Audio Panel Controls................................................. 102
COM Operation..................................................... 104
COM Transceiver Selection and Activation.................... 104
COM Transceiver Manual Tuning................................. 105
Quick-tuning and Activating 121.500 MHz................... 106
Auto-tuning the COM Frequency................................. 107
Frequency Spacing..................................................... 111
Automatic Squelch..................................................... 112
Volume..................................................................... 112
NAV Operation...................................................... 113
NAV Radio Selection and Activation............................ 113
NAV Receiver Manual Tuning...................................... 114
Auto-tuning a NAV Frequency from the MFD................ 116
Marker Beacon Receiver............................................. 121
DME Tuning.............................................................. 122
GTX 33 Mode S Transponder............................... 123
Transponder Controls................................................. 123
Transponder Mode Selection....................................... 124
Entering a Transponder Code...................................... 127
IDENT Function......................................................... 128
Additional Audio Panel Functions...................... 129
Power-up.................................................................. 129
Mono/Stereo Headsets............................................... 129
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
vii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Speaker.................................................................... 129
Intercom................................................................... 130
Passenger Address (PA) System................................... 132
Clearance Recorder and Player.................................... 132
Entertainment Inputs................................................. 133
4.6 Audio Panel Preflight Procedure........................ 134
4.7 Abnormal Operation............................................ 135
Stuck Microphone...................................................... 135
COM Tuning Failure.................................................... 135
Audio Panel Fail-safe Operation.................................. 135
Reversionary Mode.................................................... 135
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
viii
SECTION 5 FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Introduction.......................................................... 137
Navigation Status Box................................................ 138
Using Map Displays.............................................. 140
Map Orientation........................................................ 140
Map Range............................................................... 142
Map Panning............................................................. 144
Measuring Bearing and Distance................................. 148
Topography............................................................... 149
Map Symbols............................................................ 152
Airways.................................................................... 158
Track Vector.............................................................. 160
Wind Vector.............................................................. 161
Nav Range Ring........................................................ 162
Fuel Range Ring........................................................ 163
Field of View (SVS)..................................................... 164
Selected Altitude Intercept Arc.................................... 165
Waypoints.............................................................. 166
Airports.................................................................... 167
Intersections............................................................. 174
NDBs........................................................................ 176
VORs........................................................................ 178
User Waypoints......................................................... 180
Airspaces............................................................... 186
Direct-to-Navigation ........................................... 189
Flight Planning...................................................... 194
Flight Plan Creation................................................... 195
Adding Waypoints to an Existing Flight Plan................. 200
Adding Airways to a Flight Plan.................................. 202
Adding Procedures to a Stored Flight Plan................... 205
Flight Plan Storage.................................................... 211
Flight Plan Editing..................................................... 214
Along Track Offsets.................................................... 218
Parallel Track............................................................. 219
Activating a Flight Plan Leg........................................ 222
Inverting a Flight Plan................................................ 223
Flight Plan Views....................................................... 224
Closest Point of FPL................................................... 226
User-Defined Holding Patterns.................................... 226
5.7 Vertical Navigation.............................................. 230
Altitude Constraints................................................... 232
5.8 Procedures............................................................ 236
Departures................................................................ 236
Arrivals .................................................................... 239
Approaches .............................................................. 241
5.9 Trip Planning......................................................... 249
Trip Planning............................................................. 249
5.10 RAIM Prediction................................................... 253
5.11 Navigating a Flight Plan...................................... 256
5.12 Abnormal Operation............................................ 284
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
SECTION 6 HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SiriusXM Weather................................................. 288
Activating Services..................................................... 288
Using SiriusXM Weather Products............................... 289
SiriusXM Weather Abnormal Operations...................... 322
Garmin Connext Weather.................................... 324
Registering the Iridium Satellite System....................... 325
Registering the system for Garmin Connext Weather..... 325
Accessing Garmin Connext Weather Products............... 327
Connext Data Requests.............................................. 333
Garmin Connext Weather Products.............................. 337
Abnormal Operations................................................. 352
FIS-B Weather....................................................... 354
Using FIS-B Weather Products..................................... 354
WX-500 Stormscope............................................ 367
Setting Up Stormscope on the Navigation Map............ 367
Terrain Proximity.................................................. 372
Displaying Terrain Proximity Data................................ 372
Profile View Terrain.............................................. 377
Profile View Display................................................... 377
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6.7 Terrain-SVS............................................................ 380
Displaying Terrain-SVS Data........................................ 381
Terrain-SVS Page....................................................... 383
Terrain-SVS Alerts...................................................... 385
System Status............................................................ 388
6.8 TAWS-B.................................................................. 389
Displaying TAWS-B Data............................................. 390
TAWS-B Page............................................................ 392
TAWS-B Alerts........................................................... 394
System Status............................................................ 400
6.9 Traffic Information Service (TIS)......................... 402
Displaying Traffic Data............................................... 403
Traffic Map Page........................................................ 405
TIS Alerts.................................................................. 406
System Status............................................................ 407
6.10 Garmin GTS 800 Traffic........................................ 410
Theory of operation................................................... 410
TAS Alerts................................................................. 413
System Test............................................................... 414
Operation................................................................. 415
System Status........................................................... 422
6.11 Honeywell KTA870 Traffic.................................... 423
TAS Symbology.......................................................... 423
Operation................................................................. 424
Altitude Display......................................................... 427
Traffic Map Page Display Range.................................. 427
TAS Alerts................................................................. 429
System Status............................................................ 430
6.12 ADS-B Traffic......................................................... 431
Traffic Description...................................................... 432
SECTION 7 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
7.1 AFCS Controls....................................................... 439
7.2 Flight Director Operation.................................... 441
Activating the Flight Director...................................... 441
AFCS Status Box........................................................ 442
Command Bars.......................................................... 443
Flight Director Modes................................................. 443
7.3 Vertical Modes...................................................... 444
Pitch Hold Mode (PIT)................................................ 445
Selected Altitude Capture Mode (ALTS)........................ 446
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Altitude Hold Mode (ALT)........................................... 447
Vertical Speed Mode (VS)........................................... 448
Flight Level Change Mode (FLC).................................. 449
Vertical Navigation Modes (VPTH, ALTV)...................... 450
Glidepath Mode (GP) (SBAS Only)............................... 455
Glideslope Mode (GS)................................................ 457
Go Around Mode (GA)............................................... 458
7.4 Lateral Modes....................................................... 459
Roll Hold Mode (ROL)................................................ 460
Heading Select Mode (HDG)....................................... 461
Navigation Modes (GPS, VOR, LOC)............................. 462
Approach Modes (GPS, VAPP, LOC).............................. 464
Backcourse Mode (BC)............................................... 466
7.5 Autopilot Operation............................................. 467
Engaging the Autopilot.............................................. 467
Control Wheel Steering.............................................. 468
Disengaging the Autopilot.......................................... 468
7.6 Example Procedures............................................. 469
Departure................................................................. 470
Intercepting a VOR Radial........................................... 472
Flying a Flight Plan/GPS Course.................................. 473
Descent.................................................................... 474
Approach.................................................................. 478
Go Around/Missed Approach...................................... 481
7.7 AFCS Annunciations and Alerts.......................... 483
AFCS Status Alerts..................................................... 483
Overspeed Protection................................................. 484
7.8 Abnormal Operation............................................ 485
Suspected Autopilot malfunction................................. 485
Overpowering Autopilot Servos................................... 485
SECTION 8 ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.1 Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) (Optional)... 488
SVT Operation........................................................... 489
SVT Features............................................................. 491
Field of View............................................................. 499
8.2 SafeTaxi................................................................. 501
SafeTaxi Cycle Number and Revision........................... 504
8.3 ChartView (Optional)........................................... 507
ChartView Softkeys.................................................... 508
Terminal Procedures Charts........................................ 509
Chart Options............................................................ 517
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
ix
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Day/Night View......................................................... 523
ChartView Cycle Number and Expiration Date.............. 525
8.4 FliteCharts............................................................. 528
FliteCharts Softkeys................................................... 529
Terminal Procedures Charts........................................ 530
Chart Options............................................................ 537
Day/Night View......................................................... 541
FliteCharts Cycle Number and Expiration Date.............. 543
8.5 Airport Directory.................................................. 546
Airport Directory Database Cycle Number and Revision.547
8.6 Satellite Telephone Services............................... 549
Registering the Iridium Satellite System....................... 549
Telephone Communication......................................... 550
Text Messaging (SMS)................................................ 557
8.7 SiriusXM Satellite Radio (Service Optional)..... 568
Activating SiriusXM Satellite Radio Services................. 568
Using SiriusXM Radio................................................. 570
Automatic Audio Muting............................................ 573
8.8 Scheduler............................................................... 574
8.9 Electronic Checklists............................................ 576
8.10 Flight Data Logging............................................. 579
8.11 Auxiliary Video (Optional)................................... 581
Video Setup.............................................................. 582
Display Selection....................................................... 582
Input Selection.......................................................... 583
Zoom/Range............................................................. 583
8.12 Abnormal Operation............................................ 585
SVT Troubleshooting.................................................. 585
Reversionary Mode.................................................... 585
Unusual Attitudes...................................................... 586
Terrain-SVS Alerts...................................................... 607
TAWS-B ALERTS......................................................... 608
TAWS-B System Status Annunciations.......................... 609
Database Management................................................. 611
Jeppesen Databases................................................... 611
Garmin Databases..................................................... 615
Glossary........................................................................... 621
Frequently Asked Questions......................................... 627
General TIS Information................................................ 631
Introduction.............................................................. 631
TIS vs. TAS/TCAS........................................................ 631
TIS Limitations.......................................................... 631
Map Symbols.................................................................. 633
INDEX
Index .................................................................................I-1
APPENDICES
Annunciations and Alerts.............................................. 589
Alert Level Definitions................................................ 590
Nav III Aircraft Alerts.................................................. 590
CO Guardian Messages.............................................. 591
G1000 System Annunciations..................................... 592
Other G1000 Aural Alerts........................................... 594
G1000 System Message Advisories.............................. 594
Flight Plan Import/Export Messages............................ 605
AFCS Alerts............................................................... 606
x
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This section is designed to provide an overview of the G1000 Integrated Flight Deck as installed in Cessna Nav
III aircraft, which include the Cessna 172R, 172S, the normally aspirated Cessna 182 (182), the turbocharged
Cessna 182 (T182), the Diesel engine Cessna 182 (J182), the normally aspirated Cessna 206 (206), and the
turbocharged Cessna 206 (T206).
• GDU 1040/1044B Multi Function Display (MFD)
• GSR 56 Iridium Transceiver (optional)
• GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit (IAU)
• GDL 69A Satellite Data Link Receiver
• GDC 74A Air Data Computer (ADC)
• GTS 800 Traffic Avoidance System (optional)
• GEA 71 Engine/Airframe Unit
• GDL 90 ADS-B/FIS-B Data Link Transceiver (optional)
• GRS 77 Attitude and Heading Reference System
(AHRS)
• GSA 81 AFCS Servos
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• GTX 33 or GTX 33 w/ES Mode S Transponder
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• GDU 1040/1044B Primary Flight Display (PFD)
EIS
The G1000 system is an integrated flight control system that presents flight instrumentation, position, navigation,
communication, and identification information to the pilot through large-format displays. The system consists of
the following Line Replaceable Units (LRUs):
• GSM 86 Servo Gearboxs
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GMU 44 Magnetometer
• GMA 1347 Audio System with Integrated Marker
Beacon Receiver
A top-level G1000 system block diagram is shown in Figure 1-1. See Figure 1-2 for optional/additional
equipment.
AFCS
NOTE: Refer to the AFCS section for details on the GFC 700 Automatic Flight Control System.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The GFC 700 Automated Flight Control System (AFCS) provides the flight director (FD) and autopilot (AP)
functions of the G1000 system.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
1
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.2 LINE REPLACEABLE UNITS (LRU)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• GDU 1040/1044B – The GDU 1044B features a 10.4-inch LCD display with 1024 x 768 resolution. The left
display is configured as a PFD and the right display is configured as an MFD. Both GDU 1044Bs link and
display all functions of the G1000 system during flight. The displays communicate with each other through a
High-Speed Data Bus (HSDB) Ethernet connection. Each display is also paired via an Ethernet connection with
a GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit. Systems that do not use the GFC 700 Automatic Flight Control System
use the GDU 1040, which employs the same features as the GDU 1044B without the controls for the Garmin
GFC 700 Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• GIA 63W (2) – Functions as the main communication hub, linking all LRUs with the PFD. Each GIA 63W contains
a GPS receiver, VHF COM/NAV/GS receivers, a flight director (FD) and system integration microprocessors.
The GIA 63W contains a GPS SBAS receiver. Each GIA is paired with a respective GDU 1040/1044B display
through Ethernet. The GIAs are not paired together and do not communicate with each other directly.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
• GDC 74A (1) – Processes data from the pitot/static system as well as the OAT probe. This unit provides pressure
altitude, airspeed, vertical speed and OAT information to the G1000 system, and it communicates with the
GIA 63W, GDU 1040/1044B, and GRS 77, using an ARINC 429 digital interface. The GDC 74A also interfaces
directly with the GTP 59.
INDEX
APPENDICES
• GEA 71 (1) – Receives and processes signals from the engine and airframe sensors. This unit communicates
with both GIA 63Ws using an RS-485 digital interface.
2
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• GRS 77 (1) – Provides aircraft attitude and heading information via ARINC 429 to both the GDU 1040/1044B
and the GIA 63W. The GRS 77 contains advanced sensors (including accelerometers and rate sensors) and
interfaces with the on-side GMU 44 to obtain magnetic field information, with the GDC 74A to obtain air data,
and with both GIAs to obtain GPS information. AHRS modes of operation are discussed later in this document.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
• GMU 44 (1) – Measures local magnetic field. Data is sent to the GRS 77 for processing to determine aircraft
magnetic heading. This unit receives power directly from the GRS 77 and communicates with the GRS 77
using an RS-485 digital interface.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• GMA 1347 – The GMA 1347 Audio Panel integrates NAV/COM digital audio, intercom system and marker
beacon controls. The GMA 1347 also controls manual display reversionary mode (red DISPLAY BACKUP
button) and is installed between the MFD and the PFD. The GMA 1347 communicates with both GIA 63Ws
using an RS-232 digital interface.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• GTX 33 or GTX 33 w/ES (1) – The GTX 33 and GTX 33 w/ES are solid-state, Mode-S transponders that provide
Modes A, C and S operation. The GTX 33 and GTX 33 w/ES are controlled through the PFD and communicate
with both GIA 63Ws through an RS-232 digital interface. The GTX 33 w/ES provides the extended squitter
required for ADS-B Out.
APPENDICES
• GSR 56 (1) – The Iridium Transceiver provides for voice, text, and data (Connext™ Weather) communication
through the Iridium Satellite Telephone system.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
3
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• GDL 69A (1) – A satellite radio receiver that provides SiriusXM Weather information to the G1000 MFD (and,
indirectly, to the inset map of the PFD) as well as digital audio entertainment. The GDL 69A communicates
with the MFD via HSDB connection. A subscription to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio service is required to enable
the GDL 69A capability.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
• GTS 800 – The GTS 800 Traffic Advisory System (TAS) uses active interrogations of Mode S and Mode C
transponders to provide Traffic Advisories to the pilot independent of the air traffic control system.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GDL 90 (1) – A digital data link transceiver designed to transmit, receive and decode ADS-B traffic information,
as well as FIS-B weather information. It broadcasts aircraft position, velocity, projected track, altitude, and flight
identification to other equipped aircraft in the vicinity, as well as to FAA ground stations. The GDL 90 receives
FIS-B weather information which is displayed on the MFD as NEXRAD radar and METARs.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• GSA 81 (3), and GSM 86 (3) – The GSA 81 servos are used for the automatic control of roll, pitch, and pitch
trim. These units interface with each GIA 63W.
INDEX
APPENDICES
The GSM 86 servo gearbox is responsible for transferring the output torque of the GSA 81 servo actuator to the
mechanical flight-control surface linkage.
4
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PFD
GDU 1040 or
GDU 1044B*
MFD
GDU 1040 or
GDU 1044B*
GMA 1347
Audio Panel
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Reversionary
Control
Reversionary
Control
EIS
GDC 74A
Air Data
Computer
No. 2 GIA 63W
Integrated Avionics Unit
System Integration Processors
I/O Processors
VHF COM
VHF NAV/LOC
GPS/WAAS
Glideslope
GRS 77
AHRS
Attitude
Rate of Turn
Slip/Skid
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
System Inegration Processors
I/O Processors
VHF COM
VHF NAV/LOC
GPS/WAAS
Glideslope
GFC 700 Flight Director
(172S, 182, & 206)
GPS Output
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
OAT
Airspeed
Altitude
Vertical Speed
No. 1 GIA 63W
Integrated Avionics Unit
GPS Output
Heading
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GMU 44
Magnetometer
Honeywell
KAP 140
Autopilot
GTX 33
GTX 33 w/ES
Transponder
AFCS
GEA 71
Engine/Airframe
Unit
GTS 800
TAS
or
GDL 90
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Data Link
ADS-B Traffic Data
GSA 81
Pitch Servo
GSA 81
Pitch Trim
Autopilot Calculations
(172S/TD,182 & 206)
Autopilot Calculations
(172S/TD,182 & 206)
GSA 81
Roll Servo
Autopilot Calculations
(172S/TD,182 & 206)
APPENDICES
* The GDU 1040 is available in systems not using the GFC 700 Automatic Flight Control System.
The GDU 1044B is available in systems using the Garmin GFC 700 Automatic Flight Control System.
Figure 1-1 Basic G1000 System
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
5
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
No. 1 GIA 63W
Integrated Avionics Unit
No. 2 GIA 63W
Integrated Avionics Unit
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
System Integration Processors
I/O Processors
VHF COM
VHF NAV/LOC
GPS
Glideslope
GFC 700 Flight Director
ELT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Emergency Locator
Transmitter
System Integration Processors
I/O Processors
VHF COM
VHF NAV/LOC
GPS
Glideslope
L3
Stormscope
Lightning Strike and
Thunderstorm Detection
Honeywell
KR 87
ADF Receiver
GDL 69/69A
GSR 56
Iridium Transeiver
Satellite Telephone/SMS
ConnextTM Weather
Honeywell
KN 63
DME
Data Link
Weather Data
Digital Audio Entertainment
CO Guardian
Carbon Monoxide
Detection
Honeywell
KTA 870
Traffic Avoidance
System
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 1-2 Additional Equipment Options
6
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1.3 G1000 CONTROLS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The Audio Panel (GMA 1347) and AFCS controls are described in the CNS & Audio Panel and AFCS
sections respectively.
The G1000 system controls are located on the PFD and MFD bezels and audio panel. The controls for the PFD
and MFD are discussed within the following pages of this section.
PFD/MFD CONTROLS
2
4
3
5
6
7
8
EIS
1
9
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
17
19
25
20
26
21
27
22
28
23
29
GFC 700 AFCS Only
190-00498-08 Rev. A
10
14
11
15
12
16
13
INDEX
24
APPENDICES
18
Figure 1-3 PFD/MFD Controls
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
7
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
PFD and MFD control functions are the same.
1
NAV VOL/ID Knob – Controls the NAV audio level. Press to toggle the Morse code identifier ON and OFF.
Volume level is shown in the field as a percentage.
2
NAV Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active NAV frequencies.
3
Dual NAV Knob – Tunes the MHz (large knob) and kHz (small knob) standby frequencies for the NAV receiver.
Press to toggle the tuning cursor (light blue box) between the NAV1 and NAV2 fields.
4
Heading Knob – Turn to manually select a heading on the HSI. When pressed, it synchronizes the heading bug
with the compass lubber line. Selected Heading provides the heading reference to the Flight Director while
operating in Heading Select mode.
5
Joystick – Changes the map range (distance top to bottom of map display) when rotated. Activates the map
pointer when pressed.
6
CRS/BARO Knob – The large knob sets the altimeter barometric pressure and the small knob adjusts the course.
The course is only adjustable when the HSI is in VOR1, VOR2, or OBS/SUSP mode. Pressing this knob centers
the CDI on the currently selected VOR. Selected Course provides course reference to the Flight Director when
operating in Navigation and Approach modes.
7
Dual COM Knob – Tunes the MHz (large knob) and kHz (small knob) standby frequencies for the COM
transceiver. Pressing this knob toggles the tuning cursor (light blue box) between the COM1 and COM2 fields.
8
COM Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active COM frequencies. Pressing and holding this
key for two seconds automatically tunes the emergency frequency (121.5 MHz) in the active frequency field.
9
COM VOL/SQ Knob – Controls COM audio level. Audio volume level is shown in the field as a percentage.
Pressing this knob turns the COM automatic squelch ON and OFF.
10
Direct-to Key – Allows the user to enter a destination waypoint and establish a direct course to the selected
destination (specified by the identifier, chosen from the active route, or taken from the map pointer position).
11
FPL Key – Displays the active Flight Plan Page for creating and editing the active flight plan, or for accessing
stored flight plans.
12
CLR Key (DFLT MAP) – Erases information, cancels an entry, or removes page menus. To display the Navigation
Map Page immediately, press and hold CLR (MFD only).
13
Dual FMS Knob – Press to turn the selection cursor ON/OFF.
APPENDICES
Data Entry: With the cursor ON, turn to enter data in the highlighted field (large knob moves cursor
location; small knob selects character for highlighted cursor location). When the cursor is turned ON
while viewing the Active Flight Plan Page, the cursor is placed on the line below the Data Insertion Pointer
see Figure 1-4. The pointer indicates data entered at the cursor will be inserted above the line selected.
Scrolling: When a list of information is too long for the window/box, a scroll bar appears, indicating more
items to view. With cursor ON, turn large knob to scroll through the list.
Page Selection: Turn knob on MFD to select the page to view (large knob selects a page group; small knob
selects a specific page from the group)
INDEX
14
8
MENU Key – Displays a context-sensitive list of options. This list allows the user to access additional features,
or to make setting changes that relate to certain pages.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Data is Inserted Above
the Cursor, Indicated
by the Data Insertion
Pointer
Figure 1-4 Data Insertion Pointer
ENT Key – Accepts a menu selection or data entry. This key is used to approve an operation or complete data
entry. It is also used to confirm selections and information entries.
17
Dual ALT Knob – Sets the selected altitude in the box located above the Altimeter. The large knob selects the
thousands (500m for metric), while the small knob selects the hundreds (50m for metric). Altitude Select is
used by the Automatic Flight Control System in certain modes, in addition to the standard G1000 Altitude
Alerter function.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
16
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
PROC Key – Selects approaches, departures and arrivals from the flight plan. If a flight plan is used, available
procedures for the departure and/or arrival airport are automatically suggested. If a flight plan is not used, the
desired airport and the desired procedure may be selected. This key selects IFR departure procedures (DPs),
arrival procedures (STARs) and approaches (IAPs) from the database and loads them into the active flight plan.
EIS
15
The following are only available with the GFC 700 AFCS.
19
HDG Key – Selects/deselects Heading Select Mode.
20
NAV Key – Selects/deselects Navigation Mode.
21
APR Key – Selects/deselects Approach Mode.
22
VS Key – Selects/deselects Vertical Speed Mode.
AFCS
AP Key – Engages/disengages the autopilot and flight director. Pressing the AP Key activates the flight director
and engages the autopilot in the default pitch axis and roll axis modes. Pressing the AP Key again disengages
the autopilot and deactivates the flight director.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
18
23 FLC Key – Selects/deselects Flight Level Change Mode.
25
ALT Key – Selects/deselects Altitude Hold Mode.
26
VNV Key – Selects/deselects Vertical Navigation Mode.
27
BC Key – Selects/deselects Back Course Mode.
APPENDICES
FD Key – Activates/deactivates the flight director only. Pressing the FD Key turns on the flight director in the
default pitch axis and roll axis modes. Pressing the FD Key again deactivates the flight director and removes
the command bars, unless the autopilot is engaged. If the autopilot is engaged, the FD Key is disabled.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
24
– Controls the active pitch reference for the Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, and
Flight Level Change modes.
28 29 NOSE UP/NOSE DN Keys
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
9
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUDIO PANEL CONTROLS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
AFCS
Figure 1-5 Audio Panel Controls (GMA 1347)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: When a key is selected, a triangular annunciator above the key is illuminated.
10
1
COM1 MIC – Selects the #1 transmitter for transmitting. COM1 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #1 COM receiver to be heard. COM2 receiver audio
can be added by pressing the COM2 Key.
2
COM1 – When selected, audio from the #1 COM receiver can be heard.
3
COM2 MIC – Selects the #2 transmitter for transmitting. COM2 is simultaneously selected when this key
is pressed allowing received audio from the #2 COM receiver to be heard. COM2 can be deselected by
pressing the COM2 Key, or COM1 can be added by pressing the COM1 Key.
4
COM2 – When selected, audio from the #2 COM receiver can be heard.
5
COM3 MIC – Not used on Cessna Nav III aircraft.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SPKR – Selects and deselects the cabin speaker. COM and NAV receiver audio can be heard on the
speaker.
11
MKR/MUTE – Mutes the currently received marker beacon receiver audio. Unmutes when new marker
beacon audio is received. Also, stops play of the clearance recorder.
12
HI SENS – Press to increase marker beacon receiver sensitivity. Press again to return to normal.
13
DME – Pressing turns DME audio on or off.
14
NAV1 – When selected, audio from the #1 NAV receiver can be heard.
15
ADF – Pressing turns on or off the audio from the ADF receiver.
16
NAV2 – When selected, audio from the #2 NAV receiver can be heard.
17
AUX – Not used on Cessna Nav III aircraft.
18
MAN SQ – Press to enable manual squelch for the intercom. When active, press the PILOT Knob to
illuminate ‘SQ’. Turn the PILOT/PASS Knobs to adjust squelch.
19
PLAY – Press once to play the last recorded audio. Pressing the PLAY Key during play begins playing the
previously recorded memory block. Each subsequent press of the PLAY Key begins playing the next previously
recorded block. Press the MKR/MUTE Key to stop play.
20
PILOT – Pressing selects the pilot intercom isolation. Press again to deselect pilot isolation.
21
COPLT – Pressing selects the copilot intercom isolation. Press again to deselect copilot isolation.
22
PILOT Knob – Press to switch between volume and squelch control as indicated by the ‘VOL’ or ‘SQ’ being
illuminated. Turn to adjust intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be selected to allow
squelch adjustment.
23
PASS Knob – Turn to adjust Copilot/Passenger intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be
selected to allow squelch adjustment.
24
Reversionary Mode Button – Pressing manually selects Reversionary Mode.
APPENDICES
10
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
PA – Selects the Passenger Address system. The selected COM transmitter is deselected when the PA Key
is pressed. The Passenger Address system is disabled on the Cessna 172R/S.
AFCS
9
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TEL – Connects the headset to the Iridium Satellite Telephone system.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
COM 1/2 – Split COM is disabled on Cessna Nav III aircraft.
EIS
7
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM3 – Not used on Cessna Nav III aircraft.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
11
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.4 SECURE DIGITAL (SD) CARDS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Ensure the G1000 System is powered off before inserting an SD card.
NOTE: Refer to Appendix B for instructions on loading database updates.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The PFD and MFD data card slots use Secure Digital (SD) cards and are located on the upper right side of the
display bezels. SD cards are used for storing the various databases and system software updates. Each display
bezel is equipped with two SD card slots. The top slot is used for importing and exporting flight plans, Flight
Data Logging, and loading navigation database updates. The bottom slot of each display contains a Garmin
Supplemental Data Card which is used for storing the various databases.
Not all SD cards are compatible with the G1000. Use only SD cards supplied by Garmin or the aircraft
manufacturer.
Installing an SD card:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Insert the SD card in the SD card slot, pushing the card in until the spring latch engages. The front of the card
should remain flush with the face of the display bezel.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) To eject the card, gently press on the SD card to release the spring latch.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SD Card Slots
INDEX
Figure 1-6 Display Bezel SD Card Slots
12
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1.5 SYSTEM POWER-UP
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: See the Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM) for specific procedures concerning avionics power application
and emergency power supply operation.
NOTE: Refer to Appendix A for system-specific annunciations and alerts.
EIS
The G1000 System is integrated with the aircraft electrical system and receives power directly from electrical
busses. The G1000 PFD, MFD, and supporting sub-systems include both power-on and continuous built-in test
features that exercise the processor, RAM, ROM, external inputs, and outputs to provide safe operation.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
During system initialization, test annunciations are displayed, as shown in Figure 1-7. All system annunciations
should disappear typically within the first minute of power-up. Upon power-up, key annunciator lights also
become momentarily illuminated on the Audio Panel.
On the PFD, the AHRS begins to initialize and displays “AHRS ALIGN: Keep Wings Level”. The AHRS should
display valid attitude and heading fields typically within the first minute of power-up. The AHRS can align itself
both while taxiing in a straight line and during level flight.
• Obstacle database name and version
• Navigation database name, version, and effective dates
• Airport Directory name, version and effective dates
• FliteCharts/ChartView database information
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• System version
• Copyright
• Land database name and version
• SafeTaxi database information
• Terrain database name and version
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When the MFD powers up, the power-up screen (Figure 1-8) displays the following information:
Current database information includes database type, cycle number, or valid operating dates. Review the listed
information for currency (to ensure that no databases have expired).
AFCS
Pressing the ENT Key (or right-most softkey) acknowledges this information, and the Navigation Map Page is
displayed upon pressing the key a second time. When the system has acquired a sufficient number of satellites to
determine a position, the aircraft’s current position is shown on the Navigation Map Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
190-00498-08 Rev. A
INDEX
Figure 1-7 PFD Initialization
Figure 1-8 MFD Power-Up Screen (172R shown)
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
13
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.6 SYSTEM OPERATION
NOTE: In normal operating mode, backlighting can only be adjusted from the PFD. In reversionary mode, it
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
can be adjusted from the remaining display.
The displays are connected together via a single Ethernet bus for high-speed communication. Each IAU is
connected to a single display, as shown in Figure 1-1. This allows the units to share information, enabling true system
integration.. This section discusses normal and reversionary G1000 display operation, as well as the various AHRS
modes and G1000 System Annunciations.
EIS
NORMAL DISPLAY OPERATION
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
In normal operating mode, the PFD presents graphical flight instrumentation (attitude, heading, airspeed,
altitude, vertical speed), replacing the traditional flight instrument cluster (see the Flight Instruments Section
for more information).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The MFD normally displays a full-color moving map with navigation information (see the Flight Management
Section), while the left portion of the MFD is dedicated to the Engine Indication System (EIS; see the EIS
Section).
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Both displays offer control for COM and NAV frequency selection.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 1-9 Normal Mode
REVERSIONARY DISPLAY OPERATION
NOTE: The G1000 System alerts the pilot when backup paths are utilized by the LRUs. Refer to Appendix A
APPENDICES
for further information regarding system-specific alerts.
INDEX
In the event of a display failure, the G1000 System automatically switches to reversionary (backup) mode. In
reversionary mode, all important flight information is presented on the remaining display in the same format
as in normal operating mode.
14
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If a display fails, the appropriate IAU Ethernet interface to the display is cut off. Thus, the IAU can no longer
communicate with the remaining display (refer to Figure 1-1), and the NAV and COM functions provided to
the failed display by the IAU are flagged as invalid on the remaining display. The system reverts to backup
paths for the AHRS, ADC, Engine/Airframe Unit, and Transponder, as required. The change to backup paths is
completely automated for all LRUs and no pilot action is required.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 1-10 Reversionary Mode (Failed PFD)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the system fails to detect a display problem, reversionary mode may be manually activated by pressing
the Audio Panel’s red DISPLAY BACKUP button (refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section for further details).
Pressing this button again deactivates reversionary mode.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP
button activates/deactivates
reversionary mode
Figure 1-11 DISPLAY BACKUP Button
AHRS OPERATION
AFCS
NOTE: Refer to Appendix A for specific AHRS alert information.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: Aggressive maneuvering while AHRS is not operating normally may degrade AHRS accuracy.
APPENDICES
The Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS) performs attitude, heading, and vertical acceleration
calculations for the G1000 System, utilizing GPS, magnetometer, and air data in addition to information
from its internal sensors. Attitude and heading information are updated on the PFD while the AHRS receives
appropriate combinations of information from the external sensor inputs.
Loss of GPS, magnetometer, or air data inputs is communicated to the pilot by message advisory alerts. Any
failure of the internal AHRS inertial sensors results in loss of attitude and heading information (indicated by red
‘X’ flags over the corresponding flight instruments).
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
15
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
YES
NO
Mag Data AND Air Data
Available and Reliable?
NO
YES
Mag Data Available and Reliable?
NO
GPS Data Available and Reliable?
YES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
EIS
NO
YES
Air Data Available and Reliable?
AHRS no-Mag
Mode
AHRS no-Mag/
no-Air Mode
Heading Invalid
Heading Invalid
AHRS no-GPS
Mode
AHRS coast-on-gyros
until invalid
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
AHRS Normal
Mode
Attitude/Heading Invalid
Figure 1-12 AHRS Operation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GPS INPUT FAILURE
NOTE: In-flight initialization of AHRS, when operating without any valid source of GPS data and at true
AFCS
air speed values greater than approximately 200 knots, is not guaranteed. Under these rare conditions, it
is possible for in-flight AHRS initialization to take an indefinite amount of time which would result in an
extended period of time where valid AHRS outputs are unavailable.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Two GPS inputs are provided to the AHRS. If GPS information from one of the inputs fails, the AHRS uses
the remaining GPS input and an alert message is issued to inform the pilot. If both GPS inputs fail, the AHRS
can continue to provide attitude and heading information to the PFD as long as magnetometer and airspeed
data are available and valid.
MAGNETOMETER FAILURE
APPENDICES
If the magnetometer input fails, the AHRS continues to output valid attitude information; however, the
heading output on the PFD is flagged as invalid with a red ‘X’.
AIR DATA INPUT FAILURE
INDEX
Failure of the air data input has no affect on the AHRS output while AHRS is receiving valid GPS
information. Invalid/unavailable airspeed data in addition to GPS failure results in loss of all attitude and
heading information.
16
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
G1000 SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS
NOTE: For a detailed description of all annunciations and alerts, refer to Appendix A. Refer to the Pilot’s
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Operating Handbook (POH) for additional information regarding pilot responses to these annunciations.
When an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red “X” is typically displayed on windows associated with
the failed data (Figure 1-13 displays all possible flags and responsible LRUs). Upon G1000 power-up, certain
windows remain invalid as equipment begins to initialize. All windows should be operational within one
minute of power-up. If any window remains flagged, the G1000 system should be serviced by a Garminauthorized repair facility.
EIS
GIA 63W
Integrated
Avionics Units
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
GIA 63W
Integrated
Avionics Units
GDC 74A Air
Data Computer
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Database
Mismatch in PFD
and MFD
GEA 71 Engine
Airframe Unit
OR
GIA 63W
Integrated
Avionics Unit
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GRS 77 AHRS
OR
GMU 44
Magnetometer
GIA 63W Integrated
Avionics Units
Figure 1-13 G1000 System Failure Annunciations
AFCS
GDC 74A Air
Data Computer
GTX 33 Transponder
OR
GIA 63W Integrated
Avionics Units
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SOFTKEY FUNCTION
Softkey
On
Softkey Names
(Displayed)
INDEX
Bezel-Mounted
Softkeys (Press)
APPENDICES
The softkeys are located along the bottoms of the displays. The softkeys shown depend on the softkey level
or page being displayed. The bezel keys below the softkeys can be used to select the appropriate softkey. When
a softkey is selected, its color changes to black text on gray background and remains this way until it is turned
off, at which time it reverts to white text on black background.
Figure 1-14 Softkeys (Second-Level PFD Configuration)
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
17
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PFD SOFTKEYS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
The PFD softkeys provide control over flight management functions, including GPS, NAV, terrain, traffic,
and lightning (optional). Each softkey sublevel has a BACK Softkey which can be selected to return to the
previous level. The ALERTS Softkey is visible at all softkey levels (label changes if messages are issued).
The CDI, IDENT, TMR/REF, NRST, and ALERTS softkeys undergo a momentary change to black text on
gray background and automatically switch back to white text on black background when selected.
Displays Inset Map in PFD lower left corner
EIS
INSET
OFF
Removes Inset Map
DCLTR (3)
Selects desired amount of map detail; cycles through declutter levels:
DCLTR (No Declutter): All map features visible
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
DCLTR-1: Declutters land data
DCLTR-2: Declutters land and SUA data
DCLTR-3: Removes everything except for the active flight plan
Displays icon and age on the Inset Map for the selected weather products
(optional)
Cycles through traffic display options:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
WX LGND
TRAFFIC
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TRFC-1: Traffic displayed on inset map
TOPO
TRFC-2: Traffic Map Page is displayed in the inset map window
Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines, terrain, rivers, lakes) and elevation
scale on Inset Map
TERRAIN
Displays terrain information on Inset Map
STRMSCP
Displays Stormscope® information on Inset Map
NEXRAD
Displays NEXRAD weather and coverage information on Inset Map (optional)
AFCS
or
Displays Connext™ or FIS-B precipitation on Inset Map (optional)
PRECIP
XM LTNG
Displays SiriusXM lightning information on Inset Map (optional)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
or
Displays Connext™ Weather lightning information on Inset Map (optional)
DL LTNG
METAR
Displays METAR flags on airport symbols shown on the Inset Map (optional)
Displays second-level softkeys for additional PFD configurations
PFD
Displays the softkeys for enabling or disabling Synthetic Vision features
APPENDICES
SYN VIS
SYN TERR
Displays rectangular boxes representing the horizontal and vertical flight path
of the active flight plan
Enables synthetic terrain depiction
HRZN HDG
Displays compass heading along the Zero-Pitch line
APTSIGNS
Displays position markers for airports within approximately 15 nm of the
current aircraft position. Airport identifiers are displayed when the airport is
within approximately 9 nm.
Resets PFD to default settings, including changing units to standard
INDEX
PATHWAY
DFLTS
18
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Wind direction arrows with headwind and crosswind components
OPTN 2
Wind direction arrow and speed
OPTN 3
Wind direction arrow with direction and speed
OFF
Information not displayed
BRG1
Cycles the Bearing 1 Information Window through NAV1, GPS/ waypoint
identifier and GPS-derived distance information, and ADF/frequency
HSI FRMT
Provides access to the HSI formatting softkeys
360 HSI
Displays the HSI in a 360 degree view
ARC HSI
Displays the HSI as an arc
Cycles the Bearing 2 Information Window through NAV2 or GPS waypoint
identifier and GPS-derived distance information, and ADF/frequency.
ALT UNIT
Displays softkeys for setting the altimeter and BARO settings to metric units
When enabled, displays altimeter in meters
IN
Press to display the BARO setting as inches of mercury
HPA
Press to display the BARO setting as hectopacals
STD BARO
Sets barometric pressure to 29.92 in Hg (1013 hPa if METRIC Softkey is selected)
DME
Displays the DME Tuning Window, allowing selection of the DME
XPDR
Displays transponder mode selection softkeys
ON
Selects Mode A (transponder replies to interrogations)
ALT
GND
Selects Mode C – altitude reporting mode (transponder replies to identification
and altitude interrogations)
Allows manual selection of ground mode in certain conditions
VFR
Automatically enters the VFR code (1200 in the U.S.A. only)
CODE
Displays transponder code selection softkeys 0-7
0—7
Use numbers to enter code
NRST
Displays Nearest Airports Window
ALERTS
Displays Alerts Window
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
TMR/REF
APPENDICES
Activates the Special Position Identification (SPI) pulse for 18 seconds,
identifying the transponder return on the ATC screen
Removes numbers entered, one at a time
Activates the Special Position Identification (SPI) pulse for 18 seconds,
identifying the transponder return on the ATC screen
Displays Timer/References Window
IDENT
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selects standby mode (transponder does not reply to any interrogations)
AFCS
STBY
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
CDI
Selects OBS mode on the CDI when navigating by GPS (only available with
active leg)
Cycles through GPS, VOR1, and VOR2 navigation modes on the CDI
OBS
BKSP
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
METERS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
BRG2
EIS
Displays the DME Information Window
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
OPTN 1
DME
IDENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Displays softkeys to select wind data parameters
WIND
19
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Figure 1-15 Top Level PFD Softkeys
(optional)
ALERTS
(optional)
(optional)
WX LGND
STRMSCP
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
DME
(optional)
(optional)
PRECIP
or
DL LTNG
or
TRFC-1
(optional)
METAR
ALERTS
Press the BACK or OFF Softkey
to return to the top-level softkeys.
TRFC-2
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 1-16 INSET Softkeys
DME
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
SYN VIS
DME
ALERTS
HSI FRMT
ALT UNIT
BRG1 (NAV1)
BRG2 (NAV2)
BRG1 (GPS)
BRG2 (GPS)
BRG1 (ADF)
BRG2 (ADF)
BRG1 (OFF)
BRG2 (OFF)
APPENDICES
360 HSI
ALERTS
Press the BACK Softkey
to return to the top-level softkeys
ARC HSI
ALERTS
ALERTS
METERS
INDEX
PATHWAY
IN
HPA
SYN TERR HRZN HDG APTSIGNS
ALERTS
ALERTS
Figure 1-17 PFD Configuration Softkeys
20
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DME
ALERTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ALERTS
Press the BACK Softkey to return
to the top-level softkeys.
ALERTS
EIS
Press the BACK Softkey to return
to the previous softkey level.
Figure 1-18 XPDR (Transponder) Softkeys
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
MFD SOFTKEYS
Displays EIS-Engine Page
ENGINE
Selects the desired cylinder for monitoring
ASSIST
Highlights the first cylinder that peaks and displays
information for that cylinder
Press to return to the top level softkeys
BACK
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
CYL SLCT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selects the hottest cylinder and shows D PEAK for that cylinder
LEAN
Press to access the Lean and Fuel softkeys
SYSTEM
RST FUEL
Press to reset fuel to full
GAL REM
Press to display the fuel totalizer softkeys
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
BACK
AFCS
-10 GAL Press to decrease remaining fuel quantity in 10-gallon
increments
-1 GAL Press to decrease remaining fuel quantity in 1-gallon
increments
+1 GAL Press to increase remaining fuel quantity in 1-gallon
increments
+10 GAL Press to increase remaining fuel quantity in 10-gallon
increments
XX GAL Press to decrease/increase remaining fuel quantity in XX-gallon
increments
XX GAL Sets remaining fuel to XX-gallons
Press to return to the top level softkeys
172R, 172S, 182T, 206H, T182T, and T206H
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
21
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Displays EIS-Engine Page
ENGINE
Press to access the Lean and Fuel softkeys
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
CYL SLCT
Selects the desired cylinder for monitoring
ECU CLR
RST FUEL
Press to clear ECU faults. The ECU FAULT CLEAR Advisory
CAS message appears for 5 seconds. Only available if aircraft
is on the ground and the engine is not running.
Press to reset fuel to full
GAL REM
Press to display the fuel totalizer softkeys
Press to decrease remaining fuel quantity in 10-gallon
increments
Press to decrease remaining fuel quantity in 1-gallon
-1 GAL
increments
+1 GAL Press to increase remaining fuel quantity in 1-gallon
increments
+10 GAL Press to increase remaining fuel quantity in 10-gallon
increments
64 GAL Press to decrease/increase remaining fuel quantity in 64-gallon
increments
87 GAL Sets remaining fuel to 87-gallons
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
-10 GAL
BACK
Press to return to the top level softkeys
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
J182T only
Enables second-level Navigation Map softkeys
MAP
TRAFFIC
Displays traffic information on Navigation Map
PROFILE
Displays/removes Profile View on Navigation
Map Page
Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines,
terrain, rivers, lakes) and elevation scale on
Navigation Map
Displays terrain information on Navigation Map
AFCS
TOPO
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
TERRAIN
APPENDICES
AIRWAYS
(Default label
is dependant
on map setup
option selected)
STRMSCP
INDEX
NEXRAD
or
PRECIP
22
Displays airways on the map; cycles through the
following:
AIRWAYS: No airways are displayed
AIRWY ON: All airways are displayed
AIRWY LO: Only low altitude airways are
displayed
AIRWY HI: Only high altitude airways are
displayed
Pressing this softkey displays/removes Stormscope
lightning data on the Navigation Map.
Displays NEXRAD weather and coverage
information on the Navigation Map (optional)
Displays Connext™ or FIS-B precipitation on
Navigation Map (optional)
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
or
DL LTNG
LEGEND
Displays Connext™ Weather lightning
information on the Navigation Map (optional)
Displays METAR flags on airport symbols shown
on the Navigation Map
Displays the legend for the selected weather
products. Available only when NEXRAD, XM
LTNG, METAR and/or PROFILE softkeys are
selected.
Returns to top-level softkeys
EIS
BACK
Displays SiriusXM lightning information on the
Navigation Map (optional)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
METAR
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
XM LTNG
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selects desired amount of map detail; cycles
through declutter levels:
DCLTR (3)
DCLTR (No Declutter): All map features visible
DCLTR-1: Declutters land data
DCLTR-2: Declutters land and SUA data
CHKLIST
Displays the Checklist Page
Displays the engine checklist
CHECK
EXIT
Pressing this softkey checks off a checklist item.
If an item is already checked, an UNCHECK
Softkey is displayed.
Press to exit the checklist
EMERGCY
Displays the emergency checklist
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
ENGINE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SHW CHRT
DCLTR-3: Removes everything except for the
active flight plan
Displays the appropriate chart
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
23
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
(All except J182T)
ENGINE
DCLTR
MAP
SHW CHRT
CHKLIST
(optional)
(optional)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
DCLTR-1
DCLTR-2
DCLTR-3
(Default softkey
is dependant on
the selection made
in the map setup
options)
(optional)
PROFILE
TOPO
TERRAIN
(optional)
PRECIP
or
DL LTNG
or
AIRWAYS STRMSCP NEXRAD
XM LTNG
(optional)
(optional)
METAR
LEGEND
EIS
TRAFFIC
(optional)
Press the BACK softkey to
return to the top-level softkeys.
AIRWAYS
LEAN
ENGINE
SYSTEM
BACK
BACK
AIRWY ON
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
AIRWY LO
ENGINE
LEAN
SYSTEM
RST FUEL
BACK
GAL REM
The CHECK Softkey changes to UNCHECK when the checklist
item is already checked.
AIRWY HI
ENGINE
CHECK
EXIT
EMERGCY
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Press the ENGINE or BACK Softkey to
return to the default Engine Page level.
ENGINE
LEAN
SYSTEM
ASSIST
CYL SLCT
BACK
Press the BACK Softkey to return
to the previous softkey level.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press the ENGINE Softkey to
the default Engine Page level.
LEAN
ENGINE
SYSTEM
-10 GAL
+1 GAL
-1 GAL
+10 GAL
XX GAL
XX GAL
BACK
X = airframe specific values
(J182T only)
AFCS
ENGINE
Press the ENGINE or BACK Softkey to
return to the default Engine Page level.
SYSTEM
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ENGINE
BACK
RST FUEL
GAL REM
BACK
Press the ENGINE or BACK Softkey to
return to the default Engine Page level.
ENGINE
SYSTEM
CYL SLCT
ECU CLR
Press the BACK Softkey to return
to the previous softkey level.
APPENDICES
Press the ENGINE Softkey to return
to the default Engine Page level.
ENGINE
SYSTEM
-10 GAL
-1 GAL
+1 GAL
+10 GAL
64 GAL
87 GAL
BACK
INDEX
Figure 1-19 MFD Softkeys
24
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GPS RECEIVER OPERATION
Each GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit (IAU) contains a GPS receiver. Information collected by the specified
receiver (GPS1 for the #1 IAU or GPS2 for the #2 IAU) may be viewed on the AUX - GPS Status Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
These GPS sensor annunciations are most often seen after system power-up when one GPS receiver has
acquired satellites before the other, or in SBAS (Satellite Based Augmentation System) capable systems, one of
the GPS receivers has not yet acquired an SBAS signal. While the aircraft is on the ground, the SBAS signal may
be blocked by obstructions causing one GPS receiver to have difficulty acquiring a good signal. Also, while
airborne, turning the aircraft may result in one of the GPS receivers temporarily losing the SBAS signal.
EIS
If the sensor annunciation persists, check for a system failure message in the Messages Window on the PFD.
If no failure message exists, check the GPS Status Page and compare the information for GPS1 and GPS2.
Discrepancies may indicate a problem.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Viewing GPS receiver status information
1) Use the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Auxiliary Page Group (see Section 1.7 for information on
navigating MFD page groups).
2) Use the small FMS Knob to select GPS Status Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selecting the GPS receiver for which data may be reviewed
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - GPS Status Page.
2) To change the selected GPS receiver:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
a) Press the desired GPS Softkey.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Use the FMS Knob to highlight the receiver which is not selected and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
25
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Satellite Signal
Information Status
GPS Receiver
Status
RAIM
Availability
Prediction
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Satellite Constellation
Diagram
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Enabled
SBAS
Options
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Satellite Signal
Strength Bars
RAIM Softkey
Selected
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 1-20 GPS Status Page (RAIM or SBAS Selected)
SBAS Softkey
Selected
The GPS Status Page provides the following information:
• Satellite constellation diagram
AFCS
Satellites currently in view are shown at their respective positions on a sky view diagram. The sky view is
always in a north-up orientation, with the outer circle representing the horizon, the inner circle representing
45° above the horizon, and the center point showing the position directly overhead.
Each satellite is represented by an oval containing the Pseudo-random noise (PRN) number (i.e., satellite
identification number). Satellites whose signals are currently being used are represented by solid ovals.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Satellite signal information status
APPENDICES
The accuracy of the aircraft’s GPS fix is calculated using Estimated Position Uncertainty (EPU), Dilution
of Precision (DOP), and horizontal and vertical figures of merit (HFOM and VFOM). EPU is the radius of a
circle centered on an estimated horizontal position in which actual position has 95% probability of laying.
EPU is a statistical error indication and not an actual error measurement.
DOP measures satellite geometry quality (i.e., number of satellites received and where they are relative to
each other) on a range from 0.0 to 9.9, with lower numbers denoting better accuracy. HFOM and VFOM,
measures of horizontal and vertical position uncertainty, are the current 95% confidence horizontal and
vertical accuracy values reported by the GPS receiver.
INDEX
The current calculated GPS position, time, altitude, ground speed, and track for the aircraft are displayed
below the satellite signal accuracy measurements.
26
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• GPS receiver status
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The GPS solution type (ACQUIRING, 2D NAV, 2D DIFF NAV, 3D NAV, 3D DIFF NAV) for the active GPS
receiver (GPS1 or GPS2) is shown in the upper right of the GPS Status Page. When the receiver is in the process
of acquiring enough satellite signals for navigation, the receiver uses satellite orbital data (collected continuously
from the satellites) and last known position to determine the satellites that should be in view. ACQUIRING is
indicated as the solution until a sufficient number of satellites have been acquired for computing a solution.
EIS
When the receiver is in the process of acquiring a 3D navigational GPS solution, 3D NAV is indicated as the
solution until the 3D differential fix has finished acquisition. SBAS (Satellite-Based Augmentation System)
indicates INACTIVE. When acquisition is complete, the solution status indicates 3D DIFF NAV and SBAS
indicates ACTIVE.
• RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring) Prediction (RAIM Softkey is selected)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
In most cases performing a RAIM prediction is not necessary. However, in some cases, the selected approach
may be outside the SBAS coverage area and it may be necessary to perform a RAIM prediction for the intended
approach.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) is a GPS receiver function that performs a consistency
check on all tracked satellites. RAIM ensures that the available satellite geometry allows the receiver to calculate
a position within a specified RAIM protection limit (2.0 nautical miles for oceanic and enroute, 1.0 nm for
terminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). During oceanic, enroute, and terminal phases of flight,
RAIM is available nearly 100% of the time.
The RAIM prediction function also indicates whether RAIM is available at a specified date and time. RAIM
computations predict satellite coverage within ±15 min of the specified arrival date and time.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Because of the tighter protection limit on approaches, there may be times when RAIM is not available. The
G1000 automatically monitors RAIM and warns with an alert message when it is not available. If RAIM is not
predicted to be available for the final approach course, the approach does not become active, as indicated by the
messages “Approach is not active” and “RAIM not available from FAF to MAP”. If RAIM is not available when
crossing the FAF, the missed approach procedure must be flown.
AFCS
Predicting RAIM availability
1) Select the GPS Status Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) If necessary, press the RAIM Softkey.
3) Press the FMS Knob. The ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window.
5) Enter the desired waypoint:
APPENDICES
a) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired waypoint by identifier, facility, or city name and press the ENT Key. Refer
to Section 1.7 for instructions on entering alphanumeric data into the G1000.
Or:
a) Use the large FMS Knob to scroll to the Most Recent Waypoints List.
INDEX
b) Use the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint in the list and press the ENT Key. The G1000
automatically fills in the identifier, facility, and city fields with the information for the selected waypoint.
c) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
27
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Or:
a) To use the present position, press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
b) With ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
c) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
6) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
7) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
EIS
8) With the cursor highlighting ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once RAIM availability is computed, one
of the following is displayed:
• ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint, time, and date combination
• ‘COMPUTING AVAILABILITY’—RAIM calculation in progress
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• ‘RAIM AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint, time, and date
• ‘RAIM NOT AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the specified waypoint, time, and date
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• SBAS Selection (SBAS Softkey is pressed)(WAAS, EGNOS, or MSAS capable systems only)
In certain situations, such as when the aircraft is outside or on the fringe of the WAAS, EGNOS, or MSAS
coverage area, it may be desirable to disable the reception of the applicable SBAS signal (although it is not
recommended). When disabled, the SBAS field in the GPS Status box indicates DISABLED. There may be a
small delay for the GPS Status box to be updated upon WAAS, EGNOS, and MSAS enabling/disabling.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Disabling WAAS, EGNOS or MSAS
1) Select the GPS Status Page.
2) If necessary, press the SBAS Softkey.
3) Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to hightlight the desired SBAS system.
4) Press the ENT Key to uncheck the box.
AFCS
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
APPENDICES
- No bar—Receiver is looking for the indicated satellite
- Hollow bar—Receiver has found the satellite and is collecting data
- Light blue bar—Receiver has collected the necessary data and the satellite signal can be used
- Green bar—Satellite is being used for the GPS solution
- Checkered bar—Receiver has excluded the satellite (Fault Detection and Exclusion)
- “D” indication—Denotes the satellite is being used as part of the differential computations
INDEX
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• GPS Satellite Signal Strengths
The GPS Status Page can be helpful in troubleshooting weak (or missing) signal levels due to poor satellite
coverage or installation problems. As the GPS receiver locks onto satellites, a signal strength bar is displayed
for each satellite in view, with the appropriate satellite PRN number (01-32 or 120-138 for WAAS) below
each bar. The progress of satellite acquisition is shown in three stages, as indicated by signal bar appearance:
Each satellite has a 30-second data transmission that must be collected (signal strength bar is hollow) before
the satellite may be used for navigation (signal strength bar becomes solid).
28
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1.7 ACCESSING G1000 FUNCTIONALITY
MENUS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
The G1000 has a MENU Key that, when pressed, displays a context-sensitive list of options. This options list
allows the user to access additional features or make settings changes which specifically relate to the currently
displayed window/page. There is no all-encompassing menu. Some menus provide access to additional
submenus that are used to view, edit, select, and review options. Menus display ‘NO OPTIONS’ when there are
no options for the window/page selected. The main controls used in association with all window/page group
operations are described in section 1.3. Softkey selection does not display menus or submenus.
Navigating the Page Menu Window:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu Window.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through a list of available options (a scroll bar appears to the right of the window
when the option list is longer than the window).
3) Press the ENT Key to select the desired option.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) The CLR Key may be pressed to remove the menu and cancel the operation. Pressing the FMS Knob also
removes the displayed menu.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
No Options with
NRST Window
Displayed on the
PFD
AFCS
Options
with FPL
Window
Displayed
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 1-21 Page Menu Examples
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
29
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
MFD PAGE GROUPS
NOTE: Refer to the Flight Management, Hazard Avoidance, and Additional Features sections for details on
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
specific pages.
EIS
Information on the MFD is presented on pages which are grouped according to function. The page group and
active page title are displayed in the upper center of the screen, below the Navigation Status Box. In the bottom
right corner of the screen, the page group tabs are displayed along the bottom Available pages in the group are
displayed in a list above the page groups. The current page group and current page within the group are shown
in cyan. For some of these pages (Airport/Procedures/Weather Information, SiriusXM Weather, Procedure
Loading), the active title of the page changes while the page name in the list remains the same.
Active Page Title
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Page Group
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pages in
Current
Group
MFD
Page Groups
AFCS
Figure 1-22 Page Title and Page Groups
Selecting a page using the FMS Knob:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Turn either FMS Knob one click to display the pop-up page selection window.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob until the desired page group is selected. For example, the MAP page group is selected
in Figure 1-22.
APPENDICES
3) Turn the small FMS Knob until the desired page is selected.
INDEX
There are also several pages (Airport Information and XM Information pages) which are selected first from
within a main page group with the FMS Knobs, then with the appropriate softkey at the bottom of the page. In
this case, the page remains set to the selected screen until a different screen softkey is pressed.
30
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Map Pages (MAP)
Navigation Map
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Traffic Map
Stormscope®
Weather Data Link (service optional)
- SiriusXM Weather
EIS
- FIS-B Weather
- Connext™ Weather
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Terrain Proximity/Terrain-SVS/
TAWS-B
Figure 1-23 Map Pages
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Waypoint Pages (WPT)
Airport Information pages
- Airport Information
(INFO-1 Softkey)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Airport Directory
(INFO-2 Softkey)
- Departure Information
(DP Softkey)
AFCS
- Arrival Information
(STAR Softkey)
- Approach Information
(APR Softkey)
Intersection Information
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- Weather Information
(WX Softkey)
Airport
Information
Pages
NDB Information
User Waypoint Information
APPENDICES
VOR Information
Figure 1-24 Waypoint Pages
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
31
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Auxiliary Pages (AUX)
Trip Planning
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Utility
GPS Status
System Setup
SiriusXM Satellite Radio pages
EIS
- XM Information
(INFO Softkey)
- XM Radio
(RADIO Softkey)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Satellite Phone
Satellite
Telephone
Pages
SiriusXM
Satellite
Pages
- Telephone
(TEL Softkey)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Text Messaging
(SMS Softkey)
System Status
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Video (Optional)
Figure 1-25 Auxiliary Pages
Flight Plan Pages (FPL)
Active Flight Plan
AFCS
- Wide View, Narrow View
(VIEW Softkey)
Flight Plan Catalog
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
or
APPENDICES
Stored Flight Plan (NEW Softkey)
Figure 1-26 Flight Plan Pages
INDEX
The Flight Plan Pages may also be accessed using the FPL Key. Main pages within this group are selected by
turning the small FMS Knob.
The Checklist Page may be accessed from the page group tab or the CHKLIST Softkey. See the Additional
Features section for a discussion on checklists.
32
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Nearest Pages (NRST)
Nearest Airports
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Nearest Intersections
Nearest NDB
Nearest VOR
Nearest User Waypoints
EIS
Nearest Frequencies
Nearest Airspaces
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 1-27 Nearest Pages
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
In addition to the main page groups accessed exclusively using the FMS Knobs, there are pages for flight
planning (FPL) and loading procedures (PROC) which are accessed by bezel key. In some instances, softkeys
may be used to access the Procedure Pages.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Flight Plan Pages are accessed using the FPL Key on the MFD. Main pages within this group are selected
by turning the small FMS Knob.
The Procedure pages may be accessed at any time on the MFD by pressing the PROC Key. A menu is
initialized, and when a departure, approach, or arrival is selected, the appropriate Procedure Loading Page is
opened. Turning the FMS Knob does not scroll through the Procedure pages (note the single page icon in the
lower right corner).
AFCS
Procedure Pages
(PROC)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Departure Loading
Arrival Loading
Approach Loading
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 1-28 Procedure Pages
For some of these pages (Airport Information pages, SiriusXM Satellite pages, Procedure pages), the title of
the page may change while the page icon remains the same.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
33
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
MFD SYSTEM PAGES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In the Auxiliary (AUX) Page Group, there are two system pages: System Setup and System Status. The System
Setup Page allows management of various system parameters, while the System Status Page displays the status
of all G1000 system LRUs.
SYSTEM SETUP PAGE
The System Setup Page allows management of the following system parameters:
• Time display format (local or UTC )
• Flight director format (only the single que option
is available in the Cessna Nav III)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
• Displayed measurement units
• Baro transition alert (see Flight Instruments
Section)
• Page Navigation
• Arrival Alerts
• GPS Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) range
• Airspace alerts
• COM transceiver channel spacing
• Audio alert voice
• Displayed nearest airports
• MFD Data Bar (Navigation Status Box) fields
Selecting the System Setup Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the System Setup Page.
INDEX
Figure 1-29 System Setup Page
34
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Date/Time
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Date/Time Box on the System Setup Page displays the current date and time and allows the pilot to set
the time format (local 12-hr, local 24-hr, or UTC) and offset. The time offset is used to define current local
time. UTC (also called GMT or Zulu) date and time are calculated directly from the GPS satellites signals
and cannot be changed. When using a local time format, designate the offset by adding or subtracting the
desired number of hours.
Set the system time format:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
EIS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the time format field in the Date/Time Box.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired system time format (local 12hr, local 24hr, UTC) and press the
ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Set the current time offset:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the time offset field in the Date/Time Box.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter the time offset and press the ENT Key.
Display Units
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Display Units Box on the System Setup Page allows configuration of the measurement units used for
the following displayed data:
• Nav angle (magnetic, true)
When set to ‘MAGNETIC’, magnetic variation is figured into the displayed value. When ‘TRUE’ is
selected, no magnetic variation is calculated and a ‘T’ is displayed next to the value.
Affects the BRG field in the PFD Navigation Status Box.
AFCS
Affects Current Heading, Selected Heading, and Selected Course boxes on the PFD.
Affects the BRG, DTK, TKE, TRK, and XTK fields in the MFD Navigation Status Box.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Distance and speed (metric, nautical)
Affects the DIS field in the PFD Navigation Status Box and the range setting of the Inset Map.
Affects all distance and speed displays on the MFD with the exception of the displayed wind speed
displayed on the Navigation Map Page. Wind speed is affected on the Trip Planning Page.
APPENDICES
• Altitude and vertical speed (feet, meters)
Affects all altitude and elevation displays on the MFD, with the exception of VNAV altitudes on the
Active Flight Plan Page.
• Temperature (Celsius, Fahrenheit)
INDEX
Affects all temperature displays on the PFD.
Affects the temperature display on the Trip Planning Page. Does not affect the Engine Indicating
System display.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
35
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
• Fuel and fuel flow (gallons, gallons/hour)
Indicates fuel quantities are measured in gallons and fuel flow is measured in gallons per hour.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Weight (pounds, kilograms)
The weight setting is not applicable to the Nav III.
• Position (HDDD°MM.MM’, HDDD°MM’SS.S”, MGRS)
Affects all position displays.
EIS
Change a Display Units setting:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Display Units Box.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select from a list of measurement units and press the ENT Key when the desired
unit is highlighted. Press the CLR Key to cancel the action without changing the units.
BARO Transition Alert
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
See the Flight Instruments section for a discussion on setting the Baro Transition Alert.
Airspace Alerts
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Airspace Alerts Box allows the pilot to turn the controlled/special-use airspace message alerts on
or off. This does not affect the alerts listed on the Nearest Airspaces Page or the airspace boundaries
depicted on the MFD Navigation Map Page. It simply turns on/off the warning provided when the aircraft
is approaching or near an airspace.
AFCS
Alerts for the following airspaces can be turned on/off in the Airspace Alerts Box:
• Class B/TMA
• Restricted
• Class C/TCA
• MOA (Military)
• Class D
• Other airspaces
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
An altitude buffer is also provided which “expands” the vertical range above or below an airspace. For
example, if the buffer is set at 500 feet, and the aircraft is more than 500 feet above/below an airspace, an
alert message is not generated, but if the aircraft is less than 500 feet above/below an airspace and projected
to enter it, the pilot is notified with an alert message. The default setting for the altitude buffer is 200
feet.
APPENDICES
Change the altitude buffer distance setting:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the altitude buffer field in the Airspace Alerts Box.
INDEX
3) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an altitude buffer value and press the ENT Key.
36
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
To turn an airspace alert on or off:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Airspace Alerts Box.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF.
Arrival Alerts
EIS
The Arrival Alert Box on the System Setup Page allows the Alerts Window arrival alerts to be turned
ON/OFF, and the alert trigger distance (up to 99.9 units) set for alerts in the Alerts Window and the
PFD Navigation Status Box. An arrival alert can be set to notify the pilot with a message upon reaching
a user-specified distance from the final destination (the direct-to waypoint or the last waypoint in a flight
plan). When Arrival Alerts is set to ON, and the set distance is reached, an “Arrival at waypoint” message
is displayed in the PFD Navigation Status Box, and a “WPT ARRIVAL - Arriving at waypoint - [xxxx]” is
displayed in the Alerts Window. When Arrival Alerts is set to OFF, only the PFD Navigation Status Box
message “Arriving at waypoint” is displayed, and it is displayed when the time to the final destination is
approximately ten seconds.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Enabling/disabling the Alerts Window arrival alert:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ON/OFF field in the Arrival Alert Box.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF.
Changing the arrival alert trigger distance:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
AFCS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the distance field in the Arrival Alert Box.
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter a trigger distance and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Audio Alerts
The Audio Alert Box on the System Setup Page allows the audio alert voice to be set to male or female.
To change the audio alert voice:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
APPENDICES
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the voice in the Audio Alert Box.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and highlight the desired voice and press the ENT Key.
Flight Director
190-00498-08 Rev. A
INDEX
Not pilot selectable.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
37
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Page Navigation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The large FMS Knob displays the Page Group Tabs and navigates through the tabs. The small FMS Knob
navigates through the pages listed within a specific group. The number of clicks it takes to display the
Page Group Tabs and change to the next tab can be controlled from the Page Navigation box on the AUX
- System Setup Page.
OFF – Displays the Page Group Tabs with one click of either FMS Knob.
ON – Displays the Page Group Tabs and navigates to the next tab with one click of either FMS Knob.
EIS
The pilot can select, from the AUX - System Setup Page, the amount of time the Page Group Tabs are
displayed (in the lower right corner of the MFD). The timeout can range from two to ten seconds.
Selecting page navigation settings:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Change On 1st Click’ field in the Page Navigation Box.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘OFF’ or ‘ON’.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Timeout Seconds’ field in the Page navigation Box.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired number of seconds
7) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to remove the flashing cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
MFD Data Bar Fields
The MFD Data Bar Fields Box on the System Setup Page displays the current configuration of the MFD
Navigation Status Box. By default, the Navigation Status Bar is set to display ground speed (GS), distance
to next waypoint (DIS), estimated time enroute (ETE), and enroute safe altitude (ESA).
AFCS
Change the information shown in an MFD Navigation Status Bar field:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the MFD Data Bar Fields Box.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the data options list and press the ENT Key when the
desired data selection is highlighted.
The following data may be selected for display in each of the four fields of the Navigation Status Box.
INDEX
APPENDICES
• Bearing (BRG)
• Crosstrack Error (XTK)
• Distance (DIS)
• Desired Track (DTK)
• Endurance (END)
• En Route Safe Altitude (ESA)
• Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA)
• Estimated Time En Route (ETE)
38
• Fuel Over Destination (FOD)
• Fuel On Board (FOB)
• Ground Speed (GS)
• Minimum Safe Altitude (MSA)
• True Air Speed (TAS)
• Track Angle Error (TKE)
• Track (TRK)
• Vertical Speed Required (VSR)
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GPS CDI
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The GPS CDI Box on the System Setup Page allows the pilot to define the range for the on-screen course
deviation indicator (CDI). The range values represent full range deflection for the CDI to either side. The
default setting is ‘AUTO’. At this setting, leaving the departure airport the CDI range is set to 1.0 nm and
gradually ramps up to 2 nm beyond 30 nm from the departure airport. The CDI range is set to 2.0 nautical
miles during the en route phase of flight. Within 30 nm of the destination airport, the CDI range gradually
ramps down to 1.0 nm (terminal area). During approach operations, the CDI range ramps down even
further to 0.3 nm. This transition normally occurs within 2.0 nm of the final approach fix (FAF).
EIS
If a lower CDI range setting is selected (i.e., 1.0 or 0.3 nm), the higher range settings are not selected
during any phase of flight. For example, if 1.0 nm is selected, the system uses this for en route and terminal
phases and ramps down to 0.3 nm during an approach. Note that the Receiver Autonomous Integrity
Monitoring (RAIM) protection limits follow the selected CDI range and corresponding flight phases.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The GPS CDI Box on the System Setup Page displays the following:
• Selected CDI range (auto, 2 nm, 1 nm, 0.3 nm)
• Current system CDI range (2 nm, 1 nm, 0.3 nm)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Changing the CDI range:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the selected field in the GPS CDI Box.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the range list and press the ENT Key when the desired
selection is highlighted.
4) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
COM Configuration
AFCS
NOTE: 8.33 kHz VHF communication frequency channel spacing is not approved for use in the United States.
Select the 25.0 kHz channel spacing option for use in the United States.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The COM Configuration Box on the System Setup Page allows the pilot to select 8.33 kHz or 25.0 kHz
COM frequency channel spacing.
Change COM channel spacing:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
APPENDICES
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the channel spacing field in the COM Configuration Box.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired spacing and press the ENT Key.
Nearest Airports
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
The Nearest Airports Box on the System Setup Page defines the minimum runway length and surface type
used when determining the nine nearest airports to display on the MFD Nearest Airports Page. A minimum
runway length and/or surface type can be entered to prevent airports with small runways or runways that
are not of appropriate surface from being displayed. Default settings are zero feet (or meters) for runway
length and “HARD/SOFT” for runway surface type.
39
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Select nearest airport surface matching criteria (any, hard only, hard/soft, water):
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the runway surface field in the Nearest Airports Box.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the runway options (any, hard only, hard/soft, water) and
press the ENT Key when the desired selection is highlighted.
Select nearest airport minimum runway length matching criteria:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
EIS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the minimum length field in the Nearest Airport Box.
3) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter the minimum runway length (zero to 99,999 feet) and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SYSTEM STATUS PAGE
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The System Status Page displays the status and software version numbers for all detected system LRUs.
Pertinent information on all system databases is also displayed. Active LRUs are indicated by green check
marks and failed LRUs are indicated by red “X”s. Failed LRUs should be noted and a Cessna service center
or Garmin dealer informed.
APPENDICES
Display Database
Selection Softkey
Figure 1-30 Example System Status Page
INDEX
The LRU and ARFRM softkeys on the System Status Page select the applicable list (LRU INFO or AIRFRAME
window) through which the FMS Knob can be used to scroll information within the selected window.
40
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the Display Database Selection Softkey (background changes to grey indicting the softkey is selected)
places the cursor in the DATABASE window. Use the FMS Knob to scroll through database information for
the database information. Each press of the Display Database Selection Softkey will change the softkey label
(PFD1 DB, etc) to indicate the display for which database information is displayed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The ANN TEST Softkey, when pressed, causes an annunciation test tone to be played.
SYSTEM UTILITIES
EIS
For flight planning purposes, timers, trip statistics, and a scheduler feature are provided on the AUX - Utility
Page. The timers available include a stopwatch-like generic timer, a total time in flight timer, and a record of the
time of departure. Trip statistics—odometer, trip odometer, and average trip and maximum groundspeeds—are
displayed from the time of the last reset. A scheduler feature is also provided so the pilot can enter reminder
messages to be displayed at specified intervals in the Alerts Window on the PFD (see the Additional Features
Section).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 1-31 Utility Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Timers
APPENDICES
The generic timer can be set to count up or down from a specified time (HH:MM:SS). When the
countdown on the timer reaches zero the digits begin to count up from zero. If the timer is reset before
reaching zero on a countdown, the digits are reset to the initial value. If the timer is counting up when
reset, the digits are zeroed.
Setting the generic timer:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
INDEX
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the timer counting direction (UP/DN) and press the ENT Key.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
41
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
4) If a desired starting time is desired:
a) Use the large FMS Knob to highlight the HH:MM:SS field.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
b) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘START?’ and press the ENT Key to start the timer. The field changes to
‘STOP?’.
6) To stop the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘STOP?’ highlighted. The field changes to ‘RESET?’.
EIS
7) To reset the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘RESET?’ highlighted. The field changes back to ‘START?’ and the
digits are reset.
The flight timer can be set to count up from zero starting at system power-up or from the time that the
aircraft lifts off; the timer can also be reset to zero at any time.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Setting the flight timer starting criterion:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the field next to the flight timer.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the starting criterion (PWR-ON or IN-AIR) and press the ENT Key.
Resetting the flight timer:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Reset Flight Timer’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
AFCS
The G1000 records the time at which departure occurs, depending on whether the pilot prefers the time
to be recorded from system power-up or from aircraft lift off. The displayed departure time can also be reset
to display the current time at the point of reset. The format in which the time is displayed is controlled
from the System Setup Page.
Setting the departure timer starting criterion:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the field next to the departure time.
APPENDICES
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the starting criterion (PWR-ON or IN-AIR) and press the ENT Key.
Resetting the departure time:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
INDEX
3) Use the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Reset Departure Time’ and press the ENT Key.
42
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Trip Statistics
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The odometer and trip odometer record the total mileage traveled from the last reset; these odometers can
be reset independently. Resetting the trip odometer also resets the average trip groundspeed. Maximum
groundspeed for the period of time since the last reset is also displayed.
Resetting trip statistics readouts:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the MENU Key. The following reset options for trip statistics are displayed:
EIS
• Reset Trip ODOM/AVG GS—Resets trip average ground speed readout and odometer
• Reset Odometer—Resets odometer readout only
• Reset Maximum Speed—Resets maximum speed readout only
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Reset All—Resets flight timer, departure timer, odometers, and groundspeed readouts
2) Use the FMS Knob to highlight the desired reset option and press the ENT Key. The selected parameters are reset
to zero and begin to display data from the point of reset.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Flight Data Logger
Shows Flight Data Logging status.
Scheduler
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Scheduler feature is disussed in the Additional Features section.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
43
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.8 DISPLAY BACKLIGHTING
The G1000 display and control backlighting can be adjusted either automatically or manually.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUTOMATIC ADJUSTMENT
EIS
The existing instrument panel dimmer bus normally controls the PFD and MFD backlighting as well as the
PFD and MFD bezels, MFD Control Unit, AFCS Control Unit and audio panel key annunciator lighting. When
the dimmer bus is not used by the G1000 system, photocell technology automatically controls backlighting
adjustments. Photocell calibration curves are pre-configured to optimize display appearance through a broad
range of cockpit lighting conditions.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
MANUAL ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: The avionics dimming knob may also be used to adjust backlighting. Refer to the POH for details.
NOTE: In normal mode, backlighting can only be adjusted from the PFD. In reversionary mode, it can also
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
be adjusted from the MFD.
NOTE: No other window can be displayed on the PFD while the PFD Setup Menu Window is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Backlighting may also be adjusted manually for all of the displays and the associated bezels. The audio panel
key backlighting is directly tied to the PFD key backlighting setting.
Adjust display backlighting manually:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
1) Press the MENU Key on the PFD to display the PFD Setup Menu Window. ‘AUTO’ becomes highlighted to the
right of ‘PFD DSPL’.
APPENDICES
Figure 1-32 Manual Display Backlighting Adjustment
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the selection box. Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘MANUAL’, then press the
ENT Key. The intensity value becomes highlighted.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired backlighting, then press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘AUTO’ to the right of ‘MFD DSPL’ and repeat steps 2 and 3.
INDEX
5) Press the CLR or MENU Key to remove the PFD Setup Menu Window from the display.
44
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Adjust key backlighting manually:
1) Press the MENU Key on the PFD to display the PFD Setup Menu Window. ‘AUTO’ becomes highlighted to the
right of ‘PFD DSPL’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Figure 1-33 Manual Key Lighting Adjustment
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘PFD DSPL’. Turn the small FMS Knob in the direction of the green
arrowhead to display ‘PFD KEY’.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘AUTO’ and turn the small FMS Knob to display the selection box.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘MANUAL’, then press the ENT Key. The intensity value becomes highlighted.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired backlighting, then press the ENT Key.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘MFD DSPL’ and turn the small FMS Knob in the direction of the green
arrowhead to display ‘MFD KEY’.
7) Repeat steps 3 to 5.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Press the CLR or MENU Key to remove the PFD Setup Menu Window from the display.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
45
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Blank Page
46
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: If the airspeed, attitude, altitude, or heading indications become unusable, refer to the backup
instruments.
NOTE: The Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) provides additional readouts and bugs on selected flight
instruments. Refer to the AFCS Section for details on these bugs and readouts, as they appear on the display
during certain AFCS modes.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Increased situational awareness is provided by replacing the traditional instruments on the panel with an easyto-scan Primary Flight Display (PFD) that features a large horizon, airspeed, attitude, altitude, vertical speed, and
course deviation information. In addition to the flight instruments, navigation, communication, terrain, traffic,
and weather information are also presented on the PFD and explained in other sections of this Pilot’s Guide.
The following flight instruments and supplemental flight data are displayed on the PFD:
• Outside air temperature (OAT)
• Airspeed Indicator, showing
– Turn Rate Indicator
– Trend vector
– Bearing pointers and information windows
– Airspeed awareness ranges
– Navigation source
– Vspeed reference flags
– Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)
• Attitude Indicator with slip/skid indication
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
– True airspeed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Horizontal Situation Indicator, showing
– Indicated airspeed
– DME Information Window
• Transponder Mode, Code, and Ident/Reply
• Altimeter, showing
• Timer/References Window, showing
– Trend vector
– Generic timer
– Reference altitude
– Vspeed values
– Barometric Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Vertical Deviation, Glideslope, and Glidepath
Indicators
AFCS
– Barometric setting
• Wind data
• Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)
• Vertical Navigation (VNV) indications
APPENDICES
The PFD also displays various alerts and annunciations.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
47
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
20
19
18
17
1
16
15
2
EIS
14
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
13
3
12
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4
5
11
6
10
7
9
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8
1
NAV Frequency Box
11
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)
2
Airspeed Indicator
12
Barometric Altimeter Setting
3
True Airspeed
13
Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)
4
Current Heading
14
Reference Altitude Bug
5
Turn Rate Indicator
15
Altimeter
6
Heading Bug
16
Reference Altitude
7
Outside Air Temperature (OAT)
17
COM Frequency Box
8
Softkeys
18
Navigation Status Box
9
System Time
19
Slip/Skid Indicator
10
Transponder Data Box
20
Attitude Indicator
INDEX
Figure 2-1 Primary Flight Display (Default)
48
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
15
16
14
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
2
13
EIS
12
11
3
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
10
4
9
5
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6
8
7
Flight Plan Window
2
Vspeed Reference
10
Annunciation Window
3
Selected Heading
11
Selected Course
4
Wind Data
12
Current Vertical Speed
5
Inset Map
13
Glideslope Indicator
6
DME Information Window
14
Marker Beacon Annunciation
7
Bearing Information Windows
15
Terrain Annunciation
8
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision
Height
16
AFCS Status Annunciation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
9
AFCS
Traffic Annunciation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1
Figure 2-2 Additional PFD Information
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
49
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.1 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AIRSPEED INDICATOR
NOTE: Refer to the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for airspeed criteria and Vspeed values.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The Airspeed Indicator displays airspeed on a moving tape rolling number gauge. The true airspeed is
displayed in knots below the Airspeed Indicator. The numeric labels and major tick marks on the moving
tape are shown at intervals of 10 knots. The minor tick marks on the moving tape are shown at intervals of
five knots. Speed indication starts at 20 knots, with 60 knots of airspeed viewable at any time. The indicated
airspeed is displayed inside the black pointer. The pointer remains black until reaching never-exceed speed
(VNE), at which point it turns red.
Indicated
Airspeed
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Speed
Ranges
Vspeed
References
Airspeed
Trend
Vector
True
Airspeed
Figure 2-3 Airspeed Indicator (Model 182T)
Figure 2-4 Red Pointer Showing
Overspeed (Model 172R)
AFCS
A color-coded (white, green, yellow, and red) speed range strip is located on the moving tape. The colors
denote flaps operating range, normal operating range, caution range, and never-exceed speed (VNE). A red range
is also present for low speed awareness.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Airspeed Trend Vector is a vertical, magenta line that appears to the right of the color-coded speed
range strip when airspeed is either accelerating or decelerating. One end of the magenta line is anchored to
the tip of the airspeed pointer while the other end moves continuously up or down corresponding to the rate
of acceleration or deceleration. For any constant rate of acceleration or deceleration, the moving end of the
line shows approximately what the indicated airspeed value will be in six seconds. If the trend vector crosses
VNE, the text of the actual airspeed readout changes to yellow. The trend vector is absent if the speed remains
constant or if any data needed to calculate airspeed is not available due to a system failure.
50
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Vspeeds (Glide, VR, VX, and VY,) can be changed and their flags turned on/off from the Timer/References
Window. When active (on), the Vspeeds are displayed to the right of the airspeed scale.
Changing Vspeeds and turning Vspeed flags on/off:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the field of the desired Vspeed to be changed.
3) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired value. When a speed has been changed from a default value, an asterisk
appears next to the speed.
4) Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ON/OFF field.
EIS
5) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF.
6) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-5 Timer/References Window and Menu
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Turning all Vspeed flags on/off:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) To activate all Vspeed flags, press the ENT Key with All References On highlighted.
AFCS
4) To remove all Vspeed flags, turn the FMS Knob to highlight All References Off and press the ENT Key.
Restoring all Vspeed defaults:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight Restore Defaults and press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
51
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
ATTITUDE INDICATOR
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Attitude information is displayed over a virtual blue sky and brown ground with a white horizon line. The
Attitude Indicator displays the pitch, roll, and slip/skid information.
9
8
1
7
EIS
2
6
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
4
5
1
Roll Pointer
2
Roll Scale
3
Horizon Line
4
Aircraft Symbol
5
Land Representation
6
Pitch Scale
7
Slip/Skid Indicator
8
Sky Representation
9
Roll Scale Zero
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-6 Attitude Indicator
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The horizon line is part of the pitch scale. Above and below the horizon line, major pitch marks and numeric
labels are shown for every 10˚, up to 80˚. Minor pitch marks are shown for intervening 5˚ increments, up to
25˚ below and 45˚ above the horizon line. Between 20˚ below to 20˚ above the horizon line, minor pitch marks
occur every 2.5˚. If the Synthetic Vision System (optional) is activated, the pitch scale is reduced to 10˚ up and
7.5˚ down; refer to the Additional Features section.
AFCS
The inverted white triangle indicates zero on the roll scale. Major tick marks at 30˚ and 60˚ and minor tick
marks at 10˚, 20˚, and 45˚ are shown to the left and right of the zero. Angle of bank is indicated by the position
of the pointer on the roll scale.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Slip/Skid Indicator is the bar beneath the roll pointer. One bar displacement is equal to one ball
displacement on a traditional inclinometer. The indicator bar moves with the roll pointer and moves laterally
away from the pointer to indicate uncoordinated flight. Slip (inside the turn) or skid (outside the turn) is
indicated by the location of the bar relative to the pointer.
INDEX
Figure 2-7 Slip/Skid Indication
52
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ALTIMETER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Altimeter displays 600 feet of barometric altitude values at a time on a moving tape rolling number gauge.
Numeric labels and major tick marks are shown at intervals of 100 feet. Minor tick marks are at intervals of 20
feet. The indicated altitude is displayed inside the black pointer.
The Selected Altitude is displayed above the Altimeter in the box indicated by a selection bug symbol. A bug
corresponding to this altitude is shown on the tape. If the Selected Altitude exceeds the range shown on the
tape, the bug appears at the upper or lower edge of the tape. When the metric value is selected it is displayed
in a separate box above the Selected Altitude.
EIS
A magenta Altitude Trend Vector extends up or down the left of the altitude tape, the end resting at the
approximate altitude to be reached in six seconds at the current vertical speed. The trend vector is not shown
if altitude remains constant or if data needed for calculation is not available due to a system failure.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Setting the Selected Altitude:
T urn the ALT Knob to set the Selected Altitude (large knob for 1000-ft increments, small knob for 100-ft
increments).
If set, the Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height (MDA/DH) value is also available for the Selected Altitude.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Reference
Altitude
Reference
Altitude
(Meters)
Indicated
Altitude
Indicated
Altitude
(Meters)
AFCS
Selected
Altitude
Bug
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitude
Trend
Vector
MDA/DH
Altitude
Bug
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Barometric
Setting Box
(Hectopascals)
Barometric
Setting
Figure 2-8 Altimeter
APPENDICES
Altitudes can also be displayed in meters. Note that the altitude tape does not change scale.
Displaying altitude in meters:
1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Press the ALT UNIT Softkey.
INDEX
3) Press the METERS Softkey to turn on metric altitude readouts.
4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
53
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The barometric pressure setting is displayed below the Altimeter in inches of mercury (in Hg) or hectopascals
(hPa) when metric units are selected. Adjusting the altimeter barometric pressure setting creates discontinuities
in VNV vertical navigation, moving the descent path. For large adjustments, it may take several minutes for the
aircraft to re-establish on the descent patch. If the change is made while nearing a waypoint with a VNV Target
Altitude, the aircraft may not re-establish on the descent path in time to meet the vertical constraint.
Selecting the altimeter barometric pressure setting:
Turn the BARO Knob to select the desired setting.
Selecting standard barometric pressure:
EIS
1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys..
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the STD BARO Softkey; STD BARO is displayed in barometric setting box (Figure 2-9).
Figure 2-9 Standard Barometric Altimeter Setting
Changing altimeter barometric pressure setting units:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Press the ALT UNIT Softkey.
3) Press the IN Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in inches of mercury (in Hg).
Or: Press the HPA Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in hectopascals (hPa).
AFCS
4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
A Baro Transition Alert is provided to notify the pilot to change the barometric pressure setting when crossing
the baro transition altitude. If the aircraft is at least 500 feet below the transition altitude and then climbs
through this altitude and the STD BARO Softkey has not been pressed, the barometric pressure setting flashes
in light blue until the pressure setting is changed. If the aircraft is at least 500 feet above the transition altitude
and then descends through this altitude and the barometric pressure setting has not been changed from STD
BARO, the setting flashes in light blue until it is changed (Figure 2-10).
Setting the Baro Transition Alert:
APPENDICES
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘OFF or ON’ in the ‘BARO TRANSITION ALERT’ box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to turn the alert OFF or ON and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
5) With the altitude field highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired altitude and press the ENT
Key.
6) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob.
54
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pressure setting flashes during climb above
transition altitude if the STD BARO Softkey
has not been pressed.
Pressure setting flashes during descent below
transition altitude to indicate setting has not
been changed from STD BARO.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-10 Baro Transition Alert
(AUX - System Setup Page)
VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR (VSI)
AFCS
The Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI) displays the aircraft vertical speed on a fixed scale with labels at 1000 and
2000 fpm and minor tick marks every 500 fpm (Figure 2-11). Digits appear in the pointer when the climb or
descent rate is greater than 100 fpm. If the rate of ascent/descent exceeds 2000 fpm, the pointer appears at the
edge of the tape and the rate appears inside the pointer.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
A magenta chevron is displayed as the Required Vertical Speed Indication (RVSI) for reaching a VNV Target
Altitude once the “TOD [Top of Descent] within 1 minute” alert has been generated. See the Flight Management
and AFCS sections for details on VNV features, and refer to Section 2.2, Supplemental Flight Data, for more
information about VNV indications on the PFD.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
55
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
VERTICAL DEVIATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI) is a magenta chevron indicating the baro-VNV vertical deviation
when Vertical Navigation (VNV) is being used. The VDI appears in conjunction with the “TOD within 1
minute” alert. The VDI is removed from the display if vertical deviation becomes invalid. See the Flight
Management Section for details on VNV features, and refer to Section 2.2, Supplemental Flight Data, for more
information about VNV indications on the PFD.
NOTE: The Glidepath Indicator is only shown when SBAS is available.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The Glideslope Indicator appears to the left of the Altimeter whenever an ILS frequency is tuned in the
active NAV field and the aircraft heading and selected course are within 107˚. A green diamond acts as the
Glideslope Indicator, like a glideslope needle on a conventional indicator. If a localizer frequency is tuned
and there is no glideslope, “NO GS” is displayed in place of the diamond.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The glidepath is analogous to the glideslope for GPS approaches supporting SBAS vertical guidance (LNAV+V,
L/VNAV, LPV). When an approach of this type is loaded into the flight plan and GPS is the selected navigation
source, the Glidepath Indicator appears as a magenta diamond during the approach. If the approach type
downgrades past the final approach fix (FAF), “NO GP” is displayed in place of the diamond.
Full-scale deflection of two dots is 1000 feet.
VNV Target
Altitude
Marker
Beacon
Annunciation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Vertical
Speed
Indicator
AFCS
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
Glipepath
Indicator
Vertical Glideslope
Speed
Indicator
Pointer
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Required
Vertical
Speed
Vertical Speed and Deviation
Indicator (VSI and VDI)
Glideslope Indicator
Glidepath Indicator
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 2-11 Vertical Speed and Vertical Deviation Indications
56
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR (HSI)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) displays a rotating compass card in a heading-up orientation. Letters
indicate the cardinal points with numeric labels every 30˚. Major tick marks are at 10˚ intervals and minor tick
marks are at 5˚ intervals. A digital reading of the current heading appears on top of the HSI, and the current
track is represented on the HSI by a magenta diamond. The HSI also presents turn rate, course deviation,
bearing, and navigation source information. The HSI is available in two formats, a 360˚ compass rose and a
140˚ arc.
Changing the HSI display format:
EIS
1) Press the PFD Softkey
2) Press the HSI FRMT Softkey.
3) Press the 360 HSI or ARC HSI Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The 360˚ HSI contains a Course Deviation Indicator (CDI), with a Course Pointer, To/From Indicator, and a
sliding deviation bar and scale. The course pointer is a single line arrow (GPS, VOR1, and LOC1) or a double
line arrow (VOR2 and LOC2) which points in the direction of the set course. The To/From arrow rotates with
the course pointer and is displayed when the active NAVAID is received.
16
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
17
15
1
14
2
4
13
5
12
6
11
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3
10
AFCS
7
9
8
To/From Indicator
2
Selected Heading
11
Heading Bug
3
Current Track Indicator
12
Course Pointer
4
Lateral Deviation Scale
13
Flight Phase
5
Navigation Source
14
Selected Course
6
Aircraft Symbol
15
Turn Rate and Heading Trend Vector
7
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)
16
Current Heading
8
Rotating Compass Card
17
Lubber Line
9
OBS Mode Active
INDEX
10
APPENDICES
Turn Rate Indicator
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1
Figure 2-12 Horizontal Situation Indicator (360˚ HSI)
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
57
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Arc HSI is a 140˚ expanded section of the compass rose. The Arc HSI contains a Course Pointer,
combined To/From Indicator and a sliding deviation indicator, and a deviation scale. Upon station passage, the
To/From Indicator flips and points to the tail of the aircraft, just like a conventional To/From flag. Depending
on the navigation source, the CDI on the Arc HSI can appear in two different ways, an arrowhead (GPS, VOR,
OBS) or a diamond (LOC).
Course Pointer
Flight Phase
Annunciation
Lateral
Deviation
Scale
Course
Deviation
and To/From
Indicator
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Navigation
Source
Figure 2-13 Arc HSI
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
A digital reading of the current heading appears on top of the HSI. The current track is represented on the
HSI by a magenta diamond. To the upper left of the HSI, the Selected Heading is shown in light blue; the light
blue bug on the compass rose corresponds to the Selected Heading. The Desired Track (DTK) is shown in
magenta to the upper right of the HSI when the selected navigation source is FMS and OBS mode is not active.
The Selected Course (CRS) is shown to the upper right of the HSI in green when the selected navigation source
is VOR or LOC and in magenta when the selected navigation source is GPS with OBS mode active.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Adjusting the selected heading:
Turn the HDG Knob to set the selected heading.
Press the HDG Knob to synchronize the bug to the current heading.
Adjusting the Selected Course:
AFCS
Turn the CRS Knob to set the Selected Course.
Press the CRS Knob to re-center the CDI and return the course pointer to the bearing of the active waypoint or
navigation station (see OBS Mode for adjusting a GPS course).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Current Heading
Heading Bug
APPENDICES
Selected
Heading
Selected
Course
INDEX
Figure 2-14 Heading and Course Indications (Magnetic)
58
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Navigation angles (track, heading, course, bearing) are corrected to the computed magnetic variation (Mag
Var) or referenced to true north (T), set on the AUX - System Setup Page. When an approach referenced to
true north has been loaded into the flight plan, the system generates a message to change the navigation angle
setting to True at the appropriate time.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Figure 2-15 Heading and Course Indications (True)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Changing the navigation angle true/magnetic setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Nav Angle in the Display Units box.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT Key.
• TRUE - References angles to true north (T)
• MAGNETIC - Angles corrected to the computed magnetic variation (Mag Var)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 2-16 Navigation Angle Settings
(AUX - System Setup Page)
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
59
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
TURN RATE INDICATOR
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Turn Rate Indicator is located directly above the rotating compass card. Tick marks to the left and right
of the lubber line denote half-standard and standard turn rates. A magenta Turn Rate Trend Vector shows the
current turn rate. The end of the trend vector gives the heading predicted in 6 seconds, based on the present
turn rate. A standard-rate turn is shown on the indicator by the trend vector stopping at the standard turn
rate tick mark, corresponding to a predicted heading of 18˚ from the current heading. At rates greater than 4
deg/sec, an arrowhead appears at the end of the magenta trend vector and the prediction is no longer valid.
EIS
Half-standard
Turn Rate
Arrow Shown
for Turn Rate
> 4 deg/sec
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Standard
Turn Rate
Figure 2-17 Turn Rate Indicator and Trend Vector
BEARING POINTERS AND INFORMATION WINDOWS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Two bearing pointers and associated information can be displayed on the HSI for NAV, GPS, and ADF
sources by pressing the PFD Softkey then a BRG or DME Softkey. The bearing pointers are light blue and are
single-line (BRG1) or double-line (BRG2). A pointer symbol is shown in the information windows to indicate
the navigation source. The bearing pointers never override the CDI and are visually separated from the CDI
by a white ring. Bearing pointers may be selected but not necessarily visible due to data unavailability. When
the Arc HSI is displayed, the Bearing Information windows and pointers are disabled.
NOTE: ADF radio installation is optional.
AFCS
Tuning Mode
Frequency
Bearing 1
Pointer
Bearing 2
Pointer
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Distance
APPENDICES
Distance to
Bearing Source
Station
Identifier
ADF
Frequency
Bearing Source Pointer 1
Pointer 2
Bearing 1 Information Window
Bearing Source
Bearing 2 Information Window
INDEX
Figure 2-18 HSI with Bearing and Distance Information
60
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When a bearing pointer is displayed, the associated information window is also displayed. The Bearing
Information Windows (Figure 2-18) are displayed at the lower sides of the HSI and give the following
information:
• Station/waypoint identifier (NAV, GPS)
• Pointer icon (BRG1 = single line,BRG2 = double
line)
• GPS-derived great circle distance to bearing
source
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Bearing source (NAV, GPS, ADF)
EIS
• Frequency (NAV, ADF)
When the NAV radio is tuned to an ILS frequency the bearing source and the bearing pointer is removed
from the HSI. When NAV1 or NAV2 is the selected bearing source, the frequency is replaced by the station
identifier when the station is within range. If GPS is the bearing source, the active waypoint identifier is
displayed instead of a frequency.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The bearing pointer is removed from the HSI and NO DATA is displayed in the information window if
the NAV radio is not receiving a VOR station or if GPS is the bearing source and an active waypoint is not
selected.
Selecting bearing display and changing sources:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press a BRG Softkey to display the desired bearing pointer and information window with a NAV source.
3) Press the BRG Softkey again to change the bearing source to GPS.
4) To remove the bearing pointer and information window, press the BRG Softkey again.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
DME INFORMATION WINDOW
AFCS
The DME Information Window is displayed above the BRG1 Information Window on the 360˚ HSI and in
a box above and along side the Arc HSI. It shows the DME label, tuning mode (NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD),
frequency, and distance. When a signal is invalid, the distance is replaced by –.– – NM Refer to the Audio
Panel and CNS Section for information on tuning the DME.
NOTE: DME installation is optional.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Displaying the DME Information Window:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the DME Softkey to display the DME Information Window.
APPENDICES
3) To remove the DME Information Window, press the DME Softkey again.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
61
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
COURSE DEVIATION INDICATOR (CDI)
NOTE: During a heading change of greater than 105˚ with respect to the course, the CDI on the Arc HSI
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
switches to the opposite side of the deviation scale and displays reverse sensing.
The Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) moves left or right from the course pointer along a lateral deviation
scale to display aircraft position relative to the course. If the course deviation data is not valid, the CDI is not
displayed.
EIS
360º HSI
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation
Source
Flight
Phase
Arc HSI
Navigation
Source
Flight
Phase
CDI
CDI
Scale
Scale
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Crosstrack
Error
CDI
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-19 Course Deviation Indicator
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The CDI can display two sources of navigation, GPS or VOR/LOC. The color indicates the current navigation
source, magenta for GPS and green for VOR and LOC. The full scale limits for the CDI are defined by a GPSderived distance when navigating GPS. When navigating using a VOR or localizer (LOC), the CDI uses the
same angular deviation as a mechanical CDI. If the CDI exceeds the maximum deviation on the scale (two dots)
while navigating with GPS, the crosstrack error (XTK) is displayed below the white aircraft symbol.
INDEX
Figure 2-20 Navigation Sources
62
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Changing navigation sources:
1) Press the CDI Softkey to change from GPS to VOR1 or LOC1. This places the light blue tuning box over the
NAV1 standby frequency in the upper left corner of the PFD.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the CDI Softkey again to change from VOR1 or LOC1 to VOR2 or LOC2. This places the light blue tuning
box over the NAV2 standby frequency.
3) Press the CDI Softkey a third time to return to GPS.
NAV2 Selected for Tuning
NAV1 Selected for Tuning
EIS
LOC1
Selected
VOR2
Selected
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
GPS
Selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pressing the CDI Softkey
Cycles through
Navigation Sources
Figure 2-21 Selecting a Navigation Source
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system automatically switches from GPS to LOC navigation source and changes the CDI scaling accordingly
when all of the following occur:
• A localizer or ILS approach has been loaded into the active flight plan
• The final approach fix (FAF) is the active leg, the FAF is less than 15 nm away, and the aircraft is moving
toward the FAF
AFCS
• A valid localizer frequency has been tuned
• The GPS CDI deviation is less than 1.2 times full-scale deflection
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GPS steering guidance is still provided after the CDI automatically switches to LOC until LOC capture, up
to the Final Approach Fix (FAF) for an ILS approach, or until GPS information becomes invalid. Activating a
Vector-to-Final (VTF) also causes the CDI to switch to LOC navigation source. GPS steering guidance is not
provided after the switch.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
63
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
GPS CDI SCALING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When GPS is the selected navigation source, the flight plan legs are sequenced automatically and
annunciations appear on the HSI for the flight phase. Flight phase annunciations are normally shown in
magenta, but when cautionary conditions exist the color changes to yellow. If the current leg in the flight plan
is a heading leg, HDG LEG is annunciated in magenta beneath the aircraft symbol.
EIS
The current GPS CDI scale setting is displayed as System CDI on the AUX - System Setup Page and the fullscale deflection setting may also be changed (2.0 nm, 1.0 nm, 0.3 nm, or Auto) from this page. If the selected
scaling is smaller than the automatic setting for enroute and terminal phases, the CDI is scaled accordingly
and the selected setting is displayed rather than the flight phase annunciation.
Changing the selected GPS CDI setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Selected in the GPS CDI box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
Figure 2-22 GPS CDI Settings
(AUX - System Setup Page)
INDEX
APPENDICES
When set to Auto (default), the GPS CDI scale automatically adjusts to the desired limits based upon the
current phase of flight (Figure 2-23, Table 2-1).
64
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Enroute
(Oceanic if >200 nm
from nearest airport)
Terminal
Approach
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
1.0 nm
2.0 nm
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
Terminal
Refer to accompanying
approach CDI scaling figures
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Departure
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CDI Full-scale Deflection
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Missed
Approach
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-23 Automatic CDI Scaling
• Once a departure procedure is activated, the CDI is scaled for departure (0.3 nm).
• The system switches from departure to terminal CDI scaling (1.0 nm) under the following conditions:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- The next leg in the departure procedure is not aligned with the departure runway
- The next leg in the departure procedure is not a CA, CD, CF, CI, CR, DF, FA, FC, FD, FM, IF, or TF (see
Glossary for leg type definitions)
- After any leg in the departure procedure that is not a CA or FA
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• At 30 nm from the departure airport, the enroute phase of flight is automatically entered and CDI scaling
changes to 2.0 nm over a distance of 1.0 nm, except under the following conditions:
- When navigating with an active departure procedure, the flight phase and CDI scale does not change
until the aircraft arrives at the last departure waypoint (if more than 30 nm from the departure airport) or
the leg after the last departure waypoint has been activated or a direct-to waypoint is activated.
AFCS
• If after completing the departure procedure the nearest airport is more than 200 nm away from the aircraft
and the approach procedure has not yet commenced, the CDI is scaled for oceanic flight (4.0 nm).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Within 31 nm of the destination airport (terminal area), the CDI scale gradually ramps down from 2.0 nm
to 1.0 nm over a distance of 1.0 nm; except under the following conditions:
- Upon reaching the first waypoint of an arrival route that is more than 31 nm from the destination airport,
the flight phase changes to terminal and the CDI scale begins to transition down from 2.0 nm to 1.0 nm
over a distance of 1.0 nm.
APPENDICES
• During approach, the CDI scale ramps down even further (Figures 2-24 and 2-25). This transition normally
occurs within 2.0 nm of the final approach fix (FAF). The CDI switches to approach scaling automatically
once the approach procedure is activated or if Vectors-To-Final (VTF) are selected.
- If the active waypoint is the FAF, the ground track and the bearing to the FAF must be within 45° of the
final approach segment course.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
- If the active waypoint is part of the missed approach procedure, the active leg and the preceding missed
approach legs must be aligned with the final approach segment course and the aircraft must not have
passed the turn initiation point.
65
2 nm
FAF
CDI scale varies if VTF is activated
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
2 nm
FAF
EIS
angle based
on database
information
course width
angle set
by system
CDI Full-scale Deflection
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
CDI scale is set to the smaller of 0.3 nm
or an angle set by the system
350 ft
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
CDI Full-scale Deflection
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Landing
Threshold
CDI scale varies if VTF is activated
Figure 2-24 Typical LNAV and LNAV+V Approach CDI Scaling
Figure 2-25 Typical LNAV/VNAV, LPV, and LP Approach CDI Scaling
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• When a missed approach is activated, the CDI scale changes to 0.3 nm.
• The system automatically switches back to terminal mode under the following conditions:
- The next leg in the missed approach procedure is not aligned with the final approach path
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- The next leg in the missed approach procedure is not a CA, CD, CF, CI, CR, DF, FA, FC, FD, FM, IF, or TF
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- After any leg in the missed approach procedure that is not a CA or FA
Flight Phase
Departure
Terminal
Enroute
Oceanic
Annunciation*
DPRT
TERM
ENR
OCN
Approach
(Non-precision)
LNAV
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Approach
(Non-precision with
Vertical Guidance)
Approach
(LNAV/VNAV)
Approach
(LPV)
Approach
(LP)
Missed Approach
Automatic CDI Full-scale Deflection
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
2.0 nm
4.0 nm
1.0 nm decreasing to 350 feet depending on
variables (Figure 2-24)
LNAV + V
L/VNAV
LPV
1.0 nm decreasing to a specified course width, then
0.3 nm, depending on variables (Figure 2-25)
LP
MAPR
0.3 nm
* Flight phase annunciations are normally shown in magenta, but when cautionary
conditions exist the color changes to yellow.
INDEX
Table 2-1 Automatic GPS CDI Scaling
66
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
OBS MODE
NOTE: VNV is inhibited while automatic waypoint sequencing has been suspended.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Enabling Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode suspends the automatic sequencing of waypoints in a GPS
flight plan (GPS must be the selected navigation source), but retains the current Active-to waypoint as the
navigation reference even after passing the waypoint. OBS is annunciated to the lower right of the aircraft
symbol when OBS Mode is selected.
EIS
While OBS is enabled, a course line is drawn through the active-to waypoint on the moving map. If
desired, the course to/from the waypoint can now be adjusted. When OBS Mode is disabled, the GPS flight
plan returns to normal operation, with automatic sequencing of waypoints, following the course set in OBS
Mode. The flight plan on the moving map retains the modified course line.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
GPS
Selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
OBS Mode
Enabled
Extended
Course
Line
Pressing the OBS
Softkey Again
Disables OBS Mode
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the OBS
Softkey Enables
OBS Mode
Figure 2-26 Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode
Enabling/disabling OBS Mode while navigating a GPS flight plan:
AFCS
1) Press the OBS Softkey to select OBS Mode.
2) Turn the CRS Knob to select the desired course to/from the waypoint. Press the CRS Knob to synchronize the
Selected Course with the bearing to the next waypoint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the OBS Softkey again to return to automatic waypoint sequencing.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
67
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
As the aircraft crosses the missed approach point (MAP), automatic approach waypoint sequencing is
suspended. SUSP appears on the HSI at the lower right of the aircraft symbol. The OBS Softkey label
changes to indicate the suspension is active as shown in Figure 2-27. Pressing the SUSP Softkey, deactivates
the suspension and resumes automatic sequencing of approach waypoints.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SUSP
Softkey
SUSP
Annunciation
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-27 Suspending Automatic Waypoint Sequencing
68
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
2.2 SUPPLEMENTAL FLIGHT DATA
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Pressing the DFLTS Softkey turns off metric Altimeter display, the Inset Map and wind data display.
In addition to the flight instruments, the PFD also displays various supplemental information, including
temperatures, wind data, and Vertical Navigation (VNV) indications.
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
EIS
The Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is displayed in degrees Celsius (°C) or Fahrenheit (°F) as selected by the
pilot, in the lower left of the PFD under normal display conditions. Temperature is displayed below the true
airspeed in reversionary mode.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Normal Display
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Reversionary Mode
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 2-28 Outside Air Temperature
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
69
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Changing temperature display units:
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD using the FMS Knob.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the TEMP field in the Display Units box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight either CELSIUS or FAHRENHEIT and press the ENT Key to confirm the
selection.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
5) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 2-29 Temperature Selection
(AUX - System Setup Page)
70
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
WIND DATA
Option 2
Option 3
No Data
EIS
Option 1
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Wind direction and speed in knots can be displayed relative to the aircraft in a window to the upper left of
the HSI. When the window is selected for display, but wind information is invalid or unavailable, the window
displays NO WIND DATA. Wind data can be displayed in three different ways.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-30 Wind Data
Displaying wind data:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the WIND Softkey to display wind data below the selected heading.
3) Press one of the OPTN softkeys to change how wind data is displayed:
• OPTN 1: Wind direction arrows with headwind/tailwind and crosswind components
AFCS
• OPTN 2: Wind direction arrow and numeric speed
• OPTN 3: Wind direction arrow with numeric True direction and numeric speed
4) To remove the window, press the OFF Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
71
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
VERTICAL NAVIGATION (VNV) INDICATIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When a VNV flight plan has been activated, VNV indications (VNV Target Altitude, RVSI, VDI) appear on the
PFD in conjunction with the “TOD within 1 minute” message and “Vertical track” voice alert. See the Flight
Management and AFCS sections for details on VNV features. VNV indications are removed from the PFD
according to the criteria listed in the Table 2-2.
Top of Descent Message
EIS
VNV Target
Altitude
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Required
Vertical
Speed
Indicator
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GPS is the
Selected
Navigation
Source
Phase of
Flight
Figure 2-31 Vertical Navigation Indications
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
VNV Indication Removed
Criteria
Required Vertical
Vertical
VNV Target
Speed (RVSI)
Deviation (VDI)
Altitude*
Aircraft > 1 min before the next TOD due to flight plan change
X
X
X
VNV cancelled (CNCL VNV Softkey pressed on MFD)
X
X
X
Distance to active waypoint cannot be computed due to
unsupported flight plan leg type (see Flight Management
X
X
X
Section)
Aircraft > 250 feet below active VNV Target Altitude
X
X
X
Current crosstrack or track angle error has exceeded limit
X
X
X
Active altitude-constrained waypoint can not be reached within
X
X
maximum allowed flight path angle and vertical speed
INDEX
Table 2-2 VNV Indication Removal Criteria
72
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
2.3 PFD ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTING FUNCTIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following annunciations and alerting functions are displayed on the PFD. Refer to Appendix A for more
information on alerts and annunciations.
SYSTEM ALERTING
EIS
Messages appear in the Alerts Window in the lower right corner of the PFD when a warning, caution, advisory
alert, or system message advisory occurs. System alert messages are provided for awareness of system problems
or status and may or may not require pilot action. The Alerts Window allows system alerts to be displayed
simultaneously. The FMS Knob is used to scroll through the alert messages. The Alerts Window is enabled/
disabled by pressing the ALERTS Softkey. If the window is already open when a new message is generated,
pressing the ALERTS Softkey to acknowledge the message turns the softkey gray.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The ALERTS Softkey label changes to display the appropriate annunciation when an alert is issued. The
annunciation flashes and the appropriate aural alert sounds until acknowledged by pressing the softkey. The
softkey then reverts to the ALERTS Softkey label, and when pressed again opens the Alerts Window to display
a descriptive message of the alert.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Annunciation Window appears to the right of the Vertical Speed Indicator and displays abbreviated
annunciation text for aircraft alerts. Warnings appear in red, cautions in yellow, advisory alerts in white,
and safe operating annunciations in green. New alerts are displayed at the top of the Annunciation Window,
regardless of priority. Once acknowledged, they are sequenced based on priority.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Annunciation
Window
Alerts
Window
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Softkey
Annunciations
Figure 2-32 System Alerting
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
73
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
MARKER BEACON ANNUNCIATIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Marker Beacon Annunciations are displayed on the PFD to the left of the Selected Altitude. Outer marker
reception is indicated in blue, middle in yellow, and inner in white. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section
for more information on Marker Beacon Annunciations.
Middle Marker
Inner Marker
EIS
Outer Marker
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Altimeter
Figure 2-33 Marker Beacon Annunciations
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TRAFFIC ANNUNCIATION
Traffic is displayed symbolically on the PFD Inset Map, the MFD Navigation Map Page, and various other
MFD page maps. Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section and the Appendix for more details about the Traffic
Information Service (TIS) and optional Traffic Advisory Systems (TAS). When a traffic advisory (TA) is detected,
the following automatically occur:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• The PFD Inset Map is enabled and displays traffic
• A flashing black-on-yellow TRAFFIC annunciation appears to the top left of the Attitude Indicator for five
seconds and remains displayed until no TAs are detected in the area
• A single “TRAFFIC” aural alert is heard, unless an optional Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is installed. Refer
to the applicable TAS documentation for alerts generated by TAS equipment.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
If additional TAs appear, new aural and visual alerts are generated.
APPENDICES
Traffic
Symbols
Inset
Traffic
Enabled
INDEX
Figure 2-34 Traffic Annunciation and Inset Map with TIS Traffic Displayed
74
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TAWS ANNUNCIATIONS
Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) annunciations appear on the PFD at the top left of the Altimeter.
Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section and Appendix A for information on TAWS alerts and annunciations.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-35 Traffic and TAWS Annunciations
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
75
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
ALTITUDE ALERTING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Altitude Alerting provides the pilot with a visual alert when approaching the Selected Altitude. Whenever the
Selected Altitude is changed, the Altitude Alerter is reset. Altitude alerting tones and visual alerts occur only if
the GFC 700 is installed. The following occur when approaching the Selected Altitude:
• Upon passing through 1000 feet of the Selected Altitude an aural tone is heard. The Selected Altitude changes
to black text on a light blue background and flashes for 5 seconds.
• When the aircraft passes within 200 feet of the Selected Altitude, the Selected Altitude changes to light blue
text on a black background and flashes for 5 seconds.
EIS
• After reaching the Selected Altitude, if the pilot flies outside the deviation band (±200 feet of the Selected
Altitude) an aural tone is heard. The Selected Altitude changes to yellow text on a black background and
flashes for 5 seconds.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Within 1000 ft
Within 200 ft
Deviation of ±200 ft
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-36 Altitude Alerting Visual Annunciations
LOW ALTITUDE ANNUNCIATION
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: A Low Altitude Annunciation is available only when SBAS is available. This annunciation is not
shown for systems with TAWS, unless TAWS is inhibited.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
When the Final Approach Fix (FAF) is the active waypoint in a GPS SBAS approach using vertical guidance,
a Low Altitude Annunciation may appear if the current aircraft altitude is at least 164 feet below the prescribed
altitude at the FAF. A black-on-yellow LOW ALT annunciation appears to the top left of the Altimeter, flashing
for several seconds, then remaining displayed until the condition is resolved.
APPENDICES
Figure 2-37 Low Altitude on GPS SBAS Approach
MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE/DECISION HEIGHT ALERTING
INDEX
For altitude awareness, a barometric Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA) or Decision Height (DH) can be set
in the Timer/References Window and is reset when the power is cycled. When active, the altitude setting is
displayed to the bottom left of the Altimeter. Once the altitude is within the range of the tape, a bug appears at
the reference altitude on the Altimeter. The following visual annunciations occur when approaching the MDA/
DH:
76
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• When the aircraft altitude descends to within 2500 feet of the MDA/DH setting, the BARO MIN or COMP
MIN box appears with the altitude in light blue text (or magenta for COMP MIN). The bug appears on the
altitude tape in light blue (or magenta for COMP MIN) once in range.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• When the aircraft passes through 100 feet of the MDA/DH, the bug and text turn white.
• Once the aircraft reaches MDA/DH, the bug and text turn yellow and the aural alert, “Minimums. Minimums”,
is heard.
Within 2500 ft
Within 100 ft
Altitude Reached
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Barometric
Minimum
Bug
Barometric
Minimum
Box
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-38 Barometric MDA/DH Alerting Visual Annunciations
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Alerting is inhibited while the aircraft is on the ground and until the aircraft reaches 150 feet above the MDA.
If the aircraft proceeds to climb after having reached the MDA, once it reaches 50 feet above the MDA, alerting
is disabled. The function is reset when the power is cycled or a new approach is activated.
Setting the Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height and bug:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Minimums field.
AFCS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select BARO or TEMP COMP. OFF is selected by default. Press the ENT Key or turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the next field.
4) Use the small FMS Knob to enter the desired altitude (from zero to 16,000 feet).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) If TEMP COMP was selected, press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the next field and then
enter the temperature (-59˚C to 59˚C)
6) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.
APPENDICES
Figure 2-41 BARO and TEMP COMP MDA/DH
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
77
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.4 ABNORMAL OPERATIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ABNORMAL GPS CONDITIONS
The annunciations listed in Table 2-3 can appear on the HSI when abnormal GPS conditions occur. Refer to
the Flight Management Section for more information on Dead Reckoning Mode.
Annunciation
EIS
LOI
INTEG OK
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
DR
Location
Lower left of
aircraft symbol
Lower left of
aircraft symbol
Upper right of
aircraft symbol
Description
Loss of Integrity Monitoring–GPS integrity is insufficient for the current
phase of flight
Integrity OK–GPS integrity has been restored to within normal limits
(annunciation displayed for 5 seconds)
Dead Reckoning–System is using projected position rather than GPS position
to compute navigation data and sequence active flight plan waypoints
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Table 2-3 Abnormal GPS Conditions Annunciated on HSI
Figure 2-40 Example HSI Annunciations
AFCS
Dead Reckoning (DR) Mode causes the following items on the PFD to be shown in yellow when GPS is the
selected navigation source during Enroute (ENR) or Oceanic (OCN) phases of flight:
• CDI (removed after 20 minutes)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Current Track Bug
• Wind Data
• Distances in the Bearing Information Windows
• GPS bearing pointers
APPENDICES
• Ground Speed
INDEX
It is important to note that estimated navigation data supplied by the G1000 in DR Mode may become
increasingly unreliable and must not be used as a sole means of navigation. See the Flight Management section
for more information about DR mode
78
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
UNUSUAL ATTITUDES
Nose High
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the aircraft enters an unusual pitch attitude, red chevrons pointing toward the horizon warn of extreme
pitch. The chevrons are displayed on the Attitude Indicator, starting at 50˚ above and 30˚ below the horizon
line.
Nose Low
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-41 Pitch Attitude Warnings
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Altimeter Barometric Setting
• Inset Map
– Nearest Airports
• Selected Altitude
• Outside Air Temperature (OAT)
– Flight Plan
• VNV Target Altitude
• Wind Data
– Alerts
• System Time
• Selected Heading Readout
– Procedures
• Transponder Status Box
• Selected Course Readout
• Minimum Descent Altitude/
Decision Height Readout
• PFD Setup Menu
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
– Timer/References
AFCS
• Flight Director Command Bars
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or bank exceeds 65˚, some information displayed on the PFD is removed. The
Altimeter and Airspeed, Attitude, Vertical Speed, and Horizontal Situation indicators remain on the display
and the Bearing Information, Alerts, and Annunciation windows can be displayed during such situations. The
following information is removed from the PFD and their softkeys are disabled when the aircraft experiences
unusual attitudes:
• Traffic Annunciations
• Windows displayed in the lower • Vertical Deviation, Glideslope,
right corner of the PFD:
and Glidepath Indicators
• AFCS Annunciations
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
79
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Blank Page
80
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 3 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM (EIS)
NOTE: Refer to the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for limitations.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Engine Indication System (EIS) displays critical engine, electrical, fuel, and other system parameters on
the left side of the Multi Function Display (MFD) during normal operations (Figure 3-1). In reversionary mode
(Figure 3-2), the displays are re-configured to present Primary Flight Display (PFD) symbology together with the
EIS (refer to the System Overview for information about Reversionary Mode).
EIS
EIS
Display
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 3-1 Multi Function Display (172S Normal Operations)
Failed NAV/COM
EIS
Display
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 3-2 Primary Flight Display (182T Reversionary Mode)
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Green bands on the instruments indicate normal ranges of operation; yellow and red bands indicate caution and
warning, respectively. White bands indicate areas outside of normal operation not yet in the caution or warning
ranges. When unsafe operating conditions occur, readouts, pointers and labels change color corresponding to the
level of the condition; warnings also flash. If sensory data to an instrument becomes invalid or unavailable, a red
“X” is shown across the instrument.
81
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
EIS information is presented on two or three displays, accessed using the ENGINE Softkey on the MFD.
172R, 172S, 182T, 206H, T182T, and T206H display the following:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Engine Display – Default display, shows all critical engine, fuel, and electrical indicators
• Lean Display – Provides engine leaning information
• System Display – Shows numeric readouts of critical engine, fuel, and electrical indicators
J182T displays the following:
• Engine Display – Default display, shows all critical engine, fuel, and electrical indicators
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
• System Display – Shows numeric readouts of critical engine, fuel, and electrical indicators
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ENGINE
ENGINE
LEAN
SYSTEM
BACK
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press the ENGINE or BACK Softkey to
return to the default Engine Page level.
ENGINE
LEAN
SYSTEM
CYL SLCT
AFCS
ENGINE
ASSIST
LEAN
BACK
SYSTEM
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Press the ENGINE Softkey to return
to the default Engine Page level.
ENGINE
LEAN
SYSTEM
-10 GAL
-1 GAL
RST FUEL
GAL REM
BACK
Press the BACK Softkey to return
to the previous softkey level.
+1 GAL
+10 GAL
XX GAL
XX GAL
BACK
X = airframe specific values
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 3-3 Engine Softkey Flowchart
(Models 172R, 172S, 182T, 206H, T182T, and T206H)
82
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE
BACK
GAL REM
BACK
EIS
SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ENGINE
Press the ENGINE or BACK Softkey to
return to the default Engine Page level.
SYSTEM
CYL SLCT
ECU CLR
SYSTEM
-10 GAL
-1 GAL
+1 GAL
+10 GAL
64 GAL
87 GAL
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Press the BACK Softkey to return
to the previous softkey level.
Press the ENGINE Softkey to return
to the default Engine Page level.
ENGINE
RST FUEL
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ENGINE
BACK
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 3-4 Engine Softkey Flowchart
(Model J182T)
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
83
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
3.1 ENGINE DISPLAY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Engine Display is the default EIS display and can be displayed after viewing other EIS displays by pressing
the ENGINE softkey. This display shows the dial gauge(s), horizontal bar indicators, and readouts for critical
engine and electrical parameters.
The EIS automatically defaults back to the Engine Display from the Lean or System Display when certain
parameters are exceeded. Fluctuations in engine speed and fuel quantity above certain levels, depending on the
airframe, also cause reversion back to the Engine Display.
1
Engine Manifold Pressure
Gauge (MAN IN)
Models 182T, T182T, 206H,
T206H
Displays engine power in inches of mercury (in Hg)
Turbocharged aircraft – Red range indicates maximum manifold pressure
Model T182T – A white tick mark indicates the cruise manifold pressure
2
Engine Power Output
(POWER)
Model J182T
Displays engine power output as a percentage
3
Tachometer
(RPM)
Displays propeller speeds in revolutions per minute (rpm)
Red range indicates propeller overspeed warning
Models 172S, 206H, and T206H – White high-rpm range indicates above
normal operating speeds
Model 172S – When ascending through 5300 ft, the upper end of the green
arc displays 2600 rpm and ascending through 10,300 displays 2700 rpm.
When descending below 9700 ft, the upper end of the green arc returns to
2600 rpm and descending below 4700 ft returns to 2500 rpm (Figure 3-6)
4
Fuel Flow Indicator
(FFLOW GPH)
Displays the current fuel flow in gallons per hour (gph)
Turbocharged aircraft – A green tick mark indicates maximum takeoff fuel
flow
Model T182T – A white tick mark indicates the maximum cruise fuel flow
5
Oil Pressure Indicator
(OIL PRES)
Displays pressure of the oil supplied to the engine in pounds per square
inch (psi)
6
Oil Temperature Indicator Displays the engine oil temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F)
(OIL TEMP)
7
Cylinder Head Temperature Displays the head temperature of the hottest cylinder (number shown in
triangular pointer) in °F
Indicator (CHT)
Models 182T, T182T, J182T,
206H, T206H
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
NORMALLY-ASPIRATED AND TURBOCHARGED AIRCRAFT
84
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
Exhaust Gas Temperature
Indicator (EGT)
Normally-aspirated Aircraft
9
Turbine Inlet Temperature Displays the temperature at the turbine inlet in °F
Indicator (TIT)
Turbocharged Aircraft
10
Vacuum Pressure Indicator Displays standby vacuum pump pressure
(VAC)
Models 172R and 172S
11
Fuel Pressure Indicator
(FUEL PRES)
Model J182T
Displays pressure of the fuel in pounds per square inch (psi)
12
Fuel Quantity Indicator
(FUEL QTY GAL)
Displays the quantity of fuel in gallons (gal) in each tank (left–L and right–R)
from zero to full (F)
When full, the indicator displays to 35 gal per side (24 gal for Models 172R
and 172S)
13
Engine Hours (Tach)
(ENG HRS)
Models 172R and 172S
Displays a numeric readout for the time in hours (hrs) the engine has been
in service
14
Voltmeter
(M, E BUS VOLTS)
Displays the main and essential bus voltages
15
Ammeter
(M, S BATT AMPS)
Displays the main and standby battery load in amperes
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8
Displays the exhaust gas temperature of the hottest cylinder (number shown
in triangular pointer) in °F
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
85
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Model 172R
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Model 206H
3
3
1
1
4
4
3
3
5
5
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
12
12
6
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Model 182T
Model 172S
6
8
8
10
10
12
12
13
13
14
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 3-5 Engine Display (Normally-Aspirated Aircraft)
86
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
Cruise
Manifold
Pressure
Model J182T
Model T206H
5
6
6
6
9
7
7
7
9
9
11
12
12
12
14
14
14
15
15
15
Cruise
Fuel
Flow
4
5
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4
Maximum
Takeoff
Fuel Flow 5
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
3
EIS
2
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
1
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Model T182T
Figure 3-6 Engine Display (Turbocharged Aircraft)
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Descending below 4700 ft
Ascending through 10,300 ft
APPENDICES
Ascending through 5300 ft
or descending below 9700 ft
Figure 3-7 172S Tachometer Green Arc Expansion
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
87
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
3.2 LEAN DISPLAY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The pilot should follow the engine manufacturer’s recommended leaning procedures in the Pilot’s
Operating Handbook (POH).
EIS
The Lean Display, for models 172R, 172S, 182T, 206H, T182T, and T206H, is accessed by pressing the ENGINE
Softkey followed by the LEAN Softkey and provides information for performing engine leaning. The engine
gauge(s) and Fuel Quantity Indicator remain on the Lean Display and fuel flow is listed as a numeric readout.
Exhaust gas (EGT) and cylinder head (CHT) temperatures for all cylinders are displayed graphically with numeric
readouts for the selected cylinder. For turbocharged aircraft, the Turbine Inlet Temperature (TIT) Indicator is
shown above the EGT Bar Graph.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Accessing the EIS Lean Display:
1) Press the ENGINE Softkey.
2) Press the LEAN Softkey.
3) To return to the default Engine Display, press the ENGINE or BACK Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
From the Lean Display (models 172R, 172S, 182T, 206H, T182T, and T206H), or from the System Display
(model J182T), the pilot can use the CYL SLCT softkey to get information about specific cylinders. Pressing the
CYL SLCT (Cylinder Select) Softkey cycles through the cylinders (i.e., changes the cylinder number indicated on
the bar graphs in light blue).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Monitoring the desired cylinder’s EGT and CHT:
From the Lean Display (models 172R, 172S, 182T, 206H, T182T, and T206H), or from the System Display (model
J182T), press the CYL SLCT Softkey to cycle through each cylinder and view its EGT and/or CHT. The selected
cylinder number is shown in light blue.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The ASSIST Softkey, is available from the Lean Display in models 172R, 172S, 182T, 206H, T182T, and T206H,
and aids in the leaning process by identifying the peak of the first cylinder whose temperature falls. This cylinder’s
number below the EGT bar graph is highlighted in light blue as the selected cylinder. If the temperature of the
peaked cylinder exceeds the peak value, the peak value is not updated. Monitoring of the cylinder continues until
the ASSIST Softkey is pressed again which disables lean assist, and removes the peak block from the bar graph
and the temperature deviation from peak (DPEAK). The system then returns to seeking the hottest cylinder. The
CYL SLCT softkey is disabled when the ASSIST Softkey is pressed or when a cylinder experiences a caution or
warning condition; the softkey remains disabled until the temperature returns to normal.
88
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
Displays propeller speeds in revolutions per minute (rpm)
Red range indicates propeller overspeed warning
Models 172S, 206H, and T206H – White high-rpm range indicates above
normal operating speeds
Model 172S – When ascending through 5300 ft, the upper end of the green arc
displays 2600 rpm and ascending through 10,300 displays 2700 rpm. When
descending below 9700 ft, the upper end of the green arc returns to 2600
rpm and descending below 4700 ft returns to 2500 rpm (Figure 3-6)
3
Fuel Flow
(FFLOW GPH)
Displays the current fuel flow in gallons per hour (gph)
4
Turbine Inlet Temperature Displays the temperature at the turbine inlet in degrees Fahrenheit (°F)
Indicator (TIT)
TIT deviation from peak (DPEAK) is displayed below the indicator when the
Turbocharged Aircraft
ASSIST Softkey is pressed.
5
Exhaust Gas Temperature
Bar Graph (EGT °F)
Models 172R, 172S, 182T,
T182T, 206H, T206H
6
Cylinder Head Temperature Displays the head temperatures of all cylinders in °F; a readout for the
selected cylinder (by default, the hottest cylinder) is shown below the bar
Bar Graph (CHT)
graph
The selected cylinder number is indicated in light blue. Cylinder whose
CHTs are in the normal range appear in white. Cylinders whose CHTs
enter the warning range appear in red.
7
Fuel Quantity Indicator
(FUEL QTY GAL)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Tachometer
(RPM)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2
EIS
Displays engine power in inches of mercury (in Hg)
Turbocharged aircraft – Red range indicates maximum manifold pressure
Model T182T – A white tick mark indicates the cruise manifold pressure
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Engine Manifold Pressure
Gauge (MAN IN)
Models 182T, T182T, 206H,
T206H
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Displays the exhaust gas temperature of all cylinders in °F; a readout for the
selected cylinder (by default, the hottest cylinder) is shown below the bar
graph
The selected cylinder is indicated in light blue. Cylinders whose EGTs are
in the normal range appear in white.
The EGT deviation from peak (DPEAK) for the selected cylinder is displayed
below the indicator when the ASSIST Softkey is pressed.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Displays the quantity of fuel in gallons (gal) in each tank (left–L and
right–R)
When full, the indicator displays to 35 gal per side (24 gal for Models 172R
and 172S).
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
89
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
NORMALLY-ASPIRATED AIRCRAFT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
For normally-aspirated aircraft, when a cylinder peaks, its peak is represented by a light blue block on the
EGT Bar Graph. The EGT readout for the peaked cylinder number, indicated on the bar graph in light blue,
appears directly beneath the bar graph. The system automatically switches to the first peak obtained and
displays the temperature deviation from peak (DPEAK) in degrees Fahrenheit (°F) below the EGT readout.
Selecting the Engine Leaning Assist function:
EIS
From the Lean Display, press the ASSIST Softkey to identify the peak. The peak temperature for the selected
cylinder is indicated with a blue block on the EGT Bar Graph and the temperature deviation from peak is shown
underneath the EGT Bar Graph.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Model 172R
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2
2
5
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5
Model 206H
1
1
2
2
3
3
5
5
6
6
7
7
Light Blue
Block
Represents
Peak
6
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
6
Model 182T
Model 172S
3
3
7
7
INDEX
Figure 3-8 Lean Display (Normally-Aspirated Aircraft)
90
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TURBOCHARGED AIRCRAFT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Leaning for turbocharged aircraft (models T182T and T206H) is done with reference to the Turbine Inlet
Temperature (TIT). When the temperature peaks, the numeric readout (DPEAK) appears below the TIT
Indicator and displays the difference between peak and current TITs, in degrees Fahrenheit (°F). If a peak is
not displayed, underscores are shown until one is established.
Selecting the Engine Leaning Assist function:
From the Lean Display, press the ASSIST Softkey to identify the peak. The TIT deviation from peak is shown
below the TIT Indicator.
EIS
Model T182T
Model T206H
1
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
AFCS
3
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1
Cruise
Manifold
Pressure
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 3-9 Lean Display (Turbocharged Aircraft)
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
91
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
3.3 SYSTEM DISPLAY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NORMALLY-ASPIRATED AND TURBOCHARGED AIRCRAFT
NOTE: Fuel calculations do not use the aircraft fuel quantity indicators and are calculated from the last time
the fuel was reset.
NOTE: Refer to the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for fuel values and limitations. The displayed fuel
EIS
remaining can be adjusted up to 53 gal (Models 172R, 172S) or 87 gal (Models 182T, T182T, 206H, T206H,
J182T).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The System Display is accessed by pressing the ENGINE Softkey followed by the SYSTEM Softkey and
shows critical engine, fuel, and electrical parameters.
From the System Display (model J182T only), the pilot can use the CYL SLCT softkey to get information
about specific cylinders. Pressing the CYL SLCT (Cylinder Select) Softkey cycles through the cylinders (i.e.,
changes the cylinder number indicated on the bar graphs in light blue).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Monitoring the desired cylinder’s EGT and CHT:
From the Lean Display (models 172R, 172S, 182T, 206H, T182T, and T206H), or from the System Display (model
J182T), press the CYL SLCT Softkey to cycle through each cylinder and view its EGT and/or CHT. The selected
cylinder number is shown in light blue.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Fuel calculations are also shown on this display. Fuel calculations are based on the fuel flow totalizer and the
displayed fuel remaining, adjusted by the pilot using the following softkeys:
• RST FUEL – Resets totalizer-based fuel remaining (GAL REM) and the fuel used (GAL USED) to zero
AFCS
• GAL REM – Gives access to softkeys for adjusting the amount of fuel remaining for purposes of fuel
calculations
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Fuel remaining can be adjusted using the appropriate softkeys in one or ten-gallon increments, up to either
the maximum amount allowed for the aircraft or to the tab amount: 35 gallons (Models 172R and 172S) or 64
gallons (Models 182T, T182T, 206H, T206H, and J182T).
CLEARING ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT (ECU) FAULTS
From the System Display (model J182T), the pilot can use the ECU CLR softkey to clear the ECU faults. The
ECU FAULT CLEAR Advisory CAS message appears for 5 seconds after the ECU CLR softkey is pressed.
INDEX
APPENDICES
The ECU CLR softkey is only available when the engine is off and the aircraft is on the ground.
92
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
2
Engine Power Output (POWER) Displays engine power output as a percentage
Model J182T
3
Tachometer
(RPM)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Engine Manifold Pressure Gauge Displays engine power in inches of mercury (in Hg)
(MAN IN)
Turbocharged aircraft – Red range indicates maximum manifold
Models 182T, T182T, 206H, T206H pressure
Model T182T – A white tick mark indicates the cruise manifold
pressure
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1
EIS
Displays propeller speeds in revolutions per minute (rpm)
Red range indicates propeller overspeed warning
Models 172S, 206H, and T206H – White high-rpm range indicates above
normal operating speeds
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Oil Temperature
(OIL °F)
Displays the engine oil temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F)
6
Turbine Inlet Temperature
Indicator (TIT °F)
Model J182T
Displays the temperature at the turbine inlet in °F
7
Displays a numeric readout for the time in hours (hrs) the engine has
Engine Hours (Tach)
been in service
(ENG HRS)
Models 182T, T182T, 206H, T206H
8
Cylinder Head Temperature Bar Displays the head temperatures of all cylinders in °F; a readout for the
selected cylinder (by default, the hottest cylinder) is shown below
Graph (CHT °F)
the bar graph
Model J182T
The selected cylinder number is indicated in light blue. Cylinder
whose CHTs are in the normal range appear in white. Cylinders
whose CHTs enter the warning range appear in red.
9
Displays vacuum pump pressure for the standby instruments
Vacuum Pressure Indicator
(VAC)
Models 182T, T182T, 206H, T206H
10
Fuel Pressure Indicator
(FUEL PSI)
Model J182T
Displays pressure of the fuel in pounds per square inch (psi)
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
APPENDICES
5
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Displays pressure of the oil supplied to the engine in pounds per
square inch (psi)
AFCS
Oil Pressure
(OIL PSI)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Model 172S – When ascending through 5300 ft, the upper end of the
green arc displays 2600 rpm and ascending through 10,300 displays
2700 rpm. When descending below 9700 ft, the upper end of the
green arc returns to 2600 rpm and descending below 4700 ft returns
to 2500 rpm (Figure 3-6)
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
93
11
Fuel Temperature Indicator
(FUEL °F)
Model J182T
Displays temperature of the fuel in °F
12
Fuel Flow
(FFLOW GPH)
Displays the current fuel flow in gallons per hour (gph)
13
Calculated Fuel Used
(GAL USED)
Displays quantity of fuel used in gallons (gal) based on fuel flow since
last reset
14
Set Fuel Remaining
(GAL REM)
Displays current fuel remaining in gal as set by the pilot and adjusted
for fuel burn since last set
15
Fuel Quantity Indicator
(FUEL QTY GAL)
Displays the quantity of fuel in gal in each tank (left–L and right–R)
from zero to full (F)
When full, the indicator displays to 35 gal per side (24 gal for Models
172R and 172S).
16
Voltmeter
(M, E BUS VOLTS)
Displays the main and essential bus voltages
17
Ammeter
(M, S BATT AMPS)
Displays the main and standby battery load in amperes
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
94
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3
Model 182T
Model 172S
3
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Model 172R
Model 206H
1
3
3
4
4
5
5
7
7
9
9
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
EIS
1
4
5
5
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
16
17
17
17
17
AFCS
16
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
12
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
12
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 3-10 System Display (Normally-Aspirated Aircraft)
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
95
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
Model T182T
3
3
Model T206H
Model J182T
2
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
1
Cruise
Manifold
Pressure 1
3
4
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5
4
4
5
5
7
7
9
9
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
6
7
8
9
15
10
AFCS
11
16
16
17
17
12
13
17
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 3-11 System Display (Turbocharged Aircraft)
96
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3.4 ECU MECHANICAL BACKUP MODE (J182T)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Electronic Control Unit (ECU) communicates with the G1000 via a RS-232 data bus. The Engine Display
and the System Display on the J182T will revert to Mechanical Backup Mode when the ECU MINOR FAULT
(caution) or ECU MAJOR FAULT (warning) CAS message is triggered.
Engine Manifold Pressure (MAP) is displayed in place of Engine Power on both the Engine Display and the
System Display.
EIS
Manifold
Pressure
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
System Display
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Engine Display
Figure 3-12 ECU Mechanical Backup Mode
(Model J182T)
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
97
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
Blank Page
98
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 4 AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4.1 OVERVIEW
The Communication/Navigation/Surveillance (CNS) system includes the Audio Panel, communication radios,
navigation radios, and Mode S transponder. The System Overview Section provides a block diagram description
of the Audio Panel and CNS system interconnection.
CNS operation in Cessna Nav III aircraft is performed by the following Line Replaceable Units (LRUs):
• Audio Panel
• Multi Function Display (MFD)
• Mode S Transponder
EIS
• Primary Flight Display (PFD)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Integrated Avionics Unit (2)
The MFD/PFD controls are used to tune the communication transceivers and navigation radios.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Audio Panel provides the traditional audio selector functions of microphone and receiver audio selection.
The Audio Panel includes an intercom system (ICS) between the pilot, copilot, and passengers, a marker beacon
receiver, and a COM clearance recorder. Ambient noise from the aircraft radios is reduced by a feature called
Master Avionics Squelch (MASQ). When no audio is detected, MASQ processing further reduces the amount of
background noise from the radios.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Mode S transponder is controlled with softkeys and the FMS Knob located on the Primary Flight Display
(PFD). The Transponder Data Box is located to the left of the System Time Box. The data box displays the active
four-digit code, mode, and reply status (Figure 4-1).
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
99
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
MFD/PFD CONTROLS AND FREQUENCY DISPLAY
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
9
10
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
11
12
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-1 MFD/PFD Controls, COM/NAV Frequency Tuning Boxes, and DME Tuning Window
(Cessna 172R PFD Shown)
100
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
NAV Frequency Box – Displays NAV standby and active frequency fields, volume, and station ID. The
frequency of the NAV radio selected for navigation is displayed in green.
5
COM Frequency Box – Displays COM standby and active frequency fields and volume. The selected COM
transceiver frequency is displayed in green.
6
COM Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the COM transceiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for
kHz). Press to move the tuning box (light blue box) and Frequency Transfer Arrow between COM1 and
COM2.
7
COM Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active COM frequencies. Press and hold this key
for two seconds to tune the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) automatically into the active frequency
field.
8
COM VOL/SQ Knob – Controls COM audio volume level. Press to turn the COM automatic squelch on
and off. Volume level is shown in the COM frequency field as a percentage.
9
DME Tuning Window – Displays DME frequency pairing mode. Display by pressing the DME Softkey.
10
ENT Key – Validates or confirms DME pairing mode and Auto-tune selection.
11
FMS Knob – Flight Management System Knob, used to enter transponder codes, select DME modes, and
Auto-tune entries when DME Tuning Window or NRST Window is present. Press the FMS Knob to turn
the selection cursor on and off. The large knob moves the cursor in the window. The small knob selects
individual characters for the highlighted cursor location.
12
Transponder Data Box – Indicates the selected transponder code, operating mode, reply, and ident status
for the transponder.
AFCS
4
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NAV Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the NAV receiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz).
Press to move the tuning box (light blue box) and Frequency Transfer Arrow between NAV1 and NAV2.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NAV Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active NAV frequencies.
EIS
2
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NAV VOL/ID Knob – Controls NAV audio volume level. Press to turn the Morse code identifier audio on
and off. Volume level is shown in the NAV frequency field as a percentage.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
101
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2
13
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1
18
19
20
21
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUDIO PANEL CONTROLS
22
23
17
24
AFCS
Figure 4-2 Audio Panel Controls
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: When a key is selected, a triangular annunciator above the key is illuminated.
102
1
COM1 MIC – Selects the #1 transmitter for transmitting. COM1 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #1 COM receiver to be heard. COM2 receive can be
added by pressing the COM2 Key.
2
COM1 – When selected, audio from the #1 COM receiver can be heard.
3
COM2 MIC – Selects the #2 transmitter for transmitting. COM2 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #2 COM receiver to be heard. COM1 receive can be
added by pressing the COM1 Key.
4
COM2 – When selected, audio from the #2 COM receiver can be heard.
5
COM3 MIC – Not used in Cessna Nav III aircraft.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SPKR – Selects and deselects the cabin speaker. COM and NAV receiver audio can be heard on the
speaker.
11
MKR/MUTE – Selects marker beacon receiver audio. Mutes the currently received marker beacon receiver
audio. Unmutes automatically when new marker beacon audio is received. Also, stops play of recorded
COM audio.
12
HI SENS – Press to increase marker beacon receiver sensitivity. Press again to return to low sensitivity.
13
DME – Turns optional DME audio on or off.
14
NAV1 – When selected, audio from the #1 NAV receiver can be heard.
15
ADF – Turns optional ADF receiver audio on or off.
16
NAV2 – When selected, audio from the #2 NAV receiver can be heard.
17
AUX – Not used in Cessna Nav III aircraft.
18
MAN SQ – Enables manual squelch for the intercom. When the intercom is active, press the PILOT Knob
to illuminate SQ. Turn the PILOT/PASS Knobs to adjust squelch.
19
PLAY – Press once to play the last recorded COM audio. Press again while audio is playing and the
previous block of recorded audio is played. Each subsequent press plays each previously recorded block.
Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key during play of a memory block stops play.
20
PILOT – Selects and deselects the pilot intercom isolation.
21
COPLT – Selects and deselects the copilot intercom isolation.
22
PILOT Knob – Press to switch between volume and squelch control as indicated by illumination of VOL
or SQ. Turn to adjust intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be selected to allow squelch
adjustment.
23
PASS Knob – Turn to adjust Copilot/Passenger intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be
selected to allow squelch adjustment.
24
DISPLAY BACKUP Button – Manually selects Reversionary Mode.
APPENDICES
10
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
PA – Selects the passenger address system. The selected COM transmitter is deselected when the PA Key
is pressed. [182T, (T)182T, (J)182T, 206H and (T)206H only.]
AFCS
9
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TEL – Not used in Cessna Nav III aircraft.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
COM 1/2 – Not used in Cessna Nav III aircraft.
EIS
7
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM3 – Not used in Cessna Nav III aircraft.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
103
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
4.2 COM OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM TRANSCEIVER SELECTION AND ACTIVATION
NOTE: During PA Mode, the COM MIC Annunciator is extinguished and the COM active frequency color
changes to white, indicating that neither COM transmitter is active.
NOTE: When turning on the G1000 for use, the system remembers the last frequencies used and the active
EIS
COM transceiver state prior to shutdown.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The COM Frequency Box is composed of four fields; the two active frequencies are on the left side and the
two standby frequencies are on the right. The COM transceiver is selected for transmitting by pressing the
COM MIC Keys on the Audio Panel. During reception of audio from the COM radio selected for transmission,
audio from the other COM radio is muted.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
An active COM frequency displayed in green indicates that the COM transceiver is selected on the Audio
Panel (COM1 MIC or COM2 MIC Key). Both active COM frequencies appearing in white indicate that no COM
radio is selected for transmitting [PA Key is selected on the Audio Panel, 182T, (T)182T, (J)182T, 206H, and
(T)206H only].
Frequencies in the standby fields are displayed in white.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Active
Fields
Standby
Fields
Top Section of
the Audio Panel
AFCS
Tuning Box
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
COM2 Radio is Selected
on the Audio Panel
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-3 Selecting a COM Radio for Transmit
104
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TRANSMIT/RECEIVE INDICATIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During COM transmission, a white TX appears by the active COM frequency replacing the Frequency
Transfer Arrow. On the Audio Panel, when the active COM is transmitting, the active transceiver COM MIC
Key Annunciator flashes approximately once per second.
During COM signal reception, a white RX appears by the active COM frequency replacing the Frequency
Transfer Arrow. Entertainment audio, if selected, is muted during active COM radio reception. Refer to
Additional Audio Panel Functions later in this section, and details on the Data Link Receiver in the Additional
Features Section.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Transmit and
Receive Indicators
Annunciator
Flashes During
Transmission
Figure 4-4 COM Radio Transmit and Receive Indications
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
COM TRANSCEIVER MANUAL TUNING
The COM frequency controls and frequency boxes are on the right side of the MFD and PFD.
Manually tuning a COM frequency:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Turn the COM Knob to tune the desired frequency in the COM Tuning Box (large knob for MHz; small knob for
kHz).
2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field.
3) Adjust the volume level with the COM VOL/SQ Knob.
4) Press the COM VOL/SQ Knob to turn automatic squelch on and off.
AFCS
Turn the VOL/SQ Knob to adjust
volume. Press the Knob to Turn
Automatic Squelch On or Off
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Press the Frequency Transfer
Key to Transfer COM
Frequencies Between Active
and Standby Frequency Boxes
Turn the COM Knob to
Tune the Frequency in
the Tuning Box
APPENDICES
Figure 4-5 COM Frequency Tuning
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
105
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SELECTING THE RADIO TO BE TUNED
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press the small COM Knob to transfer the frequency tuning box and Frequency Transfer Arrow between the
upper and lower radio frequency fields.
EIS
Press the COM Knob to
Switch the Tuning Box From
One COM Radio to the Other
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-6 Switching COM Tuning Boxes
QUICK-TUNING AND ACTIVATING 121.500 MHZ
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pressing and holding the COM Frequency Transfer Key for two seconds automatically loads the emergency
COM frequency (121.500 MHz) in the active field of the COM radio selected for tuning (the one with the
transfer arrow). In the example shown, pressing the Audio Panel COM2 MIC Key activates the transceiver.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press for Two Seconds to
Load 121.500 MHz
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-7 Quickly Tuning 121.500 MHz
106
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTO-TUNING THE COM FREQUENCY
COM frequencies can be automatically tuned from the following:
• Nearest Airports Window (PFD)
• NRST – Nearest Frequencies Page (ARTCC, FSS, WX)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• WPT – Airport Information Page
• NRST – Nearest Airspaces Page
• NRST – Nearest Airports Page
AUTO-TUNING FROM THE PFD
EIS
COM frequencies for the nearest airports can be automatically tuned from the Nearest Airports Window on
the PFD. When the desired frequency is entered, it becomes a standby frequency. Pressing the Frequency
Transfer Key places this frequency into the COM Active Frequency Field.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Auto-tuning a COM frequency for a nearby airport from the PFD:
1) Press the NRST Softkey on the PFD to open the Nearest Airports Window. A list of 25 nearest airport identifiers
and COM frequencies is displayed.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the list and highlight the desired COM frequency.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the COM Standby Tuning Box.
4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 4-8 Nearest Airports Window (PFD)
Press the NRST
Softkey to Open
the Nearest
Airports Window
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
107
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUTO-TUNING FROM THE MFD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Frequencies can be automatically loaded into the COM Frequency Box from pages in the NRST or WPT
page group by highlighting the frequency and pressing the ENT Key (Figures 4-9, 4-10, and 4-11).
Auto-tuning a COM frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages:
1) From any page that the COM frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor by pressing the FMS Knob or the
appropriate softkey.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired COM frequency (Figure 4-11).
EIS
3) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the selected COM radio.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.
Press the ENT Key to
Load a Highlighted
Frequency into
the COM Standby
Frequency Box
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Turn the FMS
Knob to Scroll
Through a List
of Frequencies
Figure 4-9 Frequency Auto-Tuning from the MFD
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Or:
1) On the Nearest Airports, Frequencies, or Airspaces page, press the MENU Key to display the page menu.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options.
3) Press the ENT Key to place the cursor on the desired selection.
AFCS
4) Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob.
5) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the selected COM radio.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.
Nearest Airports Menu
Nearest Frequencies Menu
Nearest Airspaces Menu
Figure 4-10 Nearest Pages Menus
108
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
On the WPT - Airport Information Page, the cursor can be placed on the frequency field by pressing the
FMS Knob and scrolling through the list. The frequency is transferred to the COM Standby Field with the
ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press Frequency
Transfer Key to Load
Frequency into COM
Active Frequency Field
Selected Airport
Identifier and
Information
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Runway
Information
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Press ENT Key to Load
Frequency into COM
Standby Field. Cursor
then advances to next
frequency.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press INFO Softkey for
AIRPORT, RUNWAYS,
and FREQUENCIES
Windows
Figure 4-11 WPT – Airport Information Page
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
109
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM frequencies can also be auto-tuned from the NRST – Nearest Airspaces, NRST – Nearest Frequencies,
and NRST – Nearest Airports Pages on the MFD in a similar manner using the appropriate softkeys or MENU
Key, the FMS Knob, and the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-12 NRST – Nearest Frequencies, NRST – Nearest Airports, and NRST – Nearest Airspaces Pages
110
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FREQUENCY SPACING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 COM radios can tune either 25-kHz spacing (118.000 to 136.975 MHz) or 8.33-kHz spacing
(118.000 to 136.990 MHz) for 760-channel or 3040-channel configuration. When 8.33-kHz channel spacing
is selected, all of the 25-kHz channel spacing frequencies are also available in the complete 3040-channel list.
COM channel spacing is set on the System Setup Page of the AUX Page Group.
25-kHz Channel
Spacing
EIS
8.33-kHz Channel
Spacing
Figure 4-13 COM Channel Spacing
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Changing COM frequency channel spacing:
1) Select the AUX – System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Channel Spacing Field in the COM Configuration Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired channel spacing.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the channel spacing selection.
While the COM CONFIG Window is selected, the G1000 softkeys are blank.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Select 8.33-kHz
or 25.0-kHz
COM Frequency
Channel Spacing
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 4-14 AUX – System Setup Page
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
111
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUTOMATIC SQUELCH
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Automatic Squelch quiets unwanted static noise when no audio signal is received, while still providing good
sensitivity to weak COM signals. To disable Automatic Squelch, press the VOL/SQ Knob. When Automatic
Squelch is disabled, COM audio reception is always on. Continuous static noise is heard over the headsets and
speaker, if selected. Pressing the VOL/SQ Knob again enables Automatic Squelch.
EIS
When Automatic Squelch is disabled, a white SQ appears next to the COM frequency.
Squelch
Indication
Press the COM VOL/
SQ Knob to turn off
Automatic Squelch.
Press again to restore
Automatic Squelch.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-15 Overriding Automatic Squelch
VOLUME
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
COM radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% using the VOL/SQ Knob. Turning the knob
clockwise increases volume, turning the knob counterclockwise decreases volume. When adjusting volume,
the level is displayed in place of the standby frequencies. Volume level indication remains for two seconds after
the change.
COM Volume
Level Remains for
Two Seconds
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-16 COM Volume Level
112
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4.3 NAV OPERATION
NAV RADIO SELECTION AND ACTIVATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The NAV Frequency Box is composed of four fields; two standby fields and two active fields. The active
frequencies are on the right side and the standby frequencies are on the left.
EIS
A NAV radio is selected for navigation by pressing the CDI Softkey located on the PFD. The active NAV
frequency selected for navigation is displayed in green. Pressing the CDI Softkey once selects NAV1 as the
navigation radio. Pressing the CDI Softkey a second time selects NAV2 as the navigation radio. Pressing the
CDI Softkey a third time activates GPS mode. Pressing the CDI Softkey again cycles back to NAV1.
While cycling through the CDI Softkey selections, the NAV Tuning Box and the Frequency Transfer Arrow are
placed in the active NAV Frequency Field and the active NAV frequency color changes to green.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The three navigation modes that can be cycled through are:
• VOR1 (or LOC1) – If NAV1 is selected, a green single line arrow (not shown) labeled either VOR1 or LOC1
is displayed on the HSI and the active NAV1 frequency is displayed in green.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• VOR2 (or LOC2) – If NAV2 is selected, a green double line arrow (shown) labeled either VOR2 or LOC2 is
displayed on the HSI and the active NAV2 frequency is displayed in green.
• GPS – If GPS Mode is selected, a magenta single line arrow (not shown) appears on the HSI and neither NAV
radio is selected. Both active NAV frequencies are then displayed in white.
Active
Fields
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Standby
Fields
Tuning Box
AFCS
The NAV Radio is
Selected by Pressing
the CDI Softkey
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-17 Selecting a NAV Radio for Navigation
APPENDICES
See the Flight Instruments Section for selecting the DME and Bearing Information windows and using VOR
or ADF as the source for the bearing pointer.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
113
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NAV radios are selected for listening by pressing the corresponding keys on the Audio Panel. Pressing the
NAV1, NAV2, ADF, or DME Key selects and deselects the navigation radio source. Selected audio can be heard over
the headset and the speaker (if selected). All radios can be selected individually or simultaneously.
Figure 4-18 Selecting a NAV Radio Receiver
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NAV RECEIVER MANUAL TUNING
The NAV frequency controls and frequency boxes are on the left side of the MFD and PFD.
Manually tuning a NAV frequency:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Turn the NAV Knob to tune the desired frequency in the NAV Tuning Box.
2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
3) Adjust the volume level with the NAV VOL/ID Knob.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Press the NAV VOL/ID Knob to turn the Morse code identifier audio on and off.
AFCS
Turn VOL/ID Knob to adjust
volume. Press Knob to Turn
Morse Code On or Off.
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to
Transfer NAV Frequencies Between
Active and Standby Frequency Fields
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Turn the NAV Knob to
Tune the Frequency in
the Tuning Box
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-19 NAV Frequency Tuning
114
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SELECTING THE RADIO TO BE TUNED
Press the small NAV Knob to transfer the frequency tuning box and Frequency Transfer Arrow between the
upper and lower radio frequency fields.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press the NAV Knob to
Switch the Tuning Box From
One NAV Radio to the Other
EIS
Figure 4-20 Switching NAV Tuning Boxes
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
VOR/LOC ID
When the Morse code Identifier audio is on for a NAV radio, a white ID appears to the left of the active
NAV frequency.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Morse Code Identifier
for the GHM VOR is On
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
In the example shown, in order to listen to either station identifier, press the NAV1 or NAV2 Key on the
Audio Panel. Pressing the VOL/ID Knob turns off the Morse code audio only in the radio with the NAV
Tuning Box. To turn off both NAV IDs, transfer the NAV Tuning Box between NAV1 and NAV2 by pressing
the small NAV Knob and press the VOL/ID Knob again to turn the Morse code off in the other radio.
Station
Identifier
Figure 4-21 NAV Radio ID Indication
AFCS
VOLUME
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NAV Radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% using the VOL/ID Knob. Turning the knob
clockwise increases volume, counterclockwise decreases volume.
When adjusting, the level is displayed in place of the standby frequencies. Volume level indication remains
for two seconds after the change.
APPENDICES
NAV Volume
Level Remains
for Two Seconds
Figure 4-22 NAV Volume Levels
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
115
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTO-TUNING A NAV FREQUENCY FROM THE MFD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
• WPT – VOR Information
• NRST – Nearest Frequencies (FSS, WX)
• NRST – Nearest Airports
• NRST – Nearest Airspaces
NAV frequencies can be selected and loaded from the following MFD pages:
• WPT – Airport Information
• NRST – Nearest VOR
EIS
The MFD provides auto-tuning of NAV frequencies from waypoint and nearest pages. During enroute
navigation, the NAV frequency is entered automatically into the NAV standby frequency field. During approach
activation the NAV frequency is entered automatically into the NAV active frequency field.
Frequencies can be automatically loaded into the NAV Frequency Box from pages in the NRST or WPT page
group by highlighting the frequency and pressing the ENT Key (Figures 4-23, 4-24, and 4-25).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Auto-tuning a NAV frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages:
1) From any page that the NAV frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor by pressing the FMS Knob or the
appropriate softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired NAV identifier or NAV frequency.
3) On the Nearest VOR, Nearest Airspaces, and Nearest Airports pages, press the FREQ Softkey to place the cursor
on the NAV frequency (Figure 4-25).
4) Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the selected NAV radio.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
AFCS
Turn the FMS
Knob to Scroll
Through a List
of Frequencies
Press the ENT
Key to Load
a Highlighted
Frequency into
the NAV Standby
Frequency Box
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-23 NAV Frequency Auto-Tuning from the MFD
116
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Or:
1) When on the NRST pages, press the MENU Key to display the page menu.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the ENT Key to place the cursor in the desired window.
4) Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob.
5) Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the selected NAV radio.
6) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Nearest VOR Menu
Nearest Frequencies Menu
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Nearest Airports Menu
Nearest Airspaces Menu
Figure 4-24 Nearest Pages Menus
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
117
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In the example shown, the VOR list is selected with the VOR Softkey or from the page menu. The FMS Knob
or ENT Key is used to scroll through the list. The cursor is placed on the frequency with the FREQ Softkey and
loaded into the NAV Tuning Box with the ENT Key.
Press the ENT
Key to Load
the Frequency
into the NAV
Standby Field.
Press the FREQ
Softkey to Place
the Cursor on the
VOR Frequency
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press the VOR
Softkey to Place
the Cursor on the
VOR Identifier
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-25 Loading the NAV Frequency from the NRST – Nearest VOR Page
118
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
While enroute, NAV frequencies can also be auto-tuned from the NRST – Nearest Airports,
WPT – Airport Information, WPT – VOR Information, and NRST – Nearest Frequencies Pages on the MFD in
a similar manner using the appropriate softkeys or MENU Key, the FMS Knob, and the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 4-26 NRST – Nearest Frequencies, WPT – VOR Information, WPT – Airport Information, and
NRST – Nearest Airports Pages
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
119
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUTO-TUNING NAV FREQUENCIES ON APPROACH ACTIVATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The primary NAV frequency is auto-tuned upon loading a VOR or ILS/Localizer approach.
NOTE: When an ILS/LOC approach has been activated while navigating by GPS, the system automatically
switches to LOC as the final approach course is intercepted (within 15 nm of the FAF). See the Flight
Management Section for details.
NAV frequencies are automatically loaded into the NAV Frequency Box on approach activation.
EIS
When loading or activating a VOR or ILS/LOC approach, the approach frequency is automatically transferred
to a NAV frequency field as follows:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• If the current CDI navigation source is GPS, the approach frequency is transferred to the NAV1 active
frequency field. The frequency that was previously in the NAV1 active frequency field is transferred to
standby.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• If the current CDI navigation source is GPS, and if the approach frequency is already loaded into the NAV1
standby frequency field, the standby frequency is transferred to active.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• If the current CDI navigation source is NAV1 or NAV2, the approach frequency is transferred to the standby
frequency fields of the selected CDI NAV radio.
120
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MARKER BEACON RECEIVER
NOTE: The marker beacon indicators operate independently of marker beacon audio and cannot be turned
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
off.
The marker beacon receiver is used as part of the ILS. The marker beacon receiver is always on and detects
any marker beacon signals within the reception range of the aircraft.
The receiver detects the three marker tones – outer, middle, and inner – and provides the marker beacon
annunciations located to the left of the Altimeter on the PFD.
Middle Marker
Indication
Inner Marker
Indication
EIS
Outer Marker
Indication
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 4-27 Marker Beacon Annunciations on the PFD
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-28 Marker Beacon Keys
AFCS
The Audio Panel provides three different states of marker beacon operation; On, Muted, and Deselected.
Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key selects and deselects marker beacon audio. The key annunciator indicates when
marker beacon audio is selected.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
During marker beacon audio reception, pressing the MKR/MUTE Key mutes the audio but does not affect the
marker annunciations (Figure 4-27). The marker tone is silenced, then waits for the next marker tone. The
MKR/MUTE Key Annunciator is illuminated, indicating audio muting. The audio returns when the next marker
beacon signal is received. If the MKR/MUTE Key is pressed during signal reception (O, M, I indication) while
marker beacon audio is muted, the audio is deselected and the MKR/MUTE Key Annunciator is extinguished.
APPENDICES
Pressing the HI SENS Key switches between high and low marker beacon receiver sensitivity. The HI SENS
function (annunciator illuminated) is used to provide an earlier indication when nearing a marker during an
approach. The LO SENS function (annunciator extinguished) results in a narrower marker dwell while over a
station.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
121
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
DME TUNING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: When another auxiliary window is turned on, the DME Tuning Window is replaced on the PFD.
NOTE: When turning on the G1000 for use, the system remembers the last frequency used for DME tuning
and the NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD state prior to shutdown.
The G1000 System tunes the optional DME transceiver. The UHF DME frequency is tuned by pairing with a
VHF NAV frequency. DME frequency pairing is automatic and only the VHF NAV frequency is shown.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The DME Tuning Window is located to the right of the HSI in the lower right corner of the PFD. The DME
transceiver is tuned by selecting NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD in the DME Tuning Window. Pressing the DME
Softkey switches the DME Tuning Window on and off.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DME
Modes
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-29 DME Tuning Window
The following DME transceiver pairings can be selected:
• NAV1 – Pairs the DME frequency from the selected NAV1 frequency.
• NAV2 – Pairs the DME frequency from the selected NAV2 frequency.
AFCS
• HOLD – When in the HOLD position, the DME frequency remains paired with the last selected NAV
frequency.
Selecting DME transceiver pairing:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the DME Softkey to display the DME Tuning Window.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the DME tuning mode.
3) Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
APPENDICES
Pressing the CLR Key or FMS Knob while in the process of DME pairing cancels the tuning entry and reverts
back to the previously selected DME tuning state. Pressing the FMS Knob activates/deactivates the cursor in
the DME Tuning Window.
INDEX
See the Flight Instruments Section for displaying the DME information window.
122
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4.4 GTX 33 MODE S TRANSPONDER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The GTX 33 Mode S Transponder or the GTX 33 w/ES Mode S Transponder provides Mode A, Mode C, and
Mode S interrogation and reply capabilities. Selective addressing or Mode Select (Mode S) capability includes the
following features:
• Level-2 reply data link capability (used to exchange information between aircraft and ATC facilities)
• Surveillance identifier capability
EIS
• Flight ID (Flight Identification) reporting – The Mode S Transponder reports aircraft identification as either the
aircraft registration or a unique Flight ID.
• Altitude reporting
• Airborne status determination
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Transponder capability reporting
• Mode S Enhanced Surveillance (EHS) requirements
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Acquisition squitter – Acquisition squitter, or short squitter, is the transponder 24-bit identification address.
The transmission is sent periodically, regardless of the presence of interrogations. The purpose of acquisition
squitter is to enable Mode S ground stations and aircraft equipped with a Traffic Avoidance System (TAS) to
recognize the presence of Mode S-equipped aircraft for selective interrogation.
• Extended squitter (GTX 33 w/ES only) – Transmits the Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS-B)
position, velocity, and heading information periodically without requiring an interrogation.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Hazard Avoidance Section provides more details on traffic avoidance systems.
TRANSPONDER CONTROLS
AFCS
Transponder function is displayed on three levels of softkeys on the PFD: Top-level, Mode Selection, and
Code Selection. When the top-level XPDR Softkey is pressed, the Mode Selection softkeys appear: STBY, ON,
ALT, VFR, CODE, IDENT, BACK.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When the CODE Softkey is pressed, the number softkeys appear: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, IDENT, BKSP,
BACK. The digits 8 and 9 are not used for code entry. Pressing the numbered softkeys in sequence enters the
transponder code. If an error is made, the code selection cursor can be moved back to the left one digit with
each press of the BKSP Softkey.
Pressing the BACK Softkey during code selection reverts to the Mode Selection Softkeys. Pressing the BACK
Softkey during mode selection reverts to the top-level softkeys.
APPENDICES
The code can also be entered with the FMS Knob on the PFD. Code entry must be completed with either the
softkeys or the FMS Knob, but not a combination of both.
Pressing the IDENT Softkey while in Mode or Code Selection initiates the ident function and reverts to the
top-level softkeys.
After 45 seconds of transponder softkey inactivity, the system reverts back to the top-level softkeys.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
123
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
STBY
ON
ALT
GND
VFR
XPDR
IDENT
CODE
IDENT
BACK
ALERTS
EIS
Pressing the BACK Softkey
returns to the top-level softkeys.
1
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
0
2
3
4
5
6
IDENT
7
BKSP
BACK
ALERTS
Pressing the BACK Softkey returns to the mode selection softkeys.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 4-30 Transponder Softkeys (PFD)
TRANSPONDER MODE SELECTION
Mode selection can be automatic (Ground and Altitude Modes) or manual (Standby, ON, and Altitude Modes).
The STBY, ON, and ALT Softkeys can be accessed by pressing the XPDR Softkey.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selecting a transponder mode:
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the desired softkey to activate the transponder mode.
AFCS
GROUND MODE
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Ground Mode is normally selected automatically when the aircraft is on the ground. The transponder
powers up in the last mode it was in when shut down. Ground Mode can be overridden by pressing any one
of the Mode Selection Softkeys. A green GND indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of
the Transponder Data Box. In Ground Mode, the transponder does not allow Mode A and Mode C replies,
but it does permit acquisition squitter and replies to discretely addressed Mode S interrogations.
When Standby Mode has been selected on the ground, the transponder can be returned to Ground Mode
by pressing the GND Softkey.
APPENDICES
GND
Mode
INDEX
Figure 4-31 Ground Mode
124
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
STANDBY MODE (MANUAL)
NOTE: In Standby Mode, the IDENT function is inoperative.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Standby Mode can be selected at any time by pressing the STBY Softkey. In Standby, the transponder does
not reply to interrogations, but new codes can be entered. When Standby is selected, a white STBY indication
and transponder code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box. In all other modes, these fields
appear in green.
EIS
STBY Mode (White
Code Number and
Mode)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-32 Standby Mode
MANUAL ON MODE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ON Mode can be selected at any time by pressing the ON Softkey. ON Mode generates Mode A and Mode S
replies, but Mode C altitude reporting is inhibited. In ON Mode, a green ON indication and transponder
code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box.
ON Mode
(No Altitude
Reporting)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-33 ON Mode
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
125
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ALTITUDE MODE (AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
If Altitude Mode is selected, a green ALT indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of the
Transponder Data Box, and all transponder replies requesting altitude information are provided with pressure
altitude information.
Altitude Mode is automatically selected when the aircraft becomes airborne. Altitude Mode may also be
selected manually by pressing the ALT Softkey.
EIS
ALT Mode
(Mode C Altitude
Reporting)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-34 Altitude Mode
REPLY STATUS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When the transponder sends replies to interrogations, a white R indication appears momentarily in the
reply status field of the Transponder Data Box.
Reply to
Interrogation
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-35 Reply Indication
126
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENTERING A TRANSPONDER CODE
Entering a transponder code with softkeys:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the CODE Softkey to display the Transponder Code Selection Softkeys, for digit entry.
3) Press the digit softkeys to enter the code in the code field. When entering the code, the next softkey in sequence
must be pressed within 10 seconds, or the entry is cancelled and restored to the previous code. Pressing the
BKSP Softkey moves the code selection cursor to the previous digit. Five seconds after the fourth digit has been
entered, the transponder code becomes active.
EIS
Entering
a Code
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-36 Entering a Code
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Entering a transponder code with the PFD FMS Knob:
1) Press the XPDR and the CODE Softkeys as in the previous procedure to enable code entry.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob on the PFD to enter the first two code digits.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next code field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Enter the last two code digits with the small FMS Knob.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete code digit entry.
Pressing the CLR Key or small FMS Knob before code entry is complete cancels code entry and restores the
previous code. Waiting for 10 seconds after code entry is finished activates the code automatically.
AFCS
Turn the Large
FMS Knob
to Move the
Cursor to the
Next Code Field
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Turn the Small
FMS Knob to
Enter Two Code
Digits at a Time
Press the
ENT Key to
Complete
Code Entry
Figure 4-37 Entering a Code with the FMS Knob
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
127
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
VFR CODE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The VFR code can be entered either manually or by pressing the XPDR Softkey, then the VFR Softkey.
When the VFR Softkey is pressed, the pre-programmed VFR code is automatically displayed in the code field
of the Transponder Data Box. Pressing the VFR Softkey again restores the previous identification code.
The pre-programmed VFR Code is set at the factory to 1200. If a VFR code change is required, contact a
Garmin-authorized service center for configuration.
EIS
VFR Code
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
IDENT FUNCTION
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 4-38 VFR Code
Pressing the IDENT Softkey sends a distinct identity indication to Air Traffic Control (ATC). The indication
distinguishes the identing transponder from all the others on the air traffic controller’s screen. The IDENT
Softkey appears on all levels of transponder softkeys. When the IDENT Softkey is pressed, a green IDNT
indication is displayed in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box for a duration of 18 seconds.
NOTE: In Standby Mode, the IDENT Softkey is inoperative.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
After the IDENT Softkey is pressed while in Mode or Code Selection, the system reverts to the top-level
softkeys.
IDNT
Indication
AFCS
Press the
IDENT Softkey
to Initiate the
ID Function
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-39 IDENT Softkey and Indication
128
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4.5 ADDITIONAL AUDIO PANEL FUNCTIONS
POWER-UP
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Audio Panel performs a self-test during power-up. During the self-test all Audio Panel annunciator lights
illuminate for approximately two seconds. Once the self-test is completed, most of the settings are restored to
those in use before the unit was last turned off.
MONO/STEREO HEADSETS
EIS
Stereo headsets are recommended for use in this aircraft.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Using a monaural headset in a stereo jack shorts the right headset channel output to ground. While this does
not damage the Audio Panel, a person listening on a monaural headset hears only the left channel in both ears.
If a monaural headset is used at one of the passenger positions, any other passenger using a stereo headset hears
audio in the left ear only.
SPEAKER
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
All of the radios can be heard over the cabin speaker. Pressing the SPKR Key selects and deselects the cabin
speaker. Speaker audio is muted when the PTT is pressed. Certain aural alerts and warnings (autopilot, traffic,
altitude) are always heard on the speaker, even when the speaker is not selected.
The speaker volume is adjustable within a nominal range. Contact a Garmin-authorized service center for
volume adjustment.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-40 Passenger Address and Speaker Keys
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
129
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
INTERCOM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Audio Panel includes a four-position intercom system (ICS) in the 172R/S, 172TD, (T)182T, and (J)182T,
and a six-position ICS in the (T)206H plus a stereo music input for the pilot, copilot and up to two passengers.
The intercom provides pilot and copilot isolation from the passengers and aircraft radios.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Figure 4-41 Intercom Controls
PILOT KEY
Annunciator
COPLT KEY
Annunciator
Pilot Hears
Copilot Hears
Passenger Hears
OFF
OFF
Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot, copilot,
passengers, music
Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot, copilot,
passengers, music
Selected radios, aural alerts,
pilot, copilot, passengers,
music
ON
OFF
Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot
Copilot, passengers,
music
Copilot, passengers, music
OFF
ON
Selected radios,
aural alerts, pilot,
passengers, music
Copilot
Selected radios, aural alerts,
pilot, passengers, music
ON
ON
Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot, copilot
Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot, copilot
Passengers, music
AFCS
Table 4-1 ICS Isolation Modes
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pilot isolation is selected when the PILOT Annunciator is illuminated. During pilot isolation, the pilot can
hear the selected radios and aural alerts and warnings. The copilot and passengers can communicate with each
other. The copilot is isolated from aural alerts and warnings.
Copilot isolation is selected when the COPLT Annunciator is illuminated. The copilot is isolated from the
selected radios, aural alerts and warnings, and everyone else. The pilot and passengers can hear the selected
radios, aural alerts, and communicate with each other.
APPENDICES
When both the PILOT and COPLT Annunciators are illuminated, the pilot and copilot can hear the selected
radios, aural alerts, and communicate with each other. The passengers are isolated from the pilot and copilot
but can communicate with each other.
INDEX
When both the PILOT and COPLT Annunciators are extinguished, everyone hears the selected radios, aural
alerts, and is able to communicate with everyone else.
130
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
INTERCOM VOLUME AND SQUELCH
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The PILOT/PASS Knob controls volume or manual squelch adjustment for the pilot and copilot/passenger.
The small knob controls the pilot volume and squelch. The large knob controls the copilot/passenger volume
and squelch. The VOL and SQ annunciations at the bottom of the unit indicate which function the knob is
controlling. Pressing the PILOT/PASS Knob switches between volume and squelch control as indicated by
the VOL or SQ annunciation being illuminated.
The MAN SQ Key allows either automatic or manual control of the squelch setting.
EIS
• When the MAN SQ Annunciator is extinguished (Automatic Squelch is on), the PILOT/PASS Knob
controls only the volume (pressing the PILOT/PASS Knob has no effect on the VOL/SQ selection).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• When the MAN SQ Annunciator is illuminated (Manual Squelch), the PILOT/PASS Knob controls
either volume or squelch (selected by pressing the PILOT/PASS Knob and indicated by the VOL or SQ
annunciation).
Manual Squelch Annunciator;
Off for Automatic Squelch, On
for Manual Squelch
Automatic/Manual Squelch
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pilot Volume or Manual
Squelch. Press to switch
between VOL and SQ. Turn
to adjust Squelch when SQ
Annunciation is lit, Volume
when VOL Annunciation is lit.
Copilot/Passenger
Volume or
Manual Squelch
Volume Annunciation
AFCS
Squelch Annunciation
Figure 4-42 Volume/Squelch Control
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
131
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
PASSENGER ADDRESS (PA) SYSTEM
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A passenger address system is available for delivering voice messages over the cabin speaker in the 182T,
(T)182T, (J)182T, 206H, and (T)206H only. When the PA Key is selected on the Audio Panel, the COM MIC
Annunciator is extinguished, and the active COM frequency changes to white, indicating that there is no COM
selected. A Push-to-Talk (PTT) must be pressed to deliver PA announcements. The PA Annunciator flashes
about once per second while the PTT is depressed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
PA Key is Selected on
the Audio Panel
Figure 4-43 PA Key Selected for Cabin Announcements
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
CLEARANCE RECORDER AND PLAYER
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Audio Panel contains a digital clearance recorder that records up to 2.5 minutes of the selected COM
radio signal. Recorded COM audio is stored in separate memory blocks. Once 2.5 minutes of recording time
have been reached, the recorder begins recording over the stored memory blocks, starting from the oldest
block.
The PLAY Key controls the play function. Pressing the PLAY Key once plays the latest recorded memory
block. The PLAY Annunciator flashes to indicate when play is in progress. The PLAY Annunciator turns off
after the present memory block has finished playing.
AFCS
Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key during play of a memory block stops play. If a COM input signal is detected
during play of a recorded memory block, play is halted.
Pressing the PLAY Key while audio is playing begins playing the previously recorded memory block. Each
subsequent press of the PLAY Key selects the previously recorded memory block.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Powering off the unit automatically clears all recorded blocks.
APPENDICES
MKR/MUTE
Key Stops
Play
INDEX
PLAY Key
Controls the
Memory Function
Figure 4-44 Marker Mute and Play Keys
132
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENTERTAINMENT INPUTS
NOTE: Auxiliary entertainment inputs cannot be completely turned off. Audio level for the AUX Audio In
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
input can be adjusted by a Garmin-authorized service center.
NOTE: The AUX Audio In stereo entertainment input is not controlled by the AUX Key on the Audio Panel.
The AUX Key is reserved for an auxiliary radio input.
EIS
XM radio entertainment audio from the Data Link Receiver may be heard by the pilot and passengers
simultaneously (optional: requires subscription to XM Radio Service). Refer to the Additional Features Section
for more details on the Data Link Receiver.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
A 3.5-mm stereo phone jack is installed in a convenient location for audio connection. This input, labeled
AUX Audio In, is compatible with popular portable entertainment devices such as MP3 and CD players. The
headphone output of the entertainment device is plugged into the jack. The current ICS state of isolation affects
the distribution of the entertainment input (see Table 4‑1).
Connecting a stereo input to the AUX Audio In jack removes the XM Radio Audio.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Entertainment audio can be heard by the pilot and copilot when both the PILOT and the COPLT Annunciators
are extinguished. Entertainment audio can also be heard by the pilot when the COPLT Annunciator is
illuminated and by the copilot when the PILOT Annunciator is illuminated. Passenger entertainment audio is
never muted.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
ENTERTAINMENT AUDIO MUTING
Entertainment audio muting occurs when aircraft radio or marker beacon activity is heard. Audio is always
soft muted when an interruption occurs from these sources. Soft muting is the gradual return of audio to its
original volume level. The time required for the volume to return to normal is between one-half and four
seconds.
AFCS
Pressing and holding the MKR/MUTE Key for three seconds switches muting of entertainment audio on
and off. When switching, either one or two beeps are heard; one beep indicates that audio muting is enabled,
two beeps indicate audio muting is disabled. Entertainment audio muting is reset (enabled) during power
up.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
133
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
4.6 AUDIO PANEL PREFLIGHT PROCEDURE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: If the pilot and/or copilot are using headsets that have a high/low switch or volume control knob,
verify that the switch is in the high position and the volume control on the headsets are at maximum volume
setting. On single‑pilot flights, verify that all other headsets are not connected to avoid excess noise in the
audio system.
NOTE: When the MAN SQ Key is pressed, the ICS squelch can be set manually by the pilot and copilot. If
EIS
manual squelch is set to full open (SQ annunciated and the knobs turned counterclockwise) background
noise is heard in the ICS system as well as during COM transmissions.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
After powering up the G1000 System, the following steps aid in maximizing the use of the Audio Panel as well
as prevent pilot and copilot induced issues. These preflight procedures should be performed each time a pilot
boards the aircraft to insure awareness of all audio levels in the Audio Panel and radios.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Automatic/Manual
Squelch
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pilot and
Copilot ICS
Isolation Keys
Pilot Volume
or Manual
Squelch
Copilot/Passenger
Volume or
Manual Squelch
Squelch
Annunciation
AFCS
Volume
Annunciation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-45 Audio Panel Controls
Setting the Audio Panel during preflight:
1) Verify that the PILOT and COPLT Annunciators are extinguished.
APPENDICES
2) Verify that manual squelch is set to full open.
3) Turn the PILOT/PASS Knobs clockwise two full turns. This sets the headset intercom audio level to max volume
(least amount of attenuation).
4) Adjust radio volume levels (COM, NAV, etc.) to a suitable level.
5) Adjust the PILOT/PASS Knob volume to the desired intercom level.
INDEX
6) Reset squelch to automatic, or adjust to the appropriate level manually.
Once this procedure has been completed, the pilot and copilot can change settings, keeping in mind the notes
above.
134
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4.7 ABNORMAL OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Abnormal operation of the G1000 includes equipment failures of the G1000 components and failure of
associated equipment, including switches and external devices.
STUCK MICROPHONE
If the push-to-talk (PTT) Key becomes stuck, the COM transmitter stops transmitting after 35 seconds of
continuous operation. An alert appears on the PFD to advise the pilot of a stuck microphone.
EIS
The COM1 MIC or COM2 MIC Key Annunciator on the Audio Panel flashes as long as the PTT Key remains
stuck.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-46 Stuck Microphone Alert
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
COM TUNING FAILURE
In case of a COM system tuning failure, the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) is automatically tuned in
the radio in which the tuning failure occurred. Depending on the failure mode, a red X may appear on the
frequency display.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Emergency Channel
Loaded Automatically
Figure 4-47 COM Tuning Failure
AFCS
AUDIO PANEL FAIL-SAFE OPERATION
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
If there is a failure of the Audio Panel, a fail-safe circuit connects the pilot’s headset and microphone directly
to the COM1 transceiver. Audio is not available on the speaker during Fail-safe operation.
REVERSIONARY MODE
APPENDICES
The red DISPLAY BACKUP Button selects the Reversionary Mode. See the System Overview Section for
more information on Reversionary Mode.
INDEX
Figure 4-48 Display Backup Button
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
135
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
Blank Page
136
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 5 FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
5.1 INTRODUCTION
The G1000 is an integrated flight, engine, communication, navigation and surveillance system. This section of
the Pilot’s Guide explains flight management using the G1000.
EIS
The most prominent part of the G1000 are the two full color displays: one Primary Flight Display (PFD) and
one Multi Function Display (MFD). The information to successfully navigate the aircraft using the GPS sensors is
displayed on the PFD and the MFD. See examples in the Figure 5-1 and Figure 5-2. Detailed descriptions of GPS
navigation functions are discussed later in this section.
A brief description of the GPS navigation data on the PFD and MFD follows.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation mode indicates which sensor is providing the course data (e.g., GPS, VOR) and the flight plan phase
(e.g., Departure (DPRT), Terminal (TERM), Enroute (ENR), Oceanic (OCN), Approach (LNAV, LNAV+V, L/VNAV,
LP, LPV), or Missed Approach (MAPR)). L/VNAV, LP, and LPV approaches are only available with SBAS. L/VNAV
approaches will be flown as an LNAV approach when SBAS is not available.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Inset Map is a small version of the MFD Navigation Map and can be displayed in the lower left corner of
the PFD. When the system is in reversionary mode, the Inset Map is displayed in the lower right corner. The
Inset Map is displayed by pressing the INSET Softkey. Pressing the INSET Softkey again, then pressing the OFF
Softkey removes the Inset Map.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Navigation Map displays aviation data (e.g., airports, VORs, airways, airspaces), geographic data (e.g.,
cities, lakes, highways, borders), topographic data (map shading indicating elevation), and hazard data (e.g.,
traffic, terrain, weather). The amount of displayed data can be reduced by pressing the DCLTR Softkey. The
Navigation Map can be oriented four different ways: North Up (NORTH UP), Track Up (TRK UP), Desired Track
Up (DTK UP), or Heading Up (HDG UP).
AFCS
An aircraft icon is placed on the Navigation Map at the location corresponding to the calculated present position.
The aircraft position and the flight plan legs are accurately based on GPS calculations. The basemap upon which
these are placed are from a source with less resolution, therefore the relative position of the aircraft to map features
is not exact. The leg of the active flight plan currently being flown is shown as a magenta line on the navigation
map. The other legs are shown in white.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
There are 28 different map ranges available, from 500 feet to 2000 nm. The current range is indicated in the
lower right corner of the map and represents the top-to-bottom distance covered by the map. To change the map
range on any map, turn the Joystick counter-clockwise to zoom in ( -, decreasing), or clockwise to zoom out (+,
increasing).
APPENDICES
The Direct-to Window, the Flight Plan Window, the Procedures Window, and the Nearest Airports Window
can be displayed in the lower right corner of the PFD. Details of these windows are discussed in detail later in
the section.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
137
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Navigation Status Box
Navigation Mode
Inset Map
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Location of:
- Direct To Window
- Flight Plan Window
- Procedures Window
- Nearest Airports Window
Figure 5-1 GPS Navigation Information on the PFD
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Navigation Status Box
Map Orientation
Navigation Page Title
Navigation Map
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Aviation Data
- Geographic Data
- Topographic Data
- Hazard Data
Aircraft Icon
at Present Position
Active Flight Plan Leg
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Flight Plan Leg
Map Range
APPENDICES
Figure 5-2 GPS Navigation Information on the MFD Navigation Page
NAVIGATION STATUS BOX
INDEX
The Navigation Status Box located at the top of the PFD contains two fields displaying the following
information:
PFD Navigation Status Box
138
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
• Distance (DIS) and Bearing (BRG) to the next
waypoint or flight plan annunciations (e.g., ‘TOD
within 1 minute’)
• Bearing (BRG)
The symbols used in the PFD status bar are:
Symbol
Description
Active Leg
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Navigation Status Box located at the top of the
MFD contains four data fields, each displaying one of
the following items:
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• Active flight plan leg (e.g., ‘D-> KICT’ or ‘KIXD ->
KCOS’) or flight plan annunciations (e.g., ‘Turn
right to 021˚ in 8 seconds’)
• Distance (DIS)
• Desired Track (DTK)
• Endurance (END)
• Enroute Safe Altitude (ESA)
EIS
• Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA)
Direct-to
• Estimated Time Enroute (ETE)
• Fuel on Board (FOB)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Right Procedure Turn
• Fuel over Destination (FOD)
Left Procedure Turn
Right Holding Pattern
• Ground Speed (GS)
• Minimum Safe Altitude (MSA)
• True Air Speed (TAS)
Vector to Final
• Track Angle Error (TKE)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Left Holding Pattern
• Track (TRK)
Right DME Arc
Left DME Arc
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Vertical Speed Required (VSR)
• Crosstrack Error (XTK)
MFD Navigation Status Box
AFCS
The navigation information displayed in the four data fields can be selected on the MFD Data Bar Fields Box
on the AUX - System Setup Page. The default selections (in order left to right) are GS, DTK, TRK, and ETE.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Changing a field in the MFD Navigation Status Box:
1) Select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
APPENDICES
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the MFD Data Bar Fields Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the data options list.
5) Select the desired data.
6) Press the ENT Key. Pressing the DFLTS Softkey returns all fields to the default setting.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
139
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.2 USING MAP DISPLAYS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Map displays are used extensively in the G1000 to provide situational awareness in flight. Most G1000 maps
can display the following information:
• Airports, NAVAIDs, airspaces, airways, land data • Aircraft icon (representing present position)
(highways, cities, lakes, rivers, borders, etc.) with • Nav range ring
names
• Fuel range ring
• Map Pointer information (distance and bearing
to pointer, location of pointer, name, and other • Flight plan legs
pertinent information)
• User waypoints
• Map range
• Track vector
• Wind direction and speed
• Topography scale
• Map orientation
• Topography data
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Icons for enabled map features
• Obstacle data
The information in this section applies to the following maps unless otherwise noted:
• All Map Group Pages (MAP)
• Flight Plan Pages (FPL)
• All Waypoint Group Pages (WPT)
• Direct-to Window
• AUX - Trip Planning
• PFD Inset Map
• All Nearest Group Pages (NRST)
• Procedure Loading Pages
MAP ORIENTATION
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Maps are shown in one of four different orientation options, allowing flexibility in determining aircraft
position relative to other items on the map (north up) or for determining where map items are relative to where
the aircraft is going (track up, desired track up, or heading up). The map orientation is shown in the upper
right corner of the map.
Figure 5-3 Map Orientation
INDEX
• North up (NORTH UP) aligns the top of the map display to north (default setting).
• Track up (TRK UP) aligns the top of the map display to the current ground track.
140
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• Desired track up (DTK UP) aligns the top of the map display to the desired course.
• Heading up (HDG UP) aligns the top of the map display to the current aircraft heading.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: When panning or reviewing active flight plan legs in a non-North Up orientation, the map does not
show the map orientation nor the wind direction and speed.
NOTE: Map orientation can only be changed on the Navigation Map Page. Any other displays that show
navigation data reflect the orientation selected for the Navigation Map Page:
EIS
Changing the Navigation Map orientation:
1) With the Navigation Map Page displayed, press the MENU Key. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Map Setup
Selection
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-4 Navigation Map Page Menu Window
2) Press the ENT Key to display the Map Setup Window.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob, or press the ENT Key once, to select the ‘ORIENTATION’ field.
AFCS
Map Group Selection
Orientation Field
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 5-5 Map Setup Menu Window - Map Group
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
141
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired orientation.
5) Press the ENT Key to select the new orientation.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the base page.
MAP RANGE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
There are 28 different map ranges available, from 500 feet to 2000 nm. The current range is indicated in
the lower right corner of the map and represents the top-to-bottom distance covered by the map. When the
map range is decreased to a point that exceeds the capability of the G1000 to accurately represent the map,
a magnifying glass icon is shown to the left of the map range. To change the map range turn the Joystick
counter-clockwise to decrease the range, or clockwise to increase the range.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Range Overzoom
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-6 Map Range
AFCS
Auto zoom allows the G1000 to change the map display range to the smallest range clearly showing the
active waypoint. Auto zoom can be overridden by adjusting the range with the Joystick, and remains until
the active waypoint changes, a terrain or traffic alert occurs, the aircraft takes off, or the manual override times
out (timer set on Map Setup Window).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AUTO ZOOM
If a terrain caution or warning occurs, any map page displaying TAWS/TERRAIN data automatically adjusts
to the smallest map range clearly showing the highest priority alert. If a new traffic advisory alert occurs, any
map page capable of displaying traffic advisory alerts automatically adjusts to the smallest map range clearly
showing the traffic advisory. When terrain or traffic alerts clear, the map returns to the previous auto zoom
range based on the active waypoint.
APPENDICES
The auto zoom function can be turned on or off independently for the PFD and MFD. Control of the ranges
at which the auto zoom occurs is done by setting the minimum and maximum ‘look forward’ times (set on
the Map Setup Window for the Map Group). These settings determine the minimum and maximum distance
to display based upon the aircraft’s ground speed.
INDEX
• Waypoints that are long distances apart cause the map range to increase to a point where many details on
the map are decluttered. If this is not acceptable, lower the maximum look ahead time to a value that limits
the auto zoom to an acceptable range.
• Waypoints that are very short distances apart cause the map range to decrease to a point where situational
awareness may not be what is desired. Increase the minimum look ahead time to a value that limits the auto
zoom to a minimum range that provides acceptable situational awareness.
142
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• Flight plans that have a combination of long and short legs cause the range to increase and decrease as
waypoints sequence. To avoid this, auto zoom can be disabled or the maximum/minimum times can be
adjusted.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• The ‘time out’ time (configurable on the Map Setup Page for the Map Group) determines how long auto
zoom is overridden by a manual adjustment of the range knob. At the expiration of this time, the auto
zoom range is restored. Setting the ‘time out’ value to zero causes the manual override to never time out.
• When the maximum ‘look forward’ time is set to zero, the upper limit becomes the maximum range available
(2000 nm).
• When the minimum ‘look forward’ time is set to zero, the lower limit becomes 1.5 nm.
EIS
Manual Range Override
Expiration Time
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Auto Zoom:
Off, MFD Only, PFD Only, All On
Maximum Look Forward Time
Minimum Look Forward Time
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-7 Map Setup Menu Window - Map Group, Auto Zoom
Configuring automatic zoom:
AFCS
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘AUTO ZOOM’ field.
6) Select ‘Off’, ‘MFD Only’, ‘PFD Only’, or ‘ALL On’.
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights the ‘MAX LOOK FWD’ field.
Times are from zero to 999 minutes.
8) Use the FMS Knobs to set the time. Press the ENT Key.
9) Repeat step 8 for ‘MIN LOOK FWD’ (zero to 99 minutes) and ‘TIME OUT’ (zero to 99 minutes).
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
143
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
MAP PANNING
Map panning allows the pilot to:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• View parts of the map outside the displayed range without adjusting the map range
• Highlight and select locations on the map
• Review information for a selected airport, NAVAID or user waypoint
• Designate locations for use in flight planning
• View airspace and airway information
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
When the panning function is selected by pressing the Joystick, the Map Pointer flashes on the map display.
A window also appears at the top of the map display showing the latitude/longitude position of the pointer,
the bearing and distance to the pointer from the aircraft’s present position, and the elevation of the land at the
position of the pointer.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Map Pointer
Information
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Map Pointer
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-8 Navigation Map - Map Pointer Activated
NOTE: The map is normally centered on the aircraft’s position. If the map has been panned and there has
INDEX
APPENDICES
been no pointer movement for about 60 seconds, the map reverts back to centered on the aircraft position
and the flashing pointer is removed.
144
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When the Map Pointer is placed on an object, the name of the object is highlighted (even if the name was
not originally displayed on the map). When any map feature or object is selected on the map display, pertinent
information is displayed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Information about
Point of Interest
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Map Pointer
on POI
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-9 Navigation Map - Map Pointer on Point of Interest
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When the Map Pointer crosses an airspace boundary, the boundary is highlighted and airspace information
is shown at the top of the display. The information includes the name and class of airspace, the ceiling in feet
above Mean Sea Level (MSL), and the floor in feet MSL.
AFCS
Information
about Airspace
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Map Pointer
on Airspace
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 5-10 Navigation Map - Map Pointer on Airspace
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
145
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Panning the map:
1) Press the Joystick to display the Map Pointer.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Move the Joystick to move the Map Pointer around the map.
3) Press the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer and recenter the map on the aircraft’s current position.
Reviewing information for an airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint:
1) Place the Map Pointer on a waypoint.
2) Press the ENT Key to display the Waypoint Information Page for the selected waypoint.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
3) Press the GO BACK Softkey, the CLR Key, or the ENT Key to exit the Waypoint Information Page and return to
the Navigation Map showing the selected waypoint.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NAVAID
Information
GO BACK Softkey
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-11 Navigation Map - Information Window - NAVAID
146
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Viewing airspace information for a special-use or controlled airspace:
1) Place the Map Pointer on an open area within the boundaries of an airspace.
2) Press the ENT Key to display an options menu.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) ‘Review Airspaces’ should already be highlighted, if not select it. Press the ENT Key to display the Airspace
Information Page for the selected airspace.
4) Press the CLR or ENT Key to exit the Airspace Information Page.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airspace
Information
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-12 Navigation Map - Information Window - Airspace
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
147
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
MEASURING BEARING AND DISTANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Distance and bearing from the aircraft’s present position to any point on the viewable navigation map may be
calculated using the ‘Measure Bearing and Distance’ selection from Navigation Map page menu. The bearing
and distance tool displays a dashed Measurement Line and a Measure Pointer to aid in graphically identifying
points with which to measure. Lat/Long, distance and elevation data for the Measure Pointer is provided in a
window at the top of the navigation map.
Measuring bearing and distance between any two points:
1) Press the MENU Key (with the Navigation Map Page displayed).
EIS
2) Highlight the ‘Measure Bearing/Distance’ field.
3) Press the ENT Key. A Measure Pointer is displayed on the map at the aircraft’s present position.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Move the Joystick to place the reference pointer at the desired location. The bearing and distance are displayed
at the top of the map. Elevation at the current pointer position is also displayed. Pressing the ENT Key changes
the starting point for measuring.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) To exit the Measure Bearing/Distance option, press the Joystick; or select ‘Stop Measuring’ from the Page
Menu and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Measurement
Information
Pointer Lat/Long
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Measurement Line
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-13 Navigation Map - Measuring Bearing and Distance
148
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TOPOGRAPHY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
All navigation maps can display various shades of topography colors representing land elevation, similar
to aviation sectional charts. Topographic data can be displayed or removed as described in the following
procedures. Topographic data can also be displayed on the selectable profile map at the bottom of the navigation
map.
Navigation Map
Topographic Data
EIS
Navigation Map
Black Background
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Topographic Data
on Profile Map
TOPO Softkey
Not Enabled
TOPO Off
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TOPO Softkey
Enabled
TOPO On
Figure 5-14 Navigation Map - Topographic Data
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Displaying/removing topographic data on all pages displaying navigation maps:
1) Press the MAP Softkey (the INSET Softkey for the PFD Inset Map).
2) Press the TOPO Softkey.
3) Press the TOPO Softkey again to remove topographic data from the Navigation Map. When topographic data
is removed from the page, all navigation data is presented on a black background.
AFCS
Displaying/removing topographic data (TOPO DATA) using the Navigation Map Page Menu:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘TOPO DATA’ field.
APPENDICES
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
149
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
TOPO DATA
Range
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
TOPO DATA
On/Off
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-15 Navigation Map Setup Menu - TOPO DATA Setup
The topographic data range is the maximum map range on which topographic data is displayed.
NOTE: Since the PFD Inset Map is much smaller than the MFD navigation maps, items are removed on the
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
PFD Inset Map two range levels smaller than the range selected in the Map Setup pages (e.g., a setting
of 100 nm removes the item at ranges above 100 nm on MFD navigation maps, while the PFD Inset Map
removes the same item at 50 nm).
Selecting a topographical data range (TOPO DATA):
AFCS
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘TOPO DATA’ range field. TOPO ranges are from 500 ft to 2000 nm.
6) To change the TOPO range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list.
APPENDICES
7) Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
8) Press the ENT Key.
9) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
INDEX
In addition, the Navigation Map can display a topographic scale (located in the lower right hand side of the
map) showing a scale of the terrain elevation and current elevation values.
150
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Maximum Displayed Elevation
Minimum Displayed Elevation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Aircraft Altitude (MSL)
Range of
Displayed
Elevations
Ground Elevation at Map Pointer
Location (only visible when Map
Pointer is displayed)
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-16 Navigation Map - TOPO SCALE
Displaying/removing the topographic scale (TOPO SCALE):
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group and press the ENT Key.
4) Highlight the ‘TOPO SCALE’ field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
TOPO SCALE
On/Off
INDEX
Figure 5-17 Navigation Map Setup Menu - TOPO SCALE Setup
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
151
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
MAP SYMBOLS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
This section discusses the types of land and aviation symbols that can be displayed. Each listed type of symbol
can be turned on or off, and the maximum range to display each symbol can be set. The decluttering of the
symbols from the map using the DCLTR Softkey is also discussed.
LAND SYMBOLS
The following items are configured on the land menu:
Land Symbols
EIS
(Text label size can be None, Small, Medium (Med), or Large
(Lrg))
Symbol
Latitude/Longitude (LAT/LON)
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
Off
2000
Interstate Highway (FREEWAY)
300
800
International Highway (FREEWAY)
300
800
US Highway (NATIONAL HWY)
30
80
State Highway (LOCAL HWY)
15
30
8
15
Railroads (RAILROAD)
15
30
LARGE CITY (> 200,000)
800
1500
MEDIUM CITY (> 50,000)
100
200
SMALL CITY (> 5,000)
States and Provinces (STATE/PROV)
20
800
50
1500
Rivers and Lakes (RIVER/LAKE)
200
500
USER WAYPOINT
150
300
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Highways and Roads
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Local Road (LOCAL ROAD)
N/A
INDEX
APPENDICES
Table 5-1 Land Symbol Information
152
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AVIATION SYMBOLS
The following items are configured on the aviation menu:
Aviation Symbols
Symbol
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
2000
500
300
100
20
100
30
Non-directional Beacon (NDB WAYPOINT)
15
30
VOR (VOR WAYPOINT)
150
300
Class B Airspace/TMA (CLASS B/TMA)
200
500
Class C Airspace/TCA (CLASS C/TCA)
200
500
Class D Airspace (CLASS D)
150
300
Restricted Area (RESTRICTED)
200
500
Military Operations Area [MOA(MILITARY)]
200
500
Other/Air Defense Interdiction Zone (OTHER/ADIZ)
200
500
Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR)
500
2000
See Airports, NAVAIDs
See Additional Features
N/A
APPENDICES
2000
250
150
50
3
Off
15
Active Flight Plan Waypoint (ACTIVE FPL WPT)
Large Airports (LARGE APT)
Medium Airports (MEDIUM APT)
Small Airports (SMALL APT)
Taxiways (SAFETAXI)
Runway Extension (RWY EXTENSION)
Intersection (INT WAYPOINT)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2000
AFCS
2000
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Non-active Flight Plan Leg (ACTIVE FPL)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2000
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2000
EIS
Active Flight Plan Leg (ACTIVE FPL)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
(Text label size can be None, Small, Medium (Med),
or Large (Lrg))
Table 5-2 Aviation Symbol Information
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
153
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYMBOL SETUP
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
All pages with maps can display land symbols (roads, lakes, borders, etc). Land symbols can be removed
totally (turned off).
Displaying/removing all land symbols:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The Page Menu is displayed and the cursor
flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Group Menu is displayed and the cursor flashes on the ‘Map’ option.
EIS
3) Highlight the ‘LAND DATA’ field.
4) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
LAND DATA
On/Off
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-18 Navigation Map Setup Menu - LAND DATA Setup
The label size (TEXT) sets the size at which labels appear on the display (none, small, medium, and large).
The range (RNG) sets the maximum range at which items appear on the display.
APPENDICES
Selecting a ‘Land’ or ‘Aviation’ group item text size and range:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Land’ or ‘Aviation’ group.
INDEX
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field.
5) Select the desired land option.
6) Select the desired text size.
154
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected size.
8) Select the desired range.
9) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected range.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
EIS
Text Label Size
(None, Small, Med, or Lrg)
Maximum Display Range
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-19 Navigation Map Setup Menu - LAND GROUP Setup
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Text Label Size
(None, Small, Med, or Lrg)
Maximum Display Range
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-20 Navigation Map Setup Menu - AVIATION GROUP Setup
NOTE: Since the PFD Inset Map is much smaller than the MFD navigation maps, items are removed on the
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
PFD Inset Map two range levels smaller than the range selected in the Map Setup pages (e.g., a setting
of 100 nm removes the item at ranges above 100 nm on MFD navigation maps, while the PFD Inset Map
removes the same item at 50 nm).
155
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
MAP DECLUTTER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The declutter feature allows the pilot to progressively step through four levels of removing map information.
The declutter level is displayed in the DCLTR Softkey and next to the Declutter Menu Option.
Declutter Level
EIS
DCLTR Softkey
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation Map Page Menu
Figure 5-21 Navigation Map - Declutter Level Indications
Decluttering the map:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Press the DCLTR Softkey with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The current declutter level is shown. With
each softkey selection, another level of map information is removed.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Select ‘Declutter’. The current declutter level is shown.
3) Press the ENT Key.
Decluttering the PFD Inset Map:
1) Press the INSET Softkey.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
2) Press the DCLTR Softkey. The current declutter level is shown. With each selection, another level of map
information is removed.
156
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Table 5-3 lists the items that are decluttered at each map detail level. The ‘X’ represents map items
decluttered for each level of detail.
Item
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NEXRAD
Lightning Data
Airports
Safe Taxi
Runway Labels
TFRs
Restricted
MOA (Military)
User Waypoints
Latitude/Longitude Grid
NAVAIDs (does not declutter if used to define airway)
Intersections (does not declutter if used to define airway)
Class B Airspaces/TMA
Class C Airspaces/TCA
Class D Airspaces
Other Airspaces/ADIZ
Obstacles
Cities
Roads
Railroads
State/Province Boundaries
Declutter-1 Declutter-2 Declutter-3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
AFCS
Table 5-3 Navigation Map Items Decluttered for each Detail Level
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
157
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AIRWAYS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
This airways discussion is based upon the North American airway structure. The airway structure in places
other than North America vary by location, etc. and are not discussed in this book. Low Altitude Airways (or
Victor Airways) primarily serve smaller piston-engine, propeller-driven airplanes on shorter routes and at lower
altitudes. Airways are eight nautical miles wide and start 1,200 feet above ground level (AGL) and extend up
to 18,000 feet mean sea level (MSL). Low Altitude Airways are designated with a “V” before the airway number
(hence the name “Victor Airways”) since they run primarily between VORs.
EIS
High Altitude Airways (or Jet Routes) primarily serve airliners, jets, turboprops, and turbocharged piston
aircraft operating above 18,000 feet MSL. Jet Routes start at 18,000 feet MSL and extend upward to 45,000 feet
MSL (altitudes above 18,000 feet are called “flight levels” and are described as FL450 for 45,000 feet MSL). Jet
Routes are designated with a “J” before the route number.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Low Altitude Airways are drawn in gray (the same shade used for roads). High Altitude Airways are drawn
in green. When both types of airways are displayed, High Altitude Airways are drawn on top of Low Altitude
Airways.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When airways are selected for display on the map, the airway waypoints (VORs, NDBs and Intersections) are
also displayed.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Low Altitude
Airway
(Victor Airway)
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
High Altitude
Airway
(Jet Route)
INDEX
Figure 5-22 Airways on MFD Navigation Page
158
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Airways may be displayed on the map at the pilot’s discretion using either a combination of AIRWAYS Softkey
presses, or menu selections using the MENU Key from the Navigation Map Page. The Airway range can also be
programmed to only display Airways on the MFD when the map range is at or below a specific number.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Displaying/removing airways:
1) Press the MAP Softkey.
2) Press the AIRWAYS Softkey. Both High and Low Altitude Airways are displayed (AIRWY ON).
3) Press the softkey again to display Low Altitude Airways only (AIRWY LO).
4) Press the softkey again to display High Altitude Airways only (AIRWY HI).
EIS
5) Press the softkey again to remove High Altitude Airways. No airways are displayed (AIRWAYS).
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ group, and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘AIRWAYS’ field.
5) Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Off’, ‘All’, ‘LO Only’, or ‘HI Only’, and press the ENT Key.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Off, All, LO Only, HI Only
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airway Display Selection
Low Altitude Airway Range
High Altitude Airway Range
Figure 5-23 Navigation Map Setup Menu - AIRWAYS Setup
AFCS
The airway range is the maximum map range on which airways are displayed.
Selecting an airway range (LOW ALT AIRWAY or HI ALT AIRWAY):
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airway’ group, and press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
4) Highlight the ‘LOW ALT AIRWAY’ or ‘HI ALT AIRWAY’ range field.
5) To change the range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list.
6) Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
7) Press the ENT Key.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
159
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
The following range items are configurable on the airways menu:
Airway Type
Symbol
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
200
500
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Low Altitude Airway (LOW ALT AIRWAY)
High Altitude Airway (HI ALT AIRWAY)
300
500
EIS
Table 5-4 Airway Range Information
TRACK VECTOR
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Navigation Map can display a track vector that is useful in minimizing track angle error. The track vector
is a solid light blue line segment extended to a predicted location. The track vector look-ahead time is selectable
(30 sec, 60 sec (default), 2 min, 5 min, 10 min, 20 min) and determines the length of the track vector. The track
vector shows up to 90 degrees of a turn for the 30 and 60 second time settings. It is always a straight line for
the 2 min, 5 min, 10 min and 20 min settings.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Track Vector
Figure 5-24 Navigation Map -Track Vector
Displaying/removing the track vector:
AFCS
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘TRACK VECTOR’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’. Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights the look
ahead time field. Use the FMS Knob to select the desired time. Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
160
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Nav Range Ring On/Off
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Wind Vector On/Off
Track Vector
- On/Off
- Look Ahead Time
EIS
Fuel Range
- On/Off
- Fuel Reserve Time
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-25 Navigation Map Setup Menu -TRACK VECTOR, WIND VECTOR, NAV RANGE RING, FUEL RANGE RING Setup
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
WIND VECTOR
The map displays a wind vector arrow in the upper right-hand portion of the screen. Wind vector information
is displayed as a white arrow pointing in the direction in which the wind is moving for wind speeds greater than
or equal to 1 kt.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Wind Direction
Wind Speed
Figure 5-26 Navigation Map - Wind Vector
AFCS
NOTE: The wind vector is not displayed until the aircraft is moving. It is not displayed on the Waypoint
Information pages.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Displaying/removing the wind vector:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
APPENDICES
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘WIND VECTOR’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
161
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
NAV RANGE RING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Nav Range Ring shows the direction of travel (ground track) on a rotating compass card. The range is
determined by the map range. The range is 1/4 of the map range (e.g., 37.5 nm on a 150 nm map).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Range (radius)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Nav Range Ring
Figure 5-27 Navigation Map - Nav Range Ring
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: The Nav Range Ring is not displayed on the Waypoint Information pages, Nearest pages, or Direct-to
Window map.
Displaying/removing the Nav Range Ring:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
AFCS
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘NAV RANGE RING’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
APPENDICES
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
NOTE: The Nav Range Ring is referenced to either magnetic or true north, based on the selection on the AUX
INDEX
- System Setup Page.
162
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FUEL RANGE RING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The map can display a fuel range ring which shows the remaining flight distance. A dashed green circle
indicates the selected range to reserve fuel. A solid green circle indicates the total endurance range. If only
reserve fuel remains, the range is indicated by a solid yellow circle.
Total Endurance Range
Time to Reserve Fuel
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Range to Reserve Fuel
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-28 Navigation Map - Fuel Range Ring
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Displaying/removing the fuel range ring and selecting a fuel range time:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
AFCS
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘FUEL RNG (RSV)’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7) Highlight the fuel reserve time field. This time should be set to the amount of flight time equal to the amount
of fuel reserve desired.
8) To change the reserve fuel time, enter a time (00:00 to 23:59; hours:minutes). The default setting is 00:45
minutes.
APPENDICES
9) Press the ENT Key.
10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
163
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FIELD OF VIEW (SVS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The map can display the boundaries of the PFD Synthetic Vision System (SVS) lateral field of view. The field
of view is shown as two dashed lines forming a V shape in front of the aircraft symbol on the map. This is only
available if SVS is installed on the aircraft.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Lateral Field
of View
Boundaries
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-29 Navigation Map - Field of View
Displaying/removing the field of view:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘FIELD OF VIEW’ field.
AFCS
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
164
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SELECTED ALTITUDE INTERCEPT ARC
The map can display the location along the current track where the aircraft will intercept the selected altitude.
The location will be shown as a light blue arc when the aircraft is actuallly climbing or descending.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Range to
Altitude Arc
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-30 Navigation Map - Range to Altitude Arc
Displaying/removing the selected altitude intercept arc:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘SEL ALT ARC’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
165
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.3 WAYPOINTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Waypoints are predetermined geographical positions (internal database) or pilot-entered positions, and are
used for all phases of flight planning and navigation.
Communication and navigation frequencies can be tuned “automatically” from various Waypoint Information
(WPT) pages, Nearest (NRST) pages, and the Nearest Airports Window (on PFD). This auto-tuning feature
simplifies frequency entry over manual tuning. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS section for details on autotuning.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Waypoints can be selected by entering the ICAO identifier, entering the name of the facility, or by entering
the city name. See the System Overview section for detailed instructions on entering data in the G1000. As a
waypoint identifier, facility name, or location is entered, the G1000’s Spell’N’Find™ feature scrolls through the
database, displaying those waypoints matching the characters which have been entered to that point. A direct-to
navigation leg to the selected waypoint can be initiated by pressing the Direct-to Key on any of the waypoint
pages.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Identifier Entry Field
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
City Entry Field
Facility
Entry Field
- Waypoint Identifier
- Type (symbol)
- Facility Name
- City
Entered Waypoint on
Map
Map Area Showing
Entered Waypoint
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Waypoint Location
Figure 5-31 Waypoint Information Window
INDEX
APPENDICES
If duplicate entries exist for the entered facility name or location, additional entries may be viewed by continuing
to turn the small FMS Knob during the selection process. If duplicate entries exist for an identifier, a Duplicate
Waypoints Window is displayed when the ENT Key is pressed.
166
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Identifier with
Duplicates
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Duplicate
Waypoints
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Duplicate Message
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-32 Waypoint Information Window - Duplicate Identifier
AIRPORTS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: ‘North Up’ orientation on the Airport Information Page cannot be changed; the pilot needs to be
aware of proper orientation if the Navigation Map orientation is different from the Airport Information Page
Map.
AFCS
The Airport Information Page is the first page in WPT group and allows the pilot to view airport information,
load frequencies (COM, NAV, and lighting), review runways, and review instrument procedures that may be
involved in the flight plan. See the Audio Panel and CNS Section for more information on loading frequencies
(auto-tuning). After engine startup, the Airport Information Page defaults to the airport where the aircraft is
located. After a flight plan has been loaded, it defaults to the destination airport. On a flight plan with multiple
airports, it defaults to the airport which is the current active waypoint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected airport and surrounding area, the Airport Information
Page displays airport information in three boxes labeled ‘AIRPORT’, ‘RUNWAYS’, and ‘FREQUENCIES’. For
airports with multiple runways, information for each runway is available. This information is viewed on the
Airport Information Page by pressing the INFO softkey until INFO-1 is displayed.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
167
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Airport Information
- ID/Facility/City
- Usage Type/Region
- Lat/Long/Elev
- Fuel Available
- Time Zone (UTC Offset)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
Airport
Runway Information
- Designation
- Length/Width/Surface
- Lighting Available
Airport METAR
EIS
Airport/Runway
Diagram
COM/NAV Freq. Info.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Identification
- Frequency
- Availability
- Additional Information
Softkeys
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-33 Airport Information Page
The following descriptions and abbreviations are used on the Airport Information Page:
• Usage type: Public, Military, Private, or Heliport
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Runway surface type: Hard, Turf, Sealed, Gravel, Dirt, Soft, Unknown, or Water
• Runway lighting type: No Lights, Part Time, Full Time, Unknown, or PCL Freq (for pilot-controlled
lighting)
AFCS
• COM Availability: TX (transmit only), RX (receive only), PT (part time), i (additional information available)
Airport Directory
Information
Airport Information
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- ID/Facility/City
- Usage Type/Region
Softkeys
Figure 5-34 Airport Directory Page Example
168
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The airport directory information is viewed on the Airport Directory Page by pressing the INFO softkey until
INFO-2 is displayed. The following are types of AOPA airport directory information shown (if available) on
the Airport Directory Page:
• Approach: Approach Facility
Name, Frequency, Frequency
Parameter
• Services Available: Category,
Specific Service
• Charts: Low Altitude Chart
Number
• FBO:
Type, Frequencies,
Services, Fees, Fuel, Credit
Cards, Phone/Fax Numbers
• Notes: Airport Notes
• Pilot Controlled Lighting:
High/Med/Low Clicks/Second
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Transportation:
Ground
Transportation Type Available
• Instrument
Approaches:
Published
Approach,
Frequency
• NAVAIDS: Type, Identifier,
Frequency, Radial, Distance
• Noise:
Noise Abatement
Procedures
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Frequencies: Type/Frequency
• Runway: Headings, Length,
Width, Obstructions, Surface
• Obstructions: General Airport
Obstructions
• Special
Operations
at
Airport
EIS
• Hours: Facility Hours, Light
Hours, Tower Hours, Beacon
Hours
• Location: Sectional, Magnetic
Variation
• Traffic Pattern Altitudes
(TPA): Aircraft Class/Altitude
• Weather:
Service Type,
Frequency, Phone Number
• Flight Service Station (FSS):
FSS Name, Phone Numbers
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Airport:
Identifier, Site
Number, Name, City, State
• Phones: Phone/Fax Numbers
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selecting an airport for review by identifier, facility name, or location:
1) From the Airport Information Page, press the FMS Knob.
2) Use the FMS Knobs and enter an identifier, facility name, or location.
AFCS
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Selecting a runway:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) With the Airport Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘RUNWAYS’ Box, on the runway designator.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the desired runway (if more than one) for the selected airport.
APPENDICES
4) To remove the flashing cursor, press the FMS Knob.
View a destination airport:
From the Airport Information Page press the MENU Key. Select ‘View Destination Airport’. The Destination
Airport is displayed.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
169
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
The Airport Frequencies Box uses the descriptions and abbreviations listed in the following table:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Communication Frequencies
Approach * Control
Pre-Taxi
Arrival *
CTA *
Radar
ASOS
Departure * Ramp
ATIS
Gate
Terminal *
AWOS
Ground
TMA *
Center
Helicopter
Tower
Class B *
Multicom
TRSA *
Class C *
Other
Unicom
Clearance
Navigation Frequencies
ILS
LOC
* May include Additional Information
Table 5-5 Airport Frequency Abbreviations
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
A departure, arrival, or approach can be loaded using the softkeys on the Airport Information Page. See the
Procedures section for details. METARs or TAFs applicable to the selected airport can be selected for display (see
the Hazard Avoidance section for details about weather).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The G1000 provides a NRST Softkey on the PFD, which gives the pilot quick access to nearest airport
information (very useful if an immediate landing is required). The Nearest Airports Window displays a list
of the 25 nearest airports (three entries can be displayed at one time). If there are more than three they are
displayed in a scrollable list. If there are no nearest airports available, “NONE WITHIN 200NM” is displayed.
Bearing/Distance to Airport
AFCS
Airport Identifier/
Type
Approach Available
Length of Longest
Runway
COM Freq. Info.
- Identification
- Frequency
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Additional Airports
(within 200 nm)
NRST Softkey
INDEX
Figure 5-35 Nearest Airports Window on PFD
170
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the ENT Key displays the PFD Airport Information Window for the highlighted airport. Pressing the
ENT Key again returns to the Nearest Airports Window with the cursor on the next airport in the list. Continued
presses of the ENT Key sequences through the information pages for all airports in the Nearest Airports list.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Airport Information
- ID/Type/City
- Facility
Airport Information
Airport Information
EIS
- Usage/Time/Elev
- Region
- Lat/Long
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-36 Airport Information Window on PFD
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Nearest Airports Page on the MFD is first in the group of NRST pages because of its potential use in
the event of an in-flight emergency. In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected airport and
surrounding area, the page displays nearest airport information in five boxes labeled ‘NEAREST AIRPORTS’,
‘INFORMATION’, ‘RUNWAYS’, ‘FREQUENCIES’, and ‘APPROACHES’.
The selected airport is indicated by a white arrow, and a dashed white line is drawn on the navigation map
from the aircraft position to the nearest airport. Up to five nearest airports, one runway, up to three frequencies,
and up to three approaches are visible at one time. If there are more than can be shown, each list can be scrolled.
If there are no items for display in a boxed area, text indicating that fact is displayed. The currently selected
airport remains in the list until it is unselected.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
171
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Nearest Airports
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
- ID/Type
- Bearing/Distance
Airport Information
EIS
- Facility/City/Elevation
Nearest Airport
Runway Information
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
Airport
COM/NAV Freq. Info.
- Designation/Surface
- Length/Width
- Identification
- Frequency
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Approaches Available
LD APR Softkey (only
available if an approach is
highlighted)
Window Selection
Softkeys
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-37 Nearest Airport Page
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the PFD:
1) Press the NRST Softkey to display the Nearest Airports Window. Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Highlight the airport identifier with the FMS Knob and press the ENT Key to display the Airport Information
Window.
AFCS
3) To return to the Nearest Airports Window press the ENT Key (with the cursor on ‘BACK’) or press the CLR
Key. The cursor is now on the next airport in the nearest airports list. (Repeatedly pressing the ENT Key
moves through the airport list, alternating between the Nearest Airports Window and the Airport Information
Window.)
4) Press the CLR Key or the NRST Key to close the PFD Nearest Airports Window.
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the MFD:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the NRST page group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Nearest Airports Page (it is the first page of the group, so it may already
be selected). If there are no Nearest Airports available, “NONE WITHIN 200 NM” is displayed.
APPENDICES
3) Press the APT Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Airport Window’ and
press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘NEAREST AIRPORTS’ Box. The first airport in the nearest airports
list is highlighted.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airport. (Pressing the ENT Key also moves to the next airport.)
INDEX
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
172
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Viewing runway information for a specific airport:
1) With the Nearest Airports Page displayed, press the RNWY Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select
Runway Window’; and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘RUNWAYS’ Box.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
See the Audio Panel and CNS Section for frequency selection and the Procedures section for approaches.
EIS
The Nearest Airports Box on the System Setup Page defines the minimum runway length and surface type
used when determining the 25 nearest airports to display on the MFD Nearest Airports Page. A minimum
runway length and/or surface type can be entered to prevent airports with small runways or runways that are
not appropriately surfaced from being displayed. Default settings are 0 feet (or meters) for runway length and
“HARD/SOFT” for runway surface type.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selecting nearest airport surface matching criteria:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the runway surface field in the Nearest Airports Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway option (ANY, HARD ONLY, HARD/SOFT, WATER).
5) Press the ENT Key.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selecting nearest airport minimum runway length matching criteria:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the minimum length field in the Nearest Airport Box.
AFCS
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter the minimum runway length (zero to 25,000 feet) and press the ENT Key.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Nearest Airport Criteria
INDEX
- Type of Runway Surface
- Minimum Runway Length
Figure 5-38 System Setup Page - Nearest Airport Selection Criteria
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
173
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
INTERSECTIONS
NOTE: The VOR displayed on the Intersection Information Page is the nearest VOR, not necessarily the VOR
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
used to define the intersection.
The Intersection Information Page is used to view information about intersections. In addition to displaying
a map of the currently selected intersection and surrounding area, the Intersection Information Page displays
intersection information in three boxes labeled ‘INTERSECTION’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘NEAREST VOR’.
EIS
Intersection Identifier
Intersection Info
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
Intersection
- Region
- Lat/Long
Nearest VOR Info
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- Radial to VOR
- Distance to VOR
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected
Intersection
Figure 5-39 Intersection Information Page
AFCS
Selecting an intersection:
1) With the Intersection Information Page displayed, enter an identifier in the Intersection Box.
2) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
1) With the Nearest Intersections Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
APPENDICES
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest Intersection Box.
INDEX
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
174
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Nearest Intersections Page can be used to quickly find an intersection close to the flight path. In addition
to displaying a map of the surrounding area, the page displays information for up to 25 nearest intersections in
three boxes labeled ‘NEAREST INT’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘REFERENCE VOR’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The selected intersection is indicated by a white arrow. Up to eleven Intersections are visible at a time. If
there are more than can be shown, the list can be scrolled. If there are no items for display, text indicating that
fact is displayed.
NOTE: The list only includes waypoints that are within 200 nm.
EIS
Intersection Information
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Identifier/Symbol
- Bearing/Distance to
intersection from
aircraft position
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
Intersection
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Intersection Lat/Long
Reference VOR Info
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- VOR Frequency
- Bearing/Distance to VOR
Nearest Intersection
Figure 5-40 Nearest Intersections Page
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
175
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
NDBS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The NDB Information Page is used to view information about NDBs. In addition to displaying a map of
the currently selected NDB and surrounding area, the page displays NDB information in four boxes labeled
‘NDB’, ‘INFORMATION’, ‘FREQUENCY’, and ‘NEAREST AIRPORT’.
NDB Identifier/Type
- Facility Name
- Nearest City
EIS
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
NDB
NDB Information
- Type
- Region
- Lat/Long
NDB Frequency
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selected NDB
Nearest Airport Info
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- Bearing/Distance to
Airport
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-41 NDB Information Page
NOTE: Compass locator (LOM, LMM): a low power, low or medium frequency radio beacon installed in
conjunction with the instrument landing system. When LOM is used, the locator is at the Outer Marker;
when LMM is used, the locator is at the Middle Marker.
AFCS
Selecting an NDB:
1) With the NDB Information Page displayed, enter an identifier, the name of the NDB, or the city in which it’s
located in the NDB Box.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the ENT Key.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
APPENDICES
1) With the Nearest NDB Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest NDB Box.
INDEX
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
176
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Nearest NDB Page can be used to quickly find a NDB close to the flight path. In addition to displaying
a map of the surrounding area, the page displays information for up to 25 nearest NDBs in three boxes labeled
‘NEAREST NDB’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘FREQUENCY’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A white arrow before the NDB identifier indicates the selected NDB. Up to eleven NDBs are visible at a time.
If there are more than can be shown, each list can be scrolled. The list only includes waypoints that are within
200nm. If there are no NDBs in the list, text indicating that there are no nearest NDBs is displayed. If there are
no nearest NDBs in the list, the information and frequency fields are dashed.
EIS
NDB Identifier/Symbol
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
NDB
Nearest NDB
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Bearing/Distance to
NDB from aircraft
position
NDB Information
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Facility Name/City
- Type
- Lat/Long
NDB Frequency
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-42 Nearest NDB Page
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
177
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
VORS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The VOR Information Page can be used to view information about VOR and ILS signals (since ILS signals
can be received on a NAV receiver), or to quickly auto-tune a VOR or ILS frequency. Localizer information
cannot be viewed on the VOR Information Page. If a VOR station is combined with a TACAN station it is
listed as a VORTAC on the VOR Information Page and if it includes only DME, it is displayed as VOR-DME.
EIS
In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected VOR and surrounding area, the VOR Information
Page displays VOR information in four boxes labeled ‘VOR’, ‘INFORMATION’, ‘FREQUENCY’, and ‘NEAREST
AIRPORT’.
VOR Identifier/Type
- Facility Name
- Nearest City
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
VOR
VOR Information
- Class/Magnetic Variation
- Region
- Lat/Long
VOR Frequency
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected VOR
Nearest Airport Info
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- Bearing/Distance to
Airport
Figure 5-43 VOR Information Page
AFCS
The VOR classes used in the VOR information box are: LOW ALTITUDE, HIGH ALTITUDE, and
TERMINAL.
Select a VOR:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) With the VOR Information Page displayed, enter an identifier, the name of the VOR, or the city in which it’s
located in the VOR Box.
2) Press the ENT Key.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
APPENDICES
Or:
1) With the Nearest VOR Page displayed, press the FMS Knob or press the VOR Softkey.
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest VOR Box.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
INDEX
Or:
178
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1) With the Nearest VOR Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Select VOR Window’, and press the ENT Key.
3) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest VOR Box.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
The Nearest VOR Page can be used to quickly find a VOR station close to the aircraft. Also, a NAV frequency
from a selected VOR station can be loaded from the Nearest VOR Page. In addition to displaying a map of
the surrounding area, the Nearest VOR Page displays information for up to 25 nearest VOR stations in three
boxes labeled ‘NEAREST VOR’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘FREQUENCY’. The list only includes waypoints that
are within 200 nm.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
A white arrow before the VOR identifier indicates the selected VOR. Up to eleven VORs are visible at a
time. If there are more than can be shown, each list can be scrolled. If there are no VORs in the list, text
indicating that there are no nearest VORs is displayed. If there are no nearest VORs in the list, the information
is dashed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
VOR Identifier/Symbol
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
VOR
- Bearing/Distance to VOR
from aircraft position
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
VOR Information
- Facility Name/City
- Class/Magnetic Variation
- Lat/Long
AFCS
VOR Frequency
Nearest VOR
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-44 Nearest VOR Page
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
179
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
USER WAYPOINTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 can create and store up to 1,000 user-defined waypoints. User waypoints can be created from any
map page (except PFD Inset Map, AUX-Trip Planning Page, or Procedure Pages) by selecting a position on the
map using the Joystick, or from the User Waypoint Information Page by referencing a bearing/distance from
an existing waypoint, bearings from two existing waypoints, or latitude and longitude. Once a waypoint has
been created, it can be renamed, deleted, or moved. Temporary user waypoints are erased upon system power
down.
User Waypoint Info
EIS
- Identifier
- Temporary/Normal
- Waypoint Type
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
User Waypoint
Reference Wpt/Info
Selected User
Waypoint
User Waypoint List
- Identifier/Rad/Dist or
- Identifiers/Radials or
- Region/Lat/Long
- Identifier
- Comment
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
User Wpt Comment
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
# User Wpts Used
GO BACK displayed if
User Wpt was created
on map page
Softkeys
Figure 5-45 User Waypoint Information Page
AFCS
Selecting a User Waypoint:
1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, enter the name of the User Waypoint, or scroll to the
desired waypoint in the User Waypoint List using the large FMS Knob.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the ENT Key.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
APPENDICES
1) With the Nearest User Waypoints Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest USR Box.
INDEX
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
180
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Nearest User Wpt List
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
User Waypoint
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
- Identifier
- Bearing/Distance from
aircraft position
EIS
User Waypoint Info
- Comment
- Lat/Long
Selected User
Waypoint
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Reference Wpt Info
- Identifier
- Radial/Distance
Figure 5-46 Nearest User Waypoint Page
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
CREATING USER WAYPOINTS
User waypoints can be created from the User Waypoint Information Page in the following ways:
Creating user waypoints from the User Waypoint Information Page:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Select the NEW Softkey, or press the MENU Key and select ‘Create New User Waypoint’.
2) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
3) Press the ENT Key. The current aircraft position is the default location of the new waypoint.
4) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:
AFCS
a) Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint
identifiers and radials into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
b) Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier,
the radial, and the distance into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
APPENDICES
c) Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into
the INFORMATION window using the FMS Knobs.
5) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
6) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “TEMPORARY” or “NORMAL” by moving the cursor
to “TEMPORARY” and selecting the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box.
INDEX
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
181
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Are you sure you want to create the new User Waypoint AAAAAA?’ is
displayed.
4) With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:
a) Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint
identifiers and radials into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
EIS
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
b) Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier,
the radial, and the distance into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
c) Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into
the INFORMATION window using the FMS Knobs.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
7) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “TEMPORARY” or “NORMAL” by moving the cursor
to “TEMPORARY” and selecting the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Figure 5-47 User Waypoint Information Page Menu
APPENDICES
Creating user waypoints from map pages:
1) Press the Joystick to activate the panning function and pan to the map location of the desired user waypoint.
2) Press the ENT Key. The User Waypoint Information Page is displayed with the captured position.
INDEX
NOTE: If the pointer has highlighted a map database feature, one of three things happens upon pressing
the ENT Key: 1) information about the selected feature is displayed instead of initiating a new waypoint,
2) a menu pops up allowing a choice between ‘Review Airspaces’ or ‘Create User Waypoint’, or 3) a new
waypoint is initiated with the default name being the selected map item.
182
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected name. The first reference waypoint box is highlighted.
5) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
a) Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint
identifiers and radials into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
b) Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier,
the radial, and the distance into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
EIS
Or:
c) Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into
the INFORMATION window using the FMS Knobs.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
7) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “TEMPORARY” or “NORMAL” by moving the cursor
to “TEMPORARY” and selecting the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
9) Press the GO BACK Softkey to return to the map page.
EDITING USER WAYPOINTS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Editing a user waypoint comment or location:
1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Select a user waypoint in the User Waypoint List, if required, and press the ENT Key.
3) Move the cursor to the desired field.
AFCS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to make any changes.
5) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Renaming user waypoints:
1) Highlight a user waypoint in the User Waypoint List. Press the RENAME Softkey, or press the MENU Key and
select ‘Rename User Waypoint’.
APPENDICES
2) Enter a new name.
3) Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Do you want to rename the user waypoint AAAAAA to BBBBBB?’ is
displayed.
4) With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
183
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Changing the location of an existing waypoint to the aircraft present position:
1) Enter a waypoint name or select the waypoint in the User Waypoint List, then press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Use Present Position’.
4) Press the ENT Key twice. The new waypoint’s location is saved.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
A system generated comment for a user waypoint incorporates the reference waypoint identifier, bearing,
and distance. If a system generated comment has been edited, a new comment can be generated.
Resetting the comment field to the system generated comment:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Enter a waypoint name or select the waypoint in the User Waypoint List, then press the ENT Key.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Auto Comment’.
4) Press the ENT Key. The generated comment is based on the reference point used to define the waypoint.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The default type of user waypoint (normal or temporary) can be changed using the user waypoint information
page menu. Temporary user waypoints are automatically deleted upon the next power cycle.
Changing the user waypoint storage duration default setting:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Move the cursor to select ‘Waypoint Setup’, and press the ENT Key.
3) Select ‘NORMAL’ or ‘TEMPORARY’ as desired, and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor and return to the User Waypoint Information Page.
184
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DELETING USER WAYPOINTS
Deleting a single user waypoint:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Highlight a User Waypoint in the User Waypoint List, or enter a waypoint in the User Waypoint field.
2) Press the DELETE Softkey or press the CLR Key. ‘Yes’ is highlighted in the confirmation window.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
EIS
1) Highlight a User Waypoint in the User Waypoint List, or enter a waypoint in the User Waypoint field.
2) Press the MENU Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Select ‘Delete User Waypoint’.
4) Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NOTE: The option to ‘Delete All User Waypoints’ is not available while the aircraft is in flight.
Deleting all user waypoints:
1) Highlight a User Waypoint in the User Waypoint List.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Delete All User Waypoints’.
4) Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
185
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.4 AIRSPACES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 can display the following types of airspaces: Class B/TMA, Class C/TCA, Class D, Restricted, MOA
(Military), Other Airspace, Air Defense Interdiction Zone (ADIZ), and Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR).
Class D Airspace
MOA (Military)
EIS
Class B Airspace
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Restricted Area
Alert Area
AFCS
Class C Airspace
ADIZ
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Warning Area
Figure 5-48 Airspaces
The Nearest Airspaces Page, Airspace Alerts Window, and Airspace Alerts on the PFD provide additional
information about airspaces and the location of the aircraft in relationship to them.
INDEX
The Airspace Alerts Box allows the pilot to turn the controlled/special-use airspace message alerts on or off.
This does not affect the alerts listed on the Nearest Airspaces Page or the airspace boundaries depicted on the
Navigation Map Page. It simply turns on/off the warning provided when the aircraft is approaching or near an
airspace.
186
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
An altitude buffer is also provided which “expands” the vertical range above or below an airspace. For example,
if the buffer is set at 500 feet, and the aircraft is more than 500 feet above/below an airspace, an alert message is
not generated, but if the aircraft is less than 500 feet above/below an airspace and projected to enter it, the pilot
is notified with an alert message. The default setting for the altitude buffer is 200 feet.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Changing the altitude buffer distance setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the altitude buffer field in the Airspace Alerts Box.
EIS
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter an altitude buffer value and press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Turning an airspace alert on or off:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Airspace Alerts Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airspace Alerts Box
AFCS
- Airspace Altitude Buffer
- Alert On/Off
(Default Settings Shown)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
DFLTS Softkey
Figure 5-49 System Setup Page - Airspace Alerts
Map ranges for the airspace boundaries are selected from the Aviation Group in the Map Setup Menu. See Table
5-2 for the default and maximum ranges for each type of airspace and the symbol defining the airspace area.
INDEX
The Nearest Airspaces Page can be used to quickly find airspaces close to the flight path. In addition, a selected
frequency associated with the airspace can be loaded from the Nearest Airspaces Page. In addition to displaying
a map of airspace boundaries and surrounding area, the Nearest Airspaces Page displays airspace information in
four boxes labeled ‘AIRSPACE ALERTS’, ‘AIRSPACE, AGENCY’, ‘VERTICAL LIMITS’, and ‘FREQUENCIES’.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
187
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Airspace Alerts Info
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
- Name
- Proximity (Ahead, Inside,
Ahead < 2nm, Within 2nm)
- Time till Intercept (only if
Ahead or Ahead < 2nm)
Airspace/Agency Info
Airspace 1
- Airspace Type
- Controlling Agency
EIS
Airspace Vertical Limits
- Ceiling
- Floor
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airspace 2
Associated Frequencies
- Type
- Availability/Info
- Frequency
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Softkeys
Figure 5-50 Nearest Airspaces Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airspace alerts and associated frequencies are shown in scrollable lists on the Nearest Airspaces Page. The
ALERTS and FREQ softkeys place the cursor in the respective list. The FREQ Softkey is enabled only if one or
more frequencies exist for a selected airspace.
Selecting and viewing an airspace alert with its associated information:
1) Select the Nearest Airspaces Page.
2) Press the ALERTS Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Alerts Window’,
and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘AIRSPACE ALERTS’ Box.
AFCS
3) Select the desired airspace.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pressing the PFD ALERTS Softkey displays the message window on the PFD. The following airspace alerts are
displayed in the message window:
INDEX
APPENDICES
Message
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace.
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace ahead –
less than 10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near and
ahead.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near
– less than 2 nm.
Comments
The aircraft is inside the special use airspace.
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft penetrates the airspace within 10
minutes.
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position.
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position.
Table 5-6 PFD Airspace Alert Messages
188
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.5 DIRECT-TO-NAVIGATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Direct-to method of navigation, initiated by pressing the Direct-to Key on either the MFD or PFD, is
quicker to use than a flight plan when the desire is to navigate to a single point such as a nearby airport.
Once a direct-to is activated, the G1000 establishes a point-to-point course line from the present position to the
selected direct-to destination. Course guidance is provided until the direct-to is replaced with a new direct-to or
flight plan, or cancelled.
EIS
A vertical navigation (VNV) direct-to creates a descent path (and provides guidance to stay on the path) from
the current altitude to a selected altitude at the direct-to waypoint. Vertical navigation is based on barometric
altitudes, not on GPS altitude, and is used for cruise and descent phases of flight.
The Direct-to Window allows selection and activation of direct-to navigation. The Direct-to Window displays
selected direct-to waypoint data on the PFD and the MFD.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Direct-to Point Info
VNV Constraints
- Altitude at Arrival
- Along Track Offset
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Identifier/Symbol/Region
- Facility Name
- City
Map of Selected Point
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Location of Destination
- Bearing/Distance
Desired Course
AFCS
Figure 5-51 Direct-to Window - MFD
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Direct-to Point Info
VNV Constraints
- Altitude at Arrival
- Along Track Offset
APPENDICES
- Identifier/Symbol/City
- Facility Name
Direct-to Point Info
- Bearing/Distance
- Desired Course
INDEX
Activation Command
Figure 5-52 Direct-to Window - PFD
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
189
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Any waypoint can be entered as a direct-to destination from the Direct-to Window.
Entering a waypoint identifier, facility name, or city as a direct-to destination:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed (with the active flight plan wayoint as the default
selection or a blank waypoint field if no flight plan is active).
EIS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to begin entering a waypoint identifier (turning it counter-clockwise brings
up the waypoint selection submenu - press the CLR Key to remove it), or turn the large FMS Knob to select the
facility name, or city field and turn the small FMS Knob to begin entering a facility name or city. If duplicate
entries exist for the entered facility or city name, additional entries can be viewed by turning the small FMS
Knob during the selection process.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate?’ field is highlighted.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the direct-to.
Any waypoint contained in the active flight plan can be selected as a direct-to waypoint from the Direct-to
Window, the Active Flight Plan Page, or the Active Flight Plan Window.
Waypoint Submenu
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Flight Plan Waypoints
- Nearest Airports
- Recent Waypoints
- User Waypoints
- Airway Waypoints
(only available when
active leg is part of an
airway)
Figure 5-53 Waypoint Submenu
Selecting an active flight plan waypoint as a direct-to destination:
AFCS
1) While navigating an active flight plan, press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with the
active flight plan waypoint as the default selection.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of flight plan waypoints (the FPL list is populated
only when navigating a flight plan).
3) Select the desired waypoint.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
APPENDICES
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Or:
1) Select the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD, or the Active Flight Plan Window on the PFD.
2) Select the desired waypoint.
INDEX
3) Press the Direct-to Key.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
190
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Any NRST, RECENT, USER, or AIRWAY waypoints can be selected as a direct-to destination in the Direct-to
Window.
Selecting a NRST, RECENT, USER, or AIRWAY waypoint as a direct-to destination:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed (with the active flight plan destination as the
default selection or a blank destination if no flight plan is active).
2) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of FPL waypoints (the FPL list is populated only
when navigating a flight plan, and the AIRWAY list is available only when the active leg is part of an airway).
3) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the NRST, RECENT, USER, or AIRWAY waypoints.
EIS
4) Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint.
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Direct-to Window can be displayed from any page and allows selection and activation of direct-to navigation.
If the direct-to is initiated from any page except the WPT pages, the default waypoint is the active flight plan
waypoint (if a flight plan is active) or a blank waypoint field. Direct-to requests on any WPT page defaults to the
displayed waypoint.
Selecting any waypoint as a direct-to destination:
1) Select the page or window containing the desired waypoint type and select the desired waypoint.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window with the selected waypoint as the direct-to
destination.
3) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
4) Press ENT again to activate the direct-to.
Selecting a nearby airport as a direct-to destination:
AFCS
1) Press the NRST Softkey on the PFD; or turn the FMS Knob to display the Nearest Airports Page and press the
FMS Knob.
2) Select the desired airport (the nearest one is already selected).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the Direct-to Key.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
APPENDICES
Direct-to destinations may also be selected by using the pointer on the navigation map pages. If no airport,
NAVAID, or user waypoint exists at the desired location, a temporary waypoint named ‘MAPWPT’ is automatically
created at the location of the map arrow.
Selecting a waypoint as a direct-to destination using the pointer:
1) From a navigation map page, press the Joystick to display the pointer.
INDEX
2) Move the Joystick to place the pointer at the desired destination location.
3) If the pointer is placed on an existing airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint, the waypoint name is highlighted.
4) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window with the selected point entered as the direct-to
destination.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
191
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Cancelling a Direct-to:
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window.
2) Press the MENU Key.
EIS
3) With ‘Cancel Direct-To NAV’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. If a flight plan is still active, the G1000 resumes
navigating the flight plan along the closest leg.
Page Menu
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Cancel Direct-To
Navigation
Figure 5-54 Direct-to Window - Cancelling Direct-to Navigation
AFCS
When navigating a direct-to, the G1000 sets a direct great circle course to the selected destination. The course
to a destination can also be manually selected using the course field (‘COURSE’) on the Direct-to Window.
Selecting a manual direct-to course:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with the destination field highlighted.
2) Highlight the course field.
3) Enter the desired course.
APPENDICES
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Reselecting the direct course from the current position:
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with the destination field highlighted.
INDEX
2) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
3) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
192
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A direct-to with altitude constraints creates a descent path (and provides guidance to stay on the path) from
the aircraft’s current altitude to the altitude of the direct-to waypoint. The altitude is reached at the waypoint,
or at the specified distance along the flight path if an offset distance has been entered. All VNV altitudes prior
to the direct-to destination are removed from the active flight plan upon successful activation of the direct-to.
All VNV altitudes following the direct-to waypoint are retained. See the section on Vertical Navigation for more
information regarding the use and purpose of VNV altitudes and offset distances.
Entering a VNV altitude and along-track offset for the waypoint:
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window.
EIS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor over the ‘VNV’ altitude field.
3) Enter the desired altitude.
4) Press the ENT Key. The option to select MSL or AGL is now displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’.
6) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now flashing in the VNV offset distance field.
7) Enter the desired along-track distance before the waypoint.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate?’ field is highlighted.
9) Press the ENT Key to activate.
Removing a VNV altitude constraint:
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Clear Vertical Constraints’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
AFCS
Page Menu
- Clear Vertical Navigation
Constraints
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 5-55 Direct-to Window - Clearing Vertical Constraints
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
193
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.6 FLIGHT PLANNING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight planning on the G1000 consists of building a flight plan by entering waypoints one at a time, adding
waypoints along airways, and inserting departures, airways, arrivals, or approaches as needed. The G1000 allows
flight planning information to be entered from either the MFD or PFD. The flight plan is displayed on maps using
different line widths, colors, and types, based on the type of leg and the segment of the flight plan currently being
flown (departure, enroute, arrival, approach, or missed approach).
Flight Plan Leg Type
Symbol
EIS
Active non-heading Leg
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Active heading Leg
Non-heading Leg in the current flight segment
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Heading Leg not in the current flight segment
Non-heading Leg not in the active flight segment
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Turn Anticipation Arc
Whenever an approach, departure, or arrival procedure is loaded into the active flight plan, a set of approach,
departure, or arrival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan along with a header line describing the instrument
procedure the pilot selected. The original enroute portion of the flight plan remains active (unless an instrument
procedure is activated) when the procedure is loaded.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Up to 99 flight plans with up to 99 waypoints each can be created and stored in memory. One flight plan can be
activated at a time and becomes the active flight plan. The active flight plan is erased when the system is turned
off and overwritten when another flight plan is activated. When storing flight plans with an approach, departure,
or arrival, the G1000 uses the waypoint information from the current database to define the waypoints. If the
database is changed or updated, the G1000 automatically updates the information if the procedure has not been
modified. If an approach, departure, or arrival procedure is no longer available, the procedure is deleted from the
affected stored flight plan(s), and an alert is displayed (see Miscellaneous Messages in Appendix A) advising that
one or more stored flight plans need to be edited.
APPENDICES
Table 5-7 Flight Plan Leg Symbols
INDEX
When the database is updated, the airways need to be reloaded also. Each airway segment is reloaded from
the database given the entry waypoint, the airway identifier and the exit waypoint. This reloads the sequence of
waypoints between the entry and exit waypoints (the sequence may change when the database is updated). The
update of an airway can fail during this process. If that happens, the airway waypoints are changed to regular
(non-airway) flight plan waypoints, and an alert is displayed (see Miscellaneous Messages in Appendix A).
194
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The following could cause the airway update to fail:
• Airway identifier, entry waypoint or exit waypoint not found in the new database.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Airway entry/exit waypoint is not an acceptable waypoint for the airway – either the waypoint is no longer on
the airway, or there is a new directional restriction that prevents it being used.
• Loading the new airway sequence would exceed the capacity of the flight plan.
FLIGHT PLAN CREATION
There are three methods to create or modify a flight plan:
EIS
• Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD (create/modify the active flight plan)
• Active Flight Plan Window on the PFD (create/modify the active flight plan)
• Flight Plan Catalog Page on the MFD (create/modify a stored flight plan)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Active FPL Waypoint List
Active Flight
Plan Leg
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Comment
- Procedure Header
- Waypoint Identifier
- Airway Identifier
- Desired Track to Waypoint
- Distance to Waypoint
- Waypoint Altitude Constraint
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Vertical Navigation Profile
Non-Active,
Flight Plan Leg
AFCS
- Active Vertical WPT Alt/ID
- Vertical Speed Target
- Flight Path Angle
- Vertical Speed Target
- Time to Top of Descent
- Vertical Deviation
Turn Anticipation Arc
Figure 5-56 Active Flight Plan Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
195
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Active Flight Plan Comment
Active Flight
Plan Leg
Active Flight Plan Waypoint List
EIS
- Waypoint ID
- Desired Track to Waypoint
- Distance to Waypoint
- Airway Identifier
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-57 Active Flight Plan Window on PFD
Catalog Contents
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- # Used
- # Empty
Flight Plan List
- Comment
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected Flight
Plan Map
AFCS
Selected FPL Info
- Departure Waypoint
- Destination Waypoint
- Total Flight Plan Distance
- Enroute Safe Altitude
Softkeys
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-58 Flight Plan Catalog Page
APPENDICES
The active flight plan is listed on the active Flight Plan Page on the MFD, and in the Active Flight Plan
Window on the PFD. It is the flight plan to which the G1000 is currently providing guidance, and is shown
on the navigation maps. Stored flight plans are listed on the Flight Plan Catalog Page, and are available for
activation (becomes the active flight plan).
Creating an active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
INDEX
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (only on MFD).
196
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window with a
waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway waypoints).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of
waypoints and press the ENT Key. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
5) Repeat step numbers 3 and 4 to enter each additional flight plan waypoint.
6) When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Creating a stored flight plan:
EIS
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the NEW Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create New Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key to
display a blank flight plan for the first empty storage location.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).
5) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of
waypoints and press the ENT Key.
6) Repeat step numbers 4 and 5 to enter each additional flight plan waypoint.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to return to the Flight Plan Catalog Page. The new
flight plan is now in the list.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
197
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Flight plans can be imported from an SD Card or exported to an SD Card from the Stored Flight Plan Page.
Importing a Flight Plan from an SD Card
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Insert the SD card containing the flight plan in the top card slot on the MFD.
2) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight an empty or existing flight plan.
EIS
6) Press the IMPORT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Import Flight Plan”, and press the ENT Key.
If an empty slot is selected, a list of the available flight plans on the SD card will be displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Or:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If an existing flight plan is selected, an “Overwrite existing flight plan? OK or CANCEL” prompt is displayed.
Press the ENT Key to choose to overwrite the selected flight plan and see the list of available flight plans on the
SD card. If overwriting the existing flight plan is not desired, select “CANCEL” using the FMS Knob, press the
ENT Key, select another flight plan slot, and press the IMPORT Softkey again.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan for importing.
8) Press the ENT Key to initiate the import.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
9) Press the ENT Key again to confirm the import.
Import/Export Softkeys
List of Flight Plans to Import &
Details for the Selected File
Import Successful
INDEX
Figure 5-59 Flight Plan Import
198
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NOTE: If the imported flight plan contains a waypoint with a name that duplicates the name of a waypoint
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
already stored on the system, the system compares the coordinates of the imported waypoint with those of
the existing waypoint. If the coordinates are different, the imported waypoint is automatically renamed by
adding characters to the end of the name.
Exporting a Flight Plan to an SD Card
1) Insert the SD card into the top card slot on the MFD.
2) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
EIS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be exported.
6) Press the EXPORT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Export Flight Plan”.
7) If desired, change the name for the exported file by turning the large FMS Knob to the left to highlight the
name, then use the small and large FMS knobs to enter the new name, and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the ENT Key to initiate the export.
9) Press the ENT Key to confirm the export.
NOTE: The exported flight plan will not contain any procedures or airways.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Import/Export Softkeys
Stored Flight Plan to be Exported &
Exported Flight Plan Name
Export Successful
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Figure 5-60 Flight Plan Export
199
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
ADDING WAYPOINTS TO AN EXISTING FLIGHT PLAN
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Waypoints can be added to the active flight plan or any stored flight plan. Choose the flight plan, select the
desired point of insertion, enter the waypoint, and it is added in front of the selected waypoint. Flight plans
are limited to 99 waypoints (including waypoints within airways and procedures). If the number of waypoints
in the flight plan exceeds 99, the message “Flight plan is full. Remove unnecessary waypoints.” appears and the
new waypoint(s) are not added to the flight plan.
EIS
Stored Flight Plan Selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Memory Slot
- Comment
- Procedure Identifier
- Waypoint Identifier
- Airway Identifier
- Desired Track to Waypoint
- Distance to Waypoint
- Waypoint Altitude Constraint
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Softkeys
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 5-61 Stored Flight Plan Page
INDEX
APPENDICES
Flight Plan Full Message
Figure 5-62 Active Flight Plan Page - FPL Full
200
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Adding a waypoint to a stored flight plan:
1) On the Flight Plan Catalog Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Highlight the desired flight plan.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select “EDIT” and press the
ENT Key. The Stored Flight Plan Page is displayed.
4) Select the point in the flight plan to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint is placed directly in front of the
highlighted waypoint.
EIS
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints
and press the ENT Key. The new waypoint now exists in the flight plan.
NOTE: If the identifier entered in the Waypoint Information Window has duplicates, a Duplicate Waypoint
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Window is displayed. Use the FMS Knob to select the correct waypoint.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-63 Duplicate Waypoints Window
Adding a waypoint to the active flight plan:
APPENDICES
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
3) Select the point in the flight plan before which to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint is placed directly
in front of the highlighted waypoint.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
201
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).
5) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints
and press the ENT Key. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
Creating and adding user waypoints to the active flight plan:
EIS
1) Press the Joystick to activate the panning function on the Active Flight Plan Page and pan to the map location
of the desired user waypoint.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the LD WPT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key. The user
waypoint is created with a name of USRxxx (using the next available in sequence) and is added to the end of
the active flight plan.
ADDING AIRWAYS TO A FLIGHT PLAN
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Airways can be added to the active flight plan or any stored flight plan. Choose a flight plan (add the desired
airway entry point if not already in the flight plan), select the waypoint after the desired airway entry point,
select the airway, and it is added in front of the selected waypoint. An airway can only be loaded if there is a
waypoint in the flight plan that is part of the desired airway and is not part of an arrival or approach procedure.
The G1000 also anticipates the desired airway and exit point based on loaded flight plan waypoints.
Airway Entry Waypoint
Selected Airway
AFCS
Airways Available at TOP
Airway Waypoint
Sequence
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Preview of
Selected Airway
INDEX
Figure 5-64 Select Airway Page - Selecting Airway
202
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Adding an airway to a flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint after the desired airway entry point. If this waypoint is not
a valid airway entry point, a valid entry point should be entered at this time.
EIS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob one click clockwise and press the LD AIRWY Softkey, or press the MENU Key and
select “Load Airway”. The Select Airway Page is displayed. The LD AIRWY Softkey or the “Load Airway” menu
item is available only when a valid airway entry waypoint has been chosen (the waypoint ahead of the cursor
position).
5) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway from the list, and press the ENT Key. Low altitude airways are
shown first in the list, followed by “all” altitude airways, and then high altitude airways.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway exit point from the list, and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is
highlighted.
7) Press the ENT Key. The system returns to editing the flight plan with the new airway inserted.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Airway Entry Waypoint
Selected Airway
Selected Exit Point
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Preview of
Selected Airway
Selected Airway
Exit Point
AFCS
Airway Exit Points
Available
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-65 Select Airway Page - Selecting Exit Point
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
203
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Inserted Airway Header
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
- Airway Identifier: [airway
identifier].[exit waypoint identifier]
(e.g., V4.SLN)
Figure 5-66 Active Flight Plan Page - Airway Inserted
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
RESTRICTIONS ON ADDING AIRWAYS
Some airways have directional restrictions on all or part of the route. Airway “A2” in Europe has a directional
restriction over the whole route such that it can be flown only in the direction MTD-ABB-BNE-DEVAL.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airway “UR975” in North Africa has more complicated directional restrictions within the list of airway
waypoints AMANO, VAKOR, LIBRO, NELDA, DIRKA, GZO, KOSET, and SARKI:
• Starting from AMANO, the airway can be flown only to LIBRO.
• Starting from SARKI, the airway can be flown only to LIBRO.
• Between NELDA and GZO, the airway can be flown in either direction.
AFCS
In the US, airways that are “one-way” for specified hours of operation are not uncommon. These airways
are always bidirectional in the G1000 database.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The system only allows correct airway sequences to be inserted. If the pilot subsequently inverts the flight
plan, the system inverts the airway waypoint sequence and removes the airway header.
204
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDING PROCEDURES TO A STORED FLIGHT PLAN
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 allows the pilot to insert pre-defined instrument procedures from the navigation database into a
flight plan. The procedures are designed to facilitate routing of traffic leaving an airport (departure), arriving at
an airport (arrival), and landing at an airport (approach). See the procedures section for more details.
Flight Plan Name
EIS
Flight Plan
Waypoint List
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Softkeys
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Load Departure Load Arrival Load Approach Activate Flight Plan
Figure 5-67 Stored Flight Plan Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
205
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
DEPARTURE (DP)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A Departure Procedure (DP) is loaded at the departure airport in the flight plan. Only one departure can
be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route is defined by selection of a departure, the transition waypoints,
and a runway.
Departure Airport
EIS
Selected
Departure
Departures Available at
KMKC
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Preview of
Selected
Departure
Departure Waypoint
Sequence
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-68 Departure Loading Page - Selecting the Departure
Loading a departure procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
AFCS
2) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
3) Press the LD DP Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Departure”, and press the ENT Key. The
Departure Loading Page is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Select a departure. Press the ENT Key.
5) Select a runway served by the selected departure, if required. Press the ENT Key.
6) Select a transition for the selected departure. Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key to load the selected departure procedure.
206
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Departure Airport
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected
Departure
Selected Runway
Selected
Departure End
Point
Selected Transition
Departure Transition
Points Available
EIS
Preview of
Selected
Departure
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-69 Departure Loading Page - Selecting Transition
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Inserted Departure Header
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Departure Identifier: [departure
airport]-[departure runway].
[departure transition].
[departure end point]
(e.g., KMKC-ALL.TIFTO2.TIFTO)
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-70 Stored Flight Plan Page - Departure Inserted
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
207
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
ARRIVAL (STAR)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) is loaded at the destination airport in the flight plan. Only one arrival
can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route is defined by selection of an arrival, the transition waypoints,
and a runway.
Destination Airport
Selected Arrival
EIS
Arrivals Available at
KCOS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selected Runway
Arrival Waypoint
Sequence
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Preview of
Selected Arrival
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-71 Arrival Loading Page - Selecting the Arrival
Loading an arrival procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
AFCS
2) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
3) Press the LD STAR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Arrival”, and press the ENT Key. The Arrival
Loading Page is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Select an arrival. Press the ENT Key.
5) Select a transition for the selected arrival. Press the ENT Key.
6) Select a runway served by the selected arrival, if required. Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key to load the selected arrival procedure.
208
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Destination Airport
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Arrival
Selected Transition
Transitions Available
with DBRY1
EIS
Arrival Waypoint
Sequence
Preview of
Selected Arrival
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-72 Arrival Loading Page - Selecting the Transition
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Inserted Arrival Header
- Arrival Identifier:
[arrival airport]-[arrival transition].
[arrival].[arrival runway]
(e.g., KCOS-ALS.DBRY1.ALL)
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-73 Stored Flight Plan Page - Arrival Inserted
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
209
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
APPROACH (APPR)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
An Approach Procedure (APPR) can be loaded at any airport that has an approach available. Only one
approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route for a selected approach is defined by designating
transition waypoints.
EIS
Destination Airport
Selected Approach
Approaches Available
at KCOS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Preview of
Selected
Approach
Barometric Minimum
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Approach Waypoint
Sequence
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-74 Approach Loading Page - Selecting the Approach
Loading an approach procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
AFCS
2) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
3) Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Approach”, and press the ENT Key. The
Approach Loading Page is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Select the airport and approach:
a) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
b) Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
Or:
APPENDICES
a) If necessary, push the FMS Knob to exit the approach list, and use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to
the APPROACH CHANNEL field.
b) Use the FMS Knob to enter the approach channel number, and press the ENT Key to accept the approach
channel number. The airport and approach are selected.
INDEX
5) Select a transition for the selected approach. Press the ENT Key.
6) Press the ENT Key to load the selected approach procedure.
210
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Destination Airport
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Approach
Selected Transition
Preview of
Selected
Approach
Barometric Minimum
EIS
Transitions Available
with Selected Approach
Approach Waypoint
Sequence
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Load Approach?
Figure 5-75 Approach Loading Page - Selecting the Transition
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Inserted Approach Header
- Approach Identifier: [approach
airport].[runway and approach type]
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-76 Stored Flight Plan Page - Approach Inserted
FLIGHT PLAN STORAGE
APPENDICES
The G1000 can store up to 99 flight plans, numbered 1 through 99. The active flight plan is erased when
the G1000 is powered off or when another flight plan is activated. Details about each stored flight plan can be
viewed on the Flight Plan Catalog Page and on the Stored Flight Plan Page.
Viewing information about a stored flight plan:
INDEX
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
211
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
4) The Flight Plan Information is displayed showing departure, destination, total distance, and enroute safe altitude
information for the selected Flight Plan.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
5) Press the EDIT Softkey to open the Stored Flight Plan Page and view the waypoints in the flight plan.
6) Press the FMS Knob to exit the Stored Flight Plan Page.
EIS
Flight Plan Name
(Comment)
Selected Flight Plan
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Preview of Selected
Flight Plan
Stored Flight Plan Info
- Departure Airport
- Destination Airport
- Total Flight Plan Distance
- Enroute Safe Altitude
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Stored FPL Editing Softkeys
Figure 5-77 Stored Flight Plan Information
Storing an active flight plan from the Active Flight Plan Page or the Active Flight Plan Window:
AFCS
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Store Flight Plan’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The flight plan is stored in the next available position in the flight
plan list on the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
ACTIVATE A FLIGHT PLAN
APPENDICES
Activating a stored flight plan erases the active flight plan and replaces it with the flight plan being activated.
Inverting a stored flight plan reverses the waypoint order, erases the active flight plan, and replaces it with the
flight plan being activated (the stored flight plan is not changed).
Activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
INDEX
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
212
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Press the ACTIVE Softkey; or press the ENT Key twice; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Activate Flight Plan’,
and press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate Stored Flight Plan?’ window is displayed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
Inverting and activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
EIS
3) Press the INVERT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert & Activate FPL?’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Invert and activate stored flight plan?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
COPY A FLIGHT PLAN
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The G1000 allows copying a flight plan into a new flight plan memory slot, allowing editing, etc., without
affecting the original flight plan. This can be used to duplicate an existing stored flight plan for use in creating
a modified version of the original stored flight plan.
Copying a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the COPY Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Copy Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Copy
to Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to copy the flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
DELETE A STORED FLIGHT PLAN
Individual or all stored flight plans can be deleted from the G1000 memory.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Deleting a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
APPENDICES
3) Press the DELETE Softkey; press the CLR Key; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press
the ENT Key. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
NOTE: The option to delete all stored flight plans is not available while the aircraft is in flight.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
213
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Deleting all stored flight plans:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘Delete All’ and press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all flight plans?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all flight plans. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT PLAN EDITING
EIS
The active flight plan or any stored flight plan can be edited. The edits made to the active flight plan affect
navigation as soon as they are entered.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
DELETING THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
The G1000 allows deleting an active flight plan. Deleting the active flight plan suspends navigation by the
G1000.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Deleting the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Delete all waypoints in flight
plan?’ window is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the active flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
DELETING FLIGHT PLAN ITEMS
AFCS
Individual waypoints, entire airways, and entire procedures can be deleted from a flight plan. Some waypoints
in the final approach segment (such as the FAF or MAP) can not be deleted individually. Attempting to delete
a waypoint that is not allowed results in a window displaying ‘Invalid flight plan modification.’
Deleting an individual waypoint from the active flight plan:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the waypoint to be deleted.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ window is displayed.
APPENDICES
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
INDEX
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
214
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Deleting an entire airway from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the white header of the airway to be deleted.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name>?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
Deleting an entire procedure from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the white header of the procedure to be deleted.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu and turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Remove <procedure>’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
AFCS
Deleting an individual waypoint from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
APPENDICES
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint to be deleted.
6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
215
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Deleting an entire airway from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the airway to be deleted.
EIS
6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name>?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Deleting an entire procedure from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the procedure to be deleted.
6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
AFCS
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
APPENDICES
5) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu and turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Remove <procedure>’.
6) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
INDEX
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
216
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CHANGING FLIGHT PLAN COMMENTS (NAMES)
The comment field (or name) of each flight plan can be changed to something that is useful for identification.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Changing the active flight plan comment:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the comment field.
3) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment.
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
EIS
Changing a stored flight plan comment:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the comment field.
6) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment.
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
217
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
ALONG TRACK OFFSETS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A waypoint having an “along track offset” distance from an existing waypoint can be entered into a flight plan.
Along track offset waypoints lie along the path of the existing flight plan, and can be used to make the system
reach a specified altitude before or after reaching the specified flight plan waypoint. Offset distances can be
entered from 1 to 999 nm in increments of 1 nm. Entering a negative offset distance results in an along track
offset waypoint inserted before the selected waypoint, whereas entering a positive offset distance results in an
along track offset waypoint inserted after the selected waypoint. Multiple offset waypoints are allowed.
EIS
A waypoint must be adjacent to its parent waypoint in the flight plan, so the system limits the along-track
distance to less than the length of the leg before or after the selected waypoint. If the selected waypoint is the
active waypoint, the distance is limited to less than the distance to go to the active waypoint. Assigning an along
track offset to a leg with indeterminate length is not permitted. An along track offset is not allowed at or after
the final approach fix of an approach.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
An along track offset distance cannot be modified once entered. If the along track offset distance must be
changed, the existing along track offset waypoint must be deleted and a new one created with the new offset
distance.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Along Track Offset
Waypoint and
Distance from Flight
Plan Waypoint
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Along Track
Offset Waypoint
and Distance
Figure 5-78 Along Track Offset
Entering an along track offset distance:
APPENDICES
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the waypoint for the along track offset.
INDEX
3) Press the ATK OFST Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create ATK Offset Waypoint’, and
press the ENT Key.
4) Enter a positive or negative offset distance in the range of +/- 1 to 999 nm (limited by leg distances).
5) Press the ENT Key to create the offset waypoint.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
218
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PARALLEL TRACK
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Parallel Track (PTK) feature allows creation of a parallel course offset of 1 to 50 nm left or right of the
current flight plan. When Parallel Track is activated, the course line drawn on the map pages shows the parallel
course, and waypoint names have a lower case “p” placed after the identifier.
Using direct-to, loading an approach, a holding pattern, or editing and activating the flight plan automatically
cancels Parallel Track. Parallel Track is also cancelled if a course change occurs greater than 120° or the parallel
tracks overlap as a result of the course change.
NOTE: Vertical navigation is unavailable while the Parallel Track feature is active.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Active Flight Plan prior to
Parallel Track
Selecting Parallel
Track
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-79 Active Flight Plan Window - Selecting Parallel Track
Activating parallel track:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The Parallel Track Window is displayed
with the direction field highlighted.
APPENDICES
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Left’ or ‘Right’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘DISTANCE’ field is highlighted.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter a distance from 1-99 nm and press the ENT Key. ‘ACTIVATE PARALLEL
TRACK’ is highlighted.
5) Press the ENT Key to activate parallel track. Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to cancel the parallel track
activation.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
219
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Offset Direction
Offset Distance
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Activation Prompt
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-80 Parallel Track Window
AFCS
Parallel Track Waypoints
- TIFTO-p
- TOP-p
- ...
- LAA-p
Activating Parallel Track
affects the active flight
plan from the current
position on (will not affect
an approach)
Original Track
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Parallel Track
Figure 5-81 Parallel Track Active
INDEX
If the parallel track proposed by the offset direction and distance is not allowed by the system, the activation
prompt is displayed, but disabled. Parallel Track cannot be activated if a course is set using direct-to or if the
active leg is the first leg of the departure procedure. Attempting to activate parallel track with these conditions
220
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
results in the message ‘Parallel Track Unavailable Invalid Route Geometry’. If an approach leg is active the status
indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track with the message ‘Parallel Track Unavailable
Approach Leg Active’. If the offset direction and distance results in an unreasonable route geometry the status
indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track because of invalid geometry.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Subdued Prompt
EIS
(Unavailable)
Unavailable Status
Invalid
Geometry
Approach
Active
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-82 Parallel Track Unavailable
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the active leg is not a track between two fixes (TF) or a course to a fix (DF) leg, the status
indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track because parallel track is not available for the
active leg type.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Offset Direction
&
Offset Distance
Subdued (Unavailable)
Cancel Prompt
AFCS
Active Status
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-83 Cancelling Parallel Track
APPENDICES
Cancelling parallel track:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The Parallel Track Window is displayed
with ‘CANCEL PARALLEL TRACK?’ highlighted.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
INDEX
3) Press the ENT Key.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
221
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ACTIVATING A FLIGHT PLAN LEG
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Activating a flight plan leg:
The G1000 allows selection of a highlighted leg as the “active leg” (the flight plan leg which is currently
used for navigation guidance).
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the destination waypoint for the desired leg.
EIS
3) Press the ACT LEG Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Activate Leg’, and press the ENT Key.
A confirmation window is displayed with ‘ACTIVATE’ highlighted.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the flight plan leg. To cancel, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press
the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Selected Destination
Waypoint
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Current Active Leg
Activate Leg Softkey
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-84 Active Flight Plan Page - Selecting the Leg Destination Waypoint
222
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
New Active
Flight Plan Leg
EIS
Confirmation Window
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-85 Active Flight Plan Page - New Active Leg
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
INVERTING A FLIGHT PLAN
Any flight plan may be inverted (reversed) for navigation back to the original departure point.
Inverting the active flight plan:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. An ‘Invert Active Flight Plan?’
confirmation window is displayed.
3) Select ‘OK’.
AFCS
4) Press the ENT Key to invert and activate the active flight plan. To cancel, press the CLR Key, or highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Inverting and activating a stored flight plan:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
APPENDICES
3) Press the INVERT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert & Activate FPL?’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Invert and activate stored flight plan?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
223
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT PLAN VIEWS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Information about flight plans can be viewed in more than one way. The active flight plan can be configured
to show cumulative distance over the length of the flight plan or the distance for each leg of the flight plan;
and the active flight plan can be viewed in a narrow or wide view. In the wide view, additional information is
displayed: Fuel Remaining (FUEL REM), Estimated Time Enroute (ETE), Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA), and
Bearing to the waypoint (BRG).
Switching between leg-to-leg waypoint distance and cumulative waypoint distance:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
EIS
2) Press the VIEW Softkey to display the CUM and LEG-LEG Softkeys.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the CUM Softkey to view cumulative waypoint distance, or press the LEG-LEG Softkey to view leg-to-leg
waypoint distance.
4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top level active flight plan softkeys.
Active Flight Plan Cumulative Distance
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Active Flight Plan Leg to Leg Distance
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
WIDE Softkey, NARROW Softkey, LEG-LEG Softkey, CUM Softkey
Figure 5-86 Active Flight Plan - Leg to Leg vs. Cumulative Distance
Switching between wide and narrow view:
APPENDICES
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Press the VIEW Softkey to display the WIDE and NARROW Softkeys.
3) Press the WIDE Softkey to display the wide view, or press the NARROW Softkey to display the narrow view.
INDEX
4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top level active flight plan softkeys.
224
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Active Flight Plan Leg to Leg Distance
Active Flight Plan Cumulative Distance
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
WIDE Softkey, NARROW Softkey, LEG-LEG Softkey, CUM Softkey
Figure 5-87 Active Flight Plan - Wide vs. Narrow View
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
COLLAPSING AIRWAYS
The G1000 allows airways on the active flight plan to be collapsed or expanded from the Active Flight Plan
Page/Window. When airways have been collapsed, it is indicated on the airway heading.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When airways are collapsed, leg-to-leg computed values such as DIS or ETE shown for the exit waypoint
reflect the total of all the legs on the airway that have been hidden in the collapsed display. The DTK value is
inhibited because it is not usable in this context.
AFCS
The Active Flight Plan Page always keeps the following three waypoints visible: “From” waypoint, “To”
waypoint, and “Next” waypoint. To prevent one or more of these waypoints from being hidden in a collapsed
airway segment, the airway segment that contains either the “To” or the “Next” waypoint is automatically
expanded. When an airway is loaded, airways are automatically expanded to facilitate flight plan review.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Q3.FEPOT Airway
Collapsed View
Expanded View
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 5-88 Expanded/Collapsed Airways
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
225
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Collapsing/expanding the airways in the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Collapse Airways’ or ‘Expand Airways’, and press the ENT Key. The airways are
collapsed/expanded.
CLOSEST POINT OF FPL
EIS
‘Closest Point of FPL’ calculates the bearing and closest distance at which a flight plan passes a reference
waypoint, and creates a new user waypoint along the flight plan at the location closest to a chosen reference
waypoint.
Determining the closest point along the active flight plan to a selected waypoint:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Closest Point Of FPL’’, and press the ENT Key. A window appears with the
reference waypoint field highlighted.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Enter the identifier of the reference waypoint and press the ENT Key. The G1000 displays the bearing (BRG) and
distance (DIS) to the closest point along the flight plan to the selected reference waypoint and creates a user
waypoint at this location. The name for the new user waypoint is derived from the identifier of the reference
waypoint.
USER-DEFINED HOLDING PATTERNS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
A holding pattern can be defined at any active flight plan waypoint, or at the aircraft present position.
Creating a user-defined hold at an active flight plan waypoint:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
AFCS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the waypoint for the hold.
3) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Hold At Wpt’, and press the ENT Key. The HOLD AT window appears with the
course field highlighted.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the entry course, and press the ENT Key.
5) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘INBOUND’ or ‘OUTBOUND’ course direction, and press the ENT Key.
6) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘TIME’ or ‘DIST’ length mode, and press the ENT Key.
7) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
8) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘RIGHT’ or ‘LEFT’ turn direction, and press the ENT Key.
9) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC TIME), and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
10) Press the ENT Key while ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted to add the hold into the flight plan.
226
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Waypoint
Selected
Hold At
Wpt Menu
Selection
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Location of Hold
Hold Entry Course
Course Direction
(INBOUND or OUTBOUND)
(TIME or DIST))
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Leg Length Mode Button
Leg Length
(Time in nm or Distance in minutes)
Turn Direction
(RIGHT or LEFT)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Map of Hold Location
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Expect Further Clearance Time
APPENDICES
Load Hold in Active Flight Plan
Figure 5-89 Creating a User Defined Holding Pattern at an Active Flight Plan Waypoint
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
227
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Creating a user-defined hold at the aircraft present position:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Hold At Present Position’, and press the ENT Key. The HOLD AT window appears
with the Length mode highlighted.
3) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘TIME’ or ‘DIST’ length mode, and press the ENT Key.
4) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
5) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘RIGHT’ or ‘LEFT’ turn direction, and press the ENT Key.
EIS
6) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC TIME), and press the ENT Key.
7) Press the ENT Key while ‘ACTIVATE?’ is highlighted to immediately activate the hold.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Removing a user-defined hold (created at the aircraft present position):
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the PPOS-H waypoint.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the CLR Key. A “Remove Holding Pattern?” confirmation window is displayed.
4) Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key. The holding pattern is removed from the active flight plan. Select ‘CANCEL’
and press the ENT Key to cancel the removal of the holding pattern.
Removing a user-defined hold (created at an active flight plan waypoint):
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the HOLD waypoint.
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove Holding Pattern?’ confirmation window is displayed.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
4) Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key. The holding pattern is removed from the active flight plan. Select ‘CANCEL’
and press the ENT Key to cancel the removal of the holding pattern.
228
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Hold At
Present
Position
Menu
Selection
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Location of Hold
Hold Entry Course
Course Direction
(INBOUND or OUTBOUND)
(TIME or DIST))
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Leg Length Mode Button
Leg Length
(Time in nm or Distance in minutes)
Turn Direction
(RIGHT or LEFT)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Map of Hold Location
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Expect Further Clearance Time
APPENDICES
Load Hold in Active Flight Plan
Figure 5-90 Creating a User Defined Holding Pattern at the Aircraft Present Position
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
229
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.7 VERTICAL NAVIGATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The G1000 supports vertical navigation for all lateral leg types except for CA, CI, FA, FM, HA, HM, PI,
VA, VD, VI, VR, and VM. Vertical constraints are not retained in stored flight plans.
EIS
The G1000 system Vertical Navigation (VNV) feature provides vertical profile guidance during the enroute
and teminal phases of flight. Guidance based on specified altitudes at waypoints in the active flight plan or to a
direct-to waypoint is provided. It includes vertical path guidance to a descending path, which is provided as a
linear deviation from the desired path. The desired path is defined by a line joining two waypoints with specified
altitudes or as a vertical angle from a specified waypoint/altitude. The vertical waypoints are integrated into the
active flight plan. Both manual and autopilot-coupled guidance are supported.
Current Vertical Navigation Profile
Current Vertical Navigation Profile
Enabled (valid data)
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Disabled (fields dashed)
ENBL VNV Softkey
CNCL VNV Softkey
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-91 Enabling/Disabling Vertical Navigation
Enabling VNV guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
APPENDICES
2) Press the ENBL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Enable VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical
navigation is enabled, and vertical guidance begins with the waypoint shown in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box
(defaults first waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude enabled for vertical navigation (e.g., HABUK)).
Disabling VNV guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
INDEX
2) Press the CNCL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Cancel VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical
navigation is disabled.
230
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Canceling vertical navigation results in vertical deviation (V DEV), vertical speed required (VS REQ), and time
to top of descent/bottom of descent (TIME TO TOD/BOD) going invalid. The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI)
and Required Vertical Speed Indication (RVSI) on the PFD are removed, and the V DEV, VS REQ, and TIME TO
TOD items displayed in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box are dashed. VNV remains disabled until manually
enabled. Vertical guidance in reversionary mode can only be enabled for a direct-to waypoint.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Current Vertical Navigation Profile
EIS
The G1000 allows a vertical navigation direct-to to any waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude
constraint “designated” for vertical guidance. Pressing the VNV Direct-to Softkey on the Active Flight Plan Page
allows the flight plan to be flown, while vertical guidance based on the altitude constraint at the VNV direct-to
waypoint is provided. The altitude change begins immediately and is spread along the flight plan from current
position to the vertical direct-to waypoint, not just along the leg for the direct-to waypoint. A direct-to with
altitude constraint activated by pressing the Direct-to Key also provides vertical guidance, but would bypass
flight plan waypoints between the current position in the flight plan and the direct-to waypoint. A top of descent
(TOD) point is computed based on the default flight path angle; descent begins once the TOD is reached.
Current Vertical Navigation Profile
Prior to VNV Direct-to
After VNV Direct-to
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
VNV Direct-To Softkey
VNV PROF Softkey
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-92 Vertical Navigation Direct-To
Activating a vertical navigation direct-to:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
APPENDICES
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint.
NOTE: The selected waypoint must have a designated altitude constraint (light blue number) to be used. If
not, the first waypoint in the flight plan with a designated altitude constraint is selected.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
3) Select the VNV Direct-To Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘VNV Direct-To’, and press the ENT Key.
An ‘Activate vertical Direct-to to: NNNNNFT at XXXXXX?’ confirmation window is displayed.
231
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
4) Press the ENT Key. Vertical guidance begins to the altitude constraint for the selected waypoint.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The vertical navigation profile can be modified by directly entering a vertical speed target (VS TGT) and/or flight
path angle (FPA) in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box.
Modifying the VS TGT and FPA:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
EIS
2) Press the VNV PROF Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select VNV Profile Window’, and press the ENT
Key. The cursor is now located in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box without having to scroll all the way through
past the end of the active flight plan.
3) Turn the FMS Knobs as needed to edit the values.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
ALTITUDE CONSTRAINTS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The G1000 system can use altitude constraints associated with lateral waypoints to give guidance for vertical
navigation. These altitudes are, depending on the specific instance, manually entered or retrieved from the
published altitudes in the navigation database. The navigation database only contains altitudes for procedures
that call for “Cross at” altitudes. If the procedure states “Expect to cross at,” then the altitude is not in the
database. In this case the altitude may be entered manually.
Displayed Text
Examples
Cross AT
or ABOVE
5,000 ft
Large White Text
Large Light Blue Text
AFCS
Cross AT
2,300 ft
Small Light Blue Text
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Cross AT
or BELOW
3,000 ft
Small Light Blue
Subdued Text
Altitude Constraint
Examples
Small White Text with
Altitude Restriction Bar
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-93 Waypoint Altitude Constraints
232
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Light Blue Text
Light Blue Subdued Text
The system cannot use this
altitude in determining vertical
speed and deviation guidance
because of an invalid constraint
condition.
Small
Text
Altitude is designated for use in giving
vertical speed and deviation guidance.
Altitude has been retrieved from the
navigation database or has been entered
manually and matches a published
altitude in the navigation database.
The system cannot use this
altitude in determining vertical
speed and deviation guidance
because of an invalid constraint
condition.
EIS
Altitude has been entered manually.
Altitude is designated for use in giving
vertical speed and deviation guidance.
Altitude does not match the published
altitude in navigation database or no
published altitude exists.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Large Altitude calculated by the system
Text estimating the altitude of the aircraft as
it passes over the navigation point. This
altitude is provided as a reference and is
not designated to be used in determining
vertical speed and deviation guidance.
Altitude is not designated to be used in
determining vertical speed and deviation
guidance. Altitude has been retrieved
from the navigation database and is
provided as a reference.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
White Text
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Table 5-8 Altitude Constraint Size and Color Coding
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Altitudes associated with approach procedures are “auto-designated”. This means the system automatically
uses the altitudes loaded with the approach for giving vertical speed and deviation guidance. Note that these
altitudes are displayed as blue text up to, but not including, the FAF. The FAF is always a “reference only”
altitude and cannot be designated, unless the selected approach does not provide vertical guidance. In this case,
the FAF altitude can be designated.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitudes that have been designated for use in vertical guidance can be “un-designated” using the CLR Key.
The altitude is now displayed only as a reference. It is not used to give vertical guidance. Other displayed
altitudes may change due to re-calculations or be rendered invalid as a result of manually changing an altitude
to a non-designated altitude.
Designating a waypoint altitude to be used for vertical guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
AFCS
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter editing mode.
4) Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in blue, indicating it is usable for vertical guidance.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Designating a procedure waypoint altitude to be used for vertical guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude.
APPENDICES
3) Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in blue, indicating it is usable for vertical guidance.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Altitude constraints are displayed and entered in feet mean sea level (MSL) values to the nearest hundred. An
altitude constraint in feet above ground level (AGL) format is supported for airports. When a database altitude
restriction is displayed, the G1000 allows entry of a different altitude when creating a waypoint, effectively
overriding the database restriction (only before the FAF). When a database altitude restriction of type “AT or
ABOVE” or “AT or BELOW” is activated, the system uses the “AT” portion of the restriction to define the vertical
profile.
233
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
An altitude constraint is invalid if:
• Meeting the constraint requires the aircraft to climb
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Meeting the constraint requires the maximum flight path angle (6° down) or maximum vertical speed (-6000
fpm) to be exceeded
• The altitude constraint results in a TOD behind the aircraft present position
• The constraint is within a leg type for which altitude constraints are not supported
EIS
• The altitude constraint is added to the FAF of an approach that provides vertical guidance (i.e., ILS or GPS
SBAS approach)
• The altitude constraint is added to a waypoint past the FAF.
Entering/modifiying an altitude constraint:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Enter an altitude constraint value using the FMS Knobs. To enter altitudes as a flight level, turn the small
FMS Knob counter-clockwise past zero or clockwise past 9 on the first character, and the system automatically
changes to show units of Flight Level. Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to highlight the first zero and enter
the three digit flight level.
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected waypoint is an airport, an additional choice
is displayed. Turn the small FMS Knob to choose ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the altitude.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitude constraints can be modified or deleted after having been added to the flight plan. In the event
an altitude constraint is deleted and the navigation database contains an altitude restriction for the lateral
waypoint, the G1000 displays the altitude restriction from the database provided no predicted altitude
can be provided. The G1000 also provides a way to reinstate a published altitude constraint that has been
edited.
AFCS
Deleting an altitude constraint provided by the navigation database:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove VNV altitude constraint?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4) Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key.
Deleting an altitude constraint that has been manually entered:
APPENDICES
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
INDEX
4) Select ‘REMOVE’ and press the ENT Key. The manually entered altitude is deleted (it is replaced by a system
calculated altitude, if available).
234
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Reverting a manually entered altitude constraint back to the navigation database value:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
4) Select ‘REVERT’ and press the ENT Key. The altitude is changed to the navigation database value.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
Modifying a system calculated altitude constraint:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the CLR Key. An ‘Edit or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
4) Select ‘EDIT’ and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Edit the value using the FMS Knobs, and press the ENT Key.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
235
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.8 PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 can access the whole range of instrument procedures available. Departures (DPs), arrivals (STARs),
and non-precision and precision approaches (APPRs) are stored within the database and can be loaded using the
Procedures (PROC) Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The selected procedure for the departure or arrival airport is added to the active flight plan. No waypoints are
required to be in the active flight plan to load procedures; however, if the departure and arrival airport are already
loaded, the procedure loading window defaults to the appropriate airport, saving some time selecting the correct
airport on the Procedure Loading Page. Whenever an approach is selected, the choice to either “load” or “activate”
is given. “Loading” adds the approach to the end of the flight plan without immediately using it for navigation
guidance. This allows continued navigation via the intermediate waypoints in the original flight plan, but keeps
the procedure available on the Active Flight Plan Page for quick activation when needed. “Activating” also adds
the procedure to the end of the flight plan but immediately begins to provide guidance to the first waypoint in
the approach.
DEPARTURES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
A Departure Procedure (DP) is loaded at the departure airport in the flight plan. Only one departure can be
loaded at a time in a flight plan. If a departure is loaded when another departure is already in the active flight
plan, the new departure replaces the previous departure. The route is defined by selection of a departure, the
transition waypoints, and a runway.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
LOADING A DEPARTURE INTO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
Loading a departure into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT DEPARTURE’.
AFCS
3) Press the ENT Key. The Departure Loading Page is displayed.
4) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
5) Select a departure from the list and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key.
7) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted.
INDEX
APPENDICES
8) Press the ENT Key to load the departure procedure.
236
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Departure Airport
Available Procedure Actions
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Departure Preview
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Loaded Procedures
Departure Choices
Figure 5-94 Departure Selection
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected Departure
Loaded Departure
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys
Figure 5-95 Departure Loading
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
237
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Viewing available departures at an airport:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter an identifier/facility name/city, and
press the ENT Key.
EIS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT Key to select the runway. The cursor
moves to the Transition box (only if there are available transitions). The departure is previewed on the map.
1) From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), press the DP Softkey. The Departure Information
Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Departure. The departure is previewed on the map.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available departures. Press the ENT Key to select the departure. The cursor
moves to the Runway box. The departure is previewed on the map.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor
moves to the Sequence box. The departure is previewed on the map.
7) Press the INFO-x Softkey to return to the Airport Information Page.
REMOVING A DEPARTURE FROM THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When plans change while flying IFR, departures can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan.
Removing a departure procedure from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Departure’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
AFCS
Or:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the departure header in the active flight plan.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
238
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ARRIVALS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) can be loaded at any airport that has one available. Only one arrival
can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an arrival is loaded when another arrival is already in the active
flight plan, the new arrival replaces the previous arrival. The route is defined by selection of an arrival, the
transition waypoints, and a runway.
LOADING AN ARRIVAL INTO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
Loading an arrival into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
EIS
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT ARRIVAL’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The Arrival Loading Page is displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
5) Select an arrival from the list and press the ENT Key.
6) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key to load the arrival procedure.
Destination Airport
Available Procedure Actions
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Arrival Preview
Arrival Choices
APPENDICES
Loaded Procedures
Figure 5-96 Arrival Selection
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
239
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Loaded Arrival
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Arrival
Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-97 Arrival Loading
Viewing available arrivals at an airport:
1) From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), press the STAR Softkey. The Arrival Information
Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport Information Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter an identifier/facility name/city, and
press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Arrival. The arrival is previewed on the map.
AFCS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available arrivals. Press the ENT Key to select the arrival. The cursor moves
to the Transition box. The arrival is previewed on the map.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor
moves to the Runway box. The arrival is previewed on the map.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT Key to select the runway. The cursor
moves to the Sequence box. The arrival is previewed on the map.
7) Press the INFO-x Softkey to return to the Airport Information Page.
REMOVING AN ARRIVAL FROM THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
APPENDICES
When plans change while flying IFR, arrivals can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan.
Removing an arrival from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
INDEX
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Arrival’.
240
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the arrival header in the active flight plan.
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival procedure.
EIS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
APPROACHES
NOTE: If certain GPS parameters (SBAS, RAIM, etc.) are not available, some published approach procedures
for the desired airport may not be displayed in the list of available approaches.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
An Approach Procedure (APPR) can be loaded at any airport that has one available, and provides guidance
for non-precision and precision approaches to airports with published instrument approach procedures.
Only one approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an approach is loaded when another approach
is already in the active flight plan, the new approach replaces the previous approach. The route is defined by
selection of an approach and the transition waypoints.
AFCS
Whenever an approach is selected, the choice to either “load” or “activate” is given. “Loading” adds the
approach to the end of the flight plan without immediately using it for navigation guidance. This allows
continued navigation via the intermediate waypoints in the original flight plan, but keeps the procedure
available on the Active Flight Plan Page for quick activation when needed. “Activating” also adds the
procedure to the end of the flight plan but immediately begins to provide guidance to the first waypoint in
the approach.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When selecting an approach, a “GPS” designation to the right of the procedure name indicates the procedure
can be flown using the GPS receiver. Some procedures do not have this designation, meaning the GPS
receiver can be used for supplemental navigation guidance only. If the GPS receiver cannot be used for
primary guidance, the appropriate navigation receiver must be used for the selected approach (e.g., VOR or
ILS). The final course segment of ILS approaches, for example, must be flown by tuning the NAV receiver to
the proper frequency and selecting that NAV receiver on the CDI.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
241
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 SBAS GPS allows for flying LNAV, LNAV/VNAV, LP, and LPV approaches according to the
published chart. LNAV+V is a standard LNAV approach with advisory vertical guidance provided for
assistance in maintaining a constant vertical glidepath similar to an ILS glideslope on approach. This guidance
is displayed on the G1000 PFD in the same location as the ILS glideslope using a magenta diamond. In all
cases where LNAV+V is indicated by the system during an approach, LNAV minima are used. The active
approach type is annunciated on the HSI as shown in the following table:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
HSI Annunciation
Description
LNAV
GPS approach using published LNAV minima
LNAV+V
GPS approach using published LNAV minima.
Advisory vertical guidance is provided
L/VNAV
GPS approach using published LNAV/VNAV
(available only if minima (downgrades to LNAV if SBAS
SBAS available) unavailable)
LP
GPS approach using published LP minima
(available only if (downgrades to LNAV if SBAS unavailable)
SBAS available)
LPV
GPS approach using published LPV minima
(available only if
SBAS available)
Example on HSI
Approach Type
- LNAV, LNAV+V, L/VNAV, LP, LPV
Table 5-9 Approach Types
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
LOADING AN APPROACH INTO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
Loading an approach into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT APPROACH’, and press the ENT Key. The Approach Loading Page is displayed.
AFCS
3) Select the airport and approach:
a) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
b) Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
Or:
a) If necessary, push the FMS Knob to exit the approach list, and use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to
the APPROACH CHANNEL field.
APPENDICES
b) Use the FMS Knob to enter the approach channel number, and press the ENT Key to accept the approach
channel number. The airport and approach are selected.
4) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
5) Minimums
INDEX
a) To set ‘MINIMUMS’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP COMP’, and press the ENT Key. Turn
the small FMS Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
b) If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, the cursor moves to the temperature field. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
temperature, and press the ENT Key.
242
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Or:
a) To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) Press the ENT Key with ‘LOAD?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure; or turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight ‘ACTIVATE’ and press the ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure.
NOTE: When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED
FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV
receiver to fly the final course of the approach.
EIS
Destination Airport
Available Procedure Actions
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Approach Preview
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Loaded Procedures
Approach Choices
Figure 5-98 Approach Selection
AFCS
Selected Approach
Loaded Approach
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys
Figure 5-99 Approach Loading
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
243
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Viewing available approaches at an airport:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter an identifier/facility name/city, and
press the ENT Key.
1) From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), press the APR Softkey. The Approach
Information Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Approach. The approach is previewed on
the map.
EIS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available approaches. Press the ENT Key to select the approach. The
cursor moves to the Transition box. The approach is previewed on the map.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor
moves to the Minimums box. The approach is previewed on the map.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select BARO (or optional RAD ALT) minimums on or off. Press the ENT Key.
a) When minimums are selected on, the cursor moves to the minimum altitude field . Use the small FMS Knob to
select the altitude. Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the Sequence box. The approach is previewed on
the map.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Or:
b) When minimums are selected off, the cursor moves to the Sequence box. The approach is previewed on the
map.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) Press the INFO-x Softkey to return to the Airport Information Page.
Loading an approach into the active flight plan from the Nearest Airport Page:
1) Select the Nearest Airports Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired nearest airport. The airport is
previewed on the map.
AFCS
3) Press the APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Approach Window’, and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired approach.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Load Approach’, and press the ENT Key. The
Approach Loading Page is displayed with the transitions field highlighted.
6) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired transition, and press the ENT Key.
7) Barometric Minimums
APPENDICES
a) To set ‘MINIMUMS’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS
Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key. The ‘LOAD?’ field is highlighted.
Or:
b) To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key. The ‘LOAD?’ field is highlighted.
INDEX
8) Press the ENT Key with ‘LOAD?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure; or turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight ‘ACTIVATE’ and press the ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure. The G1000 continues
navigating the current flight plan until the approach is activated. When GPS is not approved for the selected
final approach course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the
approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV receiver to fly the final course of the approach.
244
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ACTIVATING AN APPROACH
A previously loaded approach can be activated from the Procedures Window.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Activating a previously loaded approach:
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed with ‘Activate Approach’ highlighted.
2) Press the ENT Key to activate the approach.
EIS
In many cases, it may be easiest to “load” the full approach while still some distance away, enroute to the
destination airport. Later, if vectored to final, use the steps above to select ‘Activate Vector-To-Final’ — which
makes the inbound course to the FAF waypoint active.
Activating a previously loaded approach with vectors to final:
1) Press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Window.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Highlight ‘ACTIVATE VECTOR-TO-FINAL’ and press the ENT Key.
Loading and activating an approach using the MENU Key:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) From the Approach Loading Page, press the MENU Key. The page menu is displayed with ‘Load & Activate
Approach’ highlighted.
2) Press the ENT Key. When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the message ‘NOT
APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to
a NAV receiver to fly the final course of the approach.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
REMOVING AN APPROACH FROM THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
When plans change while flying IFR, approaches can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan.
Removing an approach from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
AFCS
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Approach’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach procedure.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Or:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the approach header in the active flight plan.
APPENDICES
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
245
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
MISSED APPROACH
Activating a missed approach in the active flight plan:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the PROC Key.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘ACTIVATE MISSED APPROACH’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The aircraft automatically sequences to the MAHP.
Or:
EIS
Press the Go-Around Button.
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED ALTITUDE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
A temperature compensated altitude can be computed and used at the FAF of a loaded approach. A
temperature compensated altitude is displayed in slanted text.
Enabling temperature compensated altitude:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Page, press the MENU Key. The Page Menu is displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Temperature Compensation’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION Window is displayed.
4) Use the small FMS Knob to select the temperature at the <airport>. The compensated altitude is computed as
the temperature is selected.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Press the ENT Key. ‘ACTIVATE COMPENSATION?’ is highlighted.
AFCS
6) Press the ENT Key. The compensated altitudes for the approach are shown in the flight plan.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selected
Temperature
FAF Altitude
Compensated
Altitude
APPENDICES
Temperature
Compensation
Selected
INDEX
Figure 5-100 Temperature Compensation
246
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ACTIVATE
COMPENSATION?
Highlighted
CANCEL
COMPENSATION?
Highlighted
EIS
Figure 5-101 Activating/Cancelling Temperature Compensation
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Compensated
Altitudes
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Uncompensated
Altitudes
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-102 Temperature Compensation in the Active Flight Plan
Disabling temperature compensated altitude:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Page, press the MENU Key. The Page Menu is displayed.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Temperature Compensation’.
AFCS
3) Press the ENT Key. The TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION Window is displayed.
4) Press the ENT Key. ‘CANCEL COMPENSATION?’ is highlighted.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Press the ENT Key. The temperature compensated altitude at the FAF is cancelled.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
247
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
COURSE TO ALTITUDE
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In this missed approach procedure, the altitude immediately following the MAP (in this case ‘6368ft’) is
not part of the published procedure. It is simply a Course to Altitude (CA) leg which guides the aircraft along
the runway centerline until the altitude required to safely make the first turn toward the MAHP is exceeded.
This altitude is provided by Jeppesen, and may be below, equal to, or above the published minimums for
this approach. In this case, if the aircraft altitude is below the specified altitude (6,368 feet) after crossing
the MAP, a direct-to is established to provide a course on runway heading until an altitude of 6,368 feet is
reached. After reaching 6,368 feet, a direct-to is established to the published MAHP (in this case MOGAL).
If the aircraft altitude is above the specified altitude after crossing the MAP, a direct-to is established to the
published fix (MOGAL) to begin the missed approach procedure.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
In some missed approach procedures this Course to Altitude leg may be part of the published procedure.
For example, a procedure may dictate a climb to 5,500 feet, then turn left and proceed to the Missed Approach
Hold Point (MAHP). In this case, the altitude would appear in the list of waypoints as ‘5500ft’. Again, if the
aircraft altitude is lower than the prescribed altitude, a direct-to is established on a Course to Altitude leg
when the missed approach procedure is activated.
Course to Altitude Leg
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 5-103 Course to Altitude
248
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.9 TRIP PLANNING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 allows the pilot to view trip planning information, fuel information, and other information for
a specified flight plan or flight plan leg based on automatic data, or based on manually entered data. Weight
planning is also available, based on fuel sensor data and the active flight plan (to estimate remaining fuel).
TRIP PLANNING
All of the input of data needed for calculation and viewing of the statistics is done on the Trip Planning Page
located in the AUX Page Group.
EIS
Selected Flight Plan Segment
- FPL Number/Cumulative Legs (CUM or REM) or Leg Number (NN)
- Waypoints Defining Selected Flight Plan/Flight Plan Leg
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Trip Planning Page Mode
Preview of Selected
Flight Plan/
Flight Plan Leg
- Automatic/Manual
Trip Input Data (sensor/pilot)
Trip Statistics
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Desired Track Distance Est. Time Enroute Est. Time of Arrival Enroute Safe Altitude Sunrise Time (local) Sunset Time (local) -
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Departure Time (local)
- Ground Speed
- Fuel Flow
- Fuel On Board Aircraft
- Calibrated Airspeed
- Indicated Altitude
- Barometric Pressure
- Total Air Temperature
Other Statistics
- Density Altitude
- True Airspeed (TAS)
Fuel Statistics
AFCS
Efficiency Total Endurance Remaining Fuel Remaining Endurance Fuel Required Total Range -
Softkeys
- Automatic/Manual Page Mode
- Flight Plan/Waypoint Mode
Figure 5-104 Trip Planning Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The trip planning inputs are based on sensor inputs (automatic page mode) or on pilot inputs (manual page
mode). Some additional explanation of the sources for some of the inputs is as follows:
APPENDICES
• Departure time (DEP TIME) - This defaults to the current time in automatic page mode. The computations
are from the aircraft present position, so the aircraft is always just departing.
• Calibrated airspeed (CALIBRATED AS) - The primary source is from the air data system, and the secondary
source of information is GPS ground speed.
• Indicated altitude (IND ALTITUDE) - The primary source is the barometric altitude, and the secondary source
of information is GPS altitude.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
249
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TRIP STATISTICS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
In flight plan mode (FPL) with a stored flight plan selected (NN), and the entire flight plan (CUM) selected,
the waypoints are the starting and ending waypoints of the selected flight plan.
The trip statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending waypoints and the trip planning
inputs.
In flight plan mode (FPL) with a stored flight plan selected (NN), and a specific leg (NN) selected, the
waypoints are the endpoints of the selected leg.
EIS
In flight plan mode (FPL) with the active flight plan selected (00), and the remaining flight plan (REM)
selected, the ‘from’ waypoint is the present position of the aircraft and the ‘to’ waypoint is the endpoint of the
active flight plan.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
In flight plan mode (FPL) with the active flight plan selected (00), and a specific leg (NN) selected, the
‘from’ waypoint is the current aircraft position and the ‘to’ waypoint is the endpoint of the selected leg.
In waypoint (WPTS) mode these are manually selected waypoints (if there is an active flight plan, these
default to the endpoints of the active leg).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the active flight plan has already
been flown.
• Desired Track (DTK) - DTK is shown as nnn° and is the desired track between the selected waypoints.
It is dashed unless only a single leg is selected.
• Distance (DIS) - The distance is shown in tenths of units up to 99.9, and in whole units up to 9999.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Estimated time enroute (ETE) - ETE is shown as hours:minutes until less than an hour, then it is shown
as minutes:seconds.
• Estimated time of arrival (ETA) - ETA is shown as hours:minutes and is the local time at the
destination.
AFCS
- If a flight plan other than the active flight plan is selected it shows the ETA by adding to the departure
time all of the ETEs of the legs up to the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then the ETA
is calculated as if the last leg of the flight plan was selected.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- If in waypoint mode then the ETA is the ETE added to the departure time.
- If the active flight plan is selected the ETA reflects the current position of the aircraft and the current
leg being flown. The ETA is calculated by adding to the current time the ETEs of the current leg up to
and including the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then the ETA is calculated as if the
last leg of the flight plan was selected.
APPENDICES
• Enroute safe altitude (ESA) - The ESA is shown as nnnnnFT
INDEX
• Destination sunrise and sunset times (SUNRISE, SUNSET) - These times are shown as hours:minutes
and are the local time at the destination.
250
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FUEL STATISTICS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The fuel statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending waypoints and the trip planning
inputs. Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the active flight plan has
already been flown.
• Fuel efficiency (EFFICIENCY) - This value is calculated by dividing the current ground speed by the
current fuel flow.
• Time of fuel endurance (TOTAL ENDUR) - This time is shown as hours:minutes. This value is obtained
by dividing the amount of fuel on board by the current fuel flow.
EIS
• Fuel on board upon reaching end of selected leg (REM FUEL) - This value is calculated by taking the
amount of fuel onboard and subtracting the fuel required to reach the end of the selected leg.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Fuel endurance remaining at end of selected leg (REM ENDUR) - This value is calculated by taking the time
of fuel endurance and subtracting the estimated time enroute to the end of the selected leg.
• Fuel required for trip (FUEL REQ) - This value is calculated by multiplying the time to go by the fuel
flow.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Total range at entered fuel flow (TOTAL RANGE) - This value is calculated by multiplying the time of fuel
endurance by the ground speed.
OTHER STATISTICS
These statistics are calculated based on the system sensor inputs or the manual trip planning inputs.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Density altitude (DENSITY ALT)
• True airspeed (TRUE AIRSPEED)
The pilot may select automatic (AUTO) or manual (MANUAL) page mode, and flight plan (FPL) or waypoint
(WPTS) mode. In automatic page mode, only the FPL, LEG, or waypoint IDs are editable (based on FPL/WPTS
selection).
Selected Flight Plan NN -
Stored Flight Plan
- CUM: Beginning to End of FPL
- NN: Beginning to End of Selected Leg
Active Flight Plan
- REM: Pres. Pos. to End of FPL
- NN: Pres. Pos. to End of Selected Leg
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Starting and Ending Waypoint
of Selected Flight Plan Segment
AFCS
Selected Leg(s)
00 is Active FPL
01-99 are Stored FPLs
Figure 5-105 Trip Planning Page - Flight Plan Mode
Not Available
Selected Leg(s)
APPENDICES
Selected Flight Plan
Not Available
Selected Starting and Ending Waypoints
Figure 5-106 Trip Planning Page - Waypoint Mode
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
251
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting automatic or manual page mode:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Selecting flight plan or waypoint mode:
Press the AUTO Softkey or the MANUAL Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Auto Mode’ or ‘Manual
Mode’, and press the ENT Key.
Press the FPL Softkey or the WPTS Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Flight Plan Mode’ or ‘Waypoints
Mode’, and press the ENT Key.
Selecting a flight plan and leg for trip statistics:
EIS
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor in the flight plan number field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan number.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘CUM’ or ‘REM’. The statistics for each leg can be viewed by turning the
small FMS Knob to select the desired leg. The Inset Map also displays the selected data.
Selecting waypoints for waypoint mode:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the WPTS Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Waypoints Mode’, and press the ENT Key. The
cursor is positioned in the waypoint field directly below the FPL field.
2) Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint (or select from the Page Menu ‘Set WPT to Present Position’
if that is what is desired), and press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the second waypoint field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint, and press the ENT Key. The statistics for the selected leg
are displayed.
In manual page mode, the other eight trip input data fields must be entered by the pilot, in addition to flight
plan and leg selection.
Entering manual data for trip statistics calculations:
AFCS
1) Press the MANUAL Softkey or select ‘Manual Mode’ from the Page Menu, and press the ENT Key. The cursor
may now be positioned in any field in the top right two boxes.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the FMS Knobs to move the cursor onto the DEP TIME field and enter the desired value. Press the ENT Key.
The statistics are calculated using the new value and the cursor moves to the next entry field. Repeat until all
desired values have been entered.
252
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.10 RAIM PREDICTION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring) is a GPS receiver function that performs a consistency
check on all tracked satellites. RAIM ensures that the available satellite geometry allows the receiver to calculate
a position within a specified RAIM protection limit (2.0 nm for oceanic, 2.0 nm for enroute, 1.0 nm for terminal,
and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). During oceanic, enroute, and terminal phases of flight, RAIM is
available nearly 100% of the time. The RAIM prediction function also indicates whether RAIM is available at a
specified date and time. RAIM computations predict satellite coverage within ±15 min of the specified arrival
date and time. Because of the tighter protection limit on approaches, there may be times when RAIM is not
available. RAIM prediction must be initiated manually if there is concern over SBAS coverage at the destination
or some other reason that compromises navigation precision. If RAIM is not predicted to be available for the
final approach course, the approach does not become active. If RAIM is not available when crossing the FAF, the
missed approach procedure must be flown.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
RAIM PREDICTION Box
AFCS
RAIM Softkey
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Prediction Waypoint
- Arrival Time
- Arrival Date
- RAIM Status
SBAS Softkey
(displays SBAS Selection)
(displays RAIM PREDICTION)
Figure 5-107 RAIM Prediction
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Predicting RAIM availability at a selected waypoint:
1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.
APPENDICES
2) Press the FMS Knob. The RAIM Prediction ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
4) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint; or select a waypoint from the submenu of
waypoints and press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
253
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
6) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
7) Press the ENT Key with ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’ highlighted to begin the computation.
Predicting RAIM availability at the aircraft present position:
1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob. The RAIM Prediction ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted.
3) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set WPT to Present Position’, and press the ENT Key.
EIS
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
5) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
7) Press the ENT Key with ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’ highlighted to begin the computation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’ - RAIM has not been computed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Status of the RAIM computation for the selected waypoint, time, and date is displayed at the bottom of the
RAIM PREDICTION Box as follows:
The Satellite Based Augmentation System (SBAS) provides increased navigation accuracy when available. SBAS
can be enabled or disabled manually on the GPS Status Page.
• ‘COMPUTING AVAILABILITY’ - RAIM calculation is in progress.
• ‘RAIM AVAILABLE’ - RAIM is predicted to be available.
AFCS
• ‘RAIM NOT AVAILABLE’ - RAIM is predicted to be unavailable.
SBAS Status
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SBAS SELECTION Box
APPENDICES
- EGNOS Enable/Disable
- MSAS Enable/Disable
- WAAS Enable/Disable
RAIM Softkey
SBAS Softkey
(displays SBAS Selection)
INDEX
(displays RAIM PREDICTION)
Figure 5-108 SBAS Display - Active
254
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Enabling/Disabling SBAS:
1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.
2) Press the SBAS softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘EGNOS’, ‘MSAS’ or ‘WAAS’.
4) Press the ENT Key to disable SBAS. Press the ENT Key again to enable SBAS.
EIS
SBAS Status
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SBAS SELECTION Box
- EGNOS Enable/Disable
- MSAS Enable/Disable
- WAAS Enable/Disable
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SBAS Softkey
(displays SBAS Selection)
RAIM Softkey
(displays RAIM PREDICTION)
Figure 5-109 SBAS Display - Disabled
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
255
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.11 NAVIGATING A FLIGHT PLAN
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following discussion is an example of navigating a flight plan with an LPV approach using the SBAS capable
GPS system while the G1000 provides vertical guidance through descents. A flight plan with an LNAV approach
would be navigated in much the same way, but would not include vertical guidance when the final approach
course is active.
NOTE: The following example flight plan is for instructional purposes only. All database information depicted
EIS
should be considered not current.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The example is a flight plan from KMKC to KCOS filed using the TIFTO2 departure, various Victor Airways,
and the DBRY1 arrival with the transition at TBE. The flight plan includes an enroute altitude of 12,000 feet, an
LPV (WAAS) approach selected for runway 35R, and a missed approach executed at the Missed Approach Point
(MAP). A few enroute changes are demonstrated.
1) Prior to departure, the TIFTO2 departure, the airways, and the DBRY1 arrival at KCOS are loaded. See the
Procedures section for loading departures and arrivals. Note the magenta arrow in Figure 5-110 indicating the
active departure leg.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
After takeoff, ATC assigns a heading of 240º.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Figure 5-110 shows the aircraft on the assigned heading of 240º. ‘TERM’ (Terminal) is the current CDI flight
phase displayed on the HSI indicating 1.0 nm CDI scaling.
INDEX
Figure 5-110 Assigned Heading of 240º
256
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) ATC now assigns routing to join V4. A heading of 290º is assigned to intercept V4. The aircraft turns to heading
290° as seen in Figure 5-111.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-111 Assigned Heading of 290º
4) Enter V4 into the flight plan.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
257
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
b) The desired entry point for V4 (TOP) must be entered. Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight
plan insertion point (SLN) as shown in Figure 5-112. When the V4 entry point (TOP) is inserted, it is placed
immediately above the highlighted waypoint (SLN).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-112 Begin Adding V4 to the Flight Plan
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
c) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. Enter the desired entry point for V4,
Topeka VOR (TOP), as shown in Figure 5-113.
INDEX
Figure 5-113 Entering V4 Entry Point
258
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
d) Press the ENT Key. TOP is inserted into the flight plan as in Figure 5-114.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-114 TOP Inserted into the Flight Plan
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
e) With SLN still highlighted as in Figure 5-114, turn the small FMS Knob clockwise. The Waypoint Information
Page is displayed and the LD AIRWY Softkey is now available.
f) Press the LD AIRWY Softkey to display the list of available airways for TOP as seen in Figure 5-115.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-115 List of Available Airways for TOP
APPENDICES
g) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight V4 in the list as seen in Figure 5-115.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
259
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
h) Press the ENT Key. The list of available exits for V4 is now displayed as in Figure 5-116.
Figure 5-116 List of Available Exits for V4
i) If necessary, turn either FMS Knob to select the desired exit. In this case Salina VOR (SLN) is selected as in
Figure 5-116.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
j) Press the ENT Key. The selected airway and exit are displayed, and the prompt “LOAD?” highlighted as in
Figure 5-117.
Figure 5-117 Ready to Load V4
INDEX
k) Press the ENT Key.
260
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
l) V4 is now loaded into the flight plan as shown in Figure 5-118.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-118 V4 is Loaded in the Flight Plan
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Making V4 the active leg of the flight plan.
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ULNAZ. The TO waypoint of the leg is selected in order to activate the leg.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
c) Press the ACT LEG Softkey. The confirmation window is now displayed as in Figure 5-119. Note the TOP to
ULNAZ leg is actually part of V4.
AFCS
Figure 5-119 Comfirm Active Leg
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
261
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
d) Verify the displayed leg is the desired leg and press the ENT Key. Note in Figure 5-120, the magenta arrow in
the flight plan window and magenta line on the map indicating V4 is now the active flight plan leg. Note the
phase of flight remained in Terminal (TERM) mode up to this point because a departure leg was active. Since a
leg after the departure is now active, the current CDI flight phase is ENR (Enroute) and CDI scaling has changed
to 2.0 nm.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-120 V4 Now Active Leg
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
6) The aircraft continues on heading 290º. When crosstrack distance is less than 2.0 nm, the XTK disappears from
the HSI and the CDI is positioned on the last dot indicating a 2.0 nm distance from the centerline of the next
course.
262
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7) As the CDI approaches center, the aircraft turns onto the active leg as seen in Figure 5-121.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-121 Turn on to Active Leg
8) At SLN, Victor Airway 244 (V244) is intercepted. Turn prompts are displayed in the PFD Navigation Status Box
as seen in Figure 5-122.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-122 Turn to Intercept V244
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
263
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
9) As seen in Figure 5-123, V244 is now the active flight plan leg.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-123 V244 Now Active Leg
264
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
10) At Lamar VOR (LAA) V263 is intercepted. See Figure 5-124.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-124 HYS to LAA Leg Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
11) ATC grants clearance to proceed direct to the OPSHN intersection to begin the arrival procedure. ATC advises
to expect an altitude of 10,000 feet at OPSHN.
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b) Turn the large FMS Knob to select OPSHN in the flight plan list.
c) Press the Direct-to (
) Key. The Direct-to Window is now displayed as shown in Figure 5-125.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 5-125 Direct To OPSHN
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
265
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
d) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the VNV altitude field as shown in Figure 5-126.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-126 Enter VNV Altitude
e) An altitude of 10,000 feet is entered as requested by ATC.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
f) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the VNV offset field as shown in Figure 5-127.
Figure 5-127 Enter VNV Offset Distance
INDEX
g) Enter the offset, or distance from the waypoint at which to reach the selected altitude. In this case, three miles
prior to OPSHN is entered. In other words, the G1000 gives vertical guidance so the aircraft arrives at an
altitude of 10,000 feet three miles prior to OPSHN.
266
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
h) Press the ENT Key twice to activate the direct-to. Note, in Figure 5-128, the magenta arrow indicating the
direct-to OPSHN after the offset waypoint for OPSHN. The preceding offset waypoint indicates the offset
distance and altitude that were previously entered. The remaining waypoints in the loaded arrival procedure
have no database specified altitudes, therefore, dashes are displayed. Keep the CDI centered and maintain a
track along the magenta line to OPSHN.
Note the Direct-to waypoint is within the loaded arrival procedure, therefore, phase of flight scaling for the CDI
changes to Terminal Mode and is annunciated by displaying ‘TERM’ on the HSI.
NOTE: If the loaded arrival procedure has waypoints with altitude constraints retrieved from the database
EIS
to be used as is, the altitude must be manually accepted by placing the cursor over the desired altitude,
then pressing the ENT Key. The altitude is now displayed as light blue meaning it is used by the system to
determine vertical speed and deviation guidance.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-128 Direct-to Active
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
12) The aircraft is proceeding to OPSHN. The expected approach is the RNAV LPV approach to runway 35R, so it is
selected.
a) Press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Window.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
267
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
b) ‘SELECT APPROACH’ should be highlighted as shown in Figure 5-129.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-129 Procedures Window
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
c) Press the ENT Key. A list of available approaches for the destination airport is displayed as in Figure 5-130.
Figure 5-130 List of Available Approaches
INDEX
d) Turn either FMS Knob to select the LPV approach for 35R as shown in Figure 5-130.
268
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
e) Press the ENT Key. A list of available transitions for the selected approach is displayed as in Figure 5-131.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-131 List of Available Transitions
f) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired transition. In this case, the Initial Approach Fix (IAF) at HABUK is
used.
g) Press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
h) Barometric Minimums
To set ‘MINIMUMS’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
Or:
AFCS
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
269
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-132 Barometric Minimums Set
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
i) With ‘LOAD?’ highlighted, again press the ENT Key. The selected approach is added to the flight plan as seen
in Figure 5-133.
INDEX
Figure 5-133 Loaded Approach
270
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
13) Note the altitude constraints associated with each of the approach waypoints as seen in Figure 5-134. These
altitudes are loaded from the database and are displayed as light blue text, indicating these values are
“designated” for use in computing vertical deviation guidance.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note: To no longer use the displayed altitude for calculating vertical deviation guidance, perform the
following:
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired altitude.
c) Press the CLR Key.
EIS
d) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
After making the altitude “non-designated”, it is displayed as white text.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Altitude constraint values associated with the Final Approach Fix (FAF) and waypoints beyond the FAF cannot be
designated for vertical guidance. These altitude values are always displayed as white text, as in Figure 5-134.
Vertical guidance from the FAF and on to the Missed Approach Point (MAP) is given using the SBAS GPS altitude
source, therefore, the displayed altitude values are for reference only.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-134 Vertical Guidance is Active to the FAF
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
271
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
14) As the aircraft approaches OPSHN, it may be desirable to adjust the speed, or steepness of the upcoming
descent. The default Flight Path Angle (FPA) is -2.5 degrees and a required vertical speed is computed to
maintain the -3.0 FPA. To change the vertical flight path, perform the following steps.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
a) Press the VNV PROF Softkey to place the cursor in the target vertical speed field (VS TGT) as shown in Figure
5-135.
b) At this point, the descent vertical speed can be selected, or the FPA can be selected. Turn the large FMS Knob
to select the desired selection field, then turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired value.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Note the information now displayed in the ‘CURRENT VNV PROFILE’ box. Also, note the offset waypoint (orange
box) and gray circle are now displayed on the map. The gray circle marks the Top of Descent (TOD). In this
example, vertical guidance is provided at the TOD that results in a -3.0 degree FPA descent to an altitude of
10,000 feet upon reaching the offset waypoint.
Figure 5-135 Adjusting the Descent
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
c) Press the ENT Key.
272
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
15) As seen in Figure 5-136, the aircraft is approaching TOD. Note the target vertical speed required to reach the
selected altitude. The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI) and the Required Vertical Speed Indicator (RVSI) are
now displayed on the PFD as shown in Figure 5-137. When the aircraft is within one minute of the TOD, it is
annunciated as shown in Figure 5-137, and an aural alert ‘Vertical track’ will be heard.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-136 Approaching Top of Descent (TOD)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Target Altitude
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Vertical Deviation
Indicator (VDI)
Required Vertical
Speed Indicator
(RVSI)
APPENDICES
Figure 5-137 VDI & RVSI Upon Reaching Top of Descent (TOD)
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
273
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
16) Upon reaching TOD, a descent vertical speed is established by placing the VSI pointer in line with the RVSI as
shown in Figure 5-138.
EIS
Keep Vertical Deviation
Indicator Centered
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Align Actual Vertical Speed
with
Required Vertical Speed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-138 VDI & RVSI Showing Correctly Established Descent
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
17) When the aircraft is one minute from the bottom of descent (BOD) it is annunciated as shown in Figure 5-139.
Upon reaching the offset waypoint for OPSHN, the aircraft is at 10,000 feet.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-139 Approaching Bottom of Descent (BOD) at OPSHN Offset Waypoint
274
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
18) The aircraft is approaching OPSHN. The upcoming turn and next heading are annunciated at the top left of the
PFD as seen in Figure 5-140. Initiate the turn and maneuver the aircraft on a track through the turn radius to
intercept the magenta line for the OPSHN to FSHER leg and center the CDI.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-140 Turn to intercept OPSHN to FSHER Leg
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
275
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
19) After passing OPSHN, the next leg of the arrival turns magenta as shown in Figure 5-141. The magenta arrow
in the flight plan list now indicates the OPSHN to FSHER leg of the arrival procedure is now active.
Figure 5-141 Tracking the OPSHN to FSHER Leg
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
20) The flight continues through the arrival procedure to PYNON (see Figure 5-142). At a point 31 nm from the
destination airport, the phase of flight scaling for the CDI changes to Terminal Mode and is annunciated by
displaying ‘TERM’ on the HSI.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
A descent to HABUK is in the next leg. Note the TOD point on the map. Annunciations for the upcoming turn
and descent, as well as the VDI and RVSI, appear on the PFD as the flight progresses.
276
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-142 Approaching PYNON
INDEX
277
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
21) Upon passing PYNON the approach procedure automatically becomes active. The approach may be activated
at any point to proceed directly to the IAF. In this example, the aircraft has progressed through the final
waypoint of the arrival and the flight plan has automatically sequenced to the IAF as the active leg, activating
the approach procedure (see Figure 5-143).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-143 Approach is Now Active
Note: To manually activate the approach procedure, perform the following steps:
a) Press the PROC Key.
b) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘ACTIVATE APPROACH’ as shown in Figure 5-144.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
c) Press the ENT Key to activate the approach.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-144 Manually Activate Approach
278
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
22) The IAF is the next waypoint. At the TOD, establish a descent vertical speed as previously discussed in Step 16.
The aircraft altitude is 9,000 feet upon reaching HABUK.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-145 Descending Turn to the Initial Approach Fix (IAF)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
279
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
23) After crossing FALUR the next waypoint is the FAF. The flight phase changes to LPV on the HSI indicating the
current phase of flight is in Approach Mode and the approach type is LPV. CDI scaling changes accordingly and is
used much like a localizer when flying an ILS approach. The RVSI is no longer displayed and the VDI changes to
the Glidepath Indicator (as shown in Figure 5-146) when the final approach course becomes active.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-146 Descending to the FAF
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The descent continues through the FAF (CEGIX) using the Glidepath Indicator, as one would use a glideslope
indicator, to obtain an altitude “AT” 7,800 feet at the FAF. Note the altitude restriction lines over and under (At)
the altitude in the ‘ALT’ field in Figure 5-146.
280
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
24) After crossing CEGIX, the aircraft continues following the glidepath to maintain the descent to “AT or ABOVE”
6,370 feet at the Missed Approach Point (MAP) (RW35R) as seen in Figure 5-147.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-147 Descending to the Missed Approach Point
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In this missed approach procedure, the altitude immediately following the MAP (in this case ‘6368ft’) is not part
of the published procedure. It is simply a Course to Altitude (CA) leg which guides the aircraft along the runway
centerline until the altitude required to safely make the first turn toward the MAHP is exceeded. This altitude
is provided by Jeppesen, and may be below, equal to, or above the published minimums for this approach. In
this case, if the aircraft altitude is below the specified altitude (6,368 feet) after crossing the MAP, a direct-to
is established to provide a course on runway heading until an altitude of 6,368 feet is reached. After reaching
6,368 feet, a direct-to is established to the published MAHP (in this case MOGAL). If the aircraft altitude is
above the specified altitude after crossing the MAP, a direct-to is established to the published fix (MOGAL) to
begin the missed approach procedure.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
In some missed approach procedures this Course to Altitude leg may be part of the published procedure. For
example, a procedure may dictate a climb to 5,500 feet, then turn left and proceed to the Missed Approach Hold
Point (MAHP). In this case, the altitude would appear in the list of waypoints as ‘5500ft’. Again, if the aircraft
altitude is lower than the prescribed altitude, a direct-to is established on a Course to Altitude leg when the
missed approach procedure is activated.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
281
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
A direct-to is initiated to MOGAL, which is the Missed Approach Hold Point (MAHP) as seen in Figure 5-148.
The aircraft is climbing to 10,000 feet. The CDI flight phase now changes from LPV to MAPR as seen on the HSI.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
25) Upon reaching the MAP, it is decided to execute a missed approach. Automatic waypoint sequencing is
suspended past the MAP. Press the SUSP Softkey on the PFD to resume automatic waypoint sequencing
through the missed approach procedure.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
INDEX
Figure 5-148 Missed Approach Active
282
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
26) The aircraft continues climbing to “AT or ABOVE” 10,000 feet at MOGAL. A holding pattern is established at
the MAHP (MOGAL) as shown in Figure 5-149.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-149 Establishing the Holding Pattern
27) The aircraft maintains 10,000 feet while following the magenta line through the hold as in Figure 5-150.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 5-150 Hold Established
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
283
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.12 ABNORMAL OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
This section discusses the Dead Reckoning mode of operation and the subsequent indications.
NOTE: Dead Reckoning Mode only functions in Enroute (ENR) or Oceanic (OCN) phase of flight. In all other
phases, an invalid GPS solution produces a “NO GPS POSITION” annunciation on the map and the G1000
stops using GPS.
EIS
While in Enroute or Oceanic phase of flight, if the G1000 detects an invalid GPS solution or is unable to
calculate a GPS position, the system automatically reverts to Dead Reckoning (DR) Mode. In DR Mode, the G1000
uses its last-known position combined with continuously updated airspeed and heading data (when available) to
calculate and display the aircraft’s current estimated position.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
It is important to note that estimated navigation data supplied by the G1000 in DR Mode may become increasingly
unreliable and must not be used as a sole means of navigation. If while in DR Mode airspeed and/or heading data
is also lost or not available, the DR function may not be capable of accurately tracking estimated position and,
consequently, the system may display a path that is different than the actual movement of the aircraft. Estimated
position information displayed by the G1000 through DR while there is no heading and/or airspeed data available
should not be used for navigation.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
DR Mode is inherently less accurate than the standard GPS/SBAS Mode due to the lack of satellite measurements
needed to determine a position. Changes in wind speed and/or wind direction compound the relative inaccuracy
of DR Mode. Because of this degraded accuracy, other navigation equipment must be relied upon for position
awareness until GPS-derived position data is restored.
AFCS
DR Mode is indicated on the G1000 by the appearance of the letters ‘DR’ superimposed in yellow over the
‘own aircraft’ symbol as shown in Figure 5-151. In addition, ‘DR’ is prominently displayed in yellow on the HSI
slightly above and to the right of the aircraft symbol on the CDI as shown in Figure 5-151. The CDI deviation
bar remains, but is removed from the display after 20 minutes in DR Mode. The autopilot will remain coupled
in DR mode as long as the deviation is available (20 min.) Lastly, but at the same time, a ‘GPS NAV LOST’ alert
message appears on the PFD. Normal navigation using GPS/SBAS source data resumes automatically once a valid
GPS solution is restored.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
As a result of operating in DR Mode, all GPS-derived data is computed based upon an estimated position and
is displayed as yellow text on the display to denote degraded navigation source information as shown in Figure
5-151.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Also, while the G1000 is in DR Mode, the autopilot will remain coupled to GPS for up to 20 minutes. TAWS,
Terrain-SVS, and Terrain Proximity are disabled. Additionally, the accuracy of all nearest information (airports,
airspaces, and waypoints) is questionable. Finally, airspace alerts continue to function, but with degraded
accuracy.
284
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Distance &
Bearing
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Current Track
Indicator
Dead Reckoning
Annunciaion
Wind Data
EIS
GPS Navigation
Lost Message
Course Deviation
Indicator
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Bearing Pointer/
Distance
Navigation Data Bar
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
All data except Active Leg,
TAS, and DTK are in yellow
Dead Reckoning
Annunciation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Subdued Aircraft
Symbol
AFCS
Figure 5-151 Dead Reckoning Mode - GPS Derived Data Shown in Yellow
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: The Inset Map is removed from the PFD any time aircraft pitch is greater than +30° or less than –20°,
or when a 65° bank angle is reached.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
285
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Blank Page
286
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 6 HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Hazard avoidance features available for the G1000 are designed to aid situational awareness and provide advisory
information with regard to potential hazards to flight safety associated with weather, terrain, and air traffic.
Weather
• GDL 69A SiriusXM Weather (Subscription Optional)
• GSR 56 Garmin Connext Weather (Optional)
EIS
• GDL 90 Flight Information Service - Broadcast (FIS-B) Weather (Optional)
• L-3 STORMSCOPE® WX-500 Lightning Detection System (Optional)
Terrain Avoidance
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Terrain Proximity
• Terrain-SVS (Included with SVT Option)
• Terrain Awareness and Warning System-Class B (TAWS-B) (Optional)
Traffic
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Traffic Information Service (TIS)
• Garmin GTS 800 Traffic Advisory System (TAS) (Optional)
• Honeywell® KTA 870 Traffic Advisory System (TAS) (Optional)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GDL 90 Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B) Traffic (Optional)
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
287
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.1 SIRIUSXM WEATHER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in, near, or around areas of hazardous
weather. Information contained within data link weather products may not accurately depict current
weather conditions.
EIS
The GDL 69/69A is a remote-mounted data link satellite receiver. It provides SiriusXM Weather data to the
system. The Multi Function Display (MFD) and the Primary Flight Display (PFD) Inset Navigation Map display
the graphical weather information and the associated text. The GDL 69A can also receive SiriusXM Satellite
Radio entertainment services. Both weather data and audio entertainment programming operate in the S-band
frequency range to provide continuous reception capabilities at any altitude throughout North America.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Services from SiriusXM are subscription-based. For more information on specific service packages, visit www.
siriusxm.com.
ACTIVATING SERVICES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Before SiriusXM Weather and SiriusXM Satellite Radio can be used, the services must be activated by providing
SiriusXM the coded IDs unique to the installed GDL 69/69A. SiriusXM Satellite Radio (audio) and SiriusXM
Weather (data) services each have coded IDs. The Audio and Data Radio IDs must be provided to activate the
weather service and entertainment subscriptions, respectively. These IDs are located on:
• The XM Information Page on the MFD (Figure 6-1)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• The label on the back of the Data Link Receiver
• The XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions included with the unit
Contact the installer if the Audio and Data Radio IDs cannot be located.
AFCS
SiriusXM uses the coded IDs to send an activation signal that allows the system to provide weather data and/
or audio entertainment programming through the GDL 69/69A.
Activating SiriusXM Weather and SiriusXM Satellite Radio services:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Contact SiriusXM by the customer service phone number listed on its website, www.siriusxm.com. Follow the
instructions provided by SiriusXM customer service.
2) Select the XM Page in the Auxiliary Page Group.
3) Press the INFO Softkey to display the XM Information Page.
4) Verify that the desired services are activated.
APPENDICES
5) Press the LOCK Softkey.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘YES’.
INDEX
7) To complete activation, press the ENT Key.
288
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Audio Radio
ID
(for SirisuXM
Satellite Radio)
Data Radio ID
(for XM Weather)
Figure 6-1 XM Information Page
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Select to Display
XM Information
page
EIS
Weather
Products
(Available
Products for
Service Class
Indicated in
Green)
Select to Lock
Subscription
Information
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
USING SIRIUSXM WEATHER PRODUCTS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The principal map for viewing SiriusXM Weather information is the Weather Data Link (XM) Page in the Map
Page Group. This is the only G1000 map display capable of showing information for all available SiriusXM
Weather products. The Weather Data Link Page also provides the capability to select a different weather data
link source (such as FIS-B or Garmin Connext weather), if more than once source has been installed. The
system uses the selected data link weather source for all maps on which data link weather can be displayed.
Viewing the Weather Data Link (XM) Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
AFCS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link (XM, FIS-B, or CNXT) Page.
3) If the page title displays a weather datalink source other than ‘XM’, such as ‘FIS-B’ or ‘CNXT’, proceed to the
following steps to change the weather data link source.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the MENU Key.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Display XM Weather’ and press the ENT Key. The page title displays ‘MAP
- WEATHER DATA LINK (XM)’ to indicate SiriusXM Weather is now the selected data link weather source.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
289
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
NEXRAD Weather
Product Symbol
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NEXRAD Weather
Product Ages (US
& Canada)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NEXRAD Weather
Product Selected
for Display
Figure 6-2 Weather Data Link (XM) Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to determine the age of the weather
information shown by the data link weather product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing
weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data link weather product
may be significantly older than the indicated weather product age.
AFCS
For each enabled SiriusXM Weather product which can be shown as a map overlay, the system displays a
weather product icon and product age. The product age is the elapsed time (in minutes) since the weather data
provider compiled the weather product. The product age display does not indicate the age of the information
contained within the weather product, which can be significantly older than the displayed weather product age.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The SiriusXM Weather service broadcasts weather products at specific intervals (defined in the Broadcast
Rate column in Table 6-1). If for any reason, a product is not refreshed within the Broadcast Rate intervals
(see Table 6-1), the system removes the expired data from the display, and shows dashes instead of the product
age. This ensures the displayed information is consistent with what is currently being transmitted by the
SiriusXM Weather service. If more than half of the expiration time has elapsed, the color of the product age
changes to yellow. If data for a weather product is not available, the system displays ‘N/A’ next to the weather
product symbol instead of the product age.
INDEX
Table 6-1 shows the weather product symbols, the expiration times and the broadcast rates. The broadcast
rate represents the interval at which the SiriusXM Weather service transmits new signals that may or may not
contain updated weather products. It does not represent the rate at which the weather information is updated
or when the Data Link Receiver receives new data. SiriusXM and its weather data suppliers define and control
the data update intervals, which are subject to change.
290
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Symbol
30
Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
5 (U.S.)
10 (Canada)
30
12
60
12
90
12
90
12
60
12
120
12
90
12
60
5
60
12
90
22
90
12
90
12
180
12
no product image
60
12
no product image
60
12
INDEX
5
APPENDICES
30
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7.5
AFCS
30
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
15
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
60
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5
EIS
30
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
no product image
Echo Top
(ECHO TOP)
SiriusXM Lightning
(XM LTNG)
Cell Movement
(CELL MOV)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
(SIG/AIR)
Meteorological Aerodrome Report
(METAR)
City Forecast
(CITY)
Surface Analysis
(SFC)
Freezing Levels
(FRZ LVL)
Winds Aloft
(WIND)
County Warnings
(COUNTY)
Cyclone Warnings
(CYCLONE)
Icing Potential (CIP and SLD)
(ICNG)
Pilot Weather Report
(PIREPS)
Air Report
(AIREPS)
Turbulence
(TURB)
Temporary Flight Restrictions
(TFRs)
Terminal Aerodrome Reports
(TAFs)
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SiriusXM Weather Product and
Softkey
Next-generation Radar
(NEXRAD)
No Radar Coverage, shown when
NEXRAD enabled
Cloud Top
(CLD TOP)
Table 6-1 SiriusXM Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
291
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
+
Echo Top (ECHO TOP)
+
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Cell Movement (CELL MOV)
+
+
+
+
+
METAR
+
+
+
City Forecast (CITY)
+
Surface Analysis (SFC)
+
Freezing Levels (FRZ LVL)
+
Winds Aloft (WIND)
AFCS
+
SiriusXM Lightning (XM LTNG)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs (SIG/AIR)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Flight Plan Pages
Cloud Top (CLD TOP)
Nearest Page Group
+
AUX - Video Page
+
Weather Information
Page
Weather Data Link
(XM) Page
+
AUX - Trip Planning
Page
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NEXRAD & No Radar Coverage
(NEXRAD)
Navigation Map Page
EIS
SiriusXM Weather Product
and Softkey
PFD Inset Map
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Table 6-2 shows which SiriusXM Weather products can be displayed (indicated with a ‘+’ symbol) on specific
maps.
+*
+
+
Cyclone Warnings (CYCLONE)
+
Icing Potential (CIP and SLD)
(ICNG)
+
PIREP
+
+
AIREP
+
+
Turbulence (TURB)
+
TAFs
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
County Warnings (COUNTY)
TFRs
+
+
+
+
+
INDEX
APPENDICES
* Winds Aloft Data displayed inside Profile View on the Navigation Map Page.
Table 6-2 Weather Product Display Maps
292
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Softkeys control the display of weather products on most MFD maps and the PFD Inset Map. Figure
6-3 shows the weather product softkeys for the Weather Data Link (XM) Page. When a weather product is
selected for display, the corresponding softkey label changes to gray to indicate the product is enabled.
CYCLONE SFC OFF
FRZ LVL
SIG/AIR
METAR
LEGEND MORE WX CHKLIST
WIND OFF ICNG OFF TURB OFF AIREPS
PIREPS
COUNTY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NEXRAD ECHO TOP CLD TOP XM LTNG CELL MOV
ENGINE
BACK
WIND/ICNG/TURB Softkey labels
change to reflect current selection.
OFF
CURRENT
12 HR
24 HR
36 HR
48 HR
EIS
SFC Softkey label changes
to reflect current selection.
Select the BACK Softkey
to move up one level.
LEGEND
BACK
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
PREV and NEXT Softkeys cycle through Winds Aloft,
Icing, and Turbulence altitude selection softkeys.
3000
6000
9000
12000
15000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
18000
21000
24000
27000
30000
33000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
36000
39000
42000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
1000
3000
6000
9000
12000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
18000
21000
24000
27000
30000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
21000
24000
27000
30000
33000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
39000
42000
45000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
15000
36000
AFCS
SFC
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
OFF
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
PREV
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-3 Weather Data Link (XM) Weather Product Softkeys
APPENDICES
The setup menus for the Navigation Map Page and the Weather Data Link (XM) Page control the map range
settings above which weather products data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the
weather product map range setting is selected, the weather product data is removed from the map. The setup
menus also provide the ability to enable/disable the display of weather products, in addition to the softkeys.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
293
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link (XM) Page:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-4).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘PRODUCT GROUP 1’ or ‘PRODUCT GROUP 2’, and press the ENT Key (Figure
6-5).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections.
EIS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page with the changed settings.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 6-4 Weather Data Link (XM) Page Menu
Figure 6-5 Weather Data Link (XM) Page
Weather Setup Menu
INDEX
APPENDICES
If optional GSR 56 Garmin Connext Weather or GDL 90 Flight Information Service - Broadcast weather data
has also been enabled, customizing the display settings for the corresponding weather products shown in Table
6-3 will result in identical settings for all services.
294
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FIS-B Weather Product
Precipitation
(PRECIP) and No Radar Coverage
Precipitation
(PRECIP) and No Radar Coverage
Not Available
Not Available
EIS
Not Available
Meteorological Aerodrome Report
(METARs)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Not Available
Not Available
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Infrared Satellite
(IR SAT)
Garmin Connext Data Link
SiriusXM Lightning
Lightning
(XM LTNG)
(DL LTNG)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
(SIG/AIR)
(SIG/AIR)
Meteorological Aerodrome Report Meteorological Aerodrome Report
(METARs)
(METARs)
Winds Aloft
Winds Aloft
(WIND)
(WIND)
Pilot Weather Report
Pilot Weather Report
(PIREPs)
(PIREPs)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Garmin Connext Weather
Product
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SiriusXM Weather Product
and Softkey
Next-generation Radar
(NEXRAD) and No Radar
Coverage
Cloud Top
(CLD TOP)
Table 6-3 Weather Data Link Map Settings Shared for Multiple Weather Data Link Sources
Restoring default Weather Data Link (XM) Page settings:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
AFCS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘PRODUCT GROUP 1’ or ‘PRODUCT GROUP 2’, and press the ENT Key (Figure
6-5).
5) If restoring an individual weather product setting to its default value, turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the
desired field to restore.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Press the MENU Key.
7) Turn the large FMS Knob if needed to highlight ‘Restore Selection Default’ (to restore only the highlighted field)
or ‘Restore All Defaults’ (to restore all products within the selected product group to their default settings), and
press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
Weather displayed on Pages other than the Weather Data Link (XM) Page use settings based on those selected
for the Navigation Map Page.
Setting up and customizing weather data for the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
INDEX
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-6).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-7).
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
295
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-8).
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-6 Navigation Map Page Menu
Figure 6-7 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-8 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Weather Group
AFCS
When a SiriusXM Weather product is enabled for display on the PFD Inset Map, the weather product
information box (with the product icon and age) can be displayed inside the PFD Inset Map.
Viewing the weather product information box on the PFD Inset Map:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) On the PFD, press the INSET Softkey.
2) Press the WX LGND Softkey.
3) To remove the weather product information box, press the WX LGND Softkey again.
APPENDICES
Each active weather product has an associated legend which can be displayed on the Weather Data Link (XM)
Page.
Viewing legends for displayed weather products (on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page):
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the LEGEND Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather products.
INDEX
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Weather Legend’ and press the ENT Key.
296
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the legends.
4) To remove the XM Weather Legends Window, press the LEGEND Softkey, the ENT or the CLR Key, or press the
FMS Knob.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Viewing legends for displayed weather products (on the Navigation Map Page):
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MAP Softkey.
3) Press the LEGEND Softkey (available if at least one product is enabled for display).
EIS
4) To remove the XM Weather Legends Window, press the LEGEND Softkey, the ENT or the CLR Key, or press the
FMS Knob.
Additional information about the following can be displayed by panning over the display on the map:
• Cell Movement
• TFRs
• SIGMETs
• PIREPs
• AIRMETs
• AIREPs
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• County Warnings
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Echo Tops
• METARs
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The map panning feature is enabled by pressing the RANGE Knob. The map range is adjusted by turning
the RANGE Knob. If the map range is adjusted while panning is enabled, the map is re-centered on the Map
Pointer.
Additional
Information on
Weather Feature
Selected with
Map Pointer
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Echo Top Data
Selected with
Map Pointer
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 6-9 Panning on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
297
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
NEXRAD
NOTE: NEXRAD data cannot be displayed at the same time as terrain, echo tops, turbulence, or icing data
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
is displayed.
The National Weather Service (NWS) operates the WSR-88D, or NEXRAD (NEXt-generation RADar)
system, an extensive network of 156 high-resolution Doppler radar systems. The NEXRAD network provides
centralized meteorological information for the continental United States and selected overseas locations. The
maximum range of a single NEXRAD site is 250 nm.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Individual NEXRAD sites supply the network with radar images, and the images from each radar site may
arrive at the network at different rates and times. Periodically, the weather data provider compiles the available
individual site images from the network to form a composite image, and assigns a single time to indicate when
it created the image. This image becomes the NEXRAD weather product. Individual images--gathered from
each NEXRAD site--differ in age, and are always older than the displayed NEXRAD weather product age. The
data provider then sends the NEXRAD data to the SiriusXM Weather service, whose satellites transmit this
information during the next designated refresh time for the NEXRAD weather product.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Because of the time required to detect, assemble, and distribute the NEXRAD weather product, the displayed
weather information contained within the product may be significantly older than the current radar synopsis
and may not depict the current weather conditions. The NEXRAD weather product should never be used as a
basis for maneuvering in, near, or around areas of hazardous weather regardless of the information it contains.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
No Radar Coverage
INDEX
Figure 6-10 NEXRAD Data on the Weather Data Link Page
298
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Displaying NEXRAD weather information:
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
Composite data from all the NEXRAD radar sites in the United States is shown. This data is composed of
the maximum reflectivity from the individual radar sweeps. The display of the information is color-coded
to indicate the weather severity level. All weather product legends can be viewed on the Weather Data Link
(XM) Page. For the NEXRAD legend (Figure 6-11), press the LEGEND Softkey when NEXRAD is selected
for display.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
No Radar Coverage
Figure 6-11 NEXRAD Data with Legend
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The display of no radar coverage is always active when either NEXRAD or Echo Coverage is selected. Areas
where NEXRAD radar coverage and Echo Tops information is not currently available or is not being collected
are indicated in a gray shade of purple (Figure 6-11).
Reflectivity
AFCS
Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver. Colors on the NEXRAD
display are directly correlative to the level of detected reflectivity. Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous
weather can be very complex.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply put, certain types of weather
reflect radar better than others. The intensity of a radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of the
weather hazard level. For instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reflection, while dry hail does not. Both
wet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous.
APPENDICES
The different NEXRAD echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative to reflectivity (Z). NEXRAD
measures the radar reflectivity ratio, or the energy reflected back to the radar receiver (designated by the
letter Z). The value of Z increases as the returned signal strength increases.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
299
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
NEXRAD Limitations
NEXRAD radar images may have certain limitations:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• NEXRAD base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine cloud layers or precipitation
characteristics (wet hail vs. rain). For example, it is not possible to distinguish between wet snow, wet
hail, and rain.
• NEXRAD base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation angle. An individual NEXRAD
site cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges. It has no information about storms directly over
the site.
EIS
• When zoomed in to a range of 30 nm, each square block on the display represents an area of four square
kilometers. The intensity level reflected by each square represents the highest level of NEXRAD data
sampled within the area (Figure 6-12).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Unknown precipitation occurring below 52ºN is displayed as rain, regarless of actual precipitation type.
AFCS
Block Area is 4 km2
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-12 NEXRAD Data - Zoomed
The following may cause abnormalities in displayed NEXRAD radar images:
• Ground clutter
APPENDICES
• Strobes and spurious radar data
• Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun)
• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows
INDEX
• Metallic dust from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar scans
300
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NEXRAD Limitations (Canada)
• Radar coverage extends to 55ºN.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Any precipitation displayed between 52ºN and 55ºN is shown as mixed precipitation, regardless of
precipitation type.
No Coverage Above 55ºN
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Precipitation
Above 52ºN
Displays As Mixed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-13 NEXRAD Data - Canada
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
301
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
ECHO TOPS
NOTE: The Echo Tops weather product cannot be displayed together with the Cloud Tops or NEXRAD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
weather products.
EIS
The Echo Tops weather product (Figure 6-14) shows the location, elevation, and direction of the highest
radar echo. The highest radar echo does not indicate the top of a storm or clouds; rather it indicates the
highest altitude at which precipitation is detected. Information is derived from NEXRAD data.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
No Radar Coverage
Figure 6-14 Echo Tops Weather Product
AFCS
Displaying Echo Tops information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the ECHO TOP Softkey.
INDEX
APPENDICES
To display the Echo Tops legend (Figure 6-15), press the LEGEND Softkey when Echo Tops is selected for
display. Since Echo Tops and Cloud Tops use the same color scaling to represent altitude, display of these
weather products is mutually exclusive. When Echo Tops is activated, the system removes the NEXRAD and
Cloud Tops weather products from the map.
No Radar Coverage
Figure 6-15 Echo Tops Legend
302
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The display of No Radar Coverage is always active when either NEXRAD or Echo Tops is selected. Areas
where NEXRAD radar coverage and Echo Tops information is not currently available or is not being collected
are indicated in gray shade of purple (Figure 6-15).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
CLOUD TOPS
NOTE: Cloud Tops and Echo Tops cannot be displayed at the same time on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
The Cloud Tops weather product (Figure 6-16) depicts cloud top altitudes as determined from satellite
imagery.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 6-16 Cloud Tops Data
Displaying Cloud Tops information:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the CLD TOP Softkey.
APPENDICES
To display the Cloud Tops legend (Figure 6-17), press the LEGEND Softkey when Cloud Tops is selected
for display. Since Cloud Tops and Echo Tops use the same color scaling to represent altitude, display of these
weather products is mutually exclusive. When Cloud Tops is activated, Echo Tops data is removed.
INDEX
Figure 6-17 Cloud Tops Legend
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
303
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SIRIUSXM LIGHTNING
NOTE: SiriusXM Lightning cannot be displayed simultaneously with Stormscope® lightning information on
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
the same map.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The SiriusXM Lightning weather product (Figure 6-18) shows the approximate location of cloud-to-ground
lightning strikes. A strike icon represents a strike that has occurred within a two-kilometer region, but does
not necessarily indicate the exact location of a lightning strike.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Lightning
Strikes
AFCS
Figure 6-18 SiriusXM Lightning Weather Product
Displaying SiriusXM Lightning information:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the XM LTNG Softkey.
APPENDICES
To display the XM Lightning legend on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page (Figure 6-19), press the LEGEND
Softkey when SiriusXM Lightning is enabled for display.
INDEX
Figure 6-19 Lightning Legend
304
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CELL MOVEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Cell Movement weather product (Figure 6-20) shows the location and movement of storm cells as
identified by the ground-based system. Cells are represented by yellow squares, with direction of movement
indicated with short, orange arrows.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Storm Cells
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-20 Cell Movement Data
On most applicable maps, Cell Movement data is selected for display along with NEXRAD. On the Weather
Data Link (XM) Page, Cell Movement information can be enabled/disabled independently from NEXRAD.
Displaying Cell Movement information:
AFCS
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey (CEL MOV Softkey on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page). For Cell Movement to
be displayed on maps other than the Weather Data Link (XM) Page, Cell Movement must be turned on in the
Navigation Map Setup Menu (see “Setting up and customizing weather data for the Navigation Map Page”).
To display the Cell Movement legend on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page, (Figure 6-21), press the
LEGEND Softkey when Cell Movement is enabled for display.
APPENDICES
Figure 6-21 Cell Movement Legend
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
305
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SIGMETS AND AIRMETS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SIGMETs (SIGnificant METeorological Information) and AIRMETs (AIRmen’s METeorological Information)
are broadcast for potentially hazardous weather. A Convective SIGMET is issued for hazardous convective
weather. A localized SIGMET is a significant weather condition occurring at a localized geographical position.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-22 SIGMET/AIRMET Weather Product
Displaying SIGMETs and AIRMETs:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
AFCS
2) Press the SIG/AIR Softkey.
3) To view the text of the SIGMET or AIRMET, press the RANGE Knob and move the Map Pointer over the
icon.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the ENT key. Figure 6-23 shows sample SIGMET text.
INDEX
APPENDICES
To display the SIGMET and AIRMET legend (Figure 6-24), press the LEGEND Softkey when SIGMETs and
AIRMETs are selected for display.
Figure 6-23 Sample SIGMET Text
306
Figure 6-24 SIGMET/AIRMET Legend
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
METARS AND TAFS
NOTE: Atmospheric pressure as reported for METARs is given in hectopascals (hPa), except for in the United
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
States, where it is reported in inches of mercury (in Hg). Temperatures are reported in Celsius.
NOTE: METAR information is only displayed within the installed navigation database service area.
EIS
METARs (METeorological Aerodrome Reports) typically contain information about the temperature,
dewpoint, wind, precipitation, cloud cover, cloud heights, visibility, and barometric pressure at an airport or
observation station. They can also contain information on precipitation amounts, lightning, and other critical
data. METARs reflect hourly observations; non-routine updates include the code “SPECI” in the report.
METARs are shown as colored flags at airports that provide them.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Instructions for
Viewing METAR
and TAF Text
Selected Airport
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 6-25 METAR Flags on the Weather Data Link Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
TAFs (Terminal Aerodrome Forecasts) are weather predictions for specific airports within a 24- hour period,
and may span up to 36 hours. TAFs typically include forecast wind, visibility, weather phenomena, and sky
conditions using METAR codes.
APPENDICES
METAR and TAF text are displayed on the Weather Information Page. The system displays METAR
information first in a decoded fashion, followed by the original METAR text. Note the original text may
contain additional information not found in the decoded version. TAF information is displayed only in its
original form when it is available
Displaying METAR and TAF text:
INDEX
1) On the Weather Data Link (XM) Page, press the METAR Softkey.
2) Press the RANGE Knob and pan to the desired airport.
3) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with METAR and TAF text.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
307
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. METAR text must be completely
scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.
5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
1) Select the Weather Information Page.
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Waypoint Page Group.
b) Press the WX Softkey to select the Weather Information Page.
EIS
2) Press the FMS Knob to display the cursor.
3) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired airport and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. Note that the METAR text must
be completely scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.
METAR Text for the
Selected Airport
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
METAR Symbol
AFCS
TAF Text for the
Selected Airport
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-26 METAR and TAF Text on the Weather Information Page
APPENDICES
In addition, METAR flags and their associated text are displayed on the Active Flight Plan Page on the
MFD. A solid METAR flag next to a waypoint indicates METAR observations are available corresponding to
a specific waypoint in the flight plan; a hollow METAR flag indicates an off-route METAR near the flight plan
waypoint is available. If METAR text for an off-route waypoint is displayed, the system also provides the
source, distance, and direction of the off-route METAR reporting station in relation to the flight plan waypoint
at the end of the report.
INDEX
The original METAR text is also accessible while panning the map cursor over a METAR flag on any map
page. The METAR text appears in a box near the METAR flag.
To display the METAR legend on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page (Figure 6-27), press the LEGEND
Softkey when METARs are selected for display.
308
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The METAR flag color is determined by the information in the METAR text. A gray METAR flag is displayed
when the METAR text does not contain adequate information to determine the METAR category (e.g. VFR,
IFR).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 6-27 METAR Legend
EIS
SURFACE ANALYSIS AND CITY FORECAST
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: Surface Analysis and City Forecast data are displayed only within the installed Aviation Database
service area.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Surface Analysis and City Forecast information is available for current and forecast weather conditions.
Forecasts are available for intervals of 12, 24, 36, and 48 hours.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-28 Current Surface Analysis Data
Displaying Surface Analysis and City Forecast information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
INDEX
3) Press the SFC Softkey.
4) Select the desired forecast time: CURRENT, 12 HR, 24 HR, 36 HR, or 48 HR. The SFC Softkey label changes
to reflect the forecast time selected.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
309
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
To display the Surface Analysis and City Forecast legend (Figure 6-29), press the LEGEND Softkey when
Surface Analysis and City Forecast are selected to be displayed.
Figure 6-29 Surface Analysis Legend
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FREEZING LEVELS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Freezing Level weather product shows the color-coded contour lines for the altitude and location at
which the first isotherm is found (Figure 6-30). When no data is displayed for a given altitude, the data for
that altitude has not been received, or is out of date and has been removed from the display. New data appears
when the system receives it.
APPENDICES
Figure 6-30 Freezing Level Weather Product
Displaying Freezing Level information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
INDEX
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the FRZ LVL Softkey.
310
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
To display the Freezing Level legend (Figure 6-31), press the LEGEND Softkey when Freezing Level data
is selected to be displayed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 6-31 Freezing Level Legend
EIS
WINDS ALOFT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Winds Aloft weather product (Figure 6-32) shows the forecast wind speed and direction at the surface
and at selected altitudes. Altitude can be displayed in 3,000-foot increments from the surface up to 42,000
feet MSL.
Displaying the Winds Aloft weather product:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the WIND Softkey.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Select the desired altitude level: SFC (surface) up to 42,000 feet. Press the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle
through the altitude softkeys. The WIND Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 6-32 Winds Aloft Weather Product, 12,000 Feet Selected
To display the Winds Aloft legend (Figure 6-33), press the LEGEND Softkey when Winds Aloft is selected
for display.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
311
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-33 Winds Aloft Data with Legend
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Headwind and tailwind components aloft are available inside the Profile View on the Navigation Map Page
(Figure 6-34). The displayed components are relative to current aircraft altitude and track, but not to aircraft
speed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Winds Aloft Product
Age
Altitude Scale
Wind Component
Velocity and Direction
Arrow
AFCS
Figure 6-34 Navigation Map Page with Winds Aloft Weather Product on
Profile View
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Arrows pointing to the left indicate headwind components; tailwind component arrows point to the right,
as shown in Table 6-4.
Headwind
Symbol
Tailwind
Symbol
Headwind/Tailwind
Component
None
None
Less than 5 knots
5 knots
INDEX
10 knots
50 knots
Table 6-4 Profile View Headwind/Tailwind Component Symbols
312
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Showing/Hiding Profile View (containing winds aloft data)
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MAP Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the PROFILE Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
EIS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show Profile View’ or ‘Hide Profile View’ (choice dependent on current
state) and press the ENT Key.
Winds Aloft data inside the Profile View is enabled by default when the Profile View is displayed on the
Navigation Map Page. This behavior can be changed on the Navigation Map Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Enabling/disabling winds aloft data display in Profile View:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-35).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Profile Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-36).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘PROFILE WINDS’ (Figure 6-37).
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-35 Navigation Map Page Menu
APPENDICES
190-00498-08 Rev. A
INDEX
Figure 6-36 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-37 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Weather Group
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
313
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
COUNTY WARNINGS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
County data (Figure 6-38) provides specific public awareness and protection weather warnings from the
National Weather Service (NWS). This can include information on tornadoes, severe thunderstorms, and
flood conditions.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Additional
Information on
Thunderstorm
Warning Selected
with Map Pointer
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Severe
Thunderstorm
Warning Selected
Figure 6-38 County Severe Thunderstorm Warning
AFCS
Displaying County Warning information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the COUNTY Softkey.
APPENDICES
To display the County Warnings legend (Figure 6-39), press the LEGEND Softkey when County Warnings
are selected to be displayed.
INDEX
Figure 6-39 County Warnings Legend
314
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CYCLONE
The Cyclone weather product shows the current location of cyclones (hurricanes), tropical storms, and
their projected tracks. The system displays the projected track information in the form of DD/HH:MM.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Cyclone
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-40 Cyclone Data Selected for Display
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Displaying cyclone (hurricane) track information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the CYCLONE Softkey.
AFCS
To display the Cyclone legend (Figure 6-41), press the LEGEND Softkey when Cyclones are selected to be
displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-41 Cyclone Legend
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
315
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ICING (CIP & SLD)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Current Icing Product (CIP) data (Figure 6-42) shows a graphical view of the current icing environment.
Icing severity is displayed in four categories: light, moderate, severe, and extreme (not specific to aircraft
type). The CIP product is not a forecast, but a presentation of the current conditions at the time of the
analysis.
NOTE: Icing data cannot be simultaneously on the same map with the NEXRAD weather product.
EIS
Supercooled Large Droplet (SLD) icing conditions are characterized by the presence of relatively large,
super cooled water droplets indicative of freezing drizzle and freezing rain aloft. SLD threat areas are depicted
as magenta dots over the CIP colors.
Displaying the Icing weather product:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the ICNG Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Select the desired altitude level: 1,000 feet up to 30,000 feet. Press the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle through
the altitude softkeys. The ICNG Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Icing
Potential
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SLD Threat
Area
APPENDICES
Figure 6-42 Icing Data at 6,000 Feet
INDEX
To display the Icing Potential legend (Figure 6-43), press the LEGEND Softkey when Icing is selected for
display.
Figure 6-43 Icing Potential Legend
316
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TURBULENCE
NOTE: The Turbulence weather product cannot be displayed simultaneously on the same map with the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NEXRAD weather product.
The Turbulence weather product (Figure 6-44) identifies the potential for erratic movement of high-altitude
air mass associated winds. Turbulence is classified as light, moderate, severe or extreme, at altitudes between
21,000 and 45,000 feet. Turbulence information is intended to supplement AIRMETs and SIGMETs.
Displaying the Turbulence weather product:
EIS
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the TURB Softkey.
4) Select the desired altitude level: 21,000 feet up to 45,000 feet. Press the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle
through the altitude softkeys. The TURB Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-44 Turbulence Data at 21,000 Feet
To display the Turbulence legend (Figure 6-45), press the LEGEND Softkey when Turbulence is selected for
display.
APPENDICES
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Figure 6-45 Turbulence Legend
317
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
PIREPS AND AIREPS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs) (Figure 6-46) are in-flight weather observations collected from pilots.
When significant weather conditions are reported or forecast, Air Traffic Control (ATC) facilities are required
to solicit PIREPs. A PIREP may contain adverse weather conditions, such as low in-flight visibility, icing
conditions, wind shear, and turbulence. PIREPs are issued as either Routine (UA) or Urgent (UUA).
Another type of PIREP is an Air Report (AIREP). Commercial airline typically generate AIREPs.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Instructions for
Viewing PIREP
and AIREP Text
PIREP
Selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AIREP
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Urgent
PIREP
Figure 6-46 PIREPs and AIREPs on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
Displaying PIREP and AIREP text:
AFCS
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the AIREPS or PIREPS Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the RANGE Knob and pan to the desired weather report. A gray circle will appear around the weather
report when it is selected.
5) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with PIREP or AIREP text. The data is first displayed
in a decoded fashion, then as raw text.
APPENDICES
6) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the PIREP or AIREP text.
INDEX
7) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
318
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Decoded PIREP Text
EIS
Original PIREP Text
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-47 PIREP Text on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
AFCS
To display the PIREP or AIREP legend (Figure 6-48), press the LEGEND Softkey when PIREPs or AIREPs
are selected for display.
The PIREP color is determined by the type (routine or urgent).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-48 AIREPs & PIREPs Legend
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
319
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TEMPORARY FLIGHT RESTRICTIONS (TFRS)
NOTE: Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR) information.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Always confirm TFR information through official sources such as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control.
EIS
The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) issues Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs) to designate areas
where flight is restricted. TFRs are issued to restrict flight for a variety of reasons including national security,
law enforcement, natural disasters., airshows, and large sporting events. TFRs may be issued at any time, and
TFR information displayed on the system is only intended to supplement official TFR information obtained
from official sources including Flight Service Stations (FSS), and air traffic control.
The age of TFR data is not shown; however, if TFR data is not available or has expired, the system displays
‘TFR N/A’ in the upper-left corner of maps on which TFRs can be displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TFR Summary
Information
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TFR Selected
with Map
Pointer
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-49 TFR Information on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
Displaying TFR Information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page or Navigation Map Page.
APPENDICES
2) Press the RANGE Knob and pan the map pointer over a TFR to highlight it. The system displays TFR summary
information at the top of the map.
3) Press the ENT Key. The system displays a pop-up menu.
4) If necessary, turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Review Airspaces’ and press the ENT Key. The system displays the
TFR Information window.
INDEX
5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to remove the TFR Information window.
320
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 6-50 Full Text for Selected TFR
EIS
The setup menus for the Navigation Map Page control the map range settings above which TFR information
is decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the TFR product map range setting is selected, the
TFR product data is removed from the map.
Maps other than the Navigation Map Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Setting up and customizing TFR data for maps on which TFR information can be displayed:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-51).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Aviation Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-52).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll to the TFR product range setting (Figure 6-53).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (Off, range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-51 Navigation Map Page Menu
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 6-52 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Figure 6-53 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Aviation Group
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
321
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SIRIUSXM WEATHER ABNORMAL OPERATIONS
Some quick troubleshooting steps listed below can be performed to find the possible cause of a failure.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Ensure the owner/operator of the aircraft in which the Data Link Receiver is installed has subscribed to
SiriusXM services
• Ensure the SiriusXM subscription has been activated
• Perform a quick check of the circuit breakers to ensure that power is applied to the Data Link Receiver
EIS
For troubleshooting purposes, check the LRU Information Box on the AUX - System Status Page for Data Link
Receiver (GDL 69/69A) status, serial number, and software version number. If a failure has been detected in the
GDL 69/69A the status is marked with a red X.
Selecting the System Status Page:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page Group.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page (the last page in the AUX Page Group).
INDEX
Figure 6-54 LRU Information Window on System Status Page
322
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
If a failure still exists, the following messages may provide insight as to the possible problem:
Message
NONE
NO SIGNAL
ACTIVATION REQUIRED
WAITING FOR DATA...
Loss of signal; signal strength too low for receiver
Weather Data Link (XM) Page - center
Loss of signal; signal strength too low for receiver
of page
Weather Data Link (XM) Page - center
of page
Weather Data Link (XM) Page - center
of page
Weather Data Link (XM) Page - center
of page
Weather Data Link (XM) Page - center
of page
No communication from Data Link Receiver
within last 5 minutes
SiriusXM subscription is not activated
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
DETECTING ACTIVATION
Data Link Receiver antenna error; service required
EIS
WEATHER DATA LINK FAILED
XM Information Page - Data Signal
Strength field
Description
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
CHECK ANTENNA
Message Location
XM Information Page - Data Signal
Strength field
System is activating SiriusXM subscription(s).
SiriusXM Weather subscription confirmed.
Downloading weather data.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Table 6-5 GDL 69/69A Data Link Receiver Error Messages
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
323
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.2 GARMIN CONNEXT WEATHER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in, near, or around areas of hazardous
weather. Information contained within data link weather products may not accurately depict current
weather conditions.
EIS
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to determine the age of the weather
information shown by the data link weather product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing
weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data link weather product
may be significantly older than the indicated weather product age.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: The availability of specific Garmin Connext weather products varies by region. For Garmin Connext
weather product coverage information, refer to fly.garmin.com/fly-garmin/gfds-weather.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The optional GSR 56 Iridium satellite transceiver provides Garmin Connext Weather reception capabilities to
the system. Graphical weather information and its associated text are displayed on the Multi Function Display
(MFD) and the Primary Flight Display (PFD) Inset Map.
The system provides weather information after the pilot initiates either a manual or automatic Connext Data
Request on the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page on the MFD.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Garmin Connext weather requires an active Iridium satellite network account and a subscription to the Garmin
Connext Weather service.
324
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
REGISTERING THE IRIDIUM SATELLITE SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Before setting up an Iridium account, obtain the serial number of the Iridium Transceiver (GSR1) and the
System ID by selecting the AUX- SYSTEM STATUS Page as shown in Figure 6-55. Contact Garmin at 1-866739-5687 in the United States or 913-397-8200, ext. 1135 with this information.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Iridium Transceiver Serial Number
System ID Number
Figure 6-55 Identification Needed for Iridium Registration
REGISTERING THE SYSTEM FOR GARMIN CONNEXT WEATHER
AFCS
When an account is established, Garmin provides an Access Code which must be entered on the G1000 in
order to complete the registration process.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Registering the system to receive Garmin Connext Weather:
1) With the aircraft outside and having a clear view of the sky, turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the
MAP page group.
APPENDICES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the MAP-WEATHER DATA LINK (CNXT or XM or FIS-B) Page. If ‘XM’ or
‘FIS-B’ is displayed in the page title, it will be necessary to change the data link weather source to Garmin
Connext (CNXT) before continuing. Refer to ‘Viewing the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page’ procedure to change
the data link weather source to Garmin Connext prior to registration.
3) If the system displays the ‘CONNEXT REGISTRATION’ Window, proceed to step 7. Otherwise, press the MENU
Key. The Page Menu window is now displayed as seen in Figure 6-56.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
325
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-56 Select ‘Register With Connext’
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘Register With Connext’ in the menu list.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Press the ENT Key. The system displays the CONNEXT REGISTRATION Window as shown in Figure 6-57.
Figure 6-57 Enter Access Code
326
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7) Enter the access code provided by Garmin Flight Data Services in the ACCESS CODE field.
8) Press the ENT Key. ‘REGISTER’ will now be highlighted as in Figure 6-56.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
9) Press the ENT Key. The system contact Garmin Flight Data Services. System registration is complete when
‘REGISTERED’ is displayed in the STATUS field.
ACCESSING GARMIN CONNEXT WEATHER PRODUCTS
EIS
The principal map for viewing Garmin Connext Weather information is the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page
in the Map Page Group. This is the only G1000 map display capable of showing information for all available
Garmin Connext Weather products. The Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page also provides the capability to select
a different data link weather source (such as SiriusXM or FIS-B), if more than once source has been installed.
The system uses the selected data link weather source for all maps on which data link weather can be displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Viewing the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link (XM, FIS-B, or CNXT) Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) If the page title displays a weather datalink source other than ‘CNXT’, such as ‘XM’ or ‘FIS-B’, proceed to the
following steps to change the data link weather source.
4) Press the MENU Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Display Connext Weather’ and press the ENT Key. The page title displays
‘MAP - WEATHER DATA LINK (CNXT)’ to indicate Garmin Connext Weather is now the selected data link weather
source.
Weather
product age
information
AFCS
Precip Weather
Product Display
Enabled icon
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
190-00498-08 Rev. A
INDEX
Precip Weather
Product Selected
for Display
Figure 6-58 Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page
(After Connext Data Request)
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
327
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When a weather product is selected for display on the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page, a box containing a
symbol for the product and its age (in minutes) are shown in the upper right (Figure 6-58). If weather data has
not been requested yet or is not available, ‘N/A’ is shown next to the product symbol instead of age. The age of
the weather product is based on the time difference between when the data was assembled on the ground and
the current GPS time. Weather products are updated continuously or refreshed at specific intervals (defined in
the Refresh Rate column in Table 6-6).
If for any reason, a weather product is not refreshed within the defined Expiration Time intervals (see Table
6-6), the data is considered expired and is removed from the display. The age of the expired product is replaced
by dashes. If more than half of the expiration time has elapsed, the color of the product age changes to yellow.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Table 6-6 shows the Garmin Connext Weather product symbols, expiration times, and the refresh rates.
The refresh rate represents the interval at which the ground-based Garmin Connext weather service makes
available the most current known weather data. It does not necessarily represent the rates at which new
content is received from various weather sources around the world.
NOTE: The availability of specific Garmin Connext weather products varies by region. For product coverage
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
information, refer to fly.garmin.com/fly-garmin/gfds-weather.
Garmin Connext Weather
Product and Softkey
Symbol
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Radar Precipitation
(PRECIP)
30
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Infrared Satellite
(IR SAT)
Garmin Connext Data Link
Lightning (DL LTNG)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
(SIG/AIR)
Meteorological Aerodrome Report
(METAR)
Winds Aloft
(WIND)
Pilot Weather Reports
(PIREP)
APPENDICES
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
U.S.: 3*
Canada: 3*†
Europe: 15
Australia: 15ˆ
60
30
30
Continuous
60
Continuous
90
Continuous
60
Continuous
90
Continuous
Temporary Flight Restrictions
no product image
60
Continuous
Terminal Aerodrome Reports
no product image
60
Continuous
INDEX
* The composite precipitation image is updated every 3 minutes, but individual radar sites may take
between 3 and 10 minutes to provide new data.
†
Canadian radar precipitation data provided by Environment Canada.
ˆ Australian radar precipitation data provided by the Australia Bureau of Meteorology
Table 6-6 Garmin Connext Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
328
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Nearest Page Group
Flight Plan Pages
Infrared Satellite
AUX - Trip Planning
Page
Weather Data Link
(CNXT) Page
+
Weather Information
Page
Navigation Map Page
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
EIS
+
Precipitation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Garmin Connext Weather
Product
PFD Inset Map
Table 6-7 shows which Garmin Connext Weather products can be displayed (indicated with a ‘+’ symbol) on
specific G1000 maps.
+
Connext Data Link Lightning
+
+
+
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
+
METARs
+
+
+
+
PIREPs
+
+
No Radar Coverage
+
+
+
TFRs
+
+
+
+
+
+
TAFs
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Winds Aloft
+
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 6-7 Garmin Weather Product Display Maps
Softkeys control the display of weather information on most MFD pages and the PFD Inset Map (Figure
6-59 shows the weather product softkeys for the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page). When a weather product
is selected for display, the corresponding softkey label changes to gray to indicate the product display is
enabled.
IR SAT
DL LTNG
SIG/AIR
LEGEND MORE WX CHKLIST
PIREPS
BACK
WIND Softkey label changes
to reflect current selection.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
WIND OFF
METAR
AFCS
PRECIP
ENGINE
Press the BACK Softkey
to move up one level.
PREV and NEXT Softkeys cycle through Winds Aloft
altitude selection softkeys.
SFC
3000
6000
9000
12000
15000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
18000
21000
24000
27000
30000
33000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
36000
39000
42000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
INDEX
OFF
APPENDICES
PREV
Figure 6-59 Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page (MFD)
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
329
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The setup menus for the Navigation Map Page and the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page control the map range
settings above which weather products data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the
weather product map range setting is selected, the weather product data is removed from the map. The menus
also provide a means in addition to the softkeys for enabling/disabling display of weather products.
Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-60).
EIS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘PRODUCT GROUP 1’ or ‘PRODUCT GROUP 2’, and press the ENT Key (Figure
6-61).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page with the changed settings.
Figure 6-60 Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page Menu
Figure 6-61 Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page Setup Menu
INDEX
APPENDICES
If multiple data link weather services are installed, customizing the display settings for the corresponding
weather products shown in Table 6-8 will result in identical settings for a comparable weather product from
another service provider.
330
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FIS-B Weather Product
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Regional Radar Precipitation
(PRECIP)
Not applicable
Not applicable
EIS
Not applicable
Meteorological Aerodrome Report
(METARs)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Not applicable
Not applicable
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Garmin Connext Weather
Product
Precipitation
Next-generation Radar
(NEXRAD)
(PRECIP)
Cloud Top
Infrared Satellite
(CLD TOP)
(IR SAT)
SiriusXM Lightning
GFDS Lightning
(DL LTNG)
(XM LTNG)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
(SIG/AIR)
(SIG/AIR)
Meteorological Aerodrome Report Meteorological Aerodrome Report
(METARs)
(METARs)
Winds Aloft
Winds Aloft
(WIND)
(WIND)
Pilot Weather Report
Pilot Weather Report
(PIREPs)
(PIREPs)
SiriusXM Weather Product
Table 6-8 Corresponding Data Link Weather Product Settings
Restoring default Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page settings:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
AFCS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘PRODUCT GROUP 1’ or ‘PRODUCT GROUP 2’, and press the ENT Key (Figure
6-61).
5) If restoring an individual weather product setting to its default value, turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the
desired field to restore.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Press the MENU Key.
7) Turn the large FMS Knob if needed to highlight ‘Restore Selection Default’ (to restore only the highlighted field)
or ‘Restore All Defaults’ (to restore all products within the selected product group to their default settings), and
press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
Maps besides the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation
Map Page.
Setting up and customizing weather data for the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
INDEX
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-62).
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
331
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-63).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-64).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-62 Navigation Map Page Menu
AFCS
Figure 6-63 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-64 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Weather Group
Each active weather product has an associated legend which can be displayed on the Weather Data Link
(CNXT) Page. If no weather product softkeys are selected, the LEGEND Softkey will be unavailable.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Viewing legends for displayed weather products
1) Select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
2) Press the LEGEND Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather products.
Or:
APPENDICES
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Weather Legend’ and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the legends if more are available than fit in the window.
INDEX
4) To remove the Legend Window, select the LEGEND Softkey, the ENT or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.
332
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional information about the following can be displayed by panning over the display on the map:
• METARs
• SIGMETs
• TFRs
• AIRMETs
• PIREPs
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Infrared Satellite (IR SAT)
The map panning feature is enabled by pressing the RANGE Knob. The map range is adjusted by turning
the RANGE Knob. If the map range is adjusted while panning is enabled, the map is re-centered on the Map
Pointer.
EIS
Instructions
for Viewing
METAR and
TAF Text
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected
Airport
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-65 Panning on the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page
AFCS
CONNEXT DATA REQUESTS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Connext Data Request Window provides the flight crew with the options to enable or disable the
requested weather coverage area(s), choose automatic weather update intervals (if desired), and the ability to
send or cancel weather data requests. The status of the Garmin Connext data request process is also displayed.
APPENDICES
Before a Connext Data Request can occur, a valid request coverage area must be defined from which all
currently available Garmin Connext weather products will be retrieved. At a minimum, either the aircraft’s
present position or a waypoint (as part of a flight plan or entered directly in the ‘WAYPOINT’ coverage field) must
be part of the request coverage area, otherwise the request status window will indicate ‘INVALID COVERAGE
AREA’ and the system will not allow a request to occur.
It is not necessary for a destination (based on an active flight plan), a flight plan, or waypoint to be specified
prior to enabling these coverage areas; however no weather data will be retrieved for these option(s) until a
flight plan or waypoint is provided, respectively.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
333
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Requesting Garmin Connext Weather data manually:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-66).
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired coverage option(s) and press the ENT Key to check or uncheck
one of more of the following coverage selections (Figures 6-67, 6-68):
• PRESENT POSITION – Requests data based on current location.
EIS
• DESTINATION – Requests data based on the active flight plan destination (Direct-To destinations excluded).
See the Flight Management section for more information about entering and activating flight plans.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• FPL – Requests data along an active flight plan, if one exists. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired
flight plan look-ahead distance option (or choose ‘REMAINING FPL’ to request the remainder of the flight
plan), then press the ENT Key.
• WAYPOINT – Requests data based on a waypoint (which may be off-route). Turn the large and small FMS
Knobs to enter a waypoint, then press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Turn the large FMS Knob highlight to the ‘DIAMETER / RTE WIDTH’ (diameter/route width) distance field and
turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired diameter and route width of the request, then press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6) Turn the large FMS Knob until the ‘SEND REQ’ button is highlighted. Press the ENT Key to initiate the request
immediately or press the FMS Knob to return to the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page without requesting
weather data.
APPENDICES
Figure 6-66 Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page Menu
INDEX
Figure 6-67 Connext Data Request Window
334
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Destination Selected,
200 nm Diameter
Requested
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Present Position Selected,
200 nm Diameter
Requested
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Off-Route Waypoint
Selected, 200 nm Diameter
Requested
AFCS
Next 80 nm of Flight Plan
Selected, 200 nm Route
Width Requested
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-68 Connext Data Request Results with Precipitation and Infrared Satellite Displayed
APPENDICES
During a Connext Data Request, the REQUEST STATUS window initially displays “Contacting Connext...”.
Once a connection is established, the REQUEST STATUS window displays “Receiving Wx Data... Time
Remaining:” with an estimated data transfer time (either in minutes or seconds). If desired, the Connext
Data Request Window may be closed while the data request is processing by pressing the FMS Knob; the
data request will continue to process in the background. Connext Data Requests typically take between 1 to
4 minutes to complete depending on the size of the selected weather coverage area(s), the amount of weather
activity present, and the Iridium signal strength.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
The system retrieves all available Garmin Connext weather products within the selected coverage area(s)
during an initial Connext Data Request, regardless of which products (if any) are currently enabled for display.
335
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
On subsequent requests, previously retrieved textual data (such as METARs and TAFs) is retained if it has not
expired, while new textual weather data matching the current coverage area and all graphical weather data is
transferred to the aircraft during every data request.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
At the completion of a successful weather data request, the REQUEST STATUS window (if shown) indicates
‘OK’. Refer to the Abnormal Operations discussion later in this section for more information on the messages
received if the request is unsuccessful.
Cancelling a Connext Data Request in Progress:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
EIS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘CANCEL REQ’ and press the ENT Key. The request status box indicates
‘Request Cancelled’.
5) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The pilot can schedule Connext Data Requests to recur automatically. Auto requests remain enabled until the
pilot disables them, or the system power is cycled. The Request Status window will indicate a countdown timer
until the next automatic data request occurs.
NOTE: If automatic Connext Data Requests were enabled prior to the system entering Reversionary Mode,
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
the automatic weather data requests will continue in Reversionary Mode, however the Connext Data
Request Window and its associated options will not be available.
Enabling/disabling automatic Connext Data Requests:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
AFCS
3) With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Choose the desired weather coverage options.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘UPDATE RATE’ setting. Then turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the
desired automatic update frequency (select an interval of minutes, or ‘OFF’), then press the ENT Key.
6) The ‘SEND REQ” button is highlighted and a countdown timer is displayed in the ‘REQUEST STATUS’ based
on the currently selected update rate. Press the ENT Key to immediately send an immediate Connext Data
Request.
APPENDICES
Or:
INDEX
Press the FMS Knob to return to the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
336
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GARMIN CONNEXT WEATHER PRODUCTS
PRECIPITATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Precipitation (PRECIP) data is not real-time. The lapsed time between collection, processing, and
dissemination of radar images can be significant and may not reflect the current radar synopsis. Due to the
inherent delays and the relative age of the data, it should be used for long-range planning purposes only.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Boundary of
Precipitation data
request
No Radar Coverage
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-69 Precipitation Data on the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Nearest Pages
• Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page
• Flight Plan Pages
• Airport Information Page
• AUX - Video Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• PFD Inset Map
AFCS
Precipitation data can be displayed on the following maps:
Displaying Precipitation weather information:
APPENDICES
1) Select the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, select the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
2) Press the PRECIP Softkey.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Radar data shown represents lowest level, base reflectivity, of radar returns. The display of the information
is color-coded to indicate the weather severity level. All weather product legends can be viewed on the
Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page. For the Precipitation legend (Figure 6-70), press the LEGEND Softkey when
Precipitation is selected for display.
337
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
No Radar Coverage
EIS
Boundary of Connext
Data request
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-70 Precipitation Data Legend
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The display of radar coverage is enabled when Precipitation is selected for display. Areas where precipitation
radar coverage is not currently available or is not being collected are indicated in gray shade of purple. A
white boundary line with white tick marks depicts the selected coverage area of the Connext Data Request.
This boundary encloses the precipitation data when this weather product is displayed.
Reflectivity
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver. Colors on the Precipitation
display directly correlate to the level of detected reflectivity. Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous weather
can be very complex.
The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply put, certain types of weather
reflect radar better than others. The intensity of a radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of the
weather hazard level. For instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reflection, while dry hail does not. Both
wet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous.
AFCS
The different radar echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative to reflectivity (Z). Weather
radars measure the reflectivity ratio, or the energy reflected back to the radar receiver (designated by the
letter Z). The value of Z increases as the returned signal strength increases.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Precipitation Limitations
Radar images may have certain limitations:
APPENDICES
• Radar base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine cloud layers or precipitation
characteristics (wet hail vs. rain). For example, it is not possible to distinguish between wet snow, wet
hail, and rain.
• Radar base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation angle. An individual radar site
cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges. It has no information about storms directly over the
site.
INDEX
• When zoomed in to a range of 30 nm, each square block on the display represents an area of four square
kilometers.
338
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Block represents
4 km2
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-71 Precipitation Data - Zoomed
The following may cause abnormalities in displayed radar images:
• Ground clutter
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Strobes and spurious radar data
• Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun)
• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows
• Metallic dust from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar scans
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
339
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
INFRARED SATELLITE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Infrared Satellite (IR SAT) data (Figure 6-72) depicts cloud top temperatures from satellite imagery. Brighter
cloud top colors indicate cooler temperatures occurring at higher altitudes.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-72 Infrared Satellite Data on the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page
Displaying Cloud Tops information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
AFCS
2) Press the IR SAT Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
To display the Infrared Satellite legend (Figure 6-73), select the LEGEND Softkey when Infrared Satellite data
is selected for display.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 6-73 Infrared Satellite Legend
340
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GARMIN CONNEXT DATA LINK LIGHTNING
NOTE: Garmin Connext Data Link Lightning cannot be displayed simultaneously with Stormscope® lightning
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
information on the same map.
Data Link Lightning (DL LTNG) data (Figure 6-74) shows the approximate location of cloud-to-ground
lightning strikes. A strike icon represents a strike that has occurred within a two-kilometer region. Neither
cloud-to-cloud nor the exact location of the lightning strike is displayed.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Lightning Strikes
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-74 Garmin Connext Data Link Lightning
Data Link Lightning information can be shown on the following maps:
• Navigation Map Page
• Nearest Pages
• Weather Data Link Page
• Flight Plan Pages
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Trip Planning Page
AFCS
• PFD Inset Map
• AUX - Video Page
Displaying Data Link Lightning information:
APPENDICES
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, select the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
2) Press the DL LTNG Softkey.
To display the Datalink Lightning legend on the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page (Figure 6-75), select the
LEGEND Softkey when Datalink Lightning is selected for display.
INDEX
Figure 6-75 Data Link Lightning Legend
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
341
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SIGMETS AND AIRMETS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SIGMETs (SIGnificant METeorological Information) and AIRMETs (AIRmen’s METeorological Information)
are issued for potentially hazardous weather. A Convective SIGMET is issued for hazardous convective
weather such as severe or widespread thunderstorms. A localized SIGMET can be displayed when significant
weather conditions are not widespread.
The entire SIGMET or AIRMET is displayed as long as any portion of it is issued within the coverage area
of the Connext Data Request.
EIS
Instructions for Viewing
SIGMET/AIRMET Text
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SIGMET
Figure 6-76 SIGMET/AIRMET Weather Product
AFCS
Displaying SIGMETs and AIRMETs:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the SIG/AIR Softkey.
3) To view the text of the SIGMET or AIRMET, press the RANGE Knob and move the Map Pointer over the icon.
4) Press the ENT key. Figure 6-77 shows sample SIGMET text.
INDEX
APPENDICES
To display the SIGMET and AIRMET legend (Figure 6-78), select the LEGEND Softkey when SIGMETs and
AIRMETs are selected for display.
Figure 6-77 Sample SIGMET Text
342
Figure 6-78 SIGMET/AIRMET Legend
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
METARS AND TAFS
NOTE: Atmospheric pressure as reported for METARs is given in hectopascals (hPa), except for in the United
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
States, where it is reported in inches of mercury (in Hg). Temperatures are reported in Celsius.
NOTE: METAR information is only displayed within the installed navigation database service area.
EIS
METARs (METeorological Aerodrome Reports) typically contain information about the temperature,
dewpoint, wind, precipitation, cloud cover, cloud heights, visibility, and barometric pressure at an airport or
observation station. They can also contain information on precipitation amounts, lightning, and other critical
data. METARs reflect hourly observations; non-routine updates include the code “SPECI” in the report.
METARs are shown as colored flags at airports that provide them.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Instructions for
Viewing METAR
and TAF Text
Selected Airport
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 6-79 METAR Flags on the Navigation Map Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
TAFs (Terminal Aerodrome Forecasts) are weather predictions for specific airports within a 24- hour period,
and may span up to 36 hours. TAFs typically include forecast wind, visibility, weather phenomena, and sky
conditions using METAR codes.
APPENDICES
METAR and TAF text are displayed on the Weather Information Page. METAR data is displayed first in a
decoded fashion, followed by the original text. Note the original text may contain additional information
not found in the decoded version. TAF information is displayed only in its original form when it is available
Displaying METAR and TAF text:
1) On the Weather Data Link (XM) Page, press the METAR Softkey.
INDEX
2) Press the RANGE Knob and pan to the desired airport.
3) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with METAR and TAF text.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
343
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. METAR text must be completely
scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.
5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
1) Select the Weather Information Page.
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Waypoint Page Group.
b) Press the WX Softkey to select the Weather Information Page.
EIS
2) Press the FMS Knob to display the cursor.
3) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired airport and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. Note that the METAR text must
be completely scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.
METAR Text for the
Selected Airport
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
METAR Symbol
AFCS
TAF Text for the
Selected Airport
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-80 METAR and TAF Text on the Weather Information Page
APPENDICES
In addition, METAR flags and their associated text are displayed on the Active Flight Plan Page on the
MFD. A solid METAR flag next to a waypoint indicates METAR observations are available corresponding to
a specific waypoint in the flight plan; a hollow METAR flag indicates an off-route METAR near the flight plan
waypoint is available. If METAR text for an off-route waypoint is displayed, the system also provides the
source, distance, and direction of the off-route METAR reporting station in relation to the flight plan waypoint
at the end of the report.
INDEX
The original METAR text is also accessible while panning the map cursor over a METAR flag on any map
page. The METAR text appears in a box near the METAR flag.
To display the METAR legend on the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page (Figure 6-81), press the LEGEND
Softkey when METARs are selected for display.
344
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The METAR flag color is determined by the information in the METAR text. A gray METAR flag is displayed
when the METAR text does not contain adequate information to determine the METAR category (e.g. VFR,
IFR).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 6-81 METAR Legend
EIS
WINDS ALOFT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Winds Aloft data (Figure 6-82) shows the forecast wind speed and direction at the surface and at selected
altitudes. Altitude can be displayed in 3,000-foot increments up to 42,000 feet MSL.
Displaying Winds Aloft data:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the WIND Softkey.
4) Select the desired altitude level: SFC (surface) up to 42,000 feet. Select the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle
through the altitude softkeys. The WIND Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-82 Winds Aloft at 3,000 Feet
To display the Winds Aloft legend (Figure 6-83), press the LEGEND Softkey when Winds Aloft is selected
for display.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
345
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-83 Winds Aloft Data with Legend
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Headwind and tailwind components aloft are available inside the Profile View on the Navigation Map Page
(Figure 6-84). The displayed components are relative to current aircraft altitude and track, but not to aircraft
speed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Winds Aloft Data Age
Altitude Scale
Wind Component
Velocity and Direction
Arrow
AFCS
Figure 6-84 Navigation Map Page with Winds Aloft Data on
Profile View
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Arrows pointing to the left indicate headwind components; tailwind component arrows point to the right,
as shown in Table 6-9.
Headwind
Symbol
Tailwind
Symbol
Headwind/Tailwind
Component
None
None
Less than 5 knots
5 knots
INDEX
10 knots
50 knots
Table 6-9 Profile View Headwind/Tailwind Component Symbols
346
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Showing/Hiding Profile View (containing winds aloft data)
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MAP Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the PROFILE Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
EIS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show Profile View’ or ‘Hide Profile View’ (choice dependent on current
state) and press the ENT Key.
Winds Aloft data inside the Profile View is enabled by default when the Profile View is displayed on the
Navigation Map Page. This behavior can be changed on the Navigation Map Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Enabling/disabling winds aloft data display in Profile View:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-85).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Profile Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-86).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘Profile Winds’ (Figure 6-87).
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-85 Navigation Map Page Menu
APPENDICES
190-00498-08 Rev. A
INDEX
Figure 6-86 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-87 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Weather Group
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
347
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
PIREPS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs) describe in-flight weather encountered by pilots. A PIREP may contain
adverse weather conditions, such as low in-flight visibility, icing conditions, wind shear, turbulence, and type
of aircraft flown. PIREPs are issued as either Routine (UA) or Urgent (UUA).
Instructions for
Viewing PIREP
Text
PIREP
Selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Urgent
PIREP
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-88 PIREPs on the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page
Displaying PIREP text:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
AFCS
3) Press the PIREPS Softkey.
4) Press the RANGE Knob and pan to the desired weather report. A gray circle will appear around the weather
report when it is selected.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Press the ENT Key. The PIREP tex is first displayed in a decoded fashion, then as raw text.
6) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the PIREP text.
INDEX
APPENDICES
7) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to close the PIREP text window and return to the Weather Data Link (CNXT)
Page.
348
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Decoded PIREP Text
EIS
Raw PIREP Text
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-89 PIREP Text on the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
To display the PIREP legend (Figure 6-90), press the LEGEND Softkey when PIREPs are selected for
display. The PIREP color is determined by the type (routine or urgent).
Figure 6-90 AIREPs & PIREPs Legend
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
349
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TFRS
NOTE: Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR) data from Garmin Connext is only available in the United States
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
(not including any U.S. territories.) Refer to fly.garmin.com/fly-garmin/gfds-weather for Garmin Connext
Weather product coverage information.
EIS
In the United States, the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) issues Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs)
to designate areas where flight is restricted. TFRs are issued to restrict flight for a variety of reasons including
national security, law enforcement, firefighting, natural disasters., airshows, and large sporting events. TFRs
may be issued at any time, and TFR data displayed on the G1000 is only intended to supplement official TFR
information obtained from Flight Service Stations (FSS), and air traffic control.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The age of TFR data is not shown; however, if TFR data is not available or has expired, the system displays
‘TFR N/A’ in the upper-left corner of maps on which TFRs can be displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TFR Summary
Information
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TFR Selected
with Map
Pointer
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-91 TFR Data on the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page
Displaying TFR Data:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page or Navigation Map Page.
APPENDICES
2) Press the RANGE Knob and pan the map pointer over a TFR to highlight it. The system displays TFR summary
information above the map.
3) Press the ENT Key. The system displays a pop-up menu.
4) If necessary, turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Review Airspaces’ and press the ENT Key. The system displays the
TFR Information window (Figure 6-92).
INDEX
5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to remove the TFR Information window.
350
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 6-92 Full Text for Selected TFR
EIS
The setup menus for the Navigation Map Page control the map range settings above which TFR data is
decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the TFR product map range setting is selected, the TFR
product data is removed from the map.
Maps other than the Navigation Map Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Setting up and customizing TFR data for maps on which TFR data can be displayed:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-93).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Aviation Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-94).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll to the TFR product range setting (Figure 6-95).
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (Off, range settings).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-93 Navigation Map Page Menu
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 6-94 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Figure 6-95 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Weather Group
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
351
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
ABNORMAL OPERATIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If the system cannot complete a Connext Data Request, one or more messages will appear in the request status
window.
Weather Request Status
Message
Description
EIS
Auto requests inhibited
The system has disabled automatic weather data requests due to excessive errors.
Send manual request to reset. Automatic weather data requests have stopped. Send a manual weather data request to
resume automatic updates.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Auto update retry: ##
Seconds
Connext Comm Error [2]
Connext Comm Error [4]
Connext Comm Error [5]
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Connext Comm Error [6]
Connext Comm Error [7]
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Connext Comm Error [8]
Connext Login Is Invalid
Connext Server Temporarily
Inop
Connext Server Inop
AFCS
Invalid Coverage Area
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
No Connext Subscription
Reduce Request Area
APPENDICES
Request Cancelled
Request Failed - Try Again
The system will attempt another automatic weather data request after an error occurred
during the previous request. Timer counts down until the next automatic request occurs.
A communications error has occurred with the GIA. The system should be serviced.
This occurs if multiple automatic weather data requests have recently failed, or a GIA is
off-line.
The Iridium or GFDS systems are not accessible. Check Iridium signal strength. If this error
persists, the system should be serviced.
A communications error has occurred. It this error persists, the system should be serviced.
A weather data transfer has timed out. Check Iridium signal strength and re-send the data
request.
A server error has occurred or invalid data received.
There is a problem with the Garmin Connext Weather registration. Contact Garmin Flight
Data Services at 1-866-739-5687 in the United States or 913-440-1135 for assistance.
The Garmin Connext weather data servers are temporarily out of service, but are expected
to return to service in less than 30 minutes.
The Garmin Connext weather data servers are expected to be out of service for at least 30
minutes.
The weather data request coverage area does not contain at least one of the following:
a waypoint, a flight plan, or a flight plan destination. Verify at least one of the coverage
options is enabled (checked) and contains required criteria, then re-send the data request.
The system is not be currently subscribed to Garmin Connext weather, or the access code is
incorrect. Verify the access code. Contact Garmin at 1-866-739-5687 in the United States
or 913-440-1135 for assistance.
The Garmin Connext Data request area exceeds size limits. Reduce weather coverage area
and re-send data request.
The pilot has cancelled a Connext Data Request..
The weather data request timed-out. Re-send data request.
INDEX
Table 6-10 Abnormal Garmin Connext Weather Data Request Status Messages
352
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When the system is operating in Reversionary Mode, only those weather products which can be displayed on
the PFD Inset map will be available for display (see Table 6-7 for a list of weather products and their associated
map availability).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If manual weather data requests were enabled prior to entering Reversionary Mode, no new Connext Data
Requests can be issued while operating in Reversionary Mode. If automatic weather data requests were enabled
prior to Reversionary Mode operation, the system will continue the automatic data requests in Reversionary
Mode (provided automatic requests have not been inhibited due to a system error).
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
353
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.3 FIS-B WEATHER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in, near, or around areas of hazardous
weather. Information contained within data link weather products may not accurately depict current
weather conditions.
EIS
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to determine the age of the weather
information shown by the data link weather product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing
weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data link weather product
may be significantly older than the indicated weather product age.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The optional GDL 90 receives Flight Information Services - Broadcast (FIS-B) weather data from a network
of UAT (Universal Access Transceiver) ground-based transceivers (GBTs). The system displays FIS-B graphical
weather information and associated text on the Multi Function Display (MFD) and the Primary Flight Display
(PFD) Inset Map.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
FIS-B weather data reception requires the aircraft being within range and line-of-sight of an operating GBT
broadcasting FIS-B weather data. Reception may be affected by factors including altitude or terrain.
Reception of FIS-B weather data occurs automatically without any pilot action. FIS-B broadcasts provide
weather data in a repeating cycle which may take approximately ten minutes to transmit all available weather
data. Therefore, not all available weather data may be available immediately upon initial FIS-B signal acquisition.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
USING FIS-B WEATHER PRODUCTS
The primary map for viewing FIS-B Weather data is the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page in the Map Page
Group.
Viewing the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page:
AFCS
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link (FIS-B, XM, or CNXT) Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) If the page title displays a weather datalink source other than ‘FIS-B’, such as ‘XM’ or ‘CNXT’, proceed to the
following steps to change the weather datalink source.
4) Press the MENU Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Display FIS-B Weather’ and press the ENT Key. The page title will display
‘MAP - WEATHER DATA LINK (FIS-B)’ to indicate FIS-B is now the selected data link weather source.
354
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Weather Product Symbol
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Weather
Product
Data Age in
Minutes
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-96 Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When a FIS-B weather product is active on a map, the age of the data is displayed on the screen to the right
of the product symbol (Figure 6-96). The age of the product is based on the time difference between when
the data was assembled on the ground and the current GPS time. Weather products are refreshed at specific
intervals (defined in the Refresh Rate column in Table 6-11).
AFCS
If for any reason, a weather product is not refreshed within the Expiration Time intervals (see Table 6-11),
the data is considered expired and is removed from the display. This ensures that the displayed data is consistent
with FIS-B broadcast data. If more than half of the expiration time has elapsed, the color of the product age
displayed changes to yellow. The system displays dashes instead of a product age when a product has expired.
If a weather product is not available or has not been received, the system displays ‘N/A’ instead of a product age.
FIS-B Weather Product
Symbol
Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
30
2.5
90
5
no product image
30
2.5
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
no product image
60
10
INDEX
No Radar Coverage
APPENDICES
Regional Radar Precipitation
(PRECIP)
Meteorological Aerodrome Report
(METARs
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Table 6-11 shows the FIS-B weather product symbols, the expiration time and the refresh rate. The refresh
rate represents the interval at which FIS-B GBTs broadcast new signals that may or may not contain new weather
data. It does not represent the rate at which weather data is updated or new content is received by the GDL 90.
Table 6-11 Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
355
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
METARs
+
+
+
+
+
+
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TAFs
Flight Plan Pages
+
Nearest Page Group
+
AUX - Video Page
Weather Data Link
(XM) Page
+
AUX - Trip Planning
Page
Navigation Map Page
PRECIP
FIS-B Weather Product
Weather Information
Page
PFD Inset Map
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Table 6-12 shows which FIS-B weather products can be displayed (indicated with a ‘+’ symbol) on specific
maps.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Table 6-12 FIS-B Weather Product Display Maps
Softkeys control the display of weather information on most MFD pages and the PFD Inset Map (Figure
6-97) shows the weather product softkeys for the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page). When a weather product
is enabled for display, the corresponding softkey label changes to gray.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
ENGINE
PRECIP
METAR
LEGEND MORE WX CHKLIST
FigureFRZ
6-97
Weather Data Link Weather Product Softkeys
(FIS-B)BACK
LVL WIND OFF
COUNTY
CYCLONE SFC OFF
ICNG OFF TURB OFF AIREPS
PIREPS
AFCS
SFC Softkey
labelthe
changes
Maps
besides
Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map
to reflect current selection.
Page.
WIND/ICNG/TURB Softkey labels
Select the BACK Softkey
change to reflect current selection.
to move up one level.
Setting up and customizing
FIS-B
weather
for the
Map Page:
BACK
CURRENT
LEGEND
12 HR
24 HR data
36 HR
48 HR Navigation
OFF
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
PREV and NEXT Softkeys cycle through Winds Aloft,
Icing, and Turbulence altitude selection softkeys.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press
the OFF
MENUSFC
Key.
PREV
3000
6000
9000
12000
15000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-98).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-99).
PREV
OFF
18000
21000
24000
27000
30000
33000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
APPENDICES
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-100).
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
PREV
OFF
36000
39000
NEXT
42000
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
LEGEND
BACK
INDEX
8) Press
the OFF
FMS Knob
or CLR
Key6000
to return
to the12000
Navigation
Map
PageLEGEND
with theBACK
changed settings.
3000
1000
NEXT
9000
15000
PREV
356
PREV
OFF
18000
21000
24000
27000
30000
PREV
OFF
21000
24000
27000
30000
33000
36000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Figure 6-98 Navigation Map Page Menu
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-99 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-100 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu,
Weather Group
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The setup menus for the Navigation Map Page and the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page control the map range
settings above which weather products data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the
weather product map range setting is selected, the weather product data is removed from the map. The menus
also provide a means in addition to the softkeys for enabling/disabling display of weather products.
Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page:
AFCS
1) Select the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-101).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Product Group 1’, and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-102).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page with the changed settings.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
357
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-101 Weather Data Link
(FIS-B) Page Menu
Figure 6-102 Weather Data Link (FIS-B)
Page Setup Menu
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Restoring default Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page settings:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
AFCS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘PRODUCT GROUP 1’, and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-102).
5) If restoring an individual weather product setting to its default value, turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the
desired field to restore.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Press the MENU Key.
7) Turn the large FMS Knob if needed to highlight ‘Restore Selection Default’ (to restore only the highlighted field)
or ‘Restore All Defaults’ (to restore all products within the selected product group to their default settings), and
press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
When a FIS-B weather product is enabled for display on the PFD Inset Map, the weather product information
box (with the product icon and age) can be displayed inside the PFD Inset Map.
Displaying/removing the weather product information box on the PFD Inset Map:
1) On the PFD, press the INSET Softkey.
INDEX
2) Press the WX LGND Softkey.
3) To remove the weather product information box, press the WX LGND Softkey again.
358
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Each active weather product has an associated legend which can be displayed on the Weather Data Link
(FIS-B) Page. A weather product legend can also be displayed on the Navigation Map Page for active FIS-B
weather products displayed on that page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Viewing legends for displayed weather products on the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page.
2) Press the LEGEND Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather products.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
EIS
b) Select ‘Weather Legend’ and press the ENT Key.
3) To remove the Legend Window, press the LEGEND Softkey, the ENT or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Viewing legends for displayed weather products (on the Navigation Map Page):
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MAP Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the LEGEND Softkey (available if one or more FIS-B weather products are enabled for display).
4) To remove the Legend Window, press the LEGEND Softkey, the ENT or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.
Additional information about METARs can be displayed by panning over a METAR flag on the map:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The map panning feature is enabled by pressing the RANGE Knob. The map range is adjusted by turning the
RANGE Knob. If the map range is adjusted while panning is enabled, the map is re-centered on the Map Pointer.
Instructions for
Viewing METAR
and TAF Text
AFCS
Airport Selected
with Map
Pointer
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Figure 6-103 Panning on the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page)
359
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
REGIONAL RADAR PRECIPITATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FIS-B Regional Radar Precipitation is based on WSR-88D, or NEXRAD (NEXt-generation RADar), a
network of high-resolution Doppler radar systems that are operated by the National Weather Service (NWS).
The maximum range of a single NEXRAD radar site is 250 nm. In addition to a wide array of services, the
NEXRAD network provides important information about severe weather and air traffic safety.
NOTE: Regional Radar Precipitation data cannot be displayed at the same time as terrain.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Because of the time required to detect, assemble, and distribute the radar product, the displayed weather
information contained within the product may be significantly older than the current radar synopsis and
may not depict the current weather conditions. The Regional Radar Precipitation weather product should
never be used as a basis for maneuvering in, near, or around areas of hazardous weather regardless of the
information it contains.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-104 Regional Radar Precipitation Data on the Weather
Data Link (FIS-B) Page)
• PFD Inset Map
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Nearest Pages
• Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page
• Flight Plan Pages
• Airport Information Page
• AUX - Video Page
INDEX
APPENDICES
Regional Radar Precipitation data can be displayed on the following maps:
360
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Displaying Regional Radar Precipitation information:
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the PRECIP Softkey.
The Regional Radar Precipitation product coverage area varies, as it is determined by the data received from
ground-based sources. When the Regional Radar Precipitation product is enabled, a white hashed boundary
rectangle encloses this area to indicate the geographic limits of the regional radar coverage being displayed.
The system shows composite radar data from all available NEXRAD sites inside of this boundary area.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
No Radar
Coverage
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Boundary
of FIS-B
Regional Radar
Precipitation
Product
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 6-105 Regional Radar Precipitation Data on the Weather
Data Link (FIS-B) Page)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
This data is composed of the maximum reflectivity from the individual radar sweeps. The display of the
information is color-coded to indicate the weather severity level. All weather product legends can be viewed
on the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page. For the Precipitation legend (Figure 6-106), press the LEGEND
Softkey when Regional Radar Precipitation data is selected for display.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
361
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
No Radar Coverage
(Inside Coverage
Boundary)
EIS
Boundary of Regional
Radar Coverage Area
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-106 Regional Radar Precipitation Data Legend
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The display of radar coverage is enabled when PRECIP is selected for display. Areas within the coverage
boundary where radar precipitation data is not currently available, has not yet been received, or is not being
collected are indicated in gray shade of purple.
NOTE: If the system has not received all available Regional Radar Precipitation data (such as during initial
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FIS-B signal acquisition or in areas of marginal or poor signal reception), the system may display areas of no
radar coverage which are subsequently removed as radar data is received. It may take up to approximately
ten minutes to receive all FIS-B data, when adequate reception is available.
Reflectivity
AFCS
Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver. Colors on the NEXRAD
display are directly correlative to the level of detected reflectivity. Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous
weather can be very complex.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply put, certain types of weather
reflect radar better than others. The intensity of a radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of the
weather hazard level. For instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reflection, while dry hail does not. Both
wet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous.
The different NEXRAD echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative to reflectivity (Z). NEXRAD
measures the radar reflectivity ratio, or the energy reflected back to the radar receiver (designated by the
letter Z). The value of Z increases as the returned signal strength increases.
APPENDICES
NEXRAD Limitations
NEXRAD radar images may have certain limitations:
INDEX
• NEXRAD base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine cloud layers or precipitation
characteristics (wet hail vs. rain). For example, it is not possible to distinguish between wet snow, wet
hail, and rain.
362
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• NEXRAD base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation angle. An individual NEXRAD
site cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges. It has no information about storms directly over
the radar site.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• When zoomed in to a range of 30 nm, each square block on the display represents an area of four square
kilometers. The intensity level reflected by each square represents the highest level of NEXRAD data
sampled within the area (Figure 6-107).
EIS
Block Area is 4 km2
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-107 Regional Radar Data - Zoomed
The following may cause abnormalities in displayed NEXRAD radar images:
AFCS
• Ground clutter
• Strobes and spurious radar data
• Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows
• Metallic dust from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar scans
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
363
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
METARS AND TAFS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Atmospheric pressure is reported in inches of mercury (in Hg). Temperatures are reported in Celsius.
NOTE: The system will begin to display METAR flags as it receives reports; however it may take approximately
ten minutes for all available METAR and TAF data to be received over a FIS-B broadcast.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Aviation Routine Weather Reports or METARs typically contain current information about the temperature,
dewpoint, wind, precipitation, cloud cover, cloud heights, visibility, and barometric pressure at an airport or
observation station. They can also contain information on precipitation amounts, lightning, and other critical
data. METARs reflect routine hourly observations. An Aviation Selected Special Report or SPECI includes
the code “SPECI” in the report, and may be issued if critical information has changed after the issuance of a
METAR. The system displays colored flags at airports with report(s) available.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Instructions for
Viewing METAR
and TAF Text
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected Airport
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-108 METAR Flags on the Weather Data Link Page
APPENDICES
TAFs (Terminal Aerodrome Forecasts) are predications of expected weather conditions for an area within
five statute miles of the center of an airport’s runway complex. The National Weather Service issues scheduled
TAFs four times each day, and additional amended TAFs if conditions warrant. TAFs typically span a forecast
period of 24 hours, but may be scheduled for a longer period. TAFs may include forecast wind, visibility,
significant weather phenomena, and sky conditions using METAR codes.
INDEX
METAR and TAF text are available on the Weather Information Page. METAR data is displayed first in a
decoded fashion, followed by the original text. Note the original text may contain additional information not
found in the decoded version. TAF information, when available, appears only in its original text.
364
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Displaying METAR and TAF text:
1) On the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page, press the METAR Softkey.
2) Press the RANGE Knob and pan to the desired airport.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with METAR and TAF text.
4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. METAR text must be completely
scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.
5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page.
EIS
Or:
1) Select the Weather Information Page.
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Waypoint Page Group.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
b) Press the WX Softkey to select the Weather Information Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to display the cursor.
3) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired airport and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. Note that the METAR text must
be completely scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
METAR Text for the
Selected Airport
AFCS
METAR Symbol
TAF Text for the
Selected Airport
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-109 METAR and TAF Text on the Weather Information Page
Original METAR text is also accessible while panning the map cursor over a METAR flag on any map page
on which a METAR is displayed. The METAR text is shown in a box near the METAR flag.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
In addition, METAR flags and their associated text are displayed on the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
METAR flags appears next to waypoints in the flight plan with an associated METAR. A solid METAR flag
365
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
indicates the METAR observations are available for specific waypoint; a hollow METAR flag indicates an offroute METAR is available near the waypoint.
Displaying raw METAR text on the Active Flight Plan Page:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Select the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint. The METAR text will appear in the ‘SELECTED
WAYPOINT WEATHER’ window below.
EIS
4) When finished, press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor or press the FPL Key to exit the Active Flight Plan
Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
To display the METAR legend on the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page (Figure 6-110), press the LEGEND
Softkey when METARs are selected for display.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The METAR flag color is determined by the information in the METAR text. The system displays a gray
METAR flag when the METAR text does not contain adequate classification information.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-110 METAR Legend
366
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6.4 WX-500 STORMSCOPE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The L-3 WX-500 Stormscope® system is not intended for hazardous thunderstorm penetration.
Weather information on the G1000 MFD is approved for weather avoidance only. Refer to the WX-500
Pilot’s Guide for a detailed description of Stormscope operation.
NOTE: Stormscope lightning information cannot be displayed simultaneously on the same map as lightning
products from data link weather sources.
EIS
The following pages can display Stormscope data:
• AUX - Trip Planning Page
• Nearest Pages
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Stormscope Page
• Navigation Map
To display Stormscope data on the Navigation Map, AUX - Trip Planning Page, or any of the Nearest Pages,
press the MAP Softkey, then press the STRMSCP Softkey. These pages can also display cell or strike data using the
yellow lightning strike symbology shown in Table 6-13.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 6-13 Lightning Age and Symbols
AFCS
SETTING UP STORMSCOPE ON THE NAVIGATION MAP
Setting up Stormscope options on the Navigation Map:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) On the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key.
2) With ‘Map Setup’ selected (Figure 6-111), press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the group selection window. Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Weather’,
and press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight and move between the product selections (Figure 6-112).
5) When an item is highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to select the option.
6) Press the ENT Key.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page (Figure 6-113).
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
367
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
The following options are available (Figure 6-112):
• STRMSCP LTNG – Turns the display of Stormscope data on or off.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• STRMSCP MODE – Selects the CELL or STRIKE mode of lightning activity. Cell mode identifies clusters or
cells of electrical activity. Strike mode indicates the approximate location of lightning strikes.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
• STRMSCP SMBL – Selects the range at which Stormscope data displays. Stormscope data is removed when
a map range greater than the STRMSCP SMBL value is selected.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-111 Page Menu
INDEX
Figure 6-112 Map Setup Menu
368
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CELL AND STRIKE MODE ON THE NAVIGATION MAP
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
On the Navigation Map, cell mode identifies cells of lightning activity (Figure 6-113). Stormscope identifies
clusters of electrical activity that indicate cells. Strike mode indicates the approximate location of lightning
strikes.
Selecting the ‘cell’ or ‘strike’ mode on the Navigation Map:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) With ‘Map Setup’ selected, press the ENT Key.
EIS
3) Select the ‘Weather’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on ‘STRMSCP LTNG’.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘STRMSCP MODE’.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to change between ‘CELL’ and ‘STRIKE’ options. When an item is selected, press the
ENT Key.
7) Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Lightning
Strikes
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Stormscope
Enabled
APPENDICES
Figure 6-113 Navigation Map Page with
Stormscope Lightning Data
If heading input is lost, strikes and/or cells must be cleared manually after the execution of each turn
(Figure 6-113). This is to ensure that the strike and/or cell positions are depicted accurately in relation to the
nose of the aircraft.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
369
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Manually clearing Stormscope data on the Navigation Map:
1) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Select ‘Clear Stormscope® Lightning’.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
3) Press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-114 Navigation Map Page Options Menu
ZOOM RANGE ON THE NAVIGATION MAP
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Stormscope lightning data can be displayed up to 800 nm zoom range (in North up mode) on the Navigation
Map Page. However, in the track up mode at the 500 nm range, a portion of Stormscope lightning data
can be behind the aircraft and therefore not visible on the Navigation Map. Since the range for Stormscope
data is 400 nm diameter total (200 nm in front and 200 nm behind), the 500 nm range in North up mode
shows all the data.
At a map range of less than 25 nm, Stormscope lightning data is not displayed, but can still be present.
AFCS
The maximum zoom range can also be set on the Navigation Map. Note that Stormscope data above the
selected maximum zoom range is decluttered.
Selecting a Stormscope range on the Navigation Map:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘MAP SETUP’.
3) Select the ‘Weather’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘STRMSCP SMBL’.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the maximum display range.
7) Press the ENT Key.
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
INDEX
To change the display range on the Navigation Map Page, turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to zoom out or
counter-clockwise to zoom in.
370
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SELECTING THE STORMSCOPE PAGE
Stormscope lightning data can be displayed at the ranges of 25 nm, 50 nm, 100 nm, and 200 nm.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Adjusting the Stormscope Map Range:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Stormscope Page.
3) To change the map range, turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to zoom out or counter-clockwise to zoom in.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-115 Stormscope Page
AFCS
Changing between ‘cell’ and ‘strike’ mode on the Stormscope Page:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Select the Stormscope Page.
2) Press the MODE Softkey. The CELL and STRIKE softkeys are displayed.
3) Press the CELL Softkey to display ‘CELL’ data or press the STRIKE Softkey to display ‘STRIKE’ data. ‘CELL’ or
‘STRIKE’ is displayed in the mode box in the upper left corner of the Stormscope Page.
APPENDICES
4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the main Stormscope page.
Changing the viewing mode between 360˚ and 120˚ on the Stormscope Page:
1) Select the Stormscope Page.
INDEX
2) Press the VIEW Softkey. The 360 and ARC softkeys are displayed. Press the 360 Softkey to display a 360˚
viewing area or press the ARC Softkey to display a 120˚ viewing area.
3) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the main Stormscope page.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
371
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.5 TERRAIN PROXIMITY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not use Terrain Proximity information for primary terrain avoidance. Terrain Proximity is
intended only to enhance situational awareness.
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed if the aircraft is outside of the installed terrain database coverage area.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
G1000 Terrain Proximity is a terrain awareness system that does not comply with TSO-C151b certification
standards. It increases situational awareness and aids in reducing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT). Do not
confuse Terrain Proximity with the optional Terrain Awareness and Warning System - Class B (TAWS-B). TAWS-B
is more sophisticated and robust, and it is TSO-C151b certified. Terrain Proximity does not provide warning
annunciations or voice alerts. It only provides color indications on map displays when terrain and obstacles are
within a certain altitude threshold from the aircraft. Although the terrain and obstacle color map displays are the
same, TAWS-B uses more sophisticated algorithms to assess aircraft distance from terrain and obstacles.
Terrain Proximity requires the following components to operate properly:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Valid 3-D GPS position
• Valid terrain/obstacle database
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Terrain Proximity displays altitudes of terrain and obstructions relative to the aircraft position and altitude with
reference to a database that may contain inaccuracies. Terrain and obstructions are shown only if they are in the
database. Terrain and obstacle information should be used as an aid to situational awareness. They should never
be used to navigate or maneuver around terrain.
Note that all obstructions may not be available in the terrain and obstacle database. No terrain and obstacle
information is shown without a valid 3-D GPS position.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The G1000 GPS receiver provides the horizontal position and altitude. GPS altitude is derived from satellite
position. GPS altitude is then converted to the height above geodetic sea level (GSL), which is the height above
mean sea level calculated geometrically. GSL altitude is used to determine terrain and obstacle proximity. GSL
altitude accuracy is affected by satellite geometry, but is not subject to variations in pressure and temperature that
normally affect pressure altitude sensors. GSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL
altitude. It is a widely-used MSL altitude source.
APPENDICES
Terrain and obstacle databases are referenced to MSL. Using the GPS position and altitude, the Terrain Proximity
feature portrays a 2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude of the
aircraft. GPS position and GSL altitude are used to calculate and predict the aircraft’s flight path in relation to
the surrounding terrain and obstacles. In this way, the pilot can view predicted dangerous terrain and obstacle
conditions.
DISPLAYING TERRAIN PROXIMITY DATA
INDEX
The symbols and colors in Figure 6-115 and Table 6-14 are used to represent obstacles and aircraft altitude
when the Terrain Proximity Page is selected for display. Terrain Proximity uses black, yellow, and red to
represent terrain information relative to aircraft altitude. The color of each obstacle is associated with the
altitude of the aircraft.
372
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Terrain Above Aircraft Altitude
Red terrain is above
or within 100 ft below
the aircraft altitude
Aircraft Altitude
100 ft Threshold
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1000 ft
Yellow terrain is between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Black terrain is more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
EIS
Figure 6-115 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain Proximity
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle
< 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL
Obstacle Location
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Red obstacle is above or within 100 ft
below the aircraft altitude
Yellow obstacle is between 100 ft and
1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 6-14 Terrain Proximity Terrain/Obstacle Colors and Symbology
Terrain and obstacle information can be displayed on the following pages:
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Active Flight Plan Page
• Terrain Proximity Page
• Video Page
AFCS
• PFD Inset Map
Displaying terrain and obstacle information (maps other than the Terrain Proximity Page):
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey).
2) Press the TERRAIN Softkey to display terrain and obstacle data.
When Terrain Proximity is selected on maps other than the Terrain Proximity Page, an icon to indicate the
feature is enabled for display and a legend for Terrain Proximity colors are shown (Figure 6-119).
APPENDICES
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkey for enabling/disabling
display of terrain and obstacles. The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which terrain and
obstacle data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the
data is removed from the map.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Terrain data can be selected for display independently of obstacle data; however, obstacles recognized by
Terrain Proximity as yellow or red are shown when terrain is selected for display and the map range is within
the setting limit.
373
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Maps besides the Terrain Proximity Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.
The maximum display ranges for obstacles on each map are dependent on the range setting made for the
Navigation Map. If the maximum range for obstacle display on the Navigation Map is adjusted to below 20
nm, the highest obstacle display range settings on the other applicable maps are also adjusted proportionally.
CAUTION: Terrain and obstacle data will not be displayed when the Navigation Map range is larger than
the MAP SETUP range setting for TERRAIN DATA and OBSTACLE DATA.
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation Map Page:
EIS
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-116).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-117).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-118).
• TERRAIN DATA – Turns the display of terrain data on or off and sets maximum range at which terrain is shown
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• OBSTACLE DATA – Turns the display of obstacle data on or off and sets maximum range at which obstacles are shown
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 6-117 Navigation Map Page Menu
Figure 6-118 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
374
Figure 6-119 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Map Group
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional information about obstacles can be displayed by panning over the display on the map. The map
panning feature is enabled by pressing the RANGE Knob. The map range is adjusted by turning the RANGE
Knob. If the map range is adjusted while panning is enabled, the map is re-centered on the Map Pointer.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Additional
Information on
Obstacle Selected
with Map Pointer
Red Terrain Area
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
EIS
Yellow Terrain Area
(Between 100’ and
1000’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Lighted Obstacle
Selected with Map
Pointer
Red Lighted
Obstacles
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terrain Display
Enabled Icon
Terrain Legend
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-120 Terrain Information on the Navigation Map Page
TERRAIN PROXIMITY PAGE
AFCS
The Terrain Proximity Page is specialized to show terrain and obstacle data in relation to the aircraft’s
current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Aviation data (airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDs) can
be displayed for reference.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Two views are
available relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360° default display and the radar-like ARC (120°) display.
Map range is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 1 to 200 nm, as indicated by the map range rings (or
arcs).
Displaying the Terrain Proximity Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
APPENDICES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Terrain Proximity Page.
3) To change the view,
a) Press the VIEW Softkey.
b) Press the 360 or ARC Softkey to select the desired view.
INDEX
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘View Arc’ or ‘View 360º’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key to change the view.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
375
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Showing/hiding aviation information on the Terrain Proximity Page:
1) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Select ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude
Red Terrain
(Above or Within
100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
EIS
Map Range Rings
Black Terrain
(More than 1000’
Below the Aircraft
Altitude)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Red Lighted Obstacle
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’
and 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Yellow Lighted
Obstacles (Between
100’ and 1000’ Below
Aircraft Altitude)
Terrain Legend
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-121 Terrain Proximity Page
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude
AFCS
Red Terrain
(Above or Within
100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Map Range Arc
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’ and
1000’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
Black Terrain
(Terrain More
than 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)
Red Lighted Obstacle
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
Terrain Legend
INDEX
Figure 6-122 Terrain Proximity Page (ARC View)
376
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6.6 PROFILE VIEW TERRAIN
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not use Profile View Terrain data for primary terrain avoidance. Profile View Terrain is intended
only to enhance situational awareness.
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft is outside of the installed terrain database coverage
area.
EIS
The G1000 offers a Profile View of terrain and obstacles relative to the aircraft’s current flight path and altitude
on the Navigation Map Page of the MFD. Profile View does not provide terrain or obstacle caution or warning
annunciations or voice alerts, nor does it display potential impact points inside the Profile View. The colors
and symbols used to represent terrain and obstacles are the same as those used in Terrain Proximity discussed
previously.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Accessing Profile View:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the MAP Softkey.
3) Press the PROFILE Softkey to enable or disable Profile View.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Select ‘Show Profile View’ or ‘Hide Profile View’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
Enabling/Disabling Profile View Terrain on the Navigation Map (when Profile View is enabled):
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MAP Softkey.
AFCS
3) Press the TERRAIN Softkey.
PROFILE VIEW DISPLAY
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When the Profile View is enabled, it is displayed in a window below the Navigation Map. Altitude is shown
along a vertical scale, with an aircraft icon positioned at the current altitude. Distance is represented horizontally
along the bottom of the Profile View, and increases from left (present position) to right.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
APPENDICES
When the Navigation Map range is adjusted with the RANGE Knob, the horizontal distance of the Profile
View is adjusted proportionately to be 1/2 of the Navigation Map range distance down to 1 nm, at which point
Profile View is no longer available (‘PROFILE NOT AVAILABLE’ is displayed). When Navigation Map range
is adjusted to remove altitude-correlated colored terrain data (as shown in the Terrain Legend) or obstacles
from the Navigation Map, these items are also removed from the Profile View; only an outline of the terrain
will be displayed in black in the Profile View window. Refer to the Terrain Proximity, Terrain-SVS, or TAWS-B
discussions for more information about displaying terrain or obstacles on the Navigation Map Page.
377
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Profile View
Path Enabled
Navigation Map Range
EIS
Terrain Legend
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Altitude Scale
Profile View Length
is One Half of the
Navigation Map
Range
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Distance Scale
Figure 6-123 Profile View on Navigation Map with Terrain Display Enabled
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Profile View is based on the current aircraft track (or heading if track is unavailable) and shows the highest
known terrain or obstacles within a predetermined width from the present aircraft position to the end of the
profile range. The width of the Profile View (Table 6-15) is determined by the phase of flight, as annunciated
on the HSI. Refer to the Flight Instruments section for more information about flight phases.
Flight Phase
Total Profile View Width
Approach
0.6 nm
Departure
0.6 nm
Terminal
2.0 nm
Enroute
4.0 nm
Oceanic
4.0 nm
APPENDICES
Table 6-15 Profile View Width Scale
PROFILE PATH
INDEX
The Profile Path displays the horizontal and lateral boundaries of the Profile View. The path is shown
as a white rectangle on the Navigation Map Page (Figure 6-122) and is only available when Profile View is
enabled. White range markers both edges of the Profile Path rectangle match the range markers along the
distance scale inside the Profile View display window whenever the profile range is at least 4 nm (or 7.5 km
if configured for metric units).
378
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Profile Path rectangle may be configured on or off, and the Navigation Map range at which the Profile
Path is removed from map display can be changed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
CAUTION: Terrain and obstacle data will not be displayed when the Navigation Map range is larger than
the MAP SETUP range setting for TERRAIN DATA and OBSTACLE DATA.
Customizing the Profile Path display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
EIS
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-123).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Profile’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-124).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-125).
• PROFILE PATH – Turns the display of the Profile Path on or off and sets maximum map range at which the Profile
Path is shown
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (ON/OFF, range settings).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 6-124 Navigation Map Page Menu
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-125 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-126 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu,
Profile Group
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
379
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.7 TERRAIN-SVS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft is outside of the installed terrain database coverage
EIS
WARNING: Do not use Terrain-SVS information for primary terrain avoidance. Terrain-SVS is intended only
NOTE: Terrain-SVS is standard when the Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) option is installed. The TAWS-B
to enhance situational awareness.
area.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Terrain-SVS is a terrain awareness system available with the Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) system. SVT
functionality is offered as an optional enhancement. The optional Terrain Awareness and Warning System - Class
B (TAWS-B) or standard Terrain-SVS is integrated within SVT to provide visual and auditory alerts to indicate the
presence of threatening terrain relevant to the projected flight path. For detailed information regarding SVT, refer
to the Flight Instruments section of this Pilot’s Guide.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
option will take precedence over Terrain-SVS when TAWS-B is installed.
Terrain-SVS does not comply with TSO-C151b certification standards. It increases situational awareness and
aids in reducing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT). Do not confuse Terrain-SVS with TAWS-B. TAWS-B is more
sophisticated and robust, and it is TSO-C151b certified. Although the terrain and obstacle color map displays
are the same, TAWS-B uses more sophisticated algorithms to assess aircraft distance from terrain and obstacles.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Terrain-SVS does not provide the following:
• Premature Descent Alerting (PDA)
• Excessive Descent Rate (EDR)
• Negative Climb Rate (NCR)
AFCS
• Descent to 500 Feet Callout (DFC)
Terrain-SVS requires the following components to operate properly:
• Valid 3-D GPS position
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Valid terrain/airport terrain/obstacle database
APPENDICES
Terrain-SVS displays altitudes of terrain and obstructions relative to the aircraft position and altitude with
reference to a database that may contain inaccuracies. Terrain and obstructions are shown only if they are in the
database. Terrain and obstacle information should be used as an aid to situational awareness. They should never
be used to navigate or maneuver around terrain.
Note that all obstructions may not be available in the terrain and obstacle database. No terrain and obstacle
information is shown without a valid 3-D GPS position.
INDEX
The G1000 GPS receiver provides the horizontal position and altitude. GPS altitude is derived from satellite
position. GPS altitude is then converted to the height above geodetic sea level (GSL), which is the height above
mean sea level calculated geometrically. GSL altitude is used to determine terrain and obstacle proximity. GSL
altitude accuracy is affected by satellite geometry, but is not subject to variations in pressure and temperature that
380
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
normally affect pressure altitude sensors. GSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL
altitude. It is a widely-used MSL altitude source.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Terrain and obstacle databases are referenced to GSL. Using the GPS position and altitude, the Terrain-SVS
feature portrays a 3-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude of the
aircraft. GPS position and GSL altitude are used to calculate and predict the aircraft’s flight path in relation to
the surrounding terrain and obstacles. In this way, the pilot can view predicted dangerous terrain and obstacle
conditions.
DISPLAYING TERRAIN-SVS DATA
EIS
Terrain-SVS uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and obstacles (with heights greater
than 200 feet above ground level, AGL) alerts relative to aircraft altitude. Colors are adjusted automatically as
the aircraft altitude changes. The colors and symbols in Figure 6-127 and Tables 6-16 and 6-17 are used to
represent terrain, obstacles, and potential impact points.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-127 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain-SVS
Obstacle Location
AFCS
Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle
< 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL
Red obstacle is above or within 100 ft
below the aircraft altitude
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Yellow obstacle is between 100 ft and
1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Potential Impact
Point Symbol
Alert Type
APPENDICES
Table 6-16 Terrain-SVS Obstacle Colors and Symbology
Example Annunciation
Warning
INDEX
Caution
Table 6-17 Terrain-SVS Potential Impact Point Symbols with Alert Types
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
381
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Terrain-SVS information can be displayed on the following maps:
• PFD Inset Map
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Flight Plan Pages
• Terrain-SVS Page
• Video Page
Displaying terrain and obstacle information (maps other than the TERRAIN-SVS Page):
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, select the INSET Softkey).
2) Press the TERRAIN Softkey to display terrain and obstacle data.
EIS
When Terrain-SVS is selected on maps other than the Terrain-SVS Page, a terrain icon is shown to indicate
the feature is enabled for display.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkeys for enabling/disabling the
display of terrain and obstacles. The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which terrain and
obstacle data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the
data is removed from the map. For terrain data, the enable/disable function applies only to the MFD, while the
range setting also affects the PFD Inset Map.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terrain data can be selected for display independently of obstacle data; however, obstacles for which warnings
and cautions are issued are shown when terrain is selected for display and the map range is within the setting
limit.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Maps besides the Terrain-SVS Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page. The
maximum display ranges for obstacles on each map are dependent on the range setting made for the Navigation
Map. If the maximum range for obstacle display on the Navigation Map is adjusted to below 20 nm, the highest
obstacle display range settings on the other applicable maps are also adjusted proportionally.
CAUTION: Terrain and obstacle data will not be displayed when the Navigation Map range is larger than
AFCS
the MAP SETUP range setting for TERRAIN DATA and OBSTACLE DATA.
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-128).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-129).
APPENDICES
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-130).
• TERRAIN DATA – Turns the display of terrain data on or off and sets maximum range at which terrain is shown
• OBSTACLE DATA – Turns the display of obstacle data on or off and sets maximum range at which obstacles are shown
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
INDEX
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
382
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 6-128 Navigation Map Page Menu
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-129 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-130 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Map Group
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TERRAIN-SVS PAGE
The Terrain-SVS Page is specialized to show terrain, obstacle, and potential impact point data in relation
to the aircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Aviation data (airports, VORs, and other
NAVAIDs) can be displayed for reference. If an obstacle and the projected flight path of the aircraft intersect,
the display automatically zooms in to the closest potential point of impact on the Terrain-SVS Page.
AFCS
Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Two views are available
relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360° default display and the radar-like ARC (120°) display. Map range
is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 1 to 200 nm, as indicated by the map range rings (or arcs).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Displaying the Terrain-SVS Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the TERRAIN-SVS Page.
APPENDICES
Changing the Terrain-SVS Page view:
1) Press the VIEW Softkey.
2) Press the 360 or ARC Softkey to select the desired view.
Or:
INDEX
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘View Arc’ or ‘View 360º’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key to change the view
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
383
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Showing/hiding aviation information on the Terrain-SVS Page:
1) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Select ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude
Red Terrain
(Above or Within
100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
EIS
Map Range Rings
Black Terrain
(More than 1000’
Below the Aircraft
Altitude)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Red Lighted Obstacle
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’
and 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Yellow Lighted Obstacles
(Between 100’ and 1000’
Below Aircraft Altitude)
Terrain Legend
Annunciation
Window
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-131 Terrain-SVS Page
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude
AFCS
Red Terrain
(Above or Within
100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
Map Range Arc
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’ and
1000’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
APPENDICES
Black Terrain
(Terrain More
than 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)
Terrain Legend
Red Lighted Obstacle
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
Annunciation
Window
INDEX
Figure 6-132 Terrain-SVS Page (ARC View)
384
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TERRAIN-SVS ALERTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within Terrain-SVS software algorithms.
Terrain-SVS alerts typically employ a CAUTION or a WARNING alert severity level, or both. When an alert
is issued, visual annunciations are displayed and voice alerts are simultaneously issued. Table 6-18 shows
Terrain-SVS alert types with corresponding annunciations and voice alerts.
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. The Terrain-SVS Alert Annunciation is
shown to the upper left of the Altimeter on the PFD and below the Terrain Legend on the MFD. If the TerrainSVS Page is not displayed at the time, a pop-up alert appears on the MFD. To acknowledge the pop-up alert:
EIS
• Press the CLR Key (returns to the currently viewed page), or
• Press the ENT Key (accesses the Terrain-SVS Page)
Alert Annunciation
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pop-up
Alert
Figure 6-133 Terrain-SVS Alert Annunciations
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Terrain Display Enabled
Terrain Legend
Alert Annunciation
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Figure 6-134 Navigation Map Page
(After Terrain-SVS Pop-up Alert Acknowledgment)
385
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
PFD/MFD*
Alert
Annunciation
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alert Type
MFD
Pop-Up Alert (except
Terrain-SVS Page)
Voice Alert
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI)
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Warning (ROC)
“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning (IOI)
“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI)
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Caution (ROC)
“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution (IOI)
“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”
* Annunciation is displayed on the MFD when terrain display is enabled.
Table 6-18 Terrain-SVS Alerts Summary
FORWARD LOOKING TERRAIN AVOIDANCE
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA) feature of Terrain-SVS compares the aircraft’s projected
flight path with known terrain and obstacles in their respective databases and issues four types of alerts as
either a caution or a warning:
AFCS
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC)
alerts are issued when the aircraft flight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come within the minimum
clearance values in Figure 6-135. When an RTC alert is issued, a potential impact point is displayed on the
Terrain-SVS Page.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI) and Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when the
aircraft is below the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircraft’s projected path. ITI and IOI alerts are
accompanied by a potential impact point displayed on the Terrain-SVS Page. The alert is annunciated when
the projected vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in Figure 6-135.
386
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Required Terrain Clearance
RTC Level (FT)
RTC Descending (FT)
800
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
600
500
400
300
EIS
Required
Terrain Clearance
(FT)
Required
Terrain
Clearance
(FT)
700
200
100
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
Distance From Runway (NM)
Distance From Runway (NM)
Figure 6-135 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
FLTA alerts are automatically inhibited when the aircraft is less than 200 feet above the destination runway
elevation while within 0.5 nm of the approach runway or the aircraft is between runway ends. When TerrainSVS alerts are inhibited, the annunciation ‘TER INH’ is shown on the PFD and in the MFD terrain annunciation
window.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLTA alerts may also be manually inhibited. Use discretion when inhibiting FLTA alerts, as they should be
enabled where appropriate.
AFCS
Figure 6-136 Terrain-SVS Alerting Disabled
(Terrain-SVS Inhibited) Annunciation
Inhibiting/enabling Terrain-SVS alerting:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Select the Terrain-SVS Page.
2) Press the INHIBIT Softkey to inhibit or enable Terrain-SVS (choice dependent on current state).
Or:
APPENDICES
1) Select the Terrain-SVS Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Inhibit Terrain-SVS’ or ‘Enable Terrain-SVS’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
If Terrain-SVS alerts are inhibited or the system is not available or failed when the Final Approach Fix is
the active waypoint in a GPS SBAS approach, a ‘LOW ALT’ annunciation may appear on the PFD next to the
Altimeter if the current aircraft altitude is at least 164 feet below the prescribed altitude at the Final Approach
Fix. See the Flight Instruments Section for details.
387
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM STATUS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During power-up, Terrain-SVS conducts a self-test of its visual annunciations and voice alerts. A voice alert
is issued at test completion.
Terrain-SVS continually monitors several system-critical items such as database validity, hardware status,
and GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the voice alert “Terrain System Failure” is
generated along with the ‘TER FAIL’ alert annunciation.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Terrain-SVS requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums. Should
the navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation
‘TER N/A’ is generated in the annunciation window and on the Terrain-SVS Page. The voice alert “Terrain
System Not Available” is generated. When sufficient GPS signal is returns and the aircraft is within the
database coverage area, the voice alert “Terrain System Available” is generated.
Alert Type
PFD/MFD† Alert
Annunciation
System Test in Progress
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
System Test Pass
None
Terrain Alerting Inhibited
No GPS position
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Excessively degraded GPS signal;
or Out of database coverage area
Terrain System Test Fail; Terrain
or Obstacle database unavailable
or invalid; Invalid software
configuration; or System audio
fault
MFD Terrain or Obstacle database
unavailable or invalid, and
Terrain-SVS operating with PFD
Terrain or Obstacle databases
None
Terrain-SVS Page Center
Banner Annunciation
TERRAIN TEST
Voice Alert
None
None
“Terrain System Test OK”
None
None
NO GPS POSITION
“Terrain System Not Available”*
None
“Terrain System Not Available”*
TERRAIN FAIL
“Terrain System Failure”
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
None
INDEX
APPENDICES
† Annunciation is shown on Terrain-SVS Page and the Navigation Map Page when Terrain is enabled.
* “Terrain System Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or Terrain database coverage area reentered.
Table 6-19 Terrain-SVS System Status Annunciations
388
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6.8 TAWS-B
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not use TAWS information for primary terrain avoidance. TAWS is intended only to enhance
situational awareness.
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft is outside of the installed terrain database coverage
area.
NOTE: The data contained in the TAWS databases comes from government agencies. Garmin accurately
EIS
processes and cross-validates the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TAWS-B (Terrain Awareness and Warning System - Class B) is used to increase situational awareness and aid in
reducing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT). TAWS provides visual annunciations and voice alerts when terrain
and obstacles are within the given altitude threshold from the aircraft. The displayed alerts and warnings are
advisory in nature only.
TAWS-B satisfies TSO-C151b Class B requirements for certification.
TAWS-B requires the following to operate properly:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• A valid terrain/obstacle/airport terrain database
• A valid 3-D GPS position solution
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TAWS-B uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government sources. Terrain information is based
on terrain elevation information in a database that may contain inaccuracies. Individual obstructions may be
shown if available in the database. The data undergoes verification by Garmin to confirm accuracy of the content,
per TSO-C151b. However, the displayed information should never be understood as being all-inclusive and data
may be inaccurate.
AFCS
TAWS-B uses information provided from the GPS receiver to provide a horizontal position and altitude. GPS
altitude is derived from satellite measurements. GPS altitude is then converted to the height above geodetic sea
level (GSL), which is the height above mean sea level (MSL) calculated geometrically. GSL altitude is used to
determine TAWS-B alerts. GSL altitude accuracy is affected by satellite geometry, but is not subject to variations
in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude sensors. GSL altitude does not require local
altimeter settings to determine MSL altitude. It is a widely-used MSL altitude source. Therefore, GSL altitude
provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
The terrain and obstacle databases used by TAWS-B are referenced to MSL. Using the GPS position and GSL
altitude, TAWS-B displays a 2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and
altitude of the aircraft. Furthermore, the GPS position and GSL altitude are used to calculate and “predict” the
aircraft’s flight path in relation to the surrounding terrain and obstacles. In this manner, TAWS-B can provide
advanced alerts of predicted dangerous terrain conditions.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Baro-corrected altitude (or indicated altitude) is derived by adjusting the altimeter setting for local atmospheric
conditions. The most accurate baro-corrected altitude can be achieved by frequently updating the altimeter
setting to the nearest reporting station along the flight path. However, because actual atmospheric conditions
seldom match the standard conditions defined by the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) model (where
pressure, temperature, and lapse rates have fixed values), it is common for the baro-corrected altitude (as read
from the altimeter) to differ from the GSL altitude. This variation results in the aircraft’s GSL altitude differing
from the baro-corrected altitude.
389
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
DISPLAYING TAWS-B DATA
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TAWS-B uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and obstacles (with heights greater than
200 feet above ground level, AGL) alerts relative to aircraft altitude. Colors are adjusted automatically as the
aircraft altitude changes. The colors and symbols in the figure and tables below are used to represent terrain,
obstacles, and potential impact points.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-137 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for TAWS
Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle
< 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL
Obstacle Location
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Red obstacle is above or within 100 ft
below the aircraft altitude
Yellow obstacle is between 100 ft and
1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
AFCS
Table 6-20 TAWS-B Obstacle Colors and Symbology
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Potential Impact
Point Symbol
Alert Type
Example Annunciation
Warning
Caution
APPENDICES
Table 6-21 TAWS-B Potential Impact Point Symbols with Alert Types
INDEX
TAWS-B information can be displayed on the following maps:
390
• PFD Inset Map
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Flight Plan Pages
• TAWS-B Page
• Video Pages
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Displaying terrain and obstacle information (maps other than the TAWS-B Page):
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey).
2) Press the TERRAIN Softkey to display terrain and obstacle data.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When TAWS-B is selected on maps other than the TAWS-B Page, an icon is shown to indicate that the feature
is enabled for display. A legend for TAWS-B terrain colors will accompany the icon on the Navigation Map Page
(Figure 6-138) and the Flight Plan Pages. The icon is always shown on the TAWS-B Page.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-138 TAWS-B Icon and Legend
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkeys for enabling/disabling the
display of terrain and obstacles. The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which terrain and
obstacle data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the
data is removed from the map. For terrain data, the enable/disable function applies only to the MFD, while the
range setting also affects the PFD Inset Map.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Terrain data can be selected for display independently of obstacle data; however, obstacles for which warnings
and cautions are issued are shown when terrain is selected for display and the map range is within the setting
limit.
AFCS
Maps besides the TAWS-B Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page. The
maximum display ranges for obstacles on each map are dependent on the range setting made for the Navigation
Map. If the maximum range for obstacle display on the Navigation Map is adjusted to below 20 nm, the highest
obstacle display range settings on the other applicable maps are also adjusted proportionally.
CAUTION: Terrain and obstacle data will not be displayed when the Navigation Map range is larger than
the MAP SETUP range setting for TERRAIN DATA and OBSTACLE DATA.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
APPENDICES
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-139).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-140).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-141).
• TERRAIN DATA – Turns the display of terrain data on or off and sets maximum range at which terrain is shown
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
• OBSTACLE DATA – Turns the display of obstacle data on or off and sets maximum range at which obstacles are shown
391
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-139 Navigation Map Page Menu
Figure 6-140 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-141 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Map Group
TAWS-B PAGE
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The TAWS-B Page is specialized to show terrain, obstacle, and potential impact point data in relation to the
aircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. It is the principal map page for viewing TAWS-B
information. Aviation data (airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDs) can be displayed for reference. If an obstacle
and the projected flight path of the aircraft intersect, the display automatically zooms in to the closest potential
point of impact on the TAWS-B Page.
Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Two views are available
relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360° default display and the radar-like ARC (120°) display. Map range
is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 1 to 200 nm, as indicated by the map range rings (or arcs).
APPENDICES
Displaying the TAWS-B Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select TAWS-B Page.
Changing the TAWS-B Page view:
INDEX
1) Press the VIEW Softkey.
2) Press the 360 or ARC Softkey to select the desired view.
Or:
392
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘View Arc’ or ‘View 360°’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key to change the view
Showing/hiding aviation information on the TAWS-B Page:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
Red Terrain
(Above or Within
100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
EIS
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude
Red Lighted Obstacle
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Map Range Rings
Black Terrain
(More than 1000’
Below the Aircraft
Altitude)
Yellow Lighted
Obstacles (Between
100’ and 1000’
Below Aircraft
Altitude)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’
and 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Terrain Legend
Annunciation
Window
Figure 6-142 TAWS-B Page
Red Terrain
(Above or Within
100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
AFCS
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Map Range Arc
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’ and
1000’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
APPENDICES
Black Terrain
(Terrain More
than 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)
Terrain Legend
Red Lighted Obstacle
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
INDEX
Annunciation
Window
Figure 6-143 TAWS-B Page (Arc View)
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
393
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TAWS-B ALERTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within TAWS-B software algorithms.
TAWS-B alerts typically employ a CAUTION or a WARNING alert severity level, or both. When an alert
is issued, visual annunciations are displayed and voice alerts are simultaneously issued. Table 6-22 shows
TAWS-B alert types with corresponding annunciations and voice alerts.
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. The TAWS-B Alert Annunciation is
shown to the upper left of the Altimeter on the PFD and below the Terrain Legend on the MFD. If the TAWS-B
Page is not displayed at the time, a pop-up alert appears on the MFD. To acknowledge the pop-up alert:
EIS
• Press the CLR Key (returns to the currently viewed page), or
• Press the ENT Key (accesses the TAWS-B Page)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Alert Annunciation
Figure 6-145 Navigation Map Page
TAWS-B Pop-up Alert
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 6-144 TAWS-B PFD Alert Annunciation
Potential Impact Points
APPENDICES
Terrain Display Enabled
Icon
Terrain Legend
Alert Annunciation
INDEX
Figure 6-146 Navigation Map Page
(After TAWS-B Pop-up Alert Acknowledgment)
394
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
PFD/MFD**
Alert
Annunciation
MFD Pop-Up Alert
(except TAWS-B Page)
Voice Alert
Excessive Descent Rate
Warning (EDR)
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”*
or
“Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
* “Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”*
*
Imminent Terrain Impact
Warning (ITI)
or
Imminent Obstacle Impact
Warning (IOI)
Imminent Terrain Impact
Caution (ITI)
*
Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Caution (ROC)
*
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
or
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”*
or
Imminent Obstacle Impact
Caution (IOI)
AFCS
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”*
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”*
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”
*
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Caution (RTC)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
or
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
* “Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”*
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
or
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
*
Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Warning (ROC)
EIS
or
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”
or
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
“Too Low, Terrain”
None
None
“Five-Hundred”
“Sink Rate”
*
or
APPENDICES
Negative Climb Rate
Caution (NCR)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
“Pull Up”
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Warning (RTC)
Premature Descent Alert
Caution (PDA)
Altitude Callout “500”
Excessive Descent Rate
Caution (EDR)
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Alert Type
“Don’t Sink”*
or
“Too Low, Terrain”
INDEX
* Alerts with multiple messages are configurable at installation and are installation-dependent. Alerts for the default
configuration when more than one option is available are indicated with asterisks.
** Annunciation is displayed on the MFD when terrain display is enabled.
Table 6-22 TAWS-B Alerts Summary
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
395
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
EXCESSIVE DESCENT RATE ALERT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) alert is to provide suitable notification when the
aircraft is determined to be closing (descending) upon terrain at an excessive speed. Figure 6-147 shows the
parameters for the alert as defined by TSO-C151b.
6000
5500
5000
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
4500
EIS
4000
NK
: “SI
ion
Caut
3500
”
RATE
3000
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2500
2000
Warning: “PULL UP”
1500
1000
12000
11000
Descent Rate (FPM)
10000
9000
8000
7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
0
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
500
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-147 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria
FORWARD LOOKING TERRAIN AVOIDANCE
AFCS
The Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA) feature of TAWS-B compares the aircraft’s projected flight
path with known terrain and obstacles in their respective databases and issues four types of alerts as either a
caution or a warning:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC)
alerts are issued when the aircraft flight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come within the minimum
clearance values in Figure 6-148. When an RTC alert is issued, a potential impact point is displayed on the
TAWS-B Page.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI) and Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when the
aircraft is below the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircraft’s projected path. ITI and IOI alerts
are accompanied by a potential impact point displayed on the TAWS-B Page. The alert is annunciated when
the projected vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in Figure 6-148.
396
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Required Terrain Clearance
RTC Level (FT)
RTC Descending (FT)
800
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
600
500
400
300
EIS
Required
Terrain Clearance
(FT)
Required
Terrain
Clearance
(FT)
700
200
100
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
Distance From Runway (NM)
Distance From Runway (NM)
Figure 6-148 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
FLTA alerts are automatically inhibited when the aircraft is less than 200 feet above the destination runway
elevation while within 0.5 nm of the approach runway or the aircraft is between runway ends.
PREMATURE DESCENT ALERTING
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
A Premature Descent Alert (PDA) is issued when the system detects that the aircraft is significantly
below the normal approach path to a runway (Figure 6-149).
PDA alerting begins when the aircraft is below 700 feet AGL within 15 nm of the destination airport and
ends when the aircraft is 0.5 nm from the runway threshold.
800
AFCS
600
500
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
400
300
PDA ALERTING AREA
200
APPENDICES
Height Above Destination (Feet)
700
100
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Distance to Destination (NM)
Figure 6-149 PDA Alerting Threshold
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
397
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
PDA and FLTA visual annunciations and voice alerts can be manually inhibited. Discretion should be used
when inhibiting TAWS-B and the system should be enabled when appropriate. When TAWS-B is inhibited,
the alert annunciation ‘TAWS INH’ is shown on the PFD and MFD (Figure 6-150).
Figure 6-150 TAWS-B Alerting Disabled (TAWS-B
Inhibited) Annunciation
EIS
Inhibiting/enabling TAWS-B alerting:
1) Select the TAWS-B Page.
2) Press the INHIBIT Softkey to inhibit or enable TAWS (choice dependent on current state).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Inhibit TAWS’ or ‘Enable TAWS’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If TAWS-B alerts are inhibited when the Final Approach Fix is the active waypoint in a GPS SBAS approach,
a ‘LOW ALT’ annunciation may appear on the PFD next to the Altimeter if the current aircraft altitude is at
least 164 feet below the prescribed altitude at the Final Approach Fix. See the Flight Instruments Section for
details.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FIVE-HUNDRED VOICE ALERT
AFCS
The purpose of the voice alert message “Five-hundred” is to provide an advisory alert of when the aircraft
descends to within 500 feet above the terrain or runway threshold. When the aircraft is within 5 nm of an
airport, the “Five Hundred” voice alert is based on the nearest runway threshold elevation. When the aircraft
is more than 5 nm of the nearest airport, the “Five Hundred” voice alert is based on the height above terrain
(as determined by the GPS altitude and Terrain Database).
There are no display annunciations or pop-up alerts that accompany this voice alert.
NEGATIVE CLIMB RATE AFTER TAKEOFF ALERT (NCR)
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Negative Climb Rate (NCR) After Takeoff alert (also referred to as “Altitude Loss After Takeoff”)
provides alerts when the system determines the aircraft is losing altitude (closing upon terrain) after takeoff.
The voice alert “Don’t Sink” is given for NCR alerts, accompanied by an annunciation and a pop-up terrain
alert on the display. NCR alerting is only active when departing from an airport and when the following
conditions are met:
• Height above the terrain is less than 700 feet
• Distance from the departure airport is 2 nm or less
• Heading change from the departure heading is less than 110 degrees
INDEX
Figures 6-151 and 6-152 shows the NCR alerting parameters as defined by TSO-C151b.
398
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1000
800
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
900
700
600
“DON’T SINK”
or
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
500
400
300
EIS
200
100
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
0
Altitude Loss (Feet)
Figure 6-151 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Altitude Loss
1000
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
800
700
600
“DON’T SINK”
or
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
500
400
300
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
900
200
100
AFCS
0
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
Sink Rate (FPM)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-152 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Sink Rate
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
399
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM STATUS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During power-up, TAWS-B conducts a self-test of its visual annunciations and voice alerts. The system test
can also be manually initiated. A voice alert is issued at test completion. TAWS-B System Testing is disabled
when ground speed exceeds 30 knots.
Manually testing the TAWS-B System:
1) Select the TAWS-B Page.
2) Press the MENU Key (Figure 6-153).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
3) Select ‘Test TAWS System’ and press the ENT Key to confirm the selection.
Figure 6-153 TAWS-B Page Menu
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TAWS-B continually monitors several system-critical items such as database validity, hardware status, and
GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the voice alert “TAWS System Failure” is generated
along with the ‘TAWS FAIL’ alert annunciation.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
TAWS-B requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums. Should the
navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation
‘TAWS N/A’ is generated in the annunciation window and on the TAWS-B Page. The voice alert “TAWS Not
Available” is generated.
400
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
System Test pass
None
TAWS-B FLTA Alerting Inhibited
None
“TAWS System Test Test OK”
None
None
NO GPS POSITION
“TAWS Not Available”
None
“TAWS Not Available”
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System Failure”
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
None
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
None
None
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Excessively degraded GPS signal;
or Out of database coverage
area
TAWS-B System Test Fail; Terrain
or Obstacle database unavailable
or invalid; Invalid software
configuration; or System audio
fault
MFD Terrain or Obstacle
database unavailable or invalid,
and TAWS operating with PFD
Terrain or Obstacle databases.
TAWS TEST
EIS
No GPS position
Voice Alert
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System Test in progress
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PFD/MFD* Alert TAWS-B Page Center Banner
Annunciation
Annunciation
Alert Type
† Annunciation is shown on TAWS-B Page and the Navigation Map Page when Terrain is enabled.
* “TAWS Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or Terrain database coverage area reentered.
Table 6-23 TAWS-B System Status Annunciations
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
401
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.9 TRAFFIC INFORMATION SERVICE (TIS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: The Traffic Information Service (TIS) is intended for advisory use only. TIS is intended to help the
pilot locate traffic visually. It is the responsibility of the pilot to see and maneuver to avoid traffic.
NOTE: TIS is available only when the aircraft is within the service volume of a TIS-capable terminal radar
EIS
site. Aircraft without an operating transponder are invisible to both Traffic Advisory Systems (TAS) and TIS.
Aircraft without altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb descent
indication.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: TIS is disabled if a Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is installed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic Information Service (TIS) is designed to help in detection and avoidance of other aircraft. TIS uses the
Mode S transponder for the traffic data link. TIS receives traffic information from ground stations, and is updated
every 5 seconds. The G1000 displays up to eight traffic targets within a 7.5-nm radius, from 3000 feet below to
3500 feet above the requesting aircraft. Traffic is displayed using the symbology shown in Table 6-24.
TIS Symbol
Description
Non-Threat Traffic
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Traffic Advisory (TA)
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
AFCS
Table 6-24 TIS Traffic Symbols
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Traffic Advisories (TA) alert the crew to intruding aircraft. When traffic meets the advisory criteria for the TA,
a solid yellow circle symbol is generated. A TA which is detected but is outside the range of the map on which
traffic is displayed are indicated with a message in the lower left corner of the map.
APPENDICES
TIS also provides a vector line showing the direction in which the traffic is moving, to the nearest 45°. Traffic
information for which TIS is unable to determine the bearing (non-bearing traffic) is displayed in the center of the
Traffic Map Page (Figure 6-158) or in a banner at the lower left corner of maps other than the Traffic Map Page
on which traffic can be displayed.
INDEX
The altitude difference between the requesting aircraft and other intruder aircraft is displayed above/below the
traffic symbol in hundreds of feet. If the other aircraft is above the requesting aircraft, the altitude separation
appears above the traffic symbol; if below, the altitude separation appears below. Altitude trend is displayed as
an up/down arrow (for speeds greater than 500 fpm in either direction) to the right of the target symbol. Traffic
symbols for aircraft without altitude reporting capability appear without altitude separation or climb/descent
information.
402
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DISPLAYING TRAFFIC DATA
• PFD Inset Map
• Nearest Pages
• Navigation Map Page
• Active Flight Plan Page
• Traffic Map Page
• Video Page
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Map - Traffic Map Page is the principal page for viewing traffic information. Additional displays of traffic
information are available as map overlays while TIS is operating, and serve as additional reference to the Traffic
Map Page. Traffic information can be displayed on the following maps and pages:
• Trip Planning Page
EIS
Traffic information is also displayed on the PFD when the Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) option is
installed and enabled. See the Additional Features Section for details.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Displaying traffic information (maps other than the Traffic Map Page):
1) Press the MAP Softkey.
2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When traffic is selected on maps other than the Traffic Map Page, an icon is shown to indicate the feature is
enabled for display.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Non-Threat
Traffic
Traffic
Advisory
AFCS
TA Off Scale
Banner
Annunciation
Traffic System
Status Banner
Annunciations
“No Bearing”
Traffic Advisory
Banner
Annunciation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Traffic Status
Icon
Figure 6-154 TIS Traffic on Navigation Map Page
APPENDICES
Displaying traffic information (PFD Inset Map):
1) Select the INSET Softkey.
2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey to display traffic data on the inset map (TRFC-1).
3) Select the softkey again to display the traffic-only inset (TRFC-2).
INDEX
4) Select the softkey again to remove traffic data.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
403
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkey for enabling/disabling
display of traffic. The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which traffic data (symbols
and labels) are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the
data is removed from the map. Maps besides the Traffic Map Page use settings based on those selected for the
Navigation Map Page.
Customizing traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
EIS
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-155).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Traffic’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-156).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-157).
• TRAFFIC – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
• TRAFFIC MODE – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
- All Traffic - Displays all traffic
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- TA ONLY - Displays Traffic Alerts only
• TRAFFIC SMBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown
• TRAFFIC LBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown (with the option to turn off)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 6-155 Navigation Map Page Menu
Figure 6-156 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
404
Figure 6-157 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Traffic Group
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TRAFFIC MAP PAGE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Traffic Map Page is the principal map page for viewing TIS traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current
position and altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up
unless there is no valid heading. Map range is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 2 to 12 nm, as indicated
by the map range rings.
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page. When the aircraft is on the
ground, TIS automatically enters Standby Mode. Once the aircraft is airborne, TIS switches from Standby to
Operating Mode and the system begins to display traffic information. Refer to the System Status discussion for
more information.
EIS
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3) Confirm TIS is in Operating Mode:
Press the OPERATE Softkey to begin displaying traffic.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Operate Mode’ (shown if TIS is in Standby Mode) and press the ENT Key.
Traffic Mode Annunciation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Non-Threat
Traffic, 2500’
Above,
Descending
“TIS Not Available”
Voice Alert Status
AFCS
Traffic Advisory, 500’
Below, Climbing
“Non-Bearing” Traffic
(System Unable to
Determine Bearing)
Distance is 4.0 nm,
500’ Above,
Descending
Off-Scale Traffic
Advisory
400’ Below, Level
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Range
Marking
Rings
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciations
Figure 6-158 Traffic Map Page
APPENDICES
Non-Threat
Traffic,
Altitude Not
Reported
Select
to Mute
“TIS Not
Available”
Voice Alert
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
405
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TIS ALERTS
When the number of TAs on the Traffic Map Page increases from one scan to the next, the following occur:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• A single “Traffic” voice alert is generated.
• A ‘TRAFFIC’ Annunciation appears to the top left of the Attitude Indicator on the PFD, flashing for 5 seconds
and remaining displayed until no TAs are detected in the area.
• The PFD Inset Map is automatically displayed with traffic.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
To reduce the number of nuisance alerts due to proximate aircraft, the “Traffic” voice alert is generated only
when the number of TAs increases. For example, when the first TA is displayed, a voice and visual annunciation
are generated. As long as a single TA remains on the display, no additional voice alerts are generated. If a second
TA appears on the display or if the number of TAs initially decreases and then subsequently increases, another
voice alert is generated.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Inset Map
Displays When
TA is Detected
AFCS
Figure 6-159 Traffic Annunciation (PFD)
A “TIS Not Available” (TNA) voice alert is generated when the TIS service becomes unavailable or is out of
range. TIS may be unavailable in the radar coverage area due to the following:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Radar site TIS Mode S sensor is not operational or is out of service
• Traffic or requesting aircraft is beyond the maximum range of the TIS-capable Mode S radar site.
• Traffic or requesting aircraft is above the radar site in the cone of silence and out of range of an adjacent site.
APPENDICES
• Traffic or requesting aircraft is below radar coverage. In flat terrain, the coverage extends from about 3000
feet upward at 55 miles. Terrain and obstacles around the radar site can further decrease radar coverage in all
directions.
• Traffic does not have an operating transponder.
INDEX
The “TIS Not Available” (TNA) voice alert can be manually muted to reduce nuisance alerting. TNA muting
status is shown in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
406
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Muting the “TIS Not Available” voice alert:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
2) Press the TNA MUTE Softkey. The status is displayed in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘‘’Not Available” Mute On’ (shown if TNA muting is currently off) and press the ENT Key.
SYSTEM STATUS
EIS
The G1000 performs an automatic test of TIS during power-up. If TIS passes the test, TIS enters Standby
Mode (on the ground) or Operating Mode (in the air). If TIS fails the power up test, an annunciation is shown
in the center of the Traffic Map Page.
FAILED
Description
Data is not being received from the transponder*
Data is being received from the transponder, but
a failure is detected in the data stream*
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DATA FAILED
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Traffic Map Page
Annunciation
NO DATA
The transponder has failed*
UNAVAILABLE
TIS is unavailable or out of range
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
* Contact a service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action
Table 6-25 TIS Failure Annunciations
System Test has
Failed
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Data Not
Received from
Transponder
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 6-160 TIS Power-up Test Failure
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
407
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page. When the aircraft is on the
ground, TIS automatically enters Standby Mode. If traffic is selected for display on another map while Standby
Mode is selected, the traffic display enabled icon is crossed out (also the case whenever TIS has failed). Once
the aircraft is airborne, TIS switches to Operating Mode and traffic information is displayed. The mode can be
changed manually using softkeys or the page menu.
Mode
Traffic Mode Annunciation
(Traffic Map Page)
TIS Operating
OPERATING
TIS Standby
STANDBY
(also shown in white in center of page)
TIS Failed*
FAIL
Traffic Display Enabled Icon
(Other Maps)
* See Table 6-27 for additional failure annunciations
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Table 6-26 TIS Modes
Switching between TIS modes:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the STANDBY or OPERATE Softkey to switch between modes. The mode is displayed in the upper left
corner of the Traffic Map Page.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
b) Select ‘Operate Mode’ or ‘Standby Mode’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key. The
annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner
of maps on which traffic can be displayed (Table 6-27).
408
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TA X.X ± XX ↕
TRFC RMVD
Traffic is removed because it is too old for coasting (12 to 60 seconds since last message)
Traffic may exist within the selected display range, but it is not displayed
Traffic data has failed
Traffic has not been detected
The traffic service is unavailable or out of range
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TRFC FAIL
NO TRFC DATA
TRFC UNAVAIL
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TRFC COAST
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected display range
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds of feet, and
altitude trend arrow (climbing/descending)
Appears if traffic data is not refreshed within 6 seconds
If after another 6 seconds data is not received, traffic is removed from the display
The quality of displayed traffic information is reduced as the age increases
The displayed data is not current (6 to 12 seconds since last message)
The quality of displayed traffic information is reduced when this message is displayed
EIS
AGE MM:SS
Description
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TA OFF SCALE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
Table 6-27 TIS Traffic Status Annunciations
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
409
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.10 GARMIN GTS 800 TRAFFIC
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: The Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is intended for advisory use only to aid the pilot in visually
acquiring traffic. No avoidance maneuvers should be based solely upon TAS traffic information. It is the
responsibility of the pilot in command to see and maneuver to avoid traffic.
NOTE: Pilots should be aware of TAS system limitations. TAS systems require transponders of other aircraft
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
to respond to system interrogations. If the transponders do not respond to interrogations due to phenomena
such as antenna shading or marginal transponder performance, traffic may be displayed intermittently, or
not at all. Aircraft without altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb
descent indication. Pilots should remain vigilant for traffic at all times.
NOTE: TIS is disabled when TAS installed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The optional Garmin GTS 800 is a Traffic Advisory System (TAS). It enhances flight crew situational awareness
by displaying traffic information for transponder-equipped aircraft. The system also provides visual annunciations
and voice traffic alerts including voice announcements to assist in visually acquiring traffic.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The GTS 800 is capable of tracking up to 45 intruding aircraft equipped with Mode A or C transponders, and
up to 30 intruding aircraft equipped with Mode S transponders. A maximum of 30 aircraft with the highest
threat potential can be displayed simultaneously. No TAS surveillance is provided for aircraft without operating
transponders.
THEORY OF OPERATION
AFCS
When the GTS 800 is in Operating Mode, the unit interrogates the transponders of intruding aircraft while
monitoring transponder replies. The system uses this information to derive the distance, relative bearing, and
if reported, the altitude and vertical trend for each aircraft within its surveillance range. The GTS 800 then
calculates a closure rate to each intruder based on the projected Closest Point of Approach (CPA). If the closure
rate meets the threat criteria for a Traffic Advisory (TA), visual and voice alerting is provided.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
TAS SURVEILLANCE VOLUME
APPENDICES
The GTS 800 surveillance system monitors the airspace within ±10,000 feet of own altitude. Under ideal
conditions, the GTS 800 unit scans transponder traffic up to 22 nm in the forward direction. The range is
somewhat reduced to the sides and aft of own aircraft due to the directional interrogation signal patterns. In
areas of greater transponder traffic density or when TCAS II (Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System II)
systems are detected, the GTS 800 automatically reduces its interrogation transmitter power (and therefore
range) in order to limit potential interference from other signals.
INDEX
When paired with a 1090 MHz extended squitter transponder, the GTS 800 uses Automatic Dependent
Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B) data from participating airborne aircraft transponders to enhance the
positional accuracy and display of traffic within the TAS surveillance range. Traffic data supplied only by
ADS-B Ground Based Transceivers (GBTs) is not displayed.
410
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TAS SYMBOLOGY
The GTS 800 uses symbology to depict intruding traffic using the symbols shown in Table 6-28.
Description
Traffic Advisory (TA) arrow with ADS-B directional information. Points in the direction of the intruder aircraft track.
(Not available in all installations.)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Symbol
Traffic Advisory without ADS-B directional information.
EIS
Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range. Displayed at outer range ring at proper bearing.
Proximity Advisory (PA) arrow with ADS-B directional information. Points in the direction of the aircraft track. (Not
available in all installations.)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Proximity Advisory without ADS-B directional information.
Non-threat traffic arrow with ADS-B directional information. Points in the direction of the intruder aircraft track.
(Not available in all installations.)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Non-Threat Traffic without ADS-B directional information
PA or Non-threat traffic arrow with ADS-B directional information, but positional accuracy is degraded. Points in the
direction of the aircraft track. (Not available in all installations.)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 6-28 GTS 800 Traffic Symbols
AFCS
A Traffic Advisory (TA), displayed as a yellow circle or triangle, alerts the crew to a potentially hazardous
intruding aircraft, if the closing rate, distance, and vertical separation meet TA criteria. A Traffic Advisory
that is beyond the selected display range (off scale) is indicated by a half TA symbol at the edge of the screen
at the relative bearing of the intruder.
A Proximity Advisory (PA), displayed as a solid white diamond or triangle, indicates the intruding aircraft
is within ±1200 feet and is within a 6 nm range, but is still not considered a TA threat.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
A Non-threat Advisory, shown as an open white diamond or triangle, is displayed for traffic beyond 6 nm
that is neither a TA or PA.
A solid white rounded arrow indicates either a PA or Non-Threat traffic with ADS-B directional information,
but the position of the traffic is shown with degraded accuracy.
APPENDICES
Relative altitude, when available, is displayed above or below the corresponding intruder symbol in
hundreds of feet (Figure 6-161). When this altitude is above own aircraft, it is preceded by a ‘+’ symbol; a
minus sign ‘-’ indicates traffic is below own aircraft.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
411
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
A vertical trend arrow to the right of the intruder symbol (Figure 6-161) indicates climbing or descending
traffic with an upward or downward-pointing arrow respectively.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Relative Altitude
Vertical trend arrow
EIS
Figure 6-161 Intruder Altitude and Vertical Trend Arrow
If the intruding aircraft is providing ADS-B track information, this is displayed as a vector line extending
beyond the traffic symbol in the direction of the track (Figure 6-162).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Vector Line indicates
intruder aircraft track
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-162 Intruder Traffic with ADS-B Directional
Information and Track
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flight IDs may also be displayed with traffic symbols; see the Flight IDs discussion in this section for more
information.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
On-ground aircraft with Mode S transponders are not displayed.
412
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TA ALERTING CONDITIONS
Sensitivity Intruder Altitude
Level
Available
B
Yes
B
No
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
No
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
A
Intruder closing rate provides less than 20 seconds of vertical and
horizontal separation.
Or:
Intruder closing rate provides less than 20 seconds of horizontal
separation and vertical separation is within 600 feet.
Or:
Intruder range is within 0.2 nm and vertical separation is within
600 feet.
Intruder closing rate provides less than 15 seconds of separation.
Intruder closing rate provides less than 30 seconds of vertical and
horizontal separation.
Or:
Intruder closing rate provides less than 30 seconds of horizontal
separation and vertical separation is within 800 feet.
Or:
Intruder range is within 0.55 nm and vertical separation is within
800 feet.
Intruder range is less than 20 seconds.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Yes
TA Alerting Conditions
EIS
A
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The GTS 800 automatically adjusts its TA sensitivity level to reduce the likelihood of nuisance TA alerting
during flight phases likely to be near airports. The system uses Level A TA sensitivity when the groundspeed
is less than 120 knots; Level B TA sensitivity applies in all other conditions.
Table 6-29 TA Sensitivity Level and TA Alerting Criteria
AFCS
TAS ALERTS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: Voice traffic alerts do not occur when the aircraft is below 400’ AGL. Only visual traffic annunciations
are issued below this altitude.
When the GTS 800 detects a new TA, the following occur:
APPENDICES
• A single “Traffic!” voice alert is generated, followed by additional voice information about the bearing, relative
altitude, and approximate distance from the intruder that triggered the TA (Table 6-30). The announcement
“Traffic! 12 o’clock, high, four miles,” would indicate the traffic is in front of own aircraft, above own
altitude, and approximately four nautical miles away.
• A TRAFFIC Annunciation appears at the top right of the airspeed on the PFD, flashing for five seconds and
remains displayed until no TAs are detected in the area (Figure 6-163).
INDEX
• The PFD Inset Map is automatically displayed with TA traffic.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
413
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
If the bearing of TA traffic cannot be determined, a yellow text banner will be displayed in the center of the
Traffic Map Page and in the lower-left of the PFD inset map instead of a TA symbol. The text will indicate “TA”
followed by the distance, relative altitude, and vertical trend arrow for the TA traffic, if known.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A TA will be displayed for at least eight seconds, even if the condition(s) that initially triggered the TA are no
longer present.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Inset Map
Displays When
TA is Detected
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-163 Traffic Annunciation (PFD)
Bearing
Relative Altitude
Distance (nm)
“One o’clock” through
“Twelve o’clock”
or “No Bearing”
“High”, “Low”, “Same Altitude” (if
within 200 feet of own altitude), or
“Altitude not available”
“Less than one mile”,
“One Mile” through “Ten Miles”, or
“More than ten miles”
AFCS
Table 6-30 TA Descriptive Voice Announcements
SYSTEM TEST
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: Traffic surveillance is not available during the system test. Use caution when performing a system
test during flight.
APPENDICES
The GTS 800 provides a system test mode to verify the TAS system is operating normally. The test takes ten
seconds to complete. When the system test is initiated, a test pattern of traffic symbols is displayed on the
Traffic Map Page (Figure 6-163). If the system test passes, the voice alert “TAS System Test Passed” is heard,
otherwise the system announces “TAS System Test Failed.” When the system test is complete, the traffic
system enters Standby Mode.
Testing the traffic system:
INDEX
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
414
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Turn the Range knob to set the range to 2/6 nm to allow for full test pattern to be displayed during test.
4) Press the TEST Softkey.
Or:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Test Mode’.
2) Press the ENT Key.
Test Mode Annunciation
Operating
Mode
Non-Threat
Traffic at
11 o’clock,
Distance 3.6
nm, 1000’
Above, Level
EIS
Proximity
Traffic at
1 o’clock,
Distance
3.6 nm,
1000’ Below,
Descending
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TA at 9 o’clock,
Distance 2.0
nm, 200’ Below,
Climbing
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-164 System Test in Progress with Test Pattern
AFCS
OPERATION
NOTE: The GTS 800 automatically transitions from STANDBY to OPERATE mode eight seconds after takeoff.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The unit also automatically transitions from OPERATE to STANDBY mode 24 seconds after landing.
After power-up, the GTS 800 is in Standby Mode. The GTS 800 must be in Operating Mode for traffic to be
displayed and for TAs to be issued.
APPENDICES
Selecting the OPERATE Softkey allows the traffic unit to switch from Standby Mode to Operating Mode as
necessary. Selecting the STANDBY Softkey forces the unit into Standby Mode.
Switching from operating mode to standby mode:
On the Traffic Page, select the STANDBY Softkey
Or:
INDEX
1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Standby Mode’.
2) Press the ENT Key.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
415
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Switching from standby mode to operating mode:
On the Traffic Page, select the OPERATE Softkey
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Operate Mode’.
2) Press the ENT Key. The traffic unit switches from Standby Mode to Operating Mode as necessary.
TRAFFIC MAP PAGE
EIS
The Traffic Map Page shows surrounding TAS traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current position and
altitude, without basemap clutter. It is the principal map page for viewing traffic information. Aircraft
orientation is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Map range is adjustable with the RANGE
Knob, as indicated by the map range rings.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The traffic mode and altitude display mode are annunciated in the upper left corner of the page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Operating Mode
Traffic Advisory with ADS-B Directional
Information, 500’ Below, Climbing
Altitude
Mode
Traffic Display
Range Rings
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Non-Threat Traffic,
2500’ Above,
Descending
Non-Threat
Traffic with
ADS-B
Directional
Information,
6000’ Above,
Level
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
“No Bearing”
Traffic (Bearing
Undetermined),
Distance .9 nm,
500’ Above,
Climbing
Proximity Traffic,
900’ Above,
Descending,
Flight ID
Displayed
Traffic
Advisory OffScale, 400’
Below, Level
Non-Threat
Traffic,
Altitude Not
Reported
Figure 6-165 Traffic Map Page
APPENDICES
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3) Press the OPERATE Softkey to begin displaying traffic. OPERATING is displayed in the Traffic mode field.
INDEX
4) Press the STANDBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode. STANDBY is displayed in the Traffic mode
field.
5) Turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to display a larger area or counter-clockwise to display a smaller area.
416
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Altitude Display
The pilot can select the volume of airspace in which non-threat and proximity traffic is displayed. TAs
occurring outside of these limits will always be shown.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Changing the altitude range:
1) On the Traffic Map Page, select the ALT MODE Softkey.
2) Press one of the following Softkeys:
EIS
• ABOVE: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 9000 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the
aircraft. Typically used during climb phase of flight.
• NORMAL: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below
the aircraft. Typically used during enroute phase of flight.
•
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• BELOW: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to 9000 feet below the
aircraft. Typically used during descent phase of flight.
UNREST (unrestricted): All traffic is displayed from 9900 feet above and 9900 feet below the aircraft.
3) To return to the Traffic Page, press the BACK Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following (see softkey description in step 2 above):
ABOVE
•
NORMAL
•
BELOW
•
UNRESTRICTED
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
•
3) Press the ENT Key.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
417
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Flight ID Display
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Flight IDs of other aircraft (when available) can be enabled for display on the Traffic Map Page
(Figure 6-166). When a flight ID is received, it will appear above or below the corresponding traffic symbol
on the Traffic Map Page when this option is enabled.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Flight ID
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-166 Traffic Map Page with Flight ID Enabled
Enabling/Disabling Flight ID Display:
On the Traffic Map Page, press the FLT ID Softkey.
AFCS
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose ‘Show Flight IDs’ or ‘Hide Flight IDs’ (choice dependent on current state)
(Figure 6-167).
INDEX
APPENDICES
3) Press the ENT Key.
Figure 6-167 Traffic Map Page Menu
418
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Traffic Map Page Display Range
The display range on the Traffic Map Page can be changed at any time. Map range is adjustable with the
RANGE Knob, as indicated by the map range rings.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Changing the display range on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the RANGE Knob.
2) The following range options are available:
2 nm
•
2 and 6 nm
•
6 and 12 nm
EIS
•
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ADDITIONAL TRAFFIC DISPLAYS
Traffic information can be displayed on the following maps on the MFD when the unit is operating:
• Navigation Map Page
• Active Flight Plan Page
• System Pages
• Trip Planning Page
• Video Page
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Traffic Map Page
• Nearest Pages
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Traffic information can also be displayed on the PFD when the Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) option
is installed and enabled. See the Additional Features Section for details.
Displaying traffic information (MFD maps other than the Traffic Map Page):
1) Select the MAP Softkey.
2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.
AFCS
When traffic is selected on maps other than the Traffic Map Page, a traffic icon is shown to indicate traffic
is enabled for display (Figure 6-168).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
419
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Displaying traffic on the Navigation Map
1) Ensure the traffic system is operating. With the Navigation Map displayed, press the MAP Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map as shown in the figure.
Non-Threat
Traffic
EIS
Traffic Advisory with
ADS-B Directional
Information
Non-Threat
Traffic with
ADS-B
Directional
Information
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Proximity
Traffic with
ADS-B Directional
Information
TA Off Scale Banner
Annunciation
Traffic Status
Icon
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
“No Bearing”
Traffic Advisory
Banner Annunciation
Figure 6-168 TAS Traffic on Navigation Map
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Customizing the traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-169).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-170.
AFCS
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the selections (Figure 6-171).
• TRAFFIC – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• TRAFFIC MODE – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
- All Traffic - Displays all traffic
- TA/PA - Displays Traffic Advisories and Proximity Advisories
- TA ONLY - Displays Traffic Advisories only
APPENDICES
• TRAFFIC SMBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown
• TRAFFIC LBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown with the option to turn off
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
INDEX
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page.
420
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Figure 6-169 Navigation Map Page Menu
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-170 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-171 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Traffic Group
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu also controls the display of traffic. The setup menu controls the map
range settings. Traffic data symbols and labels can be decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than
the map range setting is selected, the data is removed from the map. Maps besides the Traffic Map Page use
settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
Traffic information can also be displayed on the PFD Inset Map by pressing the INSET Softkey. A traffic map
will appear in heading up orientation. Traffic information can also be overlaid with navigation, topographic
and optional data link weather information.
Displaying traffic information (PFD Inset Map):
1) Press the INSET Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey to display traffic data on the inset map (TRFC-1).
3) Select the softkey again to display the traffic-only inset (TRFC-2).
4) Select the softkey again to remove traffic data.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
421
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM STATUS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
Traffic Mode Annunciation
(Traffic Map Page)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Mode
TAS System Test
Initiated
TEST
(also shown in white in center of page)
TAS Operating
OPERATING
TAS Standby
STANDBY
(also shown in white in center of page)
TAS Failed*
FAIL
Traffic Display Status Icon
(Other Maps)
* See Table 6-32 for additional failure annunciations
Table 6-31 TAS Modes
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the traffic unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the center of the Traffic Map
Page. During a failure condition, the Operating Mode cannot be selected.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Traffic Map Page Center
Description
Annunciation
NO DATA
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
Data is being received from the TAS unit, but the
DATA FAILED
unit is self-reporting a failure
FAILED
Incorrect data format received from the TAS unit
AFCS
Table 6-32 TAS Failure Annunciations
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner of
maps on which traffic can be displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
APPENDICES
TA OFF SCALE
TA X.X ± XX ↕
INDEX
TRFC FAIL
NO TRFC DATA
Description
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*.
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the
selected display range.
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**.
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation
in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend arrow (climbing/
descending).
TAS unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or
sending incorrectly formatted data)
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
Table 6-33 TAS Traffic Status Annunciations
422
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6.11 HONEYWELL KTA870 TRAFFIC
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: The Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is intended for advisory use only to aid the pilot in visually
acquiring traffic. No avoidance maneuvers should be based solely upon TAS traffic information. It is the
responsibility of the pilot in command to see and maneuver to avoid traffic.
NOTE: Pilots should be aware of TAS system limitations. TAS systems require transponders of other aircraft
EIS
to respond to system interrogations. If the transponders do not respond to interrogations due to phenomena
such as antenna shading or marginal transponder performance, traffic may be displayed intermittently, or
not at all. Aircraft without altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb
descent indication. Pilots should remain vigilant for traffic at all times.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: TIS is disabled when a Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is installed.
NOTE: Refer to the Honeywell® KTA 870 Pilot’s Guide for a detailed discussion of the KTA 870 TAS and its
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
voice alerts.
TAS SYMBOLOGY
TAS Symbol
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is designed to help in detection and avoidance of other aircraft. TAS uses
an on-board interrogator-processor and the Mode S transponder for the air-to-air traffic data link. Traffic is
displayed with the symbology shown in Table 6-34.
Description
Non-Threat Traffic
AFCS
Proximity Advisory (PA)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Traffic Advisory (TA)
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
APPENDICES
Table 6-34 TAS Symbol Description
A Non-threat Advisory, shown as an open white diamond, indicates that an intruding aircraft is at greater than
±1200 feet relative altitude or the distance is beyond 5 nm.
INDEX
A Proximity Advisory indicates that the intruding aircraft is within ±1200 feet and is within 5 nm range, but
is still not considered a threat.
A Traffic Advisory (TA) alerts the crew to a potentially hazardous intruding aircraft. Closing rate, distance,
and vertical separation meet TA criteria. A Traffic Advisory that is beyond the selected display range is indicated
by a half TA symbol at the edge of the screen at the relative bearing of the intruder.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
423
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Selecting the STANDBY Softkey places the unit into Standby Mode. Selecting the NORMAL Softkey allows
the KTA 870 to switch from Standby Mode to Operating Mode as necessary.
The KTA 870 must be in Operating Mode for traffic to be displayed. The unit starts in Operating Mode upon
power-up.
Switching from operating mode to standby mode:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
EIS
2) Select the STANDBY Softkey.
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select Standby Mode.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
On the Traffic Page, select the NORMAL Softkey
3) Press the ENT Key.
Switching from standby mode to operating mode:
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Normal Mode’.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the ENT Key. The KTA 870 switches from Standby Mode to Operating Mode as necessary.
Testing the Traffic System:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
AFCS
3) Turn the Range knob to set the range to 2/6 nm allow for display of full traffic test pattern.
4) Select the TEST Softkey.
Or:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Test Mode’.
2) Press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
The System Test takes approximately eight seconds to complete. Traffic symbols appear on the display, and
the traffic system issues a voice alert indicating test passage or failure. If the system test fails, the traffic system
enters Standby Mode.
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
INDEX
3) Select the NORMAL Softkey to begin displaying traffic. ‘OPERATING’ is displayed in the Traffic mode field.
4) Select the ALT MODE Softkey to change the altitude volume.
424
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5) Select the STANDBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode. STANDBY is displayed in the Traffic
mode field.
6) Turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to display a larger area or counter-clockwise to display a smaller area.
Operating
Mode
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Traffic Advisory,
Aircraft is
500’ Below,
Climbing
Altitude
Mode
EIS
Traffic Display
Range Ring
Markers
Non-Threat Traffic,
Altitude Not
Reported
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
“No Bearing”
Traffic (Bearing
Undetermined),
Distance 4.0
nm, 500’ Above,
Descending
Proximity
Traffic, 900’
Above, No
Vertical Trend
Off Scale Traffic
Advisory, 400’
Below, No
Vertical Trend
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-172 Traffic Map Page
AFCS
The Traffic Map Page shows surrounding TAS traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current position and
altitude, without basemap clutter. Aircraft orientation is always heading up unless there is no valid heading.
Map range is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 2 to 40 nm, as indicated by the map range rings.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The traffic mode and altitude display mode are annunciated in the upper left corner.
DISPLAYING TRAFFIC DATA
• PFD Inset Map
• Nearest Pages
• Navigation Map Page
• Active Flight Plan Page
• Traffic Map Page
• Video Page
APPENDICES
The Map - Traffic Map Page is the principal page for viewing traffic information. Additional displays of
traffic information are available as map overlays while the traffic system is operating, and serve as additional
reference to the Traffic Map Page. Traffic information can be displayed on the following maps and pages:
INDEX
• Trip Planning Page
Traffic information can also be displayed on the PFD when the Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) option
is installed and enabled. See the Additional Features Section for details.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
425
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Displaying traffic information (maps other than the Traffic Map Page):
1) Select the MAP Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.
When traffic is selected on maps other than the Traffic Map Page, a traffic icon is shown to indicate TAS is
enabled for display.
Displaying traffic on the Navigation Map
1) Ensure that the TAS system is operating. With the Navigation Map displayed, select the MAP Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map as shown in the figure.
Non-Threat
Traffic
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic
Advisory
Proximity
Traffic
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TA Off Scale
Banner
Traffic
Display
Enabled Icon
“No Bearing”
Traffic Advisory
Figure 6-173 TAS Traffic on Navigation Map
AFCS
Displaying traffic information (PFD Inset Map):
1) Select the INSET Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey to display traffic data on the inset map (TRFC-1).
3) Select the softkey again to display the traffic-only inset (TRFC-2).
INDEX
APPENDICES
4) Select the softkey again to remove traffic data.
426
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ALTITUDE DISPLAY
The pilot can select the volume of airspace in which traffic is displayed. Traffic Advisories (TAs) outside of
these limits will still be shown. Refer to the KTA 870 Pilot’s Guide for specific display thresholds.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Changing the altitude display mode:
1) On the Traffic Page, select the ALT MODE Softkey.
2) Select one of the following Softkeys:
BELOW
•
NORMAL
•
ABOVE
•
UNREST (unrestricted)
EIS
•
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) To return to the Traffic Page, select the BACK Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
BELOW
•
NORMAL
•
ABOVE
•
UNREST (unrestricted)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
•
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following:
3) Select the ENT Softkey.
TRAFFIC MAP PAGE DISPLAY RANGE
AFCS
The display range on the Traffic Map Page can be changed at any time. Map range is adjustable with the
RANGE Knob from 2 to 40 nm, as indicated by the map range rings.
Changing the display range on the Traffic Page:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Turn the RANGE Knob.
2) The following range options are available:
2 nm
•
2 and 6 nm
•
6 and 12 nm
•
12 and 24 nm
•
24 and 40 nm
APPENDICES
•
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
427
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Customizing the traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-174).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-175).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the selections (Figure 6-176.
• TRAFFIC – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
EIS
• TRAFFIC MODE – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
- All Traffic - Displays all traffic
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- TA/PA - Displays Traffic Alerts and Proximity Advisories
- TA ONLY - Displays Traffic Alerts only
• TRAFFIC SMBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown
• TRAFFIC LBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown with the option to turn off
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-174 Navigation Map Page Menu
INDEX
Figure 6-175 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
428
Figure 6-176 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Traffic Group
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu also controls the display of traffic. The setup menu controls the map
range settings. Traffic data symbols and labels can be decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than
the map range setting is selected, the data is removed from the map. Maps besides the Traffic Map Page use
settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TAS ALERTS
NOTE: Refer to the KTA 870 documentation for information on alerts generated by the TAS equipment.
When the number of TAs on the Traffic Map Page increases from one scan to the next, the following occur:
EIS
• The traffic system issues a voice alert. If the number of TAs subsequently increases, the traffic system generates
an additional voice alert.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• A ‘TRAFFIC’ Annunciation appears at the top right of the airspeed on the PFD, flashes for 5 seconds and
remains displayed until no TAs are detected in the area.
• The PFD Inset Map is automatically displayed with TA traffic.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Inset Map
Displays When
TA is Detected
AFCS
Figure 6-177 Traffic Annunciation (PFD)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
429
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM STATUS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
Mode
Traffic Mode Annunciation
(Traffic Map Page)
TAS Self-test Initiated
TEST
(also shown in white in center of page)
OPERATING
EIS
TAS Operating
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Traffic Display Enabled Icon
(Other Maps)
TAS Standby
STANDBY
(also shown in white in center of page)
TAS Failed*
FAIL
* See Table 6-36 for additional failure annunciations
Table 6-35 TAS Modes
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the center of the Traffic Map Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Traffic Map Page
Annunciation
NO DATA
DATA FAILED
FAILED
Description
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
Data is being received from the TAS unit, but the
unit is self-reporting a failure
Incorrect data format received from the TAS unit
Table 6-36 TAS Failure Annunciations
AFCS
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner of
maps on which traffic can be displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
APPENDICES
TA OFF SCALE
TA X.X ± XX ↕
TRFC FAIL
INDEX
NO TRFC DATA
Description
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the
selected display range
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude
separation in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend
arrow (climbing/descending)
TAS unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or
sending incorrectly formatted data)
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
Table 6-37 TAS Traffic Status Annunciations
430
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6.12 ADS-B TRAFFIC
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: ADS-B traffic is intended for advisory use only to aid the pilot in visually acquiring traffic. No
avoidance maneuvers should be based solely upon ADS-B traffic information. It is the responsibility of the
pilot in command to see and maneuver to avoid traffic.
NOTE: TIS is disabled when ADS-B traffic is installed.
EIS
ADS-B (Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast) is a surveillance technology deployed across the United
States as the cornerstone of the FAA’s Next Generation Air Transportation System (NextGen). ADS-B enables
improved surveillance services, both air-to-air and air-to-ground, especially in areas where radar is ineffective due
to terrain or where it is impractical or cost prohibitive. Initial applications of air-to-air ADS-B are for “advisory”
use only, enhancing a pilot’s visual acquisition of other nearby ADS-B equipped aircraft either when airborne or
on the airport surface.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
For the purpose of distinguishing between levels of ADS-B service, there are three classifications of aircraft or
system capability; ADS-B In, ADS-B Out, and ADS-B participating. ADS-B In refers to the capability to receive
ADS-B information. ADS-B Out refers to the capability to transmit ADS-B information. ADS-B participating refers
to the capability to both send and receive ADS-B information. Aircraft lacking either ADS-In, ADS-B Out, or both
ADS-B capabilities may also be referred to as ADS-B non-participating aircraft.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Currently, rule-compliant ADS-B Out capability in the United States requires a TSO’ed SBAS-enabled GPS, and
one of two possible data links: a 978 MHz Universal Access Transceiver (UAT) such as the Garmin GDL 90, or a
1090 MHz Extended Squitter (1090 ES) transponder, such as the Garmin GTX 33 with Extended Squitter. Either
data link system is capable of transmitting the aircraft’s position, velocity, identification, and other information
every second to compatible aircraft and ground stations called Ground Based Transceivers (GBTs). A G1000
aircraft equipped with a GDL 90 UAT providing SBAS-enabled GPS information is ADS-B participating. A G1000
aircraft equipped with a GTX 33 Extended Squitter transponder providing SBAS-enabled GPS information is
ADS-B Out.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1090 ES
UAT
RADAR
Composite
GPS
1090 ES
APPENDICES
18,000 FT
10,000 FT
Mode A/C
ATC
UAT
UAT
INDEX
RADAR
UAT
1090 ES
ADS-B
Ground
Station
Figure 6-178 The ADS-B System
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
431
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Because UATs and 1090 ES transponders operate on different frequencies, aircraft not similarly equipped cannot
transmit/receive data link information directly to/from each other. When a GDL 90 in installed, operation within
range of a GBT is required for the system to detect and display other aircraft providing only 1090 ES transponder
information.
EIS
Thus, the GDL 90 receives traffic information directly from other UAT aircraft within range as well as the
rebroadcast of ADS-B information from any nearby GBT. This rebroadcast is called Automatic Dependent
Surveillance-Rebroadcast (ADS-R) and is automatically triggered by the GDL 90 within the service volume of
the GBT. As a UAT, the GDL 90 can receive both the Traffic Information Service-Broadcast (TIS-B) and Flight
Information Service-Broadcast (FIS-B) data link weather information provided in conjunction with ADS-R services
when in range of a GBT.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Only traffic that is within 15 nm lateral and 3,500’ vertical of the GDL 90 aircraft is provided in the
GBT broadcast. Non-participating aircraft located farther than 15 nm laterally and 3,500’ vertically from the
GDL 90 aircraft are excluded from the information transmitted by the GBT.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TIS-B traffic information includes non-participating aircraft detected by ATC surveillance radar. As TIS-B
data is derived from ATC surveillance radar data, TIS-B traffic position updates typically occur every three to
thirteen seconds. Therefore, TIS-B traffic may be displayed with degraded positional accuracy. Aircraft without
operating transponders are invisible to TIS-B. Aircraft operating outside of the ATC radar coverage
area or for any reason are not detected are also not displayed.
NOTE: Use of ADS-B surveillance services is limited to the service volume of the Ground-Based Transceiver
(GBT). The coverage volume of GBTs is limited to line-of-sight.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TRAFFIC DESCRIPTION
AFCS
Operation of the GDL 90 UAT traffic system on the G1000 is similar to the TAS systems discussed previously,
with the exception of symbology. The symbols used to display ADS-B traffic are shown in Table 6-38 and Table
6-39. Above or below the traffic symbol is the traffic identifier, and altitude. A small up or down arrow next to the
traffic symbol indicates that the traffic is climbing or descending at a rate of at least 500 feet per minute. The
vector line that extends beyond the point of the traffic arrow is just further indication of the intruder aircraft
track.
Symbol
Description
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Traffic Advisory with directional information. Points in the direction of the intruder aircraft track.
Traffic Advisory without directional information.
APPENDICES
Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range. Displayed at outer range ring at proper bearing.
Proximity Advisory with directional information. Points in the direction of the aircraft track.
INDEX
Non-threat traffic with no directional information.
Non-threat traffic with directional information. Points in the direction of the intruder aircraft track.
432
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Symbol
Description
Traffic located on the ground with directional information. Points in the direction of the aircraft track. Ground traffic is only
displayed when own aircraft is below 1,000 feet AGL or on the ground.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Ground traffic without directional information. Ground traffic is only displayed when own aircraft is below 1,000 feet AGL or on
the ground.
Non-aircraft ground traffic. Ground traffic is only displayed when own aircraft is below 1,000 feet AGL or on the ground.
Traffic with directional information, but positional accuracy is degraded. Points in the direction of the aircraft track.
EIS
Table 6-38 ADS-B Traffic Symbology
ADS-B Symbol on the
PFD (SVT Only)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The following Traffic symbols are displayed on the PFD when the Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) option
is installed and enabled. See the Flight Instruments Section for details.
Description
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Proximity Advisory (PA)
Traffic Advisory (TA)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Non-threat traffic
Table 6-39 PFD ADS-B Symbology (SVT Only)
1.0 nautical mile is depicted using the bullet symbol
AFCS
NOTE: Traffic Alerts are only provided for target aircraft within 1.0 nautical mile. Traffic that is more than
.
Intruder
Aircraft
Ground Track
Altitude Trend
(up arrow
indicates
climbing, down
arrow indicates
descending)
APPENDICES
Relative Altitude
(in this case 1200
feet above own
aircraft)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Aircraft
Identification
(tail number
or Flight ID
number)
INDEX
Figure 6-179 Example ADS-B Traffic Advisory
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
433
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
OPERATING MODES
The unit must be in operating mode for traffic to be displayed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The GDL 90 listens to the transponder and follows the transponder mode. The only additional ADS-B
mode control is altitude mode.
Traffic with degraded
positional accuracy
Altitude
Mode
Traffic Advisory, Aircraft is 1200’
Above and Climbing
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Operating
Mode
“Non-Bearing” Traffic,
Distance is 8.0 nm, 1100’
Above and Descending
AFCS
Non-threat traffic, Aircraft is
5000’ Above, Descending,
Undetermined Direction
Non-Aircraft Ground Traffic,
1000’ Below
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-180 Traffic Map Page (GDL 90)
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the large FMS knob to select the Map Page Group.
APPENDICES
2) Turn the small FMS knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
Changing the altitude display mode:
1) On the Traffic Page, press the ALT MODE Softkey.
2) Press one of the following softkeys:
INDEX
•
BELOW, NORMAL, ABOVE, or UNREST (unrestricted)
3) To return to the Traffic Page, press the BACK Softkey.
Or:
434
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following:
•
BELOW, NORMAL, ABOVE, or UNREST (unrestricted)
2) Press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Changing the display range on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the RANGE Knob.
2) The following range options are available:
•
2 and 6 nm
•
6 and 12 nm
•
12 and 24 nm
•
24 and 40 nm
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2 nm
EIS
•
Showing/Hiding Flight IDs on the Traffic Map Page:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
On the Traffic Map Page, press the FLT ID Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) If necessary, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Show Flight IDs’ or ‘Hide Flight IDs’ (choice dependent on
current state.)
3) Press the ENT Key.
The Traffic Map Page displays the following information:
• Current aircraft location
• Surrounding traffic
AFCS
• Range marking rings
• Current traffic mode
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• OPERATING
• FAIL
• Traffic alert messages
• FAILED
APPENDICES
• DATA FAILED
• NO DATA
• UNAVAILABLE
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
435
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Blank Page
436
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 7 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The approved Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) always supersedes the information in this Pilot’s
Guide.
NOTE: A failure of the primary (#1) GIA 63/63W Integrated Avionics Unit (IAU) results in loss of the flight
director. Any IAU failure results in loss of the autopilot and manual electric trim.
EIS
NOTE: The GFC 700 is not available for the Cessna 172R.
• GSA 81 AFCS Servos (3)
• GDU 1044B Multi-Function Display (MFD)
• GSM 85 Servo Mounts (3)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• GDU 1044B Primary Flight Display (PFD)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The GFC 700 is a digital Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS), fully integrated within the System avionics
architecture. The System Overview section provides a block diagram to support this system description.
GFC 700 AFCS functionality in the Cessna NAV III aircraft is distributed across the following Line Replaceable
Units (LRUs):
• GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units (2)
The GFC 700 AFCS can be divided into these main operating functions:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Flight Director (FD) — Flight director operation takes place within the primary (#1) IAU. Flight director
commands are displayed on the PFD. The flight director provides:
– Command Bars showing pitch/roll guidance
– Pitch/roll mode selection and processing
– Autopilot communication
AFCS
• Autopilot (AP) — Autopilot operation occurs within the pitch, roll and pitch trim servo and provides servo
monitoring and automatic flight control in response to flight director steering commands, AHRS attitude and
rate information, and airspeed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Manual Electric Trim (MET) — The pitch trim adapter provides manual electric trim capability when the
autopilot is not engaged.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
437
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
The following describes basic autopilot functionality. A more detailed description follows in Section 7.5.
• Autopilot Engagement — The autopilot may be engaged by pushing the AP Key on the AFCS Control Unit.
Annunciations regarding the engagement are indicated on the PFD.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Autopilot Engagement with Flight Director Off — Upon engagement, the autopilot will be set to hold the
current attitude of the airplane, if the flight director was not previously on. In this case, ‘PIT’ and ‘ROL’ will be
annunciated.
• Autopilot Engagement with Flight Director On — If the flight director is on, the autopilot will smoothly
pitch and roll the airplane to capture the FD command bars. The prior flight director modes remain unchanged.
EIS
• Autopilot Disengagement — The most common way to disconnect the autopilot is to press and release the
AP DISC Switch, which is located on the control wheel. An autopilot disconnect tone will be heard and
annunciated on the PFD. Other ways to disconnect the autopilot include:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
– Pressing the AP Key on the AFCS Control Unit
– Pressing the GA Switch (located on the instrument panel above the throttle.)
– Operating the MET Switch (located on the pilot’s control wheel)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
– Pulling the autopilot circuit breaker
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In the event of unexpected autopilot behavior, pressing and holding the AP DISC Switch will disconnect the
autopilot and remove all power to the servos.
438
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7.1 AFCS CONTROLS
The following dedicated AFCS keys are located on the bezels of the PFD and MFD:
2
3
4
5
7
Selects/deselects Backcourse Mode
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
11
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ALT Key
9 VNV Key
10 BC Key
8
Engages/disengages the autopilot
Selects/deselects Heading Select Mode
Selects/deselects Navigation Mode
Selects/deselects Approach Mode
Selects/deselects Vertical Speed Mode
Selects/deselects Flight Level Change Mode
Activates/deactivates the flight director only
Pressing once turns on the flight director in the default pitch and roll modes. Pressing
again deactivates the flight director and removes the Command Bars. If the autopilot
is engaged, the key is disabled.
Selects/deselects Altitude Hold Mode
Selects/deselects Vertical Path Tracking Mode for Vertical Navigation flight control
EIS
6
AP Key
HDG Key
NAV Key
APR Key
VS Key
FLC Key
FD Key
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
NOSE UP/NOSE Control the mode reference in Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change
modes
DN Keys
2
8
3
9
4
10
AFCS
7
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5
11
6
APPENDICES
Figure 7-1 Dedicated AFCS Controls
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
439
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
The following AFCS controls are located in the cockpit separately from the PFD and MFD:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AP DISC Switch
(Autopilot Disconnect)
Disengages the autopilot and interrupts pitch trim operation
The AP DISC Switch is located on the pilot’s control wheel.
This switch may be used to mute the aural autopilot disconnect alert.
EIS
While pressed, allows manual control of the aircraft while the autopilot is
CWS Button
engaged and synchronizes the flight director’s Command Bars with the
(Control Wheel Steering)
current aircraft pitch (if not in Glideslope Mode) and roll (if in Roll Hold
Mode)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Upon release of the CWS Button, the flight director may establish new
reference points, depending on the current pitch and roll modes. CWS
operation details are discussed in the flight director modes section.
The CWS Button is located on the pilot’s control wheel.
GA Switch (Go Around)
Disengages the autopilot and selects flight director Go Around Mode
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If an approach procedure is loaded this switch also activates the missed
approach when the selected navigation source is GPS or when the navigation
source is VOR/LOC and a valid frequency has been tuned.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The GA Switch is located on the instrument panel above the throttle.
MET Switch
Used to command manual electric trim
(Manual Electric Trim)
This composite switch is split into left and right sides. The left switch is
the ARM contact and the right switch controls the DN (forward) and UP
(rearward) contacts. The MET ARM Switch can be used to disengage the
autopilot and to acknowledge an autopilot disconnect alert and mute the
associated aural tone.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Manual trim commands are generated only when both sides of the switch
are operated simultaneously. If either side of the switch is active separately
for more than three seconds, MET function is disabled and ‘PTRM’ is
displayed as the AFCS Status Annunciation on the PFD. The function
remains disabled until both sides of the switch are inactivated.
INDEX
APPENDICES
The MET Switch is located on the pilot’s control wheel.
440
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7.2 FLIGHT DIRECTOR OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The flight director function provides pitch and roll commands to the AFCS and displays them on the PFD.
With the flight director activated, the aircraft can be hand-flown to follow the path shown by the Command Bars.
Maximum commanded pitch (+20°/-15°) and roll (22°) angles, vertical acceleration, and roll rate are limited to
values established during AFCS certification. The flight director also provides commands to the autopilot.
ACTIVATING THE FLIGHT DIRECTOR
Modes Selected
BC Key
Backcourse***
APR Key
Approach**
HDG Key
Heading Select
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
AFCS
Navigation**
GA Switch
ROL
ROL
ROL
TO
GA
ROL
ROL
ROL
GPS
VOR
LOC
BC
GPS
VOR
LOC
HDG
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NAV Key
FD Key
AP Key
CWS Button
Vertical
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Takeoff (on ground)
TO
Go Around (in air)
GA
Altitude Hold
ALT
Vertical Speed
VS
Vertical Path Tracking* VPTH
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ALT Key
VS Key
VNV Key
Lateral
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Takeoff (on ground)
Go Around (in air)
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Control Pressed
EIS
An initial press of a key listed in Table 7-1 (when the flight director is not active) activates the flight director
in the listed modes. The flight director may be turned off and the Command Bars removed from the display by
pressing the FD Key again. The FD Key is disabled when the autopilot is engaged.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
*Valid VNV flight plan must be entered before VNV Key press activates flight director.
**The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS
course before NAV or APR Key press activates flight director.
***The selected navigation receiver must have a valid LOC signal before BC Key press
activates flight director.
APPENDICES
Table 7-1 Flight Director Activation
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
441
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
AFCS STATUS BOX
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight director mode annunciations are displayed on the PFD when the flight director is active. Autopilot
status is displayed in the center of the AFCS Status Box. Lateral flight director modes are displayed on the left
and vertical on the right. Armed modes are displayed in white and active in green.
Lateral Modes
EIS
Armed
Active
Autopilot
Status
Vertical Modes
Active
Mode
Reference
Armed
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
AFCS Status Box
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected
Altitude
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Command
Bars
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 7-2 PFD AFCS Display
442
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
COMMAND BARS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Upon activation of the flight director, Command Bars are displayed on the PFD as a single magenta cue. The
Command Bars move together vertically to indicate pitch commands, and bank left or right to indicate roll
commands. The Command Bars do not override the aircraft symbol.
If the attitude information sent to the flight director becomes invalid or unavailable, the Command Bars are
removed from the display. The flight director Command Bars also disappear if the pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or
bank exceeds 65˚.
Command Bars
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Aircraft Symbol
Figure 7-3 Command Bars
FLIGHT DIRECTOR MODES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Flight director modes are normally selected independently for the pitch and roll axes. Unless otherwise
specified, all mode keys are alternate action (i.e., press on, press off). In the absence of specific mode selection,
the flight director reverts to the default pitch and/or roll modes(s).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Armed modes are annunciated in white and active in green in the AFCS Status Box. Under normal operation
when the control for the active flight director mode is pressed, the flight director reverts to the default modes(s)
for the axis(es). Automatic transition from armed to active mode is indicated by the white armed mode
annunciation moving to the green active mode field and flashing for 10 seconds.
AFCS
If the information required to compute a flight director mode becomes invalid or unavailable, the flight
director automatically reverts to the default mode for that axis. A flashing yellow mode annunciation and
annunciator light indicate loss of sensor (ADC) or navigation data (VOR, LOC, GPS, SBAS) required to compute
commands. When such a loss occurs, the system automatically begins to roll the wings level (enters Roll Hold
Mode) or maintain the pitch angle (enters Pitch Hold Mode), depending on the affected axis. The flashing
annunciation stops when the affected mode key is pressed or another mode for the axis is selected. If after 10
seconds no action is taken, the flashing annunciation stops.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 7-4 Loss of VOR Signal
APPENDICES
The flight director is automatically disabled if the attitude information required to compute the default flight
director modes becomes invalid or unavailable.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
443
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
7.3 VERTICAL MODES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Table 7-2 lists the vertical modes with their corresponding controls and annunciations. The mode reference is
displayed next to the active mode annunciation for Altitude Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes.
The NOSE UP/NOSE DN Keys can be used to change the vertical mode reference while operating under Pitch
Hold, Vertical Speed, or Flight Level Change Mode. Increments of change and acceptable ranges of values for
each of these references using the NOSE UP/NOSE DN Keys are also listed in the table.
EIS
Vertical Mode
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pitch Hold
Selected Altitude Capture
Altitude Hold
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Vertical Speed
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flight Level Change
Vertical Path Tracking
AFCS
VNV Target Altitude Capture
Glidepath***
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Glideslope
Go Around
Description
Control Annunciation
Reference
Range
Holds aircraft pitch attitude; may
be used to climb/descend to the (default)
PIT
-15° to +20°
Selected Altitude
Captures the Selected Altitude
*
ALTS
Holds current Altitude Reference ALT Key ALT nnnnn ft
Holds aircraft vertical speed; may
-2000 to
be used to climb/descend to the
VS Key VS nnnn fpm
+1500 fpm
Selected Altitude
80 to 200 kts
Holds aircraft airspeed while
(350)
aircraft is climbing/descending to FLC Key FLC nnn kt
80 to 210 kts
the Selected Altitude
(400)
Captures and tracks descent legs
VNV
VPTH
of an active vertical profile
Key
Captures the Vertical Navigation
**
ALTV
(VNV) Target Altitude
Captures and tracks the SBAS
GP
glidepath on approach
APR
Key
Captures and tracks the ILS
GS
glideslope on approach
Disengages the autopilot and
GA
commands a constant pitch angle
GA
7°
Switch
and wings level
Reference
Change
Increment
0.5°
100 fpm
1 kt
APPENDICES
* ALTS is armed automatically when PIT, VS, FLC, or GA is active, and under VPTH when the Selected Altitude is to be captured
instead of the VNV Target Altitude.
** ALTV is armed automatically under VPTH when the VNV Target Altitude is to be captured instead of the Selected Altitude.
***GP is available in when SBAS is available.
INDEX
Table 7-2 Flight Director Vertical Modes
444
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PITCH HOLD MODE (PIT)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the flight director is activated (the FD Key is pressed), Pitch Hold Mode is selected by default. Pitch
Hold Mode is indicated as the active pitch mode by the green annunciation ‘PIT’. This mode may be used for
climb or descent to the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter), since Selected Altitude Capture Mode is
automatically armed when Pitch Hold Mode is activated.
In Pitch Hold Mode, the flight director maintains a constant pitch attitude, the pitch reference. The pitch
reference is set to the aircraft pitch attitude at the moment of mode selection. If the aircraft pitch attitude
exceeds the flight director pitch command limitations, the flight director commands a pitch angle equal to the
nose-up/down limit.
EIS
CHANGING THE PITCH REFERENCE
When operating in Pitch Hold Mode, the pitch reference can be adjusted by:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Using the NOSE UP/NOSE DN Keys
• By pressing the CWS Button, hand-flying the aircraft to establish a new pitch reference, then releasing the
CWS Button
Selected Altitude
Capture Mode Armed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pitch Hold
Mode Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected
Altitude
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Command Bars Maintain
Desired Pitch Reference
Figure 7-5 Pitch Hold Mode
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
445
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SELECTED ALTITUDE CAPTURE MODE (ALTS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed with activation of the following modes:
• Pitch Hold
• Go Around
• Vertical Speed
• Vertical Path Tracking (if the Selected Altitude is to
be captured instead of the VNV Target Altitude)
• Flight Level Change
EIS
The white ‘ALTS’ annunciation indicates Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed (see Figure 7-5 for example).
The ALT Knob is used to set the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter) until Selected Altitude Capture
Mode becomes active.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions to Selected Altitude
Capture Mode with Altitude Hold Mode armed (Figure 7-6). This automatic transition is indicated by the green
‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds and the appearance of the white ‘ALT’ annunciation. The
Selected Altitude is shown as the Altitude Reference beside the ‘ALTS’ annunciation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
At 50 feet from the Selected Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions from Selected Altitude
Capture to Altitude Hold Mode and holds the Selected Altitude (shown as the Altitude Reference). As Altitude
Hold Mode becomes active, the white ‘ALT’ annunciation moves to the active pitch mode field and flashes green
for 10 seconds to indicate the automatic transition.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitude Reference (in this case,
equal to Selected Altitude)
Flash up to 10 sec, Indicating Automatic Transition
AFCS
Figure 7-6 Automatic Mode Transitions During Altitude Capture
CHANGING THE SELECTED ALTITUDE
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while in Selected Altitude Capture Mode does not cancel the mode.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Use of the ALT Knob to change the Selected Altitude while Selected Altitude Capture Mode is active causes
the flight director to revert to Pitch Hold Mode with Selected Altitude Capture Mode armed for the new
Selected Altitude.
446
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ALTITUDE HOLD MODE (ALT)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Altitude Hold Mode can be activated by pressing the ALT Key; the flight director maintains the current aircraft
altitude (to the nearest 10 feet) as the Altitude Reference. The flight director’s Altitude Reference, shown in the
AFCS Status Box, is independent of the Selected Altitude, displayed above the Altimeter. Altitude Hold Mode
active is indicated by a green ‘ALT’ annunciation in the AFCS Status Box.
Altitude Hold Mode is automatically armed when the flight director is in Selected Altitude Capture Mode (see
Figure 7-6). Selected Altitude Capture Mode automatically transitions to Altitude Hold Mode when the altitude
error is less than 50 feet. In this case, the Selected Altitude becomes the flight director’s Altitude Reference.
EIS
CHANGING THE ALTITUDE REFERENCE
NOTE: Turning the ALT Knob while in Altitude Hold Mode changes the Selected Altitude, but not the flight
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
director’s Altitude Reference, and does not cancel the mode.
With the CWS Button depressed, the aircraft can be hand-flown to a new Altitude Reference. When the
CWS Button is released at the desired altitude, the new altitude is established as the Altitude Reference.
Altitude
Reference
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Altitude Hold
Mode Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected
Altitude
AFCS
Selected
Altitude
Bug
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Command Bars Hold Pitch Attitude
to Maintain Altitude Reference
Figure 7-7 Altitude Hold Mode
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
447
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
VERTICAL SPEED MODE (VS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In Vertical Speed Mode, the flight director acquires and maintains a Vertical Speed Reference. Current aircraft
vertical speed (to the nearest 100 fpm) becomes the Vertical Speed Reference at the moment of Vertical Speed
Mode activation. This mode may be used for climb or descent to the Selected Altitude (shown above the
Altimeter) since Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed when Vertical Speed Mode is selected.
EIS
When Vertical Speed Mode is activated by pressing the VS Key, ‘VS’ is annunciated in green in the AFCS Status
Box along with the Vertical Speed Reference. The Vertical Speed Reference is also displayed above the Vertical
Speed Indicator. A Vertical Speed Reference Bug corresponding to the Vertical Speed Reference is shown on
the indicator.
CHANGING THE VERTICAL SPEED REFERENCE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Vertical Speed Reference (shown both in the AFCS Status Box and above/below the Vertical Speed
Indicator) may be changed:
• Using the NOSE UP/NOSE DN Keys
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• By pressing the CWS Button, hand-flying the aircraft to a new Vertical Speed Reference, then releasing the
CWS Button
NOTE: If the Selected Altitude is reached during CWS maneuvering, the Altitude Reference is not changed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
To adjust the Altitude Reference in this case, the CWS Button must be pressed again after the Selected
Altitude is reached.
AFCS
Vertical Speed
Mode Active
Vertical Speed
Reference
Selected Altitude
Capture Mode
Armed
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selected
Altitude
Vertical
Speed
Reference
APPENDICES
Vertical
Speed
Reference
Bug
Command Bars Indicate Climb to
Attain Vertical Speed Reference
INDEX
Figure 7-8 Vertical Speed Mode
448
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT LEVEL CHANGE MODE (FLC)
NOTE: The Selected Altitude should be set before engaging Flight Level Change Mode.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Level Change Mode is selected by pressing the FLC Key. This mode acquires and maintains the
Airspeed Reference while climbing or descending to the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter). When
Flight Level Change Mode is active, the flight director continuously monitors Selected Altitude, airspeed, and
altitude.
EIS
The Airspeed Reference is set to the current airspeed upon mode activation. Flight Level Change Mode
is indicated by an ‘FLC’ annunciation beside the Airspeed Reference in the AFCS Status Box. The Airspeed
Reference is also displayed directly above the Airspeed Indicator, along with a bug corresponding to the
Airspeed Reference along the tape.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Engine power must be adjusted to allow the autopilot to fly the aircraft at a pitch attitude corresponding
to the desired flight profile (climb or descent) while maintaining the Airspeed Reference. The flight director
maintains the current altitude until either engine power or the Airspeed Reference are adjusted and does not
allow the aircraft to climb or descend away from the Selected Altitude.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
CHANGING THE AIRSPEED REFERENCE
The Airspeed Reference (shown in both the AFCS Status Box and above the Airspeed Indicator) may be
adjusted by:
• Using the NOSE UP/NOSE DN Keys
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Pressing the CWS Button, hand-flying the aircraft to a new airspeed, then releasing the CWS Button to
establish the new Airspeed Reference
NOTE: If the Selected Altitude is reached during CWS maneuvering, the Airspeed Reference is not changed.
AFCS
To adjust the Airspeed Reference in this case, the CWS Button must be pressed again after the Selected
Altitude is reached.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
449
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Level Change
Mode Active
Airspeed
Reference
Selected Altitude
Capture Mode
Armed
EIS
Airspeed
Reference
Airspeed
Reference
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airspeed
Reference
Bug
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Command Bars Indicate Climb
to Attain Selected Altitude
Figure 7-9 Flight Level Change Mode
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
VERTICAL NAVIGATION MODES (VPTH, ALTV)
NOTE: VNV is disabled when parallel track or dead reckoning mode is active.
NOTE: The Selected Altitude takes precedence over any other vertical constraints.
AFCS
Vertical Navigation (VNV) flight control is available for enroute/terminal cruise and descent operations any
time that VNV flight planning is available. Refer to the Flight Management Section for more information on
VNV flight plans. Conditions for availability include, but are not limited to:
• The selected navigation source is GPS.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• A VNV flight plan (with at least one altitude-constrained waypoint) or vertical direct-to is active.
• VNV is enabled (VNV ENBL Softkey pressed on the MFD).
• Crosstrack error is valid and within certain limits.
APPENDICES
• Desired/actual track are valid or track angle error is within certain limits.
• The VNV Target Altitude of the active waypoint is no more than 250 ft above the current aircraft altitude.
INDEX
The flight director may be armed for VNV at any time, but no target altitudes are captured during a climb.
The Command Bars provide vertical profile guidance based on specified altitudes (entered manually or loaded
from the database) at waypoints in the active flight plan or vertical direct-to. The appropriate VNV flight control
modes are sequenced by the flight director to follow the path defined by the vertical profile. Upon reaching
the last waypoint in the VNV flight plan, the flight director transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and cancels any
armed VNV modes.
450
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
VERTICAL PATH TRACKING MODE (VPTH)
NOTE: If another pitch mode key is pressed while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is selected, Vertical Path
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Tracking Mode reverts to armed.
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The
autopilot guides the aircraft back to the descent path upon release of the CWS Button.
EIS
When a vertical profile (VNV flight plan) is active and the VNV Key is pressed, Vertical Path Tracking
Mode is armed in preparation for descent path capture. ‘VPTH’ (or ‘/V’ when Glidepath or Glideslope Mode
is concurrently armed) is annunciated in white in addition to previously armed modes. If applicable, the
appropriate altitude capture mode is armed for capture of the next VNV Target Altitude (ALTV) or the Selected
Altitude (ALTS), whichever is greater.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 7-10 Vertical Path Tracking Armed Annunciations
Prior to descent path interception, the Selected Altitude must be set below the current aircraft altitude
by at least 75 feet. For the flight director to transition from Altitude Hold to Vertical Path Tracking Mode,
acknowledgment is required within 5 minutes of descent path interception by:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Pressing the VNV Key
• Adjusting the Selected Altitude
AFCS
If acknowledgment is not received within 1 minute of descent path interception, the white ‘VPTH’
annunciation starts to flash. Flashing continues until acknowledged or the descent path is intercepted. If
the descent is not confirmed by the time of interception, Vertical Path Tracking Mode remains armed and the
descent is not captured.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
In conjunction with the “TOD [top of descent] within 1 minute” annunciation in the Navigation Status Box
and the “Vertical Track” voice message, VNV indications (VNV Target Altitude, vertical deviation, and vertical
speed required) appear on the PFD in magenta (Figure 7-11).
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
451
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Altitude Hold
Mode Active
Vertical Path Tracking
Armed, (Flashing Indicates
Acknowledgment Required)
VNV Target
Altitude
EIS
Selected
Altitude Below
VNV Target
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
Required
Vertical
Speed Bug
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GPS is
Selected
Navigation
Source
Terminal
Phase
of Flight
Figure 7-11 Vertical Path Capture
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When a descent leg is captured (i.e., vertical deviation becomes valid), Vertical Path Tracking becomes
active and tracks the descent profile (Figure 7-12). An altitude capture mode (‘ALTS’ or ‘ALTV’) is armed as
appropriate.
VNV Target Altitude
Capture Armed
AFCS
Vertical Path
Tracking Active
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
VNV Target
Altitude
INDEX
GPS is
Selected
Navigation
Source
Terminal
Phase of
Flight
Command Bars Indicate Descent to
Maintain Required Vertical Speed
Figure 7-12 Vertical Path Tracking Mode
452
Required
Vertical
Speed
Indication
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If the Altimeter’s barometric setting is adjusted while Vertical Path Tracking is active, the flight director
increases/decreases the descent rate by up to 500 fpm to re-establish the aircraft on the descent path (without
commanding a climb). Adjusting the altimeter barometric setting creates discontinuities in VNV vertical
deviation, moving the descent path. For large adjustments, it may take several minutes for the aircraft to reestablish on the descent path. If the change is made while nearing a waypoint with a VNV Target Altitude,
the aircraft may not re-establish on the descent path in time to meet the vertical constraint.
Automatic Reversion to Pitch Hold Mode
Several situations can occur while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is active which cause the flight director to
revert to Pitch Hold Mode:
EIS
• Vertical deviation exceeds 200 feet during an overspeed condition.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Vertical deviation experiences a discontinuity that both exceeds 200 feet in magnitude and results in the
vertical deviation exceeding 200 feet in magnitude. Such discontinuities are usually caused by flight plan
changes that affect the vertical profile.
• Vertical deviation becomes invalid (the Vertical Deviation Indicator is removed from the PFD).
• A display enters Reversionary Mode (this does not apply to an active vertical direct-to).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Unless VNV is disabled, Vertical Path Tracking Mode and the appropriate altitude capture mode become
armed following the reversion to Pitch Hold Mode to allow for possible profile recapture.
Non-Path Descents
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes can also be used to fly non-path descents
while VNV flight control is selected. If the VS or FLC Key is pressed while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is
selected, Vertical Path Tracking Mode reverts to armed along with the appropriate altitude capture mode to
allow profile re-capture.
AFCS
Figure 7-13 Flight Level Change VNV Non-Path Descent
To prevent immediate profile re-capture, the following must be satisfied:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• At least 10 seconds have passed since the non-path transition was initiated
• Vertical deviation from the profile has exceeded 250 feet, but is now less than 200 feet
Pressing the VNV Key twice re-arms Vertical Path Tracking for immediate profile re-capture.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
453
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
VNV TARGET ALTITUDE CAPTURE MODE (ALTV)
NOTE: Armed VNV Target Altitude and Selected Altitude capture modes are mutually exclusive. However,
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed implicitly (not annunciated) whenever VNV Target Altitude Capture
Mode is armed.
EIS
VNV Target Altitude Capture is analogous to Selected Altitude Capture Mode and is armed automatically
after the VNV Key is pressed and the next VNV Target Altitude is to be intercepted before the Selected
Altitude. The annunciation ‘ALTV’ indicates that the VNV Target Altitude is to be captured. VNV Target
Altitudes are shown in the active flight plan or vertical direct-to, and can be entered manually or loaded
from a database (see the Flight Management Section for details). At the same time as “TOD within 1 minute”
is annunciated in the Navigation Status Box, the active VNV Target Altitude is displayed above the Vertical
Speed Indicator (see Figure 7-11).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions to VNV Target
Altitude Capture Mode with Altitude Hold Mode armed. This automatic transition is indicated by the green
‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds and the appearance of the white ‘ALT’ annunciation. The
VNV Target Altitude is shown as the Altitude Reference beside the ‘ALTV’ annunciation and remains displayed
above the Vertical Speed Indicator. The Required Vertical Speed Indication (RSVI) is removed once VNV
Target Altitude Capture Mode becomes active.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
At 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions from VNV Target
Altitude Capture to Altitude Hold Mode and tracks the level leg. As Altitude Hold Mode becomes active, the
white ‘ALT’ annunciation moves to the active vertical mode field and flashes green for 10 seconds to indicate
the automatic transition. The flight director automatically arms Vertical Path Tracking, allowing upcoming
descent legs to be captured and subsequently tracked.
AFCS
Altitude Reference (in this case,
equal to VNV Altitude Target)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Flash up to 10 sec, Indicating Automatic Transition
Figure 7-14 Automatic Mode Transitions During Altitude Capture
APPENDICES
Changing the VNV Target Altitude
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while in VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode does not cancel the mode.
INDEX
Changing the current VNV Target Altitude while VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode is active causes the
flight director to revert to Pitch Hold Mode. Vertical Path Tracking and the appropriate altitude capture
mode are armed in preparation to capture the new VNV Target Altitude or the Selected Altitude, depending
on which altitude is to be intercepted first.
VNV target altitudes can be changed while editing the active flight plan (see the Flight Management
Section for details).
454
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GLIDEPATH MODE (GP) (SBAS ONLY)
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while Glidepath Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The autopilot
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
guides the aircraft back to the glidepath upon release of the CWS Button.
Glidepath Mode is available only when SBAS is available. Glidepath Mode is used to track the SBAS-based
glidepath. When Glidepath Mode is armed, ‘GP’ is annunciated in white in the AFCS Status Box.
Selecting Glidepath Mode:
EIS
1) Ensure a GPS approach with vertical guidance (LPV, LNAV/VNAV, LNAV+V) is loaded into the active flight plan.
The active waypoint must be part of the flight plan (cannot be a direct-to a waypoint not in the flight plan).
2) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources).
3) Press the APR Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: Some RNAV (GPS) approaches provide a vertical descent angle as an aid in flying a stabilized
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
approach. These approaches are NOT considered Approaches with Vertical Guidance (APV). Approaches
that are annunciated on the HSI as LNAV or LNAV+V are considered Nonprecision Approaches (NPA) and
are flown to an MDA even though vertical glidepath (GP) information may be provided.
WARNING: When flying an LNAV approach (with vertical descent angle) with the autopilot coupled, the
aircraft will not level off at the MDA even if the MDA is set in the altitude preselect.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Upon reaching the glidepath, the flight director transitions to Glidepath Mode and begins to capture and
track the glidepath.
Figure 7-15 Glidepath Mode Armed
Once the following conditions have been met, the glidepath can be captured:
AFCS
• The active waypoint is at or after the final approach fix (FAF).
• Vertical deviation is valid.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• The CDI is at less than full scale deviation
• Automatic sequencing of waypoints has not been suspended (no ‘SUSP’ annunciation on the HSI)
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
455
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
Glidepath
Mode Active
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
GPS Approach
Mode Active
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GPS is Selected
Navigation
Source
LNAV
Approach
Active
Command Bars Indicate
Descent on Glidepath
Glidepath
Indicator
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 7-16 Glidepath Mode
456
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GLIDESLOPE MODE (GS)
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while Glideslope Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The autopilot
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
guides the aircraft back to the glideslope upon release of the CWS Button.
Glideslope Mode is available for LOC/ILS approaches to capture and track the glideslope. When Glideslope
Mode is armed (annunciated as ‘GS’ in white), LOC Approach Mode is armed as the lateral flight director
mode.
Selecting Glideslope Mode:
EIS
1) Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned.
2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the APR Key.
Or:
1) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources).
2) Ensure a LOC/ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Ensure the corresponding LOC frequency is tuned.
4) Press the APR Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 7-17 Glideslope Mode Armed
Once LOC is the navigation source, the localizer and glideslope can be captured. Upon reaching the glideslope,
the flight director transitions to Glideslope Mode and begins to intercept and track the glideslope.
Active ILS
Frequency Tuned
Approach
Mode Active
Glideslope
Mode Active
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Command Bars Indicate Descent
on Localizer/Glideslope Path
Figure 7-18 Glideslope Mode
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
NAV2 (localizer) is Selected
Navigation Source
Glideslope
Indicator
457
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
GO AROUND MODE (GA)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pressing the GA Switch engages the flight director in a wings-level, pitch-up attitude, allowing the execution
of a missed approach or a go around. This mode is a coupled pitch and roll mode and is annunciated as ‘GA’
in both the active pitch and roll mode fields. Go Around Mode disengages the autopilot and arms Selected
Altitude Capture Mode automatically. Subsequent autopilot engagement is allowed. Attempts to modify the
aircraft attitude (i.e., with the CWS Button or NOSE UP/NOSE DN Keys) result in reversion to Pitch and Roll
Hold modes.
EIS
Go Around Mode Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Autopilot Disconnect Annunciation
Flashes Yellow 5 sec
Command Bars Indicate Climb
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 7-19 Go Around Mode
458
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7.4 LATERAL MODES
Lateral Mode
Description
Control
Maximum Roll
Command Limit
ROL
22°
HDG
22°
GPS
22°
22° Capture
10° Track
22° Capture
10° Track
Holds the current aircraft
roll attitude or rolls the
(default)
wings level, depending on
the commanded bank angle
Captures and tracks the
HDG
Selected Heading
Key
Roll Hold
Heading Select
Navigation, VOR Enroute Capture/Track
Navigation, Backcourse Capture/Track
VOR
NAV
Key
Captures and tracks
a localizer signal for
backcourse approaches
BC
GPS
Approach, VOR Capture/Track
Approach, LOC Capture/Track
(Glideslope Mode automatically armed)
APR Key
Disengages the autopilot
and commands a constant
pitch angle and wings level
GA
Switch
VAPP
LOC
GA
22°
22° Capture
10° Track
22° Capture
10° Track
AFCS
Captures and tracks the
selected navigation source
(GPS, VOR, LOC)
22° Capture
10° Track
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Approach, GPS
Go Around
LOC
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Navigation, LOC Capture/Track
(No Glideslope)
Captures and tracks the
selected navigation source
(GPS, VOR, LOC)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation, GPS
EIS
Annunciation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The GFC 700 offers the lateral modes listed in Table 7-3. Refer to the vertical modes section for information
regarding Go Around Mode:
Wings Level
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The GFC 700 may generate a lower bank angle than the maximum roll command limit in degrees indicated in the
table above by the amount needed to produce a turn rate equal to or less than standard rate.
Table 7-3 Lateral Modes
APPENDICES
The CWS Button does not change lateral references for Heading Select, Navigation, Backcourse, or Approach
modes. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Heading/Course upon release of the CWS
Button.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
459
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
ROLL HOLD MODE (ROL)
NOTE: If Roll Hold Mode is activated as a result of a mode reversion, the flight director rolls the wings
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
level.
EIS
Figure 7-20 Roll Hold Mode Annunciation
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Bank Angle
Flight Director Response
< 6°
Rolls wings level
6° to 22° Maintains current aircraft roll attitude
> 22°
Limits bank to 22°
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When the flight director is activated, Roll Hold Mode is selected by default. This mode is annunciated as
‘ROL’ in the AFCS Status Box. The current aircraft bank angle is held, subject to the bank angle conditions listed
in Table 7-4.
Table 7-4 Roll Hold Mode Responses
CHANGING THE ROLL REFERENCE
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The roll reference can be changed by pressing the CWS Button, establishing the desired bank angle, then
releasing the CWS Button.
460
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HEADING SELECT MODE (HDG)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Heading Select Mode is activated by pressing the HDG Key. Heading Select Mode acquires and maintains
the Selected Heading. The Selected Heading is shown by a light blue bug on the HSI and in the box to the
upper left of the HSI.
CHANGING THE SELECTED HEADING
NOTE: Pressing the HDG Knob synchronize the Selected Heading to the current heading.
EIS
The Selected Heading is adjusted using the HDG Knob. Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying the
aircraft does not change the Selected Heading. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Heading
upon release of the CWS Button.
Heading Select
Mode Active
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Turns are commanded in the same direction as Selected Heading Bug movement, even if the Bug is turned
more than 180° from the present heading (e.g., a 270° turn to the right). However, Selected Heading changes
of more than 340° at a time result in turn reversals.
Pitch Mode
Active
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Selected
Heading
Bug
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selected
Heading
Command Bars Track
Selected Heading
APPENDICES
Figure 7-21 Heading Select Mode
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
461
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
NAVIGATION MODES (GPS, VOR, LOC)
NOTE: The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course for the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
flight director to enter Navigation Mode.
NOTE: When intercepting a flight plan leg, the flight director gives commands to capture the active leg at
approximately a 45° angle to the track between the waypoints defining the active leg. The flight director
does not give commands to fly to the starting waypoint of the active leg.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Pressing the NAV Key selects Navigation Mode. Navigation Mode acquires and tracks the selected navigation
source (GPS, VOR, LOC). The flight director follows GPS roll steering commands when GPS is the selected
navigation source. When the navigation source is VOR or LOC, the flight director creates roll steering commands
from the Selected Course and deviation. Navigation Mode can also be used to fly non-precision GPS and LOC
approaches where glideslope capture is not required.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) shows greater than one dot when the NAV Key is pressed, the selected
mode is armed. If the CDI is less than one dot, Navigation Mode is automatically captured when the NAV Key
is pressed. The armed annunciation appears in white to the left of the active roll mode.
Figure 7-22 GPS Navigation Mode Armed
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When the CDI has automatically switched from GPS to LOC during a LOC/ILS approach, GPS Navigation
Mode remains active, providing GPS steering guidance until the localizer signal is captured. LOC Navigation
Mode is armed when the automatic navigation source switch takes place. If the APR Key is pressed prior to the
automatic navigation source switch, LOC Navigation mode is armed.
AFCS
If Navigation Mode is active and either of the following occur, the flight director reverts to Roll Hold Mode
(wings rolled level):
• Different VOR tuned while in VOR Navigation Mode (VOR Navigation Mode reverts to armed)
• Navigation source manually switched (with the CDI Softkey)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• During a LOC/ILS approach the FAF is crossed while in GPS Navigation Mode after the automatic navigation
source switch from GPS to LOC
462
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CHANGING THE SELECTED COURSE
GPS Navigation
Mode Active
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Selected Course is controlled using the CRS Knob (while in VOR, LOC, or OBS Mode). Pressing the
CWS Button and hand-flying the aircraft does not change the Selected Course while in Navigation Mode.
The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course (or GPS flight plan) when the CWS Button is
released.
Selected Altitude
Capture Mode
Armed
Pitch Mode
Active
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected
Course
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GPS is Selected
Navigation
Source
Command Bars Indicate Left
Turn to Track GPS Course and Climb
to Intercept Selected Altitude
Figure 7-23 Navigation Mode
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
463
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
APPROACH MODES (GPS, VAPP, LOC)
NOTE: The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course for the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
flight director to enter Approach Mode.
EIS
Approach Mode is activated when the APR Key is pressed. Approach Mode acquires and tracks the
selected navigation source (GPS, VOR, or LOC), depending on loaded approach. This mode uses the selected
navigation receiver deviation and desired course inputs to fly the approach. Pressing the APR Key when
the CDI is greater than one dot arms the selected approach mode (annunciated in white to the left of the
active lateral mode). If the CDI is less than one dot, the LOC is automatically captured when the APR Key
is pressed.
VOR Approach Mode (VAPP) provides greater sensitivity for signal tracking than VOR Navigation Mode .
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selecting VOR Approach Mode:
1) Ensure a valid VOR frequency is tuned.
2) Ensure that VOR is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the APR Key.
When GPS Approach Mode is armed, Glidepath Mode is also armed.
Selecting GPS Approach Mode:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Ensure a GPS approach is loaded into the active flight plan. The active waypoint must be part of the flight plan
(cannot be a direct-to a waypoint not in the flight plan).
2) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
AFCS
3) Press the APR Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 7-24 Navigation/Approach Mode Armed
464
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
LOC Approach Mode allows the autopilot to fly a LOC/ILS approach with a glideslope. When LOC Approach
Mode is armed, Glideslope Mode is also armed automatically. LOC captures are inhibited if the difference
between aircraft heading and localizer course exceeds 105°.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting LOC Approach Mode:
1) Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned.
2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
3) Press the APR Key.
EIS
Or:
1) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Ensure a LOC/ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan.
3) Ensure the corresponding LOC frequency is tuned.
4) Press the APR Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the following occurs, the flight director reverts to Roll Hold Mode (wings rolled level):
• Approach Mode is active and a Vectors-To-Final is activated
• Approach Mode is active and Navigation source is manually switched
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• During a LOC/ILS Approach GPS Navigation Mode is active and the FAF is crossed after the automatic
navigation source switch from GPS to LOC
CHANGING THE SELECTED COURSE
AFCS
The Selected Course is controlled using the CRS Knob (while in VOR, LOC, or OBS Mode). Pressing the
CWS Button and hand-flying the aircraft does not change the Selected Course while in Approach Mode.
The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course (or GPS flight plan) when the CWS Button is
released.
INTERCEPTING AND FLYING A DME ARC
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
The AFCS will intercept and track a DME arc that is part of the active flight plan provided that GPS
Navigation Mode is engaged, GPS is the active navigation source on the CDI, and the DME arc segment is
the active flight plan leg. It is important to note that automatic navigation of DME arcs is based on GPS.
Thus, even if the APR key is pressed and LOC or VOR Approach Mode is armed prior to reaching the Initial
Approach Fix (IAF), Approach Mode will not activate until the arc segment is completed.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
If the pilot decides to intercept the arc at a location other than the published IAF (i.e. ATC provides vectors
to intercept the arc) and subsequently selects Heading Mode or Roll Mode, the AFCS will not automatically
intercept or track the arc unless the pilot activates the arc leg of the flight plan and arms GPS Navigation
Mode. The AFCS will not intercept and fly a DME arc before reaching an IAF that defines the beginning of the
arc segment. Likewise, if at any point while established on the DME arc the pilot deselects GPS Navigation
Mode, the AFCS will no longer track the arc.
465
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
BACKCOURSE MODE (BC)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
Backcourse Mode captures and tracks a localizer signal in the backcourse direction. The mode may be
selected by pressing the BC Key. Backcourse Mode is armed if the CDI is greater than one dot when the mode
is selected. If the CDI is less than one dot, the Backcourse Mode is automatically captured when the BC Key
is pressed. The flight director creates roll steering commands from the Selected Course and deviation when in
Backcourse Mode.
NOTE: When making a backcourse approach, set the Selected Course to the localizer front course.
Pitch Hold
Mode Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Backcourse
Mode Active
AFCS
LOC2 is Selected Navigation Source
Command Bars Hold Pitch Attitude
Figure 7-25 Backcourse Mode
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
CHANGING THE SELECTED COURSE
INDEX
APPENDICES
The Selected Course is controlled using the CRS Knob. Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying the
aircraft does not reset any reference data while in Backcourse Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to
the Selected Course when the CWS Button is released.
466
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7.5 AUTOPILOT OPERATION
NOTE: Refer to the POH for specific instructions regarding emergency procedures.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The autopilot operates flight control surface servos to provide automatic flight control. Pitch and roll commands
are provided to the servos, based on the active flight director modes. The autopilot uses pitch and roll rates to
stabilize the aircraft attitude during upsets and flight director maneuvers. Flight director commands are rate- and
attitude-limited, combined with pitch and roll damper control, and sent to the pitch and roll servo motors.
EIS
Pitch autotrim provides trim commands to the pitch trim servo to relieve any sustained effort required by the
pitch servo. The pitch servo measures the output effort (torque) and provides this signal to the pitch trim servo.
The pitch trim servo commands the motor to reduce the average pitch servo effort.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
When the autopilot is not engaged, the pitch trim servo may be used to provide manual electric trim (MET).
This allows the aircraft to be trimmed using a control wheel switch rather than the trim wheel. Manual trim
commands are generated with the MET Switch. Trim speeds are scheduled with airspeed to provide more
consistent response.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Servo motor control limits the maximum servo speed and torque. The servo mounts are equipped with slipclutches set to certain values. This allows the servos to be overridden in case of an emergency.
ENGAGING THE AUTOPILOT
NOTE: Autopilot engagement/disengagement is not equivalent to servo engagement/disengagement. Use
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
the CWS Button to disengage the pitch and roll servos while the autopilot remains active.
When the AP Key is pressed, the autopilot and flight director (if not already engaged) are activated. Engagement
is indicated by a green ‘AP’ annunciation in the center of the AFCS Status Box. The flight director engages in
Pitch and Roll Hold modes when initially activated.
AFCS
Autopilot
Engaged
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 7-26 Autopilot Engaged
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
467
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
CONTROL WHEEL STEERING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During autopilot operation, the aircraft may be hand-flown without disengaging the autopilot. Pressing and
holding the CWS Button disengages the pitch and roll servos from the flight control surfaces and allows the
aircraft to be hand-flown. At the same time, the flight director is synchronized to the aircraft attitude during
the maneuver. The ‘AP’ annunciation is temporarily replaced by ‘CWS’ in white for the duration of CWS
maneuvers.
In most scenarios, releasing the CWS Button reengages the autopilot with a new reference. Refer to the flight
director modes section for CWS behavior in each mode.
EIS
Control Wheel Steering
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 7-27 CWS Annunciation
DISENGAGING THE AUTOPILOT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The autopilot is manually disengaged by pushing the AP DISC Switch, GA Switch or the AP Key on the
MFD. Manual disengagement is indicated by a five-second flashing yellow ‘AP’ annunciation and a twosecond autopilot disconnect aural alert. After manual disengagement, the autopilot disconnect aural alert
may be cancelled by pushing the AP DISC or MET Switch (AP DISC Switch also cancels the flashing ‘AP’
annunciation).
Figure 7-28 Manual Autopilot Disengagement
AFCS
Automatic autopilot disengagement is indicated by a flashing red ‘AP’ annunciation and by the autopilot
disconnect aural alert, which continue until acknowledged by pushing the AP DISC or MET Switch.
Automatic disengagement occurs due to:
• System failure
• Invalid sensor data
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Inability to compute default flight director
modes (FD also disengages automatically)
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 7-29 Automatic Autopilot Disengagement
468
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7.6 EXAMPLE PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The following example flight plan and diagrams (not to be used for navigation) in this section are
for instructional purposes only and should be considered not current. Numbered portions of accompanying
diagrams correspond to numbered procedure steps.
EIS
This scenario-based set of procedures (based on the example flight plan found in the Flight Management
Section) shows various GFC 700 AFCS modes used during a flight. In this scenario, the aircraft departs Charles
B. Wheeler Downtown Airport (KMKC), enroute to Colorado Springs Airport (KCOS). After departure, the
aircraft climbs to 12,000 ft and airway V4 is intercepted, following ATC vectors.
0
33
30
3
27
30
27
24
24
21
30
24
27
15
27
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
12
21
18
15
18
9
24
21
12
6
Lamar
VOR
(LAA)
Topeka
VOR
(TOP)
12
Hays
VOR
(HYS)
9
V 244
Salina
VOR
(SLN)
9
3
V4
18
V 244
9
6
0
33
15
6
KCOS
KMKC
30
6
3
3
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
33
0
33
0
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airway V4 is flown to Salina VOR (SLN) using VOR navigation, then airway V244 is flown using GPS Navigation.
The ILS approach for runway 35L and LPV (WAAS) approach for runway 35R are shown and a missed approach
is executed.
12
21
15
18
Figure 7-30 Flight Plan Overview
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
469
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
DEPARTURE
Climbing to the Selected Altitude and flying an assigned heading:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Before takeoff, set the Selected Altitude to 12,000 feet using the ALT Knob.
2) In this example, Vertical Speed Mode is used to capture the Selected Altitude (Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, or
Flight Level Change Mode may be used).
EIS
a) Press the VS Key to activate Vertical Speed Mode.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Vertical Speed Reference may be adjusted after Vertical Speed Mode is selected using the NOSE UP/
NOSE DN keys or pushing the CWS Button while hand-flying the aircraft to establish a new Vertical Speed
Reference.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
b) Press the AP Key to engage the autopilot in a climb using Vertical Speed Mode.
3) Use the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading, complying with ATC vectors to intercept Airway V4.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press the HDG Key to activate Heading Select Mode while the autopilot is engaged in the climb. The autopilot
follows the Selected Heading Bug on the HSI and turns the aircraft to the desired heading.
AFCS
4) As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
At 50 feet from the Selected Altitude, the green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds; the autopilot
transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft.
470
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
HD
GM
od
e
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected Altitude of 12,000 MSL
ALT Mode
4
KMKC
VS
e
Mod
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1
2
Figure 7-31 Departure
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
471
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
INTERCEPTING A VOR RADIAL
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During climb-out, the autopilot continues to fly the aircraft in Heading Select Mode. Airway V4 to Salina
VOR (SLN) should now be intercepted. Since the enroute flight plan waypoints correspond to VORs, flight
director Navigation Mode using either VOR or GPS as the navigation source may be used. In this scenario, VOR
Navigation Mode is used for navigation to the first VOR waypoint in the flight plan.
Intercepting a VOR radial:
1) Arm VOR Navigation Mode:
EIS
a) Tune the VOR frequency.
b) Press the CDI Softkey to set the navigation source to VOR.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
c) Use the CRS Knob to set the Selected Course to 255°. Note that at this point, the flight director is still in
Heading Select Mode and the autopilot continues to fly 290°.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
d) Press the NAV Key. This arms VOR Navigation Mode and the white ‘VOR’ annunciation appears to the left of
the active lateral mode.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) As the aircraft nears the Selected Course, the flight director transitions from Heading Select to VOR Navigation
Mode and the ‘VOR’ annunciation flashes green. The autopilot begins turning to intercept the Selected
Course.
3) The autopilot continues the turn until the aircraft is established on the Selected Course.
0
33
3
V4
6
AFCS
30
Hd
29 g
0o
27
3
Salina
VOR
(SLN)
24
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
255
9
o
VO
R
NA
V
Mo
de
2
HD
G
12
od
e,
VO
R
Ar
m
15
21
18
APPENDICES
M
ed
1
INDEX
Figure 7-32 Intercepting a VOR Radial
472
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLYING A FLIGHT PLAN/GPS COURSE
NOTE: Changing the navigation source cancels Navigation Mode and causes the flight director to revert
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
back to Roll Hold Mode (wings rolled level).
As the aircraft closes on Salina VOR, GPS is used to navigate the next leg, airway V244. The aircraft is
currently tracking inbound on Airway V4.
Flying a GPS flight plan:
EIS
1) Transition from VOR to GPS Navigation Mode:
a) Press the CDI Softkey until GPS is the selected navigation source.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
b) Press the NAV Key to activate GPS Navigation Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft along the active flight
plan leg.
0
33
V4
6
3
o
075
30
ode
6
27
AV M
GPS N
24
27
2
12
AFCS
21
18
12
15
24
9
Hays
VOR
(HYS)
Salina
VOR
(SLN)
V 244
1
9
o
260
o
076
e
d
AV Mo
VOR N
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
33
3
30
0
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Following the flight plan, the autopilot continues to steer the aircraft under GPS guidance. Note that in GPS
Navigation Mode, course changes defined by the flight plan are automatically made without pilot action
required.
15
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
21
18
Figure 7-33 Transition to GPS Flight Plan
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
473
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DESCENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
• Flight Level Change descent – Flight Level Change Mode can be used to descend to the Selected Altitude at a
constant airspeed. This descent method does not account for flight plan waypoint altitude constraints.
While flying the arrival procedure, the aircraft is cleared for descent in preparation for the approach to KCOS.
Three methods are presented for descent:
• Vertical Path Tracking descent – Vertical Path Tracking Mode is used to follow the vertical descent path
defined in the GPS flight plan. Altitude constraints correspond to waypoints in the flight plan. Before VNV
flight control can provide vertical profile guidance, a VNV flight plan must be entered and enabled.
EIS
• Non-path descent in a VNV scenario – A VNV flight plan is entered and enabled, however Pitch Hold, Vertical
Speed, or Flight Level Change Mode can be used to descend to the VNV Target Altitude prior to reaching the
planned TOD. Flight Level Change Mode is used in the example.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Flight Level Change descent:
1) Select Flight Level Change Mode:
a) Using the ALT Knob, set the Selected Altitude to 10,000 feet.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
b) Press the FLC Key to activate Flight Level Change Mode. The annunciation ‘FLC’ appears next to the
Airspeed Reference, which defaults to the current aircraft airspeed. Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed
automatically.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Use the NOSE UP/NOSE DN keys or push the CWS Button while hand-flying the aircraft to adjust the
commanded airspeed while maintaining the same power, or reduce power to allow descent in Flight Level
Change Mode while the autopilot maintains the current airspeed.
AFCS
3) As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude; the
autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft.
1
Cruise Altitude of 12,000 MSL
APPENDICES
ALT Mode
2
FLC
Mod
e
3
Selected Altitude of 10,000 MSL
INDEX
ALT Mode
Figure 7-34 FLC Descent
474
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Vertical Path Tracking descent to VNV Target Altitude:
1) Select VNV flight control:
a) Press the VNV Key to arm Vertical Path Tracking Mode. The white annunciation ‘VPTH’ appears.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
b) Using the ALT Knob, set the Selected Altitude below the flight plan’s VNV Target Altitude of 10,000 feet.
EIS
If the Selected Altitude is not at least 75 ft below the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director captures the
Selected Altitude rather than the VNV Target Altitude once Vertical Path Tracking Mode becomes active (ALTS is
armed rather than ALTV).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
c) If Vertical Path Tracking Mode is armed more than 5 minutes prior to descent path capture, acknowledgment is
required for the flight director to transition from Altitude Hold to Vertical Path Tracking Mode. To proceed with
descent path capture if the white ‘VPTH’ annunciation begins flashing, do one of the following
• Press the VNV Key
• Turn the ALT Knob to adjust the Selected Altitude
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the descent is not confirmed by the time of interception, Vertical Path Tracking Mode remains armed and the
descent is not captured.
2) When the top of descent (TOD) is reached, the flight director transitions to Vertical Path Tracking Mode and
begins the descent to the VNV Target Altitude. Intention to capture the VNV Target Altitude is indicated by the
white ‘ALTV’ annunciation.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director transitions to VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
AFCS
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude;
the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft at the vertical waypoint.
ALT Mode
TOD
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1
Cruise Altitude of 12,000 MSL
2
VPT
APPENDICES
HM
ode
3
BOD
VNAV Target Altitude of 10,000 MSL
ALT Mode
Selected Altitude (set below VNAV Target Altitude)
INDEX
3 nm
OPSHN
Figure 7-35 VPTH Descent
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
475
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
Non-path descent using Flight Level Change Mode:
1) Using Flight Level Change Mode, command a non-path descent to an intermediate altitude above the next VNV
flight plan altitude:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
a) Using the ALT Knob, set the Selected Altitude below the current aircraft altitude to an altitude (in this case,
9,400 feet) at which to level off between VNV flight plan altitudes.
EIS
b) Press the FLC Key before the planned TOD during an altitude hold while VPTH is armed. The Airspeed Reference
defaults to the current aircraft airspeed. Vertical Path Tracking and Selected Altitude Capture Mode are armed
automatically.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude; the
autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft. After leveling off reset, Selected Altitude at
or below 9,000 ft.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Reduce power to allow descent in Flight Level Change Mode. The autopilot maintains the Airspeed Reference.
AFCS
4) When the next TOD is reached, Vertical Path Tracking becomes active (may require acknowledgment to allow
descent path capture).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director transitions to VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
INDEX
APPENDICES
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude;
the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft at the vertical waypoint.
476
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
VP
TH
M
od
e
ALT Mode
1
FL
C
Selected Altitude of 9,400 MSL
VNAV Target Altitude of 10,000 MSL
Pla
nn
M
od
e
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Planned
TOD
2
BOD
3
ed
De
sce
nt
Pa
th
ALT Mode
TOD
VP
VNAV Target Altitude of 9,000 MSL
TH
Mo
de
5
BOD
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4
ALT Mode
Selected Altitude
OPSHN
HABUK
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3 nm
Figure 7-36 Non-path Descent
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
477
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
APPROACH
NOTE: If an approach contains a DME arc, the arc must be flown in Navigation Mode with the GFC 700.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When receiving vectors from ATC, Navigation Mode must be selected prior to intercepting the ARC.
Flying an ILS approach:
1) Transition from GPS Navigation Mode to Heading Select Mode.
EIS
a) Select the Runway 35L ILS approach for KCOS and select ‘VECTORS’ for the transition. Load and activate the
approach into the flight plan.
b) Use the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading after getting vectors from ATC.
c) Press the HDG Key. The autopilot turns the aircraft to the desired heading.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
d) Use Heading Select Mode to comply with ATC vectors as requested.
2) Arm LOC Approach and Glideslope modes.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
a) Ensure the appropriate localizer frequency is tuned.
b) Press the APR Key when cleared for approach to arm Approach and Glideslope modes. ‘LOC’ and ‘GS’ appear
in white as armed mode annunciations.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
c) The navigation source automatically switches to LOC. After this switch occurs, the localizer signal can be captured
and the flight director determines when to begin the turn to intercept the final approach course. The flight
director now provides guidance to the missed approach point.
478
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) There are two options available at this point, as the autopilot flies the ILS approach:
• Push the AP DISC Switch at the decision height and land the aircraft.
• Use the GA Switch to execute a missed approach.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
KCOS
LOC APR/
GS Mode
3
PETEY
EIS
2
HD
G
e
od
M
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
PYNON
1
GPS NAV Mode
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 7-37 ILS Approach to KCOS
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
479
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
NOTE: Support for SBAS precision approaches is available only when SBAS is available.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flying a RNAV GPS approach with vertical guidance:
1) Arm flight director modes for a RNAV GPS approach with vertical guidance:
a) Make sure the navigation source is set to GPS (use CDI Softkey to change navigation source).
b) Select the Runway 35R LPV approach for KCOS. Load and activate the approach into the flight plan.
EIS
2) Press the APR Key once clearance for approach has been received. GPS Approach Mode is activated and
Glidepath Mode is armed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Once the glidepath is captured, Glidepath Mode becomes active. The flight director now provides guidance to
the missed approach point.
4) There are two options available at this point, as the autopilot flies the approach:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Push the AP DISC Switch at the Decision height and land the aircraft.
• Use the GA Switch to execute a missed approach.
KCOS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4
AFCS
3
GPS APR/
GP Mode
CEGIX
2
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
FALUR
HABUK
PYNON
1
INDEX
APPENDICES
GPS NAV Mode
Figure 7-38 LPV Approach to KCOS
480
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GO AROUND/MISSED APPROACH
NOTE: As a result of calculations performed by the system while flying the holding pattern, the display may
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
re-size automatically and the aircraft may not precisely track the holding pattern as depicted on the PFD and
MFD.
Flying a missed approach:
EIS
1) Push the GA Switch at the Decision height and apply go around power to execute a missed approach. The
flight director Command Bars establish a nose-up climb to follow. If flying an ILS or LOC approach the CDI also
switches to GPS as the navigation source.
Note that when the GA Switch is pushed, the missed approach is activated and the autopilot disconnects,
indicated by the ‘AP’ annunciation flashing yellow for 5 seconds and the autopilot disconnect aural alert.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Flashes 5 sec
2) Start the climb to the prescribed altitude in the published Missed Approach Procedure (in this case, 10,000 ft).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
a) Press the AP Key to re-engage the autopilot.
b) Press the NAV Key to have the autopilot fly to the hold.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Use the ALT Knob to set a Selected Altitude to hold.
To hold the current airspeed during the climb, press the FLC Key.
AFCS
As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude; the
autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft.
APPENDICES
4) The autopilot flies the holding pattern after the missed approach is activated. Annunciations are displayed in
the Navigation Status Box, above the AFCS Status Box.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
481
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4
MOGAL
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
GPS NAV Mode
3
2
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GA Mode
KCOS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 7-39 Go Around/Missed Approach
482
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7.7 AFCS ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTS
AFCS STATUS ALERTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The annunciations in Table 7-5 (listed in order of increasing priority) can appear on the PFD above the
Airspeed and Attitude indicators. Only one annunciation occurs at a time, and messages are prioritized by
criticality.
AFCS Status
Annunciation
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 7-40 AFCS Status Annunciation
Alert Condition
Aileron Mistrim Left
Elevator Mistrim Down
Elevator Mistrim Up
Roll servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction
Pitch servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction
If AP engaged, take control of the aircraft and disengage AP
Roll axis control failure; AP inoperative
Pitch Failure
Pitch axis control failure; AP inoperative
AP and MET are unavailable; FD may still be available
Performing preflight system test; aural alert sounds at completion
Do not press the AP DISC Switch during servo power-up and preflight system tests
as this may cause the preflight system test to fail or never to start (if servos fail
their power-up tests). Power must be cycled to the servos to remedy the situation.
APPENDICES
Preflight Test
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Roll Failure
System Failure
AFCS
Pitch Trim Failure)
Description
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Aileron Mistrim Right
Annunciation
Preflight system test failed; aural alert sounds at failure
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Table 7-5 AFCS Status Alerts
483
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
OVERSPEED PROTECTION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
While Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, Flight Level Change, Vertical Path Tracking, or an altitude capture mode is
active, airspeed is monitored by the flight director. Pitch commands are not changed until overspeed protection
becomes active. Overspeed protection is provided in situations where the flight director cannot acquire and
maintain the mode reference for the selected vertical mode without exceeding the certified maximum autopilot
airspeed.
NOTE: Overspeed protection is not active in Altitude Hold, Glideslope or Glidepath modes.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
When an autopilot overspeed condition occurs, the Airspeed Reference appears in a box above the Airspeed
Indicator, flashing a yellow ‘MAXSPD’ annunciation. Engine power should be reduced and/or the pitch reference
adjusted to slow the aircraft. The annunciation disappears when the overspeed condition is resolved.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airspeed
Indicator
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 7-41 Overspeed Annunciation
484
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7.8 ABNORMAL OPERATION
SUSPECTED AUTOPILOT MALFUNCTION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Consult the aircraft documentation for the location of circuit breakers as well as specifics that may
supplement or amplify this procedure.
If an autopilot failure or trim failure is suspected to have occurred, perform the following steps:
EIS
1) Firmly grasp the control wheel.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press and hold the AP DISC Switch. The autopilot will disconnect and power is removed from the trim motor.
Power is also removed from all primary servo motors and engaged solenoids. Note the visual and aural alerting
indicating autopilot disconnect.
3) Retrim the aircraft as needed. Substantial trim adjustment may be needed.
4) Pull the appropriate circuit breaker(s) to electrically isolate the servo and solenoid components.
5) Release the AP DISC Switch.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
OVERPOWERING AUTOPILOT SERVOS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In the context of this discussion, “overpowering” refers to any pressure or force applied to the pitch controls
when the autopilot is engaged. A small amount of pressure or force on the pitch controls can cause the autopilot
automatic trim to run to an out-of-trim condition. Therefore, any application of pressure or force to the
controls should be avoided when the autopilot is engaged.
Overpowering the autopilot during flight will cause the autopilot’s automatic trim to run, resulting in an outof-trim condition or cause the trim to hit the stop if the action is prolonged. In this case, larger than anticipated
control forces are required after the autopilot is disengaged.
AFCS
The following steps should be added to the preflight check:
1) Check for proper autopilot operation and ensure the autopilot can be overpowered.
2) Note the forces required to overpower the autopilot servo clutches.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
485
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
Blank Page
486
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 8 ADDITIONAL FEATURES
NOTE: With the availability of SafeTaxi®, ChartView, or FliteCharts®, it may be necessary to carry another
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
source of charts on-board the aircraft.
Additional features of the system include the following:
• Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) (Optional)
• SafeTaxi® diagrams
• ChartView and FliteCharts® electronic charts (Optional)
EIS
• AOPA or AC-U-KWIK Airport Directory
• Satellite telephone and SMS messaging services
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment (Optional)
• Scheduler
• Electronic Checklists (Optional)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Flight Data Logging
• Auxiliary Video (Optional)
The optional Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) provides a three-dimensional forward view of terrain features
on the PFD. SVT imagery shows the pilot’s view of relevant features in relation to the aircraft attitude, as well as
the flight path pertaining to the active flight plan.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SafeTaxi diagrams provide detailed taxiway, runway, and ramp information at more than 700 airports in the
United States. By decreasing range on an airport that has a SafeTaxi diagram available, a close up view of the
airport layout can be seen.
AFCS
The optional ChartView and FliteCharts provide on-board electronic terminal procedures charts. Electronic
charts offer the convenience of rapid access to essential information. Either ChartView or FliteCharts may be
configured in the system, but not both.
The AOPA and AC-U-KWIK Airport Directories offer detailed information for a selected airport, such as available
services, hours of operation, and lodging options.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Telephone and SMS messaging services are optional subscription services offered through Garmin Flight Data Services
and Iridium Satellite LLC. Voice and SMS messaging communications are through the Iridium Satellite Network.
APPENDICES
The optional SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment audio feature of the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver handles
more than 170 channels of music, news, and sports. SiriusXM Satellite Radio offers more entertainment choices
and longer range coverage than commercial broadcast stations.
The Scheduler feature can be used to enter and display short term or long term reminder messages such as
Switch fuel tanks, Change oil, or Altimeter-Transponder Check in the Messages Window on the PFD.
Optional checklists help to quickly find the proper procedure on the ground or during flight.
INDEX
The Flight Data Logging feature automatically stores critical flight and engine data on an SD data card.
Approximately 1,000 flight hours can be recorded for each 1GB of available space on the card.
The G1000 system provides a control and display interface to an optional auxiliary video system. The system
can display video for up to two inputs.
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
487
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.1 SYNTHETIC VISION TECHNOLOGY (SVT) (OPTIONAL)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain, obstacle, and traffic avoidance.
SVT is intended as an aid to situational awareness only and may not provide either the accuracy or reliability
upon which to solely base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain, obstacles, or traffic.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The optional Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) is a visual enhancement to the G1000 Integrated Flight Deck.
SVT depicts a forward-looking attitude display of the topography immediately in front of the aircraft. The field of
view is 30 degrees to the left and 35 degrees to the right. SVT information is shown on the Primary Flight Display
(PFD), or on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode (Figure 8‑112). The depicted imagery is
derived from the aircraft attitude, heading, GPS three-dimensional position, and a nine arc-second database of
terrain, obstacles, and other relevant features. The terrain data resolution of nine arc-seconds, meaning that
the terrain elevation contours are stored in squares measuring nine arc-seconds on each side, is required for the
operation of SVT. Loss of any of the required data, including temporary loss of the GPS signal, will cause SVT to
be disabled until the required data is restored.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The SVT terrain display shows land contours (colors are consistent with those of the topographical map display),
large water features, towers, and other obstacles over 200’ AGL that are included in the obstacle database. Cultural
features on the ground such as roads, highways, railroad tracks, cities, and state boundaries are not displayed even
if those features are found on the MFD map. The terrain display also includes a north–south east–west grid with
lines oriented with true north and spaced at one arc-minute intervals to assist in orientation relative to the terrain.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The optional Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) or standard Terrain-SVS is integrated within
SVT to provide visual and auditory alerts to indicate the presence of terrain and obstacle threats relevant to the
projected flight path. Terrain alerts are displayed in red and yellow shading on the PFD.
AFCS
The terrain display is intended for situational awareness only. It may not provide the accuracy or fidelity on
which to base decisions and plan maneuvers to avoid terrain or obstacles. Navigation must not be predicated
solely upon the use of the Terrain–SVS or TAWS terrain or obstacle data displayed by the SVT.
• Pathways
• Airport Signs
• Flight Path Marker
• Runway Display
• Horizon Heading Marks
• Terrain Alerting
• Traffic Display
• Obstacle Alerting
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The following SVT enhancements appear on the PFD:
488
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-1 Synthetic Vision Imagery
SVT OPERATION
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SVT is activated from the PFD using the softkeys located along the bottom edge of the display. Pressing the
softkeys turns the related function on or off. When SVT is enabled, the pitch scale increments are reduced to
10 degrees up and 7.5 degrees down.
AFCS
SVT functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys. The PFD Softkey leads into the PFD function
Softkeys, including synthetic vision. Pressing the SYN VIS Softkey displays the SVT feature softkeys. The
softkeys are labeled PATHWAY, SYN TERR, HRZN HDG, and APTSIGNS. The BACK Softkey returns to
the previous level of softkeys. Synthetic Terrain must be active before any other SVT feature may be activated.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
HRZN HDG, APTSIGNS, and PATHWAY Softkeys are only available when the SYN TERR Softkey is
activated (gray with black characters). After activating the SYN TERR Softkey, the HRZN HDG, APTSIGNS,
and PATHWAY softkeys may be activated in any combination to display desired features. When system power
is cycled, the last selected state (on or off) of the SYN TERR, HRZN HDG, APTSIGNS, and PATHWAY
softkeys is remembered by the system.
APPENDICES
• PATHWAY Softkey enables display of rectangular boxes that represent course guidance.
• SYN TERR Softkey enables synthetic terrain depiction.
• HRZN HDG Softkey enables horizon heading marks and digits.
• APTSIGNS Softkey enables airport signposts.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
489
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
PFD
SYN VIS
BACK
Pressing the BACK Softkey
returns to the top-level softkeys.
BACK
EIS
PATHWAY SYN TERR HRZN HDG APTSIGNS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pressing the BACK Softkey returns to the previous level of softkeys.
Figure 8-2 SVT Softkeys
Activating and deactivating SVT:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.
3) Press the SYN TERR Softkey. The SVT display will cycle on or off with the SYN TERR Softkey.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Activating and deactivating Pathways:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.
3) Press the PATHWAY Softkey. The Pathway feature will cycle on or off with the PATHWAY Softkey.
AFCS
Activating and deactivating Horizon Headings:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the HRZN HDG Softkey. The horizon heading display will cycle on or off with the HRZN HDG Softkey.
Activating and deactivating Airport Signs:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
APPENDICES
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.
INDEX
3) Press the APTSIGNS Softkey. Display of airport signs will cycle on or off with the APTSIGNS Softkey.
490
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SVT FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected
Altitude
Airport
Runway
Pathways
Color
Matches CDI
Indicating
NAV Source
Flight
Path
Marker
Airplane
Symbol
EIS
Zero
Pitch Line
(ZPL) with
Compass
Heading
Marks
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Synthetic
Terrain
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SVT
Softkeys
Figure 8-3 SVT on the Primary Flight Display
NOTE: Pathways and terrain features are not a substitute for standard course and altitude deviation
information provided by the altimeter, CDI, and VDI.
AFCS
PATHWAYS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pathways provide a three-dimensional perspective view of the selected route of flight shown as colored
rectangular boxes representing the horizontal and vertical flight path of the active flight plan. The box
size represents 700 feet wide by 200 feet tall during enroute, oceanic, and terminal flight phases. During
an approach, the box width is 700 feet or one half full scale deviation on the HSI, whichever is less. The
height is 200 feet or one half full scale deviation on the VDI, whichever is less. The altitude at which the
pathway boxes are displayed is determined by the higher of either the selected altitude or the VNAV altitude
programmed for the active leg in the flight plan (Figure 8-4).
APPENDICES
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
The color of the rectangular boxes may be magenta, green, or white depending on the route of flight and
navigation source selected. The active GPS or GPS overlay flight plan leg is represented by magenta boxes
that correspond to the Magenta CDI. A localizer course is represented by green boxes that correspond to a
green CDI. An inactive leg of an active flight plan is represented by white boxes corresponding to a white line
drawn on the Inset map or MFD map indicating an inactive leg.
491
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected
Altitude
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Programmed
Altitudes
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-4 Programmed and Selected Altitude
AFCS
Pathways provide supplemental glidepath information on an active ILS, LPV, LNAV/VNAV, and some LNAV
approaches. Pathways are intended as an aid to situational awareness and should not be used independent
of the CDI, VDI, glide path indicator, and glide slope indicator. They are removed from the display when
the selected navigation information is not available. Pathways are not displayed beyond the active leg when
leg sequencing is suspended and are not displayed on any portion of the flight plan leg that would lead to
intercepting a leg in the wrong direction.
Departure and Enroute
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Prior to intercepting an active flight plan leg, pathways are displayed as a series of boxes with pointers at
each corner that point in the direction of the active waypoint. Pathways are not displayed for the first leg
of the flight plan if that segment is a Heading-to-Altitude leg. The first segment displaying pathways is the
first active GPS leg or active leg with a GPS overlay. If this leg of the flight plan route is outside the SVT
field of view, pathways will not be visible until the aircraft has turned toward this leg. While approaching
the center of the active leg and prescribed altitude, the number of pathway boxes decreases to a minimum
of four.
INDEX
Pathways are displayed along the flight plan route at the highest of either the selected altitude or the
programmed altitude for the leg. Climb profiles cannot be displayed due to the variables associated with
aircraft performance. Flight plan legs requiring a climb are indicated by pathways displayed at a level above
the aircraft at the altitude selected or programmed.
492
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Descent and Approach
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pathways are shown descending only for a programmed descent (Figures 8-5, 8-6). When the flight plan
includes programmed descent segments, pathways are displayed along the descent path provided that the
selected altitude is lower than the programmed altitude.
When an approach providing vertical guidance is activated, Pathways are shown level at the selected
altitude up to the point along the final approach course where the altitude intercepts the extended vertical
descent path, glidepath, or glideslope. From the vertical path descent, glidepath, or glideslope intercept
point, the pathways are shown inbound to the Missed Approach Point (MAP) along the published lateral
and vertical descent path, or at the selected altitude, whichever is lower.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
During an ILS approach, the initial approach segment is displayed in magenta at the segment altitudes
if GPS is selected as the navigation source on the CDI. When switching to localizer inbound with LOC
selected as the navigation source on the CDI, pathways are displayed in green along the localizer and glide
slope.
VOR, LOC BC, and ADF approach segments that are approved to be flown using GPS are displayed in
magenta boxes. Segments that are flown using other than GPS or ILS, such as heading legs or VOR final
approach courses are not displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected Altitude
set for Enroute
Selected Altitude
set for Departure
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Climbs NOT
displayed
by pathway
Non-programmed descents NOT displayed by pathway
TOD
AFCS
Selected Altitude
for Step Down
Programmed descent
displayed by pathway
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selected Altitude or Programmed Altitude
(whichever is higher)
APPENDICES
Figure 8-5 SVT Pathways, Enroute and Descent
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
493
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Missed Approach
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Upon activating the missed approach, pathways lead to the Missed Approach Holding Point (MAHP) and
are displayed as a level path at the published altitude for the MAHP, or the selected altitude, whichever is
the highest. If the initial missed approach leg is a Course-to-Altitude (CA) leg, the pathways boxes will
be displayed level at the altitude published for the MAHP. If the initial missed approach leg is defined by
a course using other than GPS, pathways are not displayed for that segment. In this case, the pathways
displayed for the next leg may be outside the field of view and will be visible when the aircraft has turned
in the direction of that leg.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Pathways are displayed along each segment including the path required to track course reversals that are
part of a procedure, such as holding patterns. Pathways boxes will not indicate a turn to a MAHP unless a
defined geographical waypoint exists between the MAP and MAHP.
FAF
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Descent displayed
by pathway
Selected Altitude
or Programmed Altitude
(whichever is higher)
MAP Climbs NOT displayed
by pathway
Turn Segment
NOT displayed
by pathway
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
MAHP
INDEX
Figure 8-6 SVT Pathways, Approach, Missed Approach, and Holding
494
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT PATH MARKER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Flight Path Marker (FPM), also known as a Velocity Vector, is displayed on the PFD at groundspeeds
above 30 knots. The FPM depicts the approximate projected path of the aircraft accounting for wind speed
and direction relative to the three-dimensional terrain display.
The FPM is always available when the Synthetic Terrain feature is in operation. The FPM represents the
direction of the flight path as it relates to the terrain and obstacles on the display, while the airplane symbol
represents the aircraft heading.
EIS
The FPM works in conjunction with the Pathways feature to assist the pilot in maintaining desired altitudes
and direction when navigating a flight plan. When on course and altitude the FPM is aligned inside the
pathway boxes as shown (Figure 8-7).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The FPM may also be used to identify a possible conflict with the aircraft flight path and distant terrain or
obstacles. Displayed terrain or obstacles in the aircraft’s flight path extending above the FPM could indicate
a potential conflict, even before an alert is issued by TAWS. However, decisions regarding terrain and/or
obstacle avoidance should not be made using only the FPM.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flight Path
Marker
(FPM)
AFCS
Wind
Vector
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-7 Flight Path Marker and Pathways
ZERO PITCH LINE
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
The Zero Pitch Line is drawn completely across the display and represents the horizon when the terrain
horizon is difficult to distinguish from other terrain being displayed. It may not align with the terrain
horizon, particularly when the terrain is mountainous or when the aircraft is flown at high altitudes.
495
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
HORIZON HEADING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Horizon Heading is synchronized with the HSI and shows approximately 60 degrees of compass
heading in 30‑degree increments on the Zero Pitch Line. Horizon Heading tick marks and digits appearing
on the zero pitch line are not visible behind either the airspeed or altitude display. Horizon Heading is used
for general heading awareness, and is activated and deactivated by pressing the HRZN HDG Softkey.
TRAFFIC
WARNING: Intruder aircraft at or below 500 ft. AGL may not appear on the SVT display or may appear as a
EIS
partial symbol.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Traffic symbols are displayed in their approximate locations as determined by the related traffic systems.
Traffic symbols are displayed in three dimensions, appearing larger as they are getting closer, and smaller
when they are further away. Traffic within 250 feet laterally of the aircraft will not be displayed on the SVT
display. Traffic symbols and coloring are consistent with that used for traffic displayed in the Inset map or
MFD traffic page. If the traffic altitude is unknown, the traffic will not be displayed on the SVT display. For
more details refer to the traffic system discussion in the Hazard Avoidance section.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AIRPORT SIGNS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airport Signs provide a visual representation of airport location and identification on the synthetic terrain
display. When activated, the signs appear on the display when the aircraft is approximately 15 nm from
an airport and disappear at approximately 4.5 nm. Airport signs are shown without the identifier until
the aircraft is approximately eight nautical miles from the airport. Airport signs are not shown behind the
airspeed or altitude display. Airport signs are activated and deactivated by pressing the APTSIGNS Softkey.
AFCS
Traffic
Airport
Sign with
Identifier
(Between
4.5 nm and
8 nm)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Airport
Sign
without
Identifier
(Between
8 nm and
15 nm)
Figure 8-8 Airport Signs
496
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
RUNWAYS
WARNING: Do not use SVT runway depiction as the sole means for determining the proximity of the aircraft
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
to the runway or for maintaining the proper approach path angle during landing.
NOTE: Not all airports have runways with endpoint data in the database, therefore, these runways are not
displayed.
EIS
Runway data provides improved awareness of runway location with respect to the surrounding terrain. All
runway thresholds are depicted at their respective elevations as defined in the database. In some situations,
where threshold elevations differ significantly, crossing runways may appear to be layered. As runways are
displayed, those within 45 degrees of the aircraft heading are displayed in white. Other runways will be gray
in color. When an approach for a specific runway is active, that runway will appear brighter and be outlined
with a white box, regardless of the runway orientation as related to aircraft heading. As the aircraft gets closer
to the runway, more detail such as runway numbers and centerlines will be displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Runway
Selected for
Approach
Other
Runway
on Airport
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-9 Airport Runways
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
497
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
TERRAIN-SVS AND TAWS ALERTING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Terrain alerting on the synthetic terrain display is triggered by Forward-looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA)
alerts, and corresponds to the red and yellow X symbols on the Inset Map and MFD map displays. For more
detailed information regarding Terrain-SVS and TAWS, refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section.
In some instances, a terrain or obstacle alert may be issued with no conflict shading displayed on the
synthetic terrain. In these cases, the conflict is outside the SVT field of view to the left or right of the aircraft.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
TERRAIN
Annunciation
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terrain
Caution
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Potential
Impact
Point
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 8-10 Terrain Alert
498
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Obstacles are represented on the synthetic terrain display by standard two-dimensional tower symbols found
on the Inset map and MFD maps and charts. Obstacle symbols appear in the perspective view with relative
height above terrain and distance from the aircraft. Unlike the Inset map and MFD moving map display,
obstacles on the synthetic terrain display do not change colors to warn of potential conflict with the aircraft’s
flight path until the obstacle is associated with an actual FLTA alert. Obstacles greater than 1000 feet below the
aircraft altitude are not shown. Obstacles are shown behind the airspeed and altitude displays.
EIS
TERRAIN
Annunciation
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Obstacle
Warning
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Potential
Impact
Point
Figure 8-11 Obstacle
AFCS
FIELD OF VIEW
The PFD field of view can be represented on the MFD Navigation Map Page. Two dashed lines forming a
V‑shape in front of the aircraft symbol on the map, represent the forward viewing area shown on the PFD.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Configuring field of view:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Map Setup and press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
499
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Field of
View
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Navigation Map Page OPTIONS Menu
Map Setup Menu, Map Group, Field of View Option
Figure 8-12 Option Menus
3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the Map Group and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Map Group options to FIELD OF VIEW.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select On or Off.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
The following figure compares the PFD forward looking depiction with the MFD plan view and FIELD OF
VIEW turned on.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Lines
Depict
PFD Field
of View
SVT View on the PFD
Field of View on the MFD
INDEX
Figure 8-13 PFD and MFD Field of View Comparison
500
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.2 SAFETAXI
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SafeTaxi is an enhanced feature that gives greater map detail when viewing airports at close range. The
maximum map ranges for enhanced detail are pilot configurable. When viewing at ranges close enough to
show the airport detail, the map reveals taxiways with identifying letters/numbers, airport Hot Spots, and airport
landmarks including ramps, buildings, control towers, and other prominent features. Resolution is greater at
lower map ranges. When the MFD display is within the SafeTaxi ranges, the airplane symbol on the airport
provides enhanced position awareness.
EIS
Designated Hot Spots are recognized at airports with many intersecting taxiways and runways, and/or complex
ramp areas. Airport Hot Spots are outlined to caution pilots of areas on an airport surface where positional
awareness confusion or runway incursions happen most often. Hot Spots are defined with a magenta circle or
outline around the region of possible confusion.
• VOR Information Page
• Inset Map (PFD)
• User Waypoint Information Page
• Weather Datalink Page
• Trip Planning Page
• Airport Information Page
• Nearest Pages
• Intersection Information Page
• Active and Stored Flight Plan Pages
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Navigation Map Page
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Any map page that displays the navigation view can also show the SafeTaxi airport layout within the maximum
configured range. The following is a list of pages where the SafeTaxi feature can be seen:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• NDB Information Page
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
501
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During ground operations the aircraft’s position is displayed in reference to taxiways, runways, and airport
features. In the example shown, the aircraft is on taxiway Bravo approaching the High Alert Intersection boundary
on KSFO airport. Airport Hot Spots are outlined in magenta. When panning over the airport, features such as
runway holding lines and taxiways are shown at the cursor.
EIS
Aircraft
Position
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Taxiway
Identification
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Airport Hot
Spot Outline
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airport
Features
DCLTR Softkey
Removes Taxiway
Markings
Figure 8-14 SafeTaxi Depiction on the Navigation Map Page
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The DCLTR Softkey (declutter) label advances to DCLTR-1, DCLTR -2, and DCLTR-3 each time the softkey is
pressed for easy recognition of decluttering level. Pressing the DCLTR Softkey removes the taxiway markings and
airport feature labels. Pressing the DCLTR-1 Softkey removes VOR station ID, the VOR symbol, and intersection
names if within the airport plan view. Pressing the DCLTR-2 Softkey removes the airport runway layout, unless
the airport in view is part of an active route structure. Pressing the DCLTR-3 Softkey cycles back to the original
map detail. Refer to Map Declutter Levels in the Flight Management Section.
502
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Configuring SafeTaxi range:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Map Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 8-15 Navigation Map PAGE MENU, Map Setup Option
3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the Aviation Group and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Aviation Group options to SAFETAXI.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the range of distances.
6) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired distance for maximum SafeTaxi display range.
7) Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
SAFETAXI
Option
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SafeTaxi
Range
Options
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 8-16 MAP SETUP Menu, Aviation Group, SAFETAXI Range Options
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
503
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SAFETAXI CYCLE NUMBER AND REVISION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SafeTaxi database is revised every 56 days. SafeTaxi is always available for use after the expiration date.
When turning on the system, the Power-up Page indicates whether the databases are current, out of date, or
not available.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
SafeTaxi Database
Figure 8-17 Power-up Page, SafeTaxi Database
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Power-up Page Display
Definition
Normal operation. SafeTaxi database is valid and within current cycle.
SafeTaxi database has expired.
AFCS
Database card contains no SafeTaxi data.
Table 8-1 SafeTaxi Annunciation Definitions
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The SafeTaxi Region, Version, Cycle, Effective date and Expires date of the database cycle can also be found
on the AUX - System Status page, as seen in Figure 8-18.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Select the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window. Scroll through the listed
information by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the SafeTaxi database information is
shown.
504
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The SafeTaxi database cycle number shown in the figure, 13S1, is deciphered as follows:
13 – Indicates the year 2013
S – Indicates the data is for SafeTaxi
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1 – Indicates the first issue of the SafeTaxi database for the year
The SafeTaxi EFFECTIVE date 13–JAN–13 is the beginning date for the current database cycle. SafeTaxi
EXPIRES date 10–MAR–13 is the revision date for the next database cycle.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SafeTaxi Data
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-18 AUX – System Status Page, SafeTaxi Current Information
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SafeTaxi information appears in blue and yellow text. The EFFECTIVE date appears in blue when data is
current and in yellow when the current date is before the effective date. The EXPIRES date appears in blue
when data is current and in yellow when expired (Figures 8‑18 and 8-19). NOT AVAILABLE appears in blue
in the REGION field if SafeTaxi data is not available on the database card (Figure 8‑19). An expired SafeTaxi
database is not disabled and will continue to function indefinitely.
APPENDICES
Select the MFD1 DB Softkey a second time. The softkey label will change to PFD1 DB. The DATABASE
window will now be displaying database information for PFD1. As before, scroll through the listed information
by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the SafeTaxi database information is shown.
Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for instructions on revising the SafeTaxi database.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
505
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 8-19 illustrates possible SafeTaxi database conditions that may appear on the AUX - System Status
Page. The EFFECTIVE date is the beginning date for this database cycle. If the present date is before the
effective date, the EFFECTIVE date appears in yellow and the EXPIRES date appears in blue. The EXPIRES date
is the revision date for the next database cycle. NOT AVAILABLE indicates that SafeTaxi is not available on the
database card or no database card is inserted.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Current Date is before Effective Date
SafeTaxi Database has Expired
SafeTaxi Database Not Installed
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-19 AUX – System Status Page, SafeTaxi Database Status
506
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.3 CHARTVIEW (OPTIONAL)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ChartView resembles the paper version of Jeppesen terminal procedures charts. The charts are displayed in full
color with high-resolution. The MFD depiction shows the aircraft position on the moving map in the planview
of approach charts and on airport diagrams. Airport Hot Spots are outlined in magenta.
The geo-referenced aircraft position is indicated by an aircraft symbol displayed on the chart when the current
position is within the boundaries of the chart. Inset boxes (Figure 8-20) are not considered within the chart
boundaries. Therefore, when the aircraft symbol reaches a chart boundary line, or inset box, the aircraft symbol
is removed from the display.
EIS
Figure 8-20 shows examples of off-scale areas, indicated by the grey shading. Note, the grey shading is for
illustrative purposes only and will not appear on the published chart or MFD display. These off-scale areas
appear on the chart to convey supplemental information. However, the depicted geographical position of this
information, as it relates to the chart planview, is not the actual geographic position. Therefore, when the aircraft
symbol appears within one of these areas, the aircraft position indicated is relative to the chart planview, not to
the off-scale area.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Inset Box
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Off-Scale
Area
Off-Scale
Areas
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-20 Sample Chart Indicating Off-Scale Areas
APPENDICES
NOTE: Do not maneuver the aircraft based solely upon the geo-referenced aircraft symbol.
The ChartView database subscription is available from Jeppesen, Inc. Available data includes:
• Arrivals (STAR)
• Airport Diagrams
• Departure Procedures (DP)
• NOTAMs
INDEX
• Approaches
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
507
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
CHARTVIEW SOFTKEYS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ChartView functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys. While on the Navigation Map Page, Nearest
Airports Page, or Flight Plan Page, pressing the SHW CHRT Softkey displays the available terminal chart and
advances to the chart selection level of softkeys: CHRT OPT, CHRT, INFO-1, DP, STAR, APR, WX, NOTAM,
and GO BACK. The chart selection softkeys shown below appear on the Airport Information Page.
Pressing the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the top level softkeys and previous page.
Pressing the CHRT OPT Softkey advances to the next level of softkeys: ALL, HEADER, PLAN, PROFILE,
MINIMUMS, FIT WDTH, FULL SCN, and BACK.
EIS
While viewing the CHRT OPT Softkeys, after 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, the system reverts to the chart
selection softkeys.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SHW CHRT
CHRT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
CHRT OPT
INFO-1
DP
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
HEADER
PLAN
APR
WX
NOTAM
GO BACK
Pressing the GO BACK Softkey returns
to the top-level softkeys and previous page.
INFO-2
ALL
STAR
PROFILE
MINIMUMS FIT WDTH FULL SCN
BACK
Pressing the BACK Softkey returns
to the Chart Selection Softkeys.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 8-21 ChartView SHW CHRT, Chart Selection, and Chart Option Softkeys
508
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TERMINAL PROCEDURES CHARTS
Selecting Terminal Procedures Charts:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Nearest Airport Page, or Flight Plan Page, press the SHW CHRT
Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the OPTIONS Menu to Show Chart.
EIS
3) Press the ENT Key to display the chart.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Navigation Map Page OPTIONS Menu
Waypoint Airport Information Page OPTIONS Menu
Figure 8-22 Option Menus
AFCS
When no terminal procedure chart is available for the nearest airport or the selected airport, the banner
CHART NOT AVAILABLE appears on the screen. The CHART NOT AVAILABLE banner does not refer to
the Jeppesen subscription, but rather the availability of a particular airport chart selection or procedure for a
selected airport.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-23 Chart Not Available Banner
APPENDICES
If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an individual chart), the banner
UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART is then displayed.
INDEX
Figure 8-24 Unable To Display Chart Banner
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
509
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
When a chart is not available by pressing the SHW CHRT Softkey or selecting a Page Menu Option, charts
may be obtained for other airports from the WPT Pages or Flight Plan Pages.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If a chart is available for the destination airport, or the airport selected in the active flight plan, the chart
appears on the screen. When no flight plan is active, or when not flying to a direct-to destination, pressing the
SHW CHRT Softkey displays the chart for the nearest airport, if available.
The chart shown is one associated with the WPT – Airport Information page. Usually this is the airport runway
diagram. Where no runway diagram exists, but Take Off Minimums or Alternate Minimums are available, that
page appears. If Airport Information pages are unavailable, the Approach Chart for the airport is shown.
EIS
Selecting a chart:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Flight Plan Page, or Nearest Airports Page, press the SHW CHRT
Softkey. The airport diagram or approach chart is displayed on the Airport Information Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the Approach Box. (Press the APR Softkey
if the Approach Box is not currently shown).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Approach Box.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
9) Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Chart Scale
Select Desired
Approach Chart
From Menu
INDEX
APPENDICES
Scroll Through
Chart With
the Joystick
Figure 8-25 Approach Information Page, Chart Selection
510
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
While the APPROACH Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank. Once the desired
chart is selected, the chart scale can be changed and the chart page can be scrolled using the Joystick. Pressing
the Joystick centers the chart on the screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The aircraft symbol is shown on the chart only if the chart is to scale and the aircraft position is within
the boundaries of the chart. The aircraft symbol is not displayed when the Aircraft Not Shown Icon appears
(Figure 8‑29). If the Chart Scale Box displays a banner NOT TO SCALE, the aircraft symbol is not shown. The
Aircraft Not Shown Icon may appear at certain times, even if the chart is displayed to scale.
EIS
Pressing the CHRT Softkey switches between the ChartView diagram and the associated map in the WPT
page group. In the example shown, the CHRT Softkey switches between the DeKalb Peachtree (KPDK) Airport
Diagram and the navigation map on the WPT – Airport Information page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Press CHRT Softkey
to Switch Between
ChartView and WPT Airport Information Page
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 8-26 CHRT Softkey, Airport Information Page
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
511
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Pressing the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey returns to the airport diagram when the view is on a different chart.
If the displayed chart is the airport diagram, the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey has no effect.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The aircraft position is shown in magenta on the ChartView diagrams when the location of the aircraft is
within the chart boundaries. In the example shown, the aircraft is taxiing on Taxiway Alpha on the Charlotte,
NC (KCLT) airport.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Another source for additional airport information is from the INFO Box above the chart for certain airports.
This information source is not related to the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey. When the INFO Box is selected using
the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank. The Charlotte, NC airport has five additional charts offering
information; the Airport Diagram, Take-off Minimums, Class B Airspace, Airline Parking Gate Coordinates, and
Airline Parking Gate Location. (The numbers in parentheses after the chart name are Jeppesen designators.)
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Aircraft
Current
Position
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-27 Airport Information Page, INFO View, Full Screen Width
512
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
In the example shown in Figure 8-27, the Class B Chart is selected. Pressing the ENT Key displays the
Charlotte Class B Airspace Chart (Figure 8-28).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-28 Airport Information Page, Class B Chart Selected from INFO View
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.
Chart Not
To Scale
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Aircraft Not
Shown Icon
INDEX
Figure 8-29 Departure Information Page
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
513
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Pressing the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if available.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Chart Not
To Scale
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Change Range
and Scroll
Through the
Chart With the
Joystick
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Aircraft Not
Shown Icon
Figure 8-30 Arrival Information Page
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if available.
Figure 8-31 Approach Information Page
514
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the WX Softkey shows the airport weather frequency information, and includes weather data such as
METAR and TAF from the XM Data Link Receiver, when available. Weather information is available only when
an XM Data Link Receiver is installed and the SiriusXM Weather subscription is current.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
WX Info
When
Available
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-32 Weather Information Page
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.
AFCS
NOTE: Only NOTAMs applicable to specific information conveyed on the displayed Jeppesen chart are
available when the NOTAM Softkey is selected. There may be other NOTAMs available pertaining to the
flight that may not be displayed. Contact Jeppesen for more information regarding Jeppesen databasepublished NOTAMs.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Recent NOTAMS applicable to the current ChartView cycle are included in the ChartView database. Pressing
the NOTAM Softkey shows the local NOTAM information for selected airports, when available. When NOTAMS
are not available, the NOTAM Softkey label appears subdued and is disabled as shown in Figure 8-32. The
NOTAM Softkey may appear on the Airport Information Page and all of the chart page selections.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
515
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NOTAM
Softkey
Appears for
Selected
Airports
Figure 8-33 NOTAM Softkey Highlighted
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Local
NOTAM on
This Airport
NOTAM
Softkey
Selected
Figure 8-34 Airport Information Page, Local NOTAMs
INDEX
Pressing the NOTAM Softkey again removes the NOTAMS information.
Pressing the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the previous page (Navigation Map Page, Nearest Pages, or Flight
Plan Page).
516
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CHART OPTIONS
Pressing the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart options level (Figure 8-21).
Pressing the ALL Softkey shows the complete approach chart on the screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Complete
Chart
Shown
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-35 Approach Information Page, ALL View
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
517
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pressing the HEADER Softkey shows the header view (approach chart briefing strip) on the screen.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Approach
Chart
Briefing Strip
Figure 8-36 Approach Information Page, Header View
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the PLAN Softkey shows the approach chart two dimensional plan view.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Approach
Chart Plan
View
Figure 8-37 Approach Information Page, Plan View
518
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the PROFILE Softkey displays the approach chart descent profile strip.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Approach
Chart Descent
Profile Strip
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-38 Approach Information Page, Profile View, Full Screen Width
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the MINIMUMS Softkey displays the minimum descent altitude/visibility strip at the bottom of the
approach chart.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Minimum
Descent
Altitude/
Visibility Strip
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 8-39 Approach Information Page, Minimums View, Full Screen Width
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
519
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If the chart scale has been adjusted to view a small area of the chart, pressing the FIT WIDTH Softkey
changes the chart size to fit the available screen width.
Press FIT WDTH
Softkey to Show
Full Chart Width
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 8-40 Airport Information Page, FIT WDTH Softkey Selected
520
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the FULL SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the data window to the right.
Selecting Additional Information:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) While viewing the Airport Taxi Diagram, press the FULL SCN Softkey to display the information windows
(AIRPORT, INFO).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the AIRPORT, INFO, RUNWAYS, or FREQUENCIES Box (INFO Box shown).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the INFO Box choices. If multiple choices are available, scroll to the desired
choice with the large FMS Knob and press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
EIS
5) Press the FMS Knob again to deactivate the cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Available
Information
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Press FULL SCN
Softkey to Switch
Between Full
Screen and Chart
With Info Window
APPENDICES
Figure 8-41 Airport Information Page, Full Screen and Info Window
INDEX
Pressing the BACK Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart selection softkeys.
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
521
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
The full screen view can also be selected by using the page menu option.
Selecting full screen On or Off:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move between the FULL SCREEN and COLOR SCHEME Options.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the On and Off Full Screen Options.
Chart Setup Option
Full Screen On/Off Selection
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-42 Page Menus
522
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DAY/NIGHT VIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ChartView can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night viewing. The Day View offers
a better presentation in a bright environment. The Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a dark
environment. When the CHART SETUP Box is selected the G1000 softkeys are blank.
Selecting Day, Night, or Automatic View:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-43 Waypoint Information Page, OPTIONS Menu
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the COLOR SCHEME Option (Figure 8‑44).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between Day, Auto, and Night Options.
AFCS
5) If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage field. Use the small FMS Knob to
change the percentage value. The percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage of
backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/night display changes when the display
backlight reaches 15% of full brightness.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active. This may be accomplished by
selecting another page or changing the display range.
6) Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the Chart Setup Menu.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
523
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-44 Arrival Information Page, Day View
INDEX
Figure 8-45 Arrival Information Page, Night View
524
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CHARTVIEW CYCLE NUMBER AND EXPIRATION DATE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ChartView database is revised every 14 days. Charts are still viewable during a period that extends from the
cycle expiration date to the disables date. ChartView is disabled 70 days after the expiration date and is no
longer available for viewing. When turning on the system, the Power-up Page displays the current status of the
ChartView database. See the table below for the various ChartView Power-up Page displays and the definition
of each.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ChartView Database
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-46 Power-up Page, ChartView Database
Definition
Blank Line. system is not configured for ChartView. Contact a Garminauthorized service center for configuration.
System is configured for ChartView but no chart database is installed.
Contact Jeppesen for a ChartView database.
Normal operation. ChartView database is valid and within current
cycle.
ChartView database is within 1 week after expiration date. A new cycle
is available for update.
ChartView database is beyond 1 week after expiration date, but still
within the 70 day viewing period.
ChartView database has timed out. Database is beyond 70 days after
expiration date. ChartView database is no longer available for viewing.
System time is not available. GPS satellite data is unknown or the
system has not yet locked onto satellites. Check database cycle number
for effectivity.
System is verifying chart database when new cycle is installed for the
first time.
After verifying, chart database is found to be corrupt. ChartView is not
available.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Power-up Page Display
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Table 8-2 ChartView Power-up Page Annunciations and Definitions
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
525
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The ChartView time critical information can also be found on the AUX - System Status page. The database
CYCLE number, EXPIRES, and DISABLES dates of the ChartView subscription appear in either blue or yellow
text. When the ChartView EXPIRES date is reached, ChartView becomes inoperative 70 days later. This is
shown as the DISABLES date. When the DISABLES date is reached, charts are no longer available for viewing.
The SHW CHRT Softkey label then appears subdued and is disabled until a revised issue of ChartView is
installed.
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.
EIS
Press the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window. Scroll through the listed
information by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the ChartView database information is
shown.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The ChartView database cycle number shown in the figure, 1303, is deciphered as follows:
13 – Indicates the year 2013
03 – Indicates the third issue of the ChartView database for the year
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The EXPIRES date 17–FEB–13 is the date that this database should be replaced with the next issue.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The DISABLES date 28–APR–13 is the date that this database becomes inoperative.
APPENDICES
ChartView
Data
Figure 8-47 AUX – System Status Page, ChartView Current and Available
INDEX
The ChartView database is obtained directly from Jeppesen. Refer to Updating Jeppesen Databases in
Appendix B for instructions on revising the ChartView database.
526
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Other possible AUX - System Status page conditions are shown in Figure 8-48. The EXPIRES date, in yellow,
is the revision date for the next database cycle. The DISABLES date, in yellow, is the date that this database
cycle is no longer viewable. CYCLE NOT AVAILABLE in blue, indicates no ChartView data is available on the
database card or no database card is inserted.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
ChartView Database is Disabled
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ChartView has Expired, but is not Disabled
ChartView Database is Not Available
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-48 AUX – System Status Page, ChartView Database Status
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
527
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.4 FLITECHARTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FliteCharts resemble the paper version of AeroNav Services terminal procedures charts. The charts are displayed
with high-resolution and in color for applicable charts. The MFD depiction shows the aircraft position on the
moving map in the planview of approach charts.
The geo-referenced aircraft position is indicated by an aircraft symbol displayed on the chart when the current
position is within the boundaries of the chart. An aircraft symbol may be displayed within an off-scale area
depicted on some charts.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Figure 8-49 shows examples of off-scale areas, indicated by the grey shading. Note, these areas are not shaded on
the published chart. These off-scale areas appear on the chart to convey supplemental information. However, the
depicted geographical position of this information, as it relates to the chart planview, is not the actual geographic
position. Therefore, when the aircraft symbol appears within one of these areas, the aircraft position indicated is
relative to the chart planview, not to the off-scale area.
The FliteCharts database subscription is available from Garmin. Available data includes:
• Arrivals (STAR)
• Approaches
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Departure Procedures (DP)
• Airport Diagrams
Off-Scale
Area
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Off-Scale
Areas
APPENDICES
Off-Scale
Areas
INDEX
Off-Scale
Area
Figure 8-49 Sample Chart Indicating Off-Scale Areas
528
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NOTE: Do not maneuver the aircraft based solely upon the geo-referenced aircraft symbol.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLITECHARTS SOFTKEYS
FliteCharts functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys. While on the Navigation Map Page, Nearest
Airports Page, or Flight Plan Page, pressing the SHW CHRT Softkey displays the available terminal chart and
advances to the chart selection level of softkeys: CHRT OPT, CHRT, INFO-1, DP, STAR, APR, WX, and
GO BACK. The chart selection softkeys appear on the Airport Information Page.
EIS
Pressing the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the top level softkeys and previous page.
Pressing the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the available terminal chart and advances to the next level of
softkeys: ALL, FIT WDTH, FULL SCN, and BACK.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
While viewing the CHRT OPT Softkeys, after 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, the system reverts to the chart
selection softkeys.
NOTAMs are not available with FliteCharts. The NOTAM Softkey label appears subdued and is disabled.
CHRT OPT
CHRT
INFO-1
ALL
STAR
WX
APR
GO BACK
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
INFO-2
DP
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SHW CHRT
Pressing the GO BACK Softkey returns
to the top-level softkeys and previous page.
FIT WDTH
FULL SCN
BACK
AFCS
Pressing the BACK Softkey returns
to the Chart Selection Softkeys.
Figure 8-50 FliteCharts SHW CHRT, Chart Selection, and Chart Option Softkeys
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
529
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
TERMINAL PROCEDURES CHARTS
Selecting Terminal Procedures Charts:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Nearest Airport Page, or Flight Plan Page, press the SHW CHRT
Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the OPTIONS Menu to Show Chart.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
3) Press the ENT Key to display the chart.
Navigation Map Page OPTIONS Menu
Waypoint Airport Information Page OPTIONS Menu
Figure 8-51 Option Menus
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
When no terminal procedure chart is available, the banner CHART NOT AVAILABLE appears on the screen.
The CHART NOT AVAILABLE banner does not refer to the FliteCharts subscription, but rather the availability
of a particular airport chart selection or procedure for a selected airport.
Figure 8-52 Chart Not Available Banner
INDEX
APPENDICES
If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an individual chart), the banner
UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART is then displayed.
Figure 8-53 Unable To Display Chart Banner
530
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When a chart is not available by pressing the SHW CHRT Softkey or selecting a Page Menu Option, charts
may be obtained for other airports from the WPT Pages or Flight Plan Pages.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If a chart is available for the destination airport, or the airport selected in the active flight plan, the chart
appears on the screen. When no flight plan is active, or when not flying to a direct-to destination, pressing the
SHW CHRT Softkey displays the chart for the nearest airport, if available.
The chart shown is one associated with the WPT – Airport Information page. Usually this is the airport runway
diagram. Where no runway diagram exists, but Take Off Minimums or Alternate Minimums are available, that
page appears. If Airport Information pages are unavailable, the Approach Chart for the airport is shown.
EIS
Selecting a chart:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Flight Plan Page, or Nearest Airports Page, press the SHW CHRT
Softkey. The airport diagram or approach chart is displayed on the Airport Information Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the Approach Box. (Press the APR Softkey
if the Approach Box is not currently shown).
4) Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Approach Box.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
9) Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.
Chart Not
To Scale
AFCS
Select Desired
Approach
Chart from
Menu
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pan Chart
With the
Joystick
APPENDICES
Aircraft Not
Shown Icon
INDEX
Figure 8-54 Approach Information Page, Chart Selection
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
531
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
While the APPROACH Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank. Once the desired
chart is selected, the chart scale can be changed and the chart can be panned using the Joystick. Pressing the
Joystick centers the chart on the screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Chart Scale Box displays a banner NOT TO SCALE.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Pressing the CHRT Softkey alternates between the FliteCharts diagram and the associated map in the WPT
page group. In the example shown, the CHRT Softkey switches between the Charlotte, NC (KCLT) Airport
Diagram and the navigation map on the WPT – Airport Information page.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Press CHRT Softkey
to Switch Between
FliteCharts and
Navigation Map Page
INDEX
Figure 8-55 CHRT Softkey, Airport Information Page
532
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey returns to the airport diagram when the view is on a different chart.
If the displayed chart is the airport diagram, the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey has no effect.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Another source for additional airport information is from the INFO Box above the chart (Figure 8-54) or to
the right of the chart (Figure 8-56) for certain airports. This information source is not related to the INFO1 or INFO-2 Softkey. When the INFO Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank.
The Charlotte, NC airport has three additional charts offering information; the Airport Diagram, Alternate
Minimums, and Take-off Minimums.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Info Box
Selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-56 Airport Information Page, INFO View with Airport Information
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
533
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In the example shown in Figure 8-56, TAKE OFF MINIMUMS is selected. Pressing the ENT Key displays the
Take-off Minimums and Departure Procedures Chart (Figure 8-57).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-57 Airport Information Page, TAKE OFF MINIMUMS Selected from INFO View
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Pressing the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.
Figure 8-58 Departure Information Page
534
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if available.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-59 Arrival Information Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if available. The aircraft symbol is shown
on the chart only if the chart is to scale and the aircraft position is within the boundaries of the chart. The
aircraft symbol is not displayed when the Aircraft Not Shown Icon appears. If the Chart Scale Box displays a
banner NOT TO SCALE, the aircraft symbol is not shown.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 8-60 Approach Information Page
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
535
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Pressing the WX Softkey shows the airport weather frequency information, when available, and includes
weather data such as METAR and TAF from the XM Data Link Receiver. Weather information is available only
when an XM Data Link Receiver is installed and the SiriusXM Weather subscription is current.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting Additional Information:
1) While viewing the Airport Taxi Diagram, press the WX Softkey to display the information windows (AIRPORT,
INFO).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the INFO Box.
EIS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the INFO Box choices. When the INFO Box is selected the G1000 softkeys
are blank. If multiple choices are available, scroll to the desired choice with the large FMS Knob and press the
ENT Key to complete the selection.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Press the FMS Knob again to deactivate the cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
WX Info
When
Available
AFCS
Info Available
on This Airport
Chart Not
To Scale
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Softkeys are
Blank during
Info Box
Selection
APPENDICES
Figure 8-61 Weather Information Page, WX Softkey Selected
WX Softkey
Selected
INDEX
Pressing the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the previous page (Navigation Map Page or Flight Plan Page).
536
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CHART OPTIONS
Pressing the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart options level (Figure 8-50).
Pressing the ALL Softkey shows the complete chart on the screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Complete
Chart
Shown
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-62 Airport Information Page, ALL View Selected
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
537
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pressing the FIT WIDTH Softkey fits the width of the chart in the display viewing area. In the example
shown, the chart at close range is replaced with the full width chart.
Press FIT WDTH
Softkey to Show
Full Chart Width
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 8-63 Approach Information Page, FIT WDTH Softkey Selected
538
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the FULL SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the data window to the right.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press FULL SCN
Softkey to Switch
Between Chart on
Full Screen and Chart
with Info Window
AFCS
Figure 8-64 Airport Information Page, Full Screen and Info Window
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pressing the BACK Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart selection softkeys.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
539
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
The full screen view can also be selected by using the page menu option.
Selecting full screen On or Off:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move between the FULL SCREEN and COLOR SCHEME Options.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the On and Off Full Screen Options.
Chart Setup Option
Full Screen On/Off Selection
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-65 Page Menus
540
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DAY/NIGHT VIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FliteCharts can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night viewing. The Day View offers
a better presentation in a bright environment. The Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a dark
environment. When the CHART SETUP Box is selected the G1000 softkeys are blank.
Selecting Day, Night, or Automatic View:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-66 Waypoint Information Page, OPTIONS Menu
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the COLOR SCHEME Option (Figure 8‑67).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between Day, Auto, and Night Options.
AFCS
5) If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage field. Use the small FMS Knob to
change the percentage value. The percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage of
backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/night display changes when the display
backlight reaches 15% of full brightness.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active. This may be accomplished by
selecting another page or changing the display range.
6) Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the Chart Setup Menu.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
541
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-67 Approach Information Page, Day View
INDEX
Figure 8-68 Approach Information Page, Night View
542
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLITECHARTS CYCLE NUMBER AND EXPIRATION DATE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FliteCharts data is revised every 28 days. Charts are still viewable during a period that extends from the cycle
expiration date to the disables date. FliteCharts is disabled 180 days after the expiration date and are no longer
available for viewing upon reaching the disables date. When turning on the system, the Power-up Page displays
the current status of the FliteCharts database. See the table below for the various FliteCharts Power-up Page
displays and the definition of each.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
FliteCharts Database
Figure 8-69 Power-up Page, FliteCharts Database
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Power-up Page Display
AFCS
Definition
Blank Line. system is not configured for FliteCharts. Contact a Garminauthorized service center for configuration.
System is configured for FliteCharts but no chart database is installed.
Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for the FliteCharts
database
Normal operation. FliteCharts database is valid and within current
cycle.
FliteCharts database is beyond the expiration date, but still within the
180 day viewing period.
FliteCharts database has timed out. Database is beyond 180 days
after expiration date. FliteCharts database is no longer available for
viewing.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Table 8-3 FliteCharts Power-up Page Annunciations and Definitions
Other possible AUX - System Status page conditions are shown in Figure 8-70. ‘FliteCharts Expires’ plus a
date in white, indicates the chart database is current. ‘Chart data is out of date!’ in yellow, indicates charts are
still viewable, but approaching the disable date.
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
When the 180 day grace period has expired, ‘Chart data is disabled.’ in yellow indicates that the FliteCharts
database has expired and is no longer viewable. ‘Chart Data: N/A’ appears in white if no FliteCharts data is
available on the database card or no database card is inserted.
543
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FliteCharts time critical information can also be found on the AUX - System Status page. The FliteCharts
database REGION, CYCLE number, EFFECTIVE, EXPIRES, and DISABLES dates of the subscription appear in
either blue or yellow text. Dates shown in blue are current data. Dates shown in yellow indicate the data is not
within the current subscription period.
FliteCharts becomes inoperative 180 days after the FliteCharts EXPIRES date is reached, and is no longer
available for viewing. This date is shown as the DISABLES date. After the disable date the SHW CHRT Softkey
label appears subdued and is unavailable until a revised issue of FliteCharts is installed.
EIS
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Press the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window. Scroll through the listed
information by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the FliteCharts database information is
shown.
The FliteCharts database cycle number shown in the figure, 1302, is deciphered as follows:
13 – Indicates the year 2013
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
02 – Indicates the second issue of the FliteCharts database for the year
The FliteCharts EFFECTIVE date 10–FEB–13 is the first date that this database is current.
The FliteCharts EXPIRES date 10–MAR–13 is the last date that this database is current.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The DISABLES date 06–SEP–13 is the date that this database becomes inoperative.
APPENDICES
FliteCharts
Data
INDEX
Figure 8-70 AUX – System Status Page, FliteCharts Current and Available
The FliteCharts database is provided from Garmin. Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for
instructions on revising the FliteCharts database.
544
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The other four possible AUX - System Status page conditions are shown here. The EFFECTIVE date, in
yellow, indicates the current date preceeds the date the FliteCharts database becomes effective. The EXPIRES
date, in yellow, is the revision date for the next database cycle. The DISABLES date, in yellow, is the date that
this database cycle is no longer viewable. NOT AVAILABLE in blue, indicate the FliteCharts database is not
available on the database card or no database card is inserted.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FliteCharts Expired, but is not Disabled
FliteCharts Database is Disabled
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Current Date is Before Effective Date
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
FliteCharts Database is Not Available
Figure 8-71 AUX – System Status Page, FliteCharts Datbase Status
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
545
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.5 AIRPORT DIRECTORY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association (AOPA) and optional AC-U-KWIK Airport Directory databases
offer detailed information regarding services, hours of operation, lodging options, and more. This information
is viewed on the Airport Information Page by pressing the INFO Softkey until INFO-2 is displayed as shown in
Figure 8-72.
Both Airport Directories are available for downloading at flygarmin.com. However, copy only one of the
databases to the Supplemental Data Card. The system cannot recognize both databases simultaneously.
EIS
Selecting the Airport Directory Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘WPT’ page group.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the AIRPORT INFORMATION Page. Initially, information for the airport closest
to the aircraft’s present position is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) If necessary, select the INFO softkey until INFO-2 is displayed.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 8-72 AOPA Information on the Airport Information Page
546
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AIRPORT DIRECTORY DATABASE CYCLE NUMBER AND REVISION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Airport Directory databases are revised every 56 days and offered on a subscription basis. Check fly.
garmin.com for the current database. The Airport Directory is always available for use after the expiration date.
When turning on the system, the Power-up Page indicates whether the databases are current, out of date, or
not available.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airport Directory Database
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-73 Power-up Page, Airport Directory Database
Definition
Normal operation. Airport Directory database is valid and within
current cycle.
Airport Directory database has expired.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Power-up Page Display
AFCS
Database card contains no Airport Directory data.
Table 8-4 Airport Directory Annunciation Definitions
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
547
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
The Airport Directory Region, Version, Cycle, Effective date and Expires date of the database cycle can also be
found on the AUX - System Status page, as seen in Figure 8-74.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window. Scroll through the listed information
by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the Airport Directory database information is shown.
The Airport Directory database cycle number shown in the figure, 13D1, is deciphered as follows:
13 – Indicates the year 2013
D – Indicates the data is for Airport Directory
EIS
1 – Indicates the first issue of the Airport Directory database for the year
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Airport Directory EFFECTIVE date 13–JAN–13 is the beginning date for the current database cycle. The
Airport Directory EXPIRES date 10–MAR–13 is the revision date for the next database cycle.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airport Directory
Data
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-74 AUX – System Status Page, Airport Directory Current Information
INDEX
APPENDICES
Airport Directory information appears in blue and yellow text. The EFFECTIVE date appears in blue when
data is current and in yellow when the current date is before the effective date. The EXPIRES date appears in
blue when data is current and in yellow when expired (Table 8-4). NOT AVAILABLE appears in blue in the
REGION field if Airport Directory data is not available on the database card. An expired Airport Directory
database is not disabled and will continue to function indefinitely.
548
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.6 SATELLITE TELEPHONE SERVICES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The optional GSR 56 Iridium Transceiver provides airborne Iridium Satellite Telephone and SMS Messaging service.
Iridium telephone and text meassaging are available to the flight crew through the MFD, audio panel, and headset.
Operation of these features is accomplished through the AUX-AUXILIARY COMMUNICATIONS Pages.
NOTE: Aural and pop-up visual annunciations for incoming calls and received text messages are inhibited
during taxiing, takeoff and landing roll, low altitude operations, low airspeed operations, and excessive
pitch and roll attitudes.
EIS
REGISTERING THE IRIDIUM SATELLITE SYSTEM
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
A subscriber account must be established for each Iridium transceiver prior to using the Iridium Satellite System
for telephone services. Before setting up an Iridium account, obtain the serial number of the Iridium Transceiver
(GSR1) and the System ID by selecting the AUX- SYSTEM STATUS Page as shown in Figure 8-75. Contact Garmin
Flight Data Services at 1-866-739-5687 in the United States or 913-397-8200, ext. 1135.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Iridium Transceiver Serial Number
System ID Number
APPENDICES
Figure 8-75 Identification Needed for Iridium Registration
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
549
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The pilot or copilot can place and answer calls on the Iridium satellite network as well as to or from the telephone
handset in the cabin, when installed. Calls can also be answered or made from the cabin phone, however, only
actions initiated from the cockpit phone will be discussed here. See the cabin handset user guide for more
information. Control and monitoring of telephone functions are accomplished through the AUX-TELEPHONE
Page.
To view the Telephone Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the AUX page group.
EIS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the AUX-TELEPHONE Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The PHONE STATUS display, as shown in Figure 8-76, gives a graphical representation of the current disposition
of voice and/or data transmissions. Table 8-5 describes symbology used on PHONE STATUS display.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Satellite
Signal
Strength
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
External
Phone
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 8-76 Phone Status Display
550
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
External
Phone
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Internal
Phone
Description
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Phone is Idle
Phone is ringing
Phone has a dial tone (off hook) or connected to another phone
EIS
Phone dialed is busy
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Phone is dialing another phone
Phone has failed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Phone status not known
Phone is disabled
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Phone is reserved for data transmission
AFCS
Calling other phone or incoming call from other phone
Other phone is on hold
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Phones are connected
APPENDICES
Table 8-5 Telephone Symbols
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
551
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
ENABLE/DISABLE THE IRIDIUM TELEPHONE SYSTEM
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Iridium Satellite Telephone System may be turned on or off by using the page menu.
Figure 8-77 Enable Iridium Telephone System
To enable the Iridium telephone system:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) With the AUX-TELEPHONE Page displayed, select the MENU Key on the MFD to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Enable Iridium Transmission’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
To disable the Iridium telephone system:
1) With the AUX-TELEPHONE Page displayed, select the MENU Key on the MFD to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Disable Iridium Transmission’.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
3) Press the ENT Key.
552
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
INCOMING CALLS
NOTE: Outside callers should dial 00 + 8816 or 8817 + aircraft phone number when calling the aircraft
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Iridium Telephone System.
When viewing MFD pages other than the AUX-TELEPHONE Page, a pop-up alert similar to Figure 8-78 will
be displayed. If the call is from the cabin, CABIN will be displayed as seen in this figure. If the incoming call
is an Iridium network call, IRIDIUM will be displayed. In addition to the pop-up alert, a voice alert, “Incoming
Call”, will be heard on the selected cockpit audio.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Incoming Call Pop-up
Incoming Call Symbol on MFD Page
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-78 Incoming Call
To answer an incoming call in the cockpit:
1) Press the TEL Key on the appropriate audio panel.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the ANSWER Softkey on the MFD.
Or:
While viewing the AUX-TELEPHONE Page
1) Press the TEL Key on the appropriate audio panel.
AFCS
2) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
3) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Answer Incoming Call’.
4) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selecting the IGNORE Softkey will extinguish the pop-up window and leave the call unanswered. Selecting
the TEL Softkey will display the AUX-TELEPHONE allowing additional call information to be viewed before
answering.
To mute incoming call alerts:
APPENDICES
1) With the AUX-TELEPHONE Page displayed, press the MENU Key on the MFD to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Mute Incoming Call Alerts’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The voice and pop-up alert will not be displayed now when an incoming call is received. The
mute condition is annunciated on the Telephone Page as shown in Figure 8-79.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
553
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
OUTGOING CALLS
Voice calls can be made from the cockpit to an external phone through the Iridium Satellite Network.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The Push-to-Talk switch is not utilized for telephone communication. The microphone is active after
selecting the ANSWER Softkey, and stays active until the call is terminated.
To make a call:
1) Press the TEL Key on the audio panel.
EIS
2) Press the DIAL Softkey on the MFD. A display similar to Figure 8-79 will be shown.
Or:
While viewing the AUX-TELEPHONE Page:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
a) Press the TEL Key on the audio panel.
b) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
c) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Dial a Phone Call’.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
d) Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
Figure 8-79 Initiating a Call
554
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Enter the desired telephone number by pressing the number softkeys on the MFD. The International dialing
sequence is necessary to place a call to an external phone: Country Code + City/Area Code (if any) + Telephone
Number.
Country Code
870
8810 or 8811
8812 or 8813
8816 or 8817
8818 or 8819
EIS
Satellite System
Inmarsat
ICO
Ellipso
Iridium
Globalstar
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following country codes may be used when calling other satellite telephone systems.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press the ENT Key. ‘OK’ is highlighted as in Figure 8-80.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-80 Make the Call
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
555
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
5) Press the ENT Key. The system will begin calling the number, as in Figure 8-81.
Figure 8-81 System is Making the Connection
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When the phone is answered, the connection is established as shown in Figure 8-82. To exit the call, press
the HANGUP Softkey.
Figure 8-82 Phone is Answered, Connection Complete
556
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TEXT MESSAGING (SMS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The pilot or copilot can send and receive text messages on the Iridium satellite network. Messages may be
sent to an email address or text message capable cellular telephone. Message length is limited to 160 characters,
including the email address.
The text messaging user interface is mainly through the AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page.
Viewing the Text Messaging Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the AUX page group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the SATELLITE PHONE.
EIS
3) If necessary, press the SMS Softkey to display the AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page as shown in Figure 8-83.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 8-83 Text Messaging Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Message Symbol
Description
APPENDICES
Received text message that has not been opened
Received text message that has been opened
Saved text message, draft not sent
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
557
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Message Symbol
Description
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System is sending text message
Text message has been sent
System failed to send text message
EIS
Predefined text message
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Table 8-6 Text Message Symbols
VIEWING A TEXT MESSAGE WHEN RECEIVED
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When viewing MFD pages other than the AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page, a pop-up alert similar to Figure
8-84 will be displayed when a new text message is received.
AFCS
New Text Message Pop-up
New Text Message Symbol on MFD Page
Figure 8-84 New Text Message Received
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Press the VIEW Softkey to view the message (Figure 8-85). Selecting the IGNORE Softkey will extinguish
the pop-up window and leave the text message unopened. Selecting the IGNR ALL Softkey will extinguish
the pop-window and ignore all future incoming text messages. Selecting the SMS Softkey will display the
AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page.
558
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-85 Text Message Displayed from Pop-Up Alert
The pop-up alerts may be enabled or disabled through the Page Menu.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Enabling/disabling incoming text message pop-up alerts:
1) With the AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page displayed, press the MENU Key on the MFD to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Disable New Message Popups’ or ‘Enable New Message Popups’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The pop-up alert will not be displayed when an incoming text message is received.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 8-86 Disabling New Text Message Pop-Ups
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
559
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
REPLY TO A TEXT MESSAGE
After reading a text message, a reply may be sent.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Replying to a text message:
While viewing the text message, press the REPLY Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Reply To Message’.
EIS
3) Press the ENT Key.
SENDING A TEXT MESSAGE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Text messages may be sent from the AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page.
Sending a new text message:
1) While viewing the AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page, press the NEW Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Draft New Message’.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
c) Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
Figure 8-87 Composing a New Text Message
560
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) The TEXT MESSAGE DRAFT Window is now displayed with the cursor in the ‘TO’ field. Enter the desired
telephone number or email address. Entry can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the MFD
Controller, or combination of the FMS Knob on the controller and softkeys on the MFD. The FMS Knob is used
to enter letters and numbers, or numbers can be entered from the MFD by selecting the NUMBERS Softkey.
Press the CAP LOCK Softkey to create upper and lower case alpha characters. Special characters can be
accessed by selecting the SYMBOLS Softkey. See Figure 8-87.
3) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘MESSAGE’ field.
4) Enter the desired message using any combination of entry methods as described in step 2.
5) Press the ENT Key.
EIS
6) Press the SEND Softkey to send the message immediately, or press the SAVE Softkey to save the message in
Outbox for sending at a later time. Press the CANCEL Softkey to delete the message.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
PREDEFINED TEXT MESSAGES
Time and effort can be saved in typing text messages that are used repeatedly by saving these messages as
a predefined message.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Creating a predefined text message:
1) While viewing the AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page, press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-88 Creating/Editing Predefined Messages
APPENDICES
2) Turn either FMS Knob to select ‘Edit Predefined Messages’ as shown in Figure 8-88.
3) Press the ENT Key. The PREDEFINED MESSAGES view is now displayed.
4) Press the NEW Softkey.
Or:
INDEX
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Draft New Predefined Message’.
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
561
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
c) Press the ENT Key. The PREDEFINED SMS TEXT MESSAGE Window is now displayed as shown in Figure 8-89.
Figure 8-89 Composing a Predefined Message
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) The cursor is displayed in the ‘TITLE’ field. Enter the desired message title. Entry can be accomplished through
the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or combination of the FMS Knob on the controller and softkeys
on the MFD. The FMS Knob is used to enter letters and numbers, or numbers can be entered from the MFD
by selecting the NUMBERS Softkey. Press the CAP LOCK Softkey to create upper and lower case alpha
characters. Special characters can be accessed by selecting the SYMBOLS Softkey.
6) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘MESSAGE’ field.
AFCS
7) Enter the desired message using any combination of entry methods as described in step 5.
8) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
9) Press the SAVE Softkey. The new predefined message is now shown in the displayed list. Selecting the
CANCEL Softkey will delete the message without saving.
10) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
11) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Stop Editing Predefined Message’.
APPENDICES
12) Press the ENT Key.
Sending a predefined text message:
1) While viewing the AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page, press the NEW Softkey.
INDEX
2) The TEXT MESSAGE DRAFT Window is now displayed with the cursor in the ‘TO’ field. Enter the desired
telephone number or email address. Entry can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the MFD
Controller, or combination of the FMS Knob on the controller and softkeys on the MFD. The FMS Knob is used
562
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
to enter letters and numbers, or numbers can be entered from the MFD by selecting the NUMBERS Softkey.
Press the CAP LOCK Softkey to create upper and lower case alpha characters. Special characters can be
accessed by selecting the SYMBOLS Softkey. See Figure 8-90.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘MESSAGE’ field (Figure 8-90).
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-90 Composing a New Text Message
4) Press the PREDEFD Softkey. The PREDEFINED MESSAGE MENU Window is displayed as seen in Figure 8-91.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-91 Predefined Message List
INDEX
5) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired predefined message.
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
563
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
6) Press the ENT Key. The predefined message text is inserted into the message field. If desired, the message can
be edited by using the FMS Knobs.
7) Press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
8) Press the SEND Softkey to transmit the message.
TEXT MESSAGE BOXES
EIS
Received text messages reside in the Inbox as ‘Read’ or ‘Unread’ messages. The Outbox contains ‘Sent” and
‘Unsent’ text messages. Saved messages that are meant to be sent later are stored as Drafts. Each text message
box may be viewed separately, or together in any combination.
Show Inbox messages:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
While viewing the AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page, press the ARRANGE Softkey, then press the INBOX Softkey
(Figure 8-92).
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Show Inbox Messages’.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Press the ENT Key. The message box selected for viewing is indicated at the bottom left of the list window.
INDEX
Figure 8-92 Text Message Inbox
564
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Show Outbox messages:
While viewing the AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page, press the ARRANGE Softkey, then press the OUTBOX Softkey.
Or:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Show Outbox Messages’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The message box selected for viewing is indicated at the bottom left of the list window.
Show Draft messages:
EIS
While viewing the AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page, press the ARRANGE Softkey, then press the DRAFTS Softkey.
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Show Draft Messages’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The message box selected for viewing is indicated at the bottom left of the list window.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
MANAGING TEXT MESSAGES
The viewed messages may be listed according to the date/time the message was sent or received, the type of
message (read, unread, sent, unsent, etc.), or by message address.
Viewing messages sorted by message date/time:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
While viewing the AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page, press the ARRANGE Softkey, then press the TIME Softkey
(Figure 8-92).
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
AFCS
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Sort By Date/Time’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The sorting selection is indicated at the bottom center of the list window (Figure 8-92).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Viewing messages sorted by message type:
While viewing the AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page, press the ARRANGE Softkey, then press the TYPE Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
APPENDICES
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Sort By Type’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The sorting selection is indicated at the bottom center of the list window.
Viewing messages sorted by address:
INDEX
While viewing the AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page, press the ARRANGE Softkey, then press the ADDRESS
Softkey.
Or:
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
565
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Sort By Address’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the ENT Key. The sorting selection is indicated at the bottom center of the list window.
Viewing the content of a text message:
1) While viewing the AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page, select the desired message box.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
EIS
4) Press the VIEW Softkey.
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Press the ENT Key.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘View Selected Message’.
c) Press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Message content is displayed as shown in Figure 8-93.
Figure 8-93 Viewing Message Content
INDEX
5) To close the text message, press the CLOSE Softkey.
Or:
566
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Close Message’.
c) Press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Marking selected message as read:
1) While viewing the Inbox on the AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
3) Press the MRK READ Softkey.
EIS
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Mark Selected Message As Read’.
c) Press the ENT Key.
The message symbol now indicates the message has been opened.
Marking all messages as read:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) While viewing the Inbox on the AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page, press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Mark All New Messages As Read’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) With cursor highlighting ‘YES’, press the ENT Key. The message symbols now indicate all the message have
been opened.
Delete a message:
1) While viewing the Inbox on the AUX-TEXT MESSAGING Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
AFCS
2) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
3) Press the DELETE Softkey.
Or:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Delete Selected Message’.
c) Press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
567
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.7 SIRIUSXM SATELLITE RADIO (SERVICE OPTIONAL)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section for information about SiriusXM Weather products.
The optional SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment feature of the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver is available for
the pilot’s and passengers’ enjoyment. The GDL 69A can receive SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment services
at any altitude throughout the Continental U.S. Entertainment audio is not available on the GDL 69 Data Link
Receiver.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
SiriusXM Satellite Radio offers a variety of radio programming over long distances without having to constantly
search for new stations. Based on signals from satellites, coverage far exceeds land-based transmissions.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio services are subscription-based. For more information on specific service packages, visit
www.siriusxm.com.
ACTIVATING SIRIUSXM SATELLITE RADIO SERVICES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The service is activated by providing SiriusXM Satellite Radio with either one or two coded IDs, depending on
the equipment. Either the Audio Radio ID or the Data Radio ID, or both, must be provided to SiriusXM Satellite
Radio to activate the entertainment subscription.
It is not required to activate both the entertainment and weather service subscriptions with the GDL 69A.
Either or both services can be activated. SiriusXM Satellite Radio uses one or both of the coded IDs to send an
activation signal that, when received by the GDL 69A, allows it to play entertainment programming.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
These IDs are located:
• On the label on the back of the Data Link Receiver
• On the XM Information Page on the MFD (Figure 8-94)
• On the XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions included with the unit (available at www.garmin.com, P/N
190-00355-04)
AFCS
Contact the installer if the Data Radio ID and the Audio Radio ID cannot be located.
NOTE: The LOCK Softkey on the XM Information Page (Auxiliary Page Group) is used to save GDL 69A
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
activation data when the SiriusXM services are initially set up. It is not used during normal SiriusXM
Satellite Radio operation, but there should be no adverse effects if inadvertently pressed during flight.
Refer to the GDL 69/69A SiriusXM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions (190-00355-04, Rev H or later) for
further information.
APPENDICES
Activating the SiriusXM Satellite Radio services:
1) Contact SiriusXM Satellite Radio. Follow the instructions provided by SiriusXM Satellite Radio services.
2) Select the Auxiliary Page Group.
3) Select the next to last page in the AUX Page Group.
INDEX
4) Press the INFO Softkey to display the XM Information Page.
5) Verify that the desired services are activated.
568
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6) Press the LOCK Softkey.
7) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight YES.
8) To complete activation, press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Data
Radio ID
Audio
Radio ID
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Weather
Products
Window
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
RADIO
and INFO
Softkeys
LOCK Softkey
is Used to Save
Activation Data
During Initial
Setup
Figure 8-94 XM Information Page
AFCS
If SiriusXM Weather services have not been activated, all the weather product boxes are blank on the XM
Information Page and a yellow Activation Required message is displayed in the center of the Weather Data
Link Page (Map Page Group). The Service Class refers to the groupings of weather products available for
subscription.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
569
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
USING SIRIUSXM RADIO
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The XM Radio Page provides information and control of the audio entertainment features of the SiriusXM
Satellite Radio.
Selecting the XM Radio Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the displayed AUX - XM Information Page.
EIS
3) Press the RADIO Softkey to show the XM Radio Page where audio entertainment is controlled.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Active
Channel
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Channel
List
Volume
Field
AFCS
Categories
Field
Figure 8-95 XM Radio Page
ACTIVE CHANNEL AND CHANNEL LIST
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Active Channel Box on the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected channel that the SiriusXM
Radio is using.
The Channels List Box of the XM Radio Page shows a list of the available channels for the selected category.
Channels can be stepped through one at a time or may be selected directly by channel number.
APPENDICES
Selecting a channel from the channel list:
1) While on the XM Radio Page, press the CHNL Softkey.
2) Press the CH + Softkey to go up through the list in the Channel Box, or move down the list with the CH – Softkey.
Or:
INDEX
1) Press the FMS Knob to highlight the channel list and turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the channels.
2) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
570
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting a channel directly:
1) While on the XM Radio Page, press the CHNL Softkey.
2) Press the DIR CH Softkey. The channel number in the Active Channel Box is highlighted.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the numbered softkeys located on the bottom of the display to directly select the desired channel
number.
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
CATEGORY
EIS
The Category Box of the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected category of audio. Categories of
channels such as jazz, rock, or news can be selected to list the available channels for a type of music or other
contents. One of the optional categories is PRESETS to view channels that have been programmed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selecting a category:
1) Press the CATGRY Softkey on the XM Radio Page.
2) Press the CAT + and CAT - Softkeys to cycle through the categories.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Or:
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Categories list. Highlight the desired category with the small FMS Knob
and press the ENT Key. Selecting All Categories places all channels in the list.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-96 Categories List
APPENDICES
PRESETS
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Up to 15 channels from any category can be assigned a preset number. The preset channels are selected by
pressing the PRESETS and MORE Softkeys. Then the preset channel can be selected directly and added to
the channel list for the Presets category.
571
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Setting a preset channel number:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
2) Press the MORE Softkey to access the next five channels (PS6 – PS10), and again to access the last five
channels (PS11 – PS15). Pressing the MORE Softkey repeatedly cycles through the preset channels.
1) On the XM Radio Page, while listening to an Active Channel that is wanted for a preset, press the PRESETS
Softkey to access the first five preset channels (PS1 - PS5).
3) Press any one of the (PS1 - PS15) softkeys to assign a number to the active channel.
EIS
4) Press the SET Softkey on the desired channel number to save the channel as a preset.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Press PRESETS to
Access the Preset
Channels Softkeys
Press MORE to Cycle
Through the Preset
Channels
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Press SET to
Save Each
Preset Channel
Figure 8-97 Accessing and Selecting Preset SiriusXM Channels
Pressing the BACK Softkey, or waiting during 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, returns the system to the top
level softkeys.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
VOLUME
Radio volume is shown as a percentage. Volume level is controlled by selecting the VOL Softkey, which
brings up the MUTE Softkey and the volume increase and decrease softkeys.
Adjusting the volume:
AFCS
1) With the XM Radio Page displayed, press the VOL Softkey.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the VOL – Softkey to reduce volume or press the VOL + Softkey to increase volume. (Once the VOL
Softkey is pressed, the volume can also be adjusted using the small FMS Knob.)
Figure 8-98 Volume Control
Radio volume may also be adjusted at each passenger station.
Mute SiriusXM audio:
INDEX
1) Select the XM Radio Page or XM Information Page.
2) Press the MUTE Softkey to mute the audio. Press the MUTE Softkey again to unmute the audio.
572
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC AUDIO MUTING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SiriusXM Satellite Radio audio is muted automatically when the aircraft groundspeed exceeds approximately
30 knots and the airspeed is less than approximately 80 knots. The audio is not unmuted automatically.
The audio must be manually unmuted once the aircraft is airborne and outside the applicable speed range.
Automatic Audio Muting has been implemented to meet regulatory requirements that the aural stall warning
be heard.
When the aircraft is operating within the automute airspeed range, the MUTE Softkey and the volume softkeys
are subdued, and the Unmute selection of the Page Menu is unavailable, preventing the audio from being
unmuted at this time.
EIS
Audio availability conforms to the following three states:
• Audio is available on the ground until the aircraft exceeds 30 knots
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Audio is automatically muted (not available) from Airborne Status up to 80 knots airspeed
• Audio is available when airspeed is over 80 knots
Unmuting SiriusXM audio:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the
MUTE Softkey
When Airborne
Unmutes
SiriusXM Audio
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
With the XM Radio Page displayed, press the MUTE Softkey to restore (unmute) SiriusXM Audio.
Figure 8-99 Unmuting SiriusXM Audio Using Softkeys
Or:
AFCS
1) While on the XM – Radio Page, press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Unmute option.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the ENT Key to restore (unmute) SiriusXM Audio.
APPENDICES
Figure 8-100 Unmuting SiriusXM Audio with the Page Menu
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
573
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.8 SCHEDULER
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Scheduler feature can be used to enter and display reminder messages (e.g., Change oil, Switch fuel tanks,
or Altimeter-Transponder Check) in the Alerts Window on the PFD. Messages can be set to display based on
a specific date and time (event), once the message timer reaches zero (one-time; default setting), or recurrently
whenever the message timer reaches zero (periodic). Message timers set to periodic alerting automatically reset
to the original timer value once the message is displayed. When power is cycled, all messages are retained until
deleted, and message timer countdown is resumed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-101 Scheduler (Utility Page)
Entering a scheduler message:
1) Select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
AFCS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the first empty scheduler message naming field.
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter the message text to be displayed in the Alerts Window and press the ENT Key.
5) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the field next to Type.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the message alert type:
• Event—Message issued at the specified date/time
• One-time—Message issued when the message timer reaches zero (default setting)
• Periodic—Message issued each time the message timer reaches zero
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next field.
8) For periodic and one-time message, use the FMS Knob to enter the timer value (HH:MM:SS) from which to
countdown and press the ENT Key.
9) For event-based messages:
INDEX
a) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired date (DD-MM-YY) and press the ENT Key.
574
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
b) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next field.
c) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time (HH:MM) and press the ENT Key.
10) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to enter the next message.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Deleting a scheduler message:
1) Select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the name field of the scheduler message to be deleted.
EIS
4) Press the CLR Key to clear the message text. If the CLR Key is pressed again, the message is restored.
5) Press the ENT Key while the message line is cleared to clear the message time.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Scheduler messages appear in the Alerts Window on the PFD. When a scheduler message is waiting, the
ALERTS Softkey label changes to ADVISORY. Pressing the ADVISORY Softkey opens the Alerts Window and
acknowledges the scheduler message. The softkey label reverts to ALERTS when pressed, the Alerts Window is
removed from the display, and the scheduler message is deleted from the message queue.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 8-102 PFD Alerts Window
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
575
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.9 ELECTRONIC CHECKLISTS
NOTE: The checklists presented here are for example only and may not reflect checklists actually available
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
for the Cessna NAV III Aircraft. This material is not intended to replace the checklist information presented
in the AFM or the Pilot Safety and Warning Supplements document.
NOTE: Garmin is not responsible for the content of checklists. Checklists are created by the aircraft
EIS
manufacturer. Modifications or updates to the checklists are coordinated through the aircraft manufacturer.
The user cannot edit these checklists.
The optional checklist functions are displayed on two levels of softkeys that are available on any MFD page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
(Optional)
SYSTEM
MAP
DCLTR
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
SHW CHRT CHKLIST
CHECK
EXIT
EMERGCY
The CHECK Softkey label changes to UNCHECK
when the checklist item is already checked.
Figure 8-103 Checklist Softkeys
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The MFD is able to display optional electronic checklists which allow a pilot to quickly find the proper
procedure on the ground and during each phase of flight. The system accesses the checklists from an SD card
inserted into the bezel slot. If the SD card contains an invalid checklist file or no checklist, the Power-up Page
messages display ‘Checklist File: Invalid’ or ‘Checklist File: N/A’ (not available) and the CHKLIST Softkey is
not available.
AFCS
Accessing and navigating checklists:
1) From any page on the MFD, press the CHKLIST Softkey or turn the large FMS Knob to select the Checklist Page.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘GROUP’ field.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired procedure and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘CHECKLIST’ field.
APPENDICES
5) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired checklist and press the ENT Key. The selected checklist item is
indicated with white text surrounded by a white box.
6) Press the ENT Key or CHECK Softkey to check the selected checklist item. The line item turns green and a
checkmark is placed in the associated box. The next line item is automatically selected for checking.
Either FMS Knob can be used to scroll through the checklist and select the desired checklist item.
INDEX
Press the CLR Key or UNCHECK Softkey to remove a check mark from an item.
576
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7) When all checklist items have been checked, ‘*Checklist Finished*’ is displayed in green text at the bottom left
of the checklist window. If all items in the checklist have not be checked, ‘*CHECKLIST NOT FINISHED*’ will be
displayed in yellow text.\
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
8) Press the ENT Key. ‘GO TO NEXT CHECKLIST?’ will be highlighted by the cursor.
9) Press the ENT Key to advance to the next checklist.
10) Press the EXIT Softkey to exit the Checklist Page and return to the page last viewed.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 8-104 Sample Checklist
Accessing emergency procedures:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) From any page on the MFD, press the CHKLIST Softkey or turn the large FMS Knob to select the Checklist Page.
2) Press the EMERGCY Softkey.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired emergency checklist and press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
4) Press the ENT Key or CHECK Softkey to check the selected emergency checklist item. The line item turns green
and a checkmark is placed in the box next to it. The next line item is automatically highlighted for checking.
Either FMS Knob can be used to scroll through the checklist and select the desired checklist item.
Press the CLR Key or UNCHECK Softkey to remove a check mark from an item.
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
5) When all checklist items have been checked, ‘*Checklist Finished*’ is displayed in green text at the bottom left
of the checklist window. If all items in the checklist have not be checked, ‘*CHECKLIST NOT FINISHED*’ will be
displayed in yellow text.\
577
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
6) Press the ENT Key. ‘GO TO NEXT CHECKLIST?’ will be highlighted by the cursor.
7) Press the ENT Key to advance to the next checklist.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
8) Press the RETURN Softkey to return to the previous checklist.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
9) Press the EXIT Softkey to exit the Checklist Page and return to the page last viewed.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 8-105 Emergency Checklist Page Example
578
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.10 FLIGHT DATA LOGGING
NOTE: Some aircraft installations may not provide all aircraft/engine data capable of being logged by the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
system.
The Flight Data Logging feature will automatically store critical flight and engine data on an SD data card (up
to 16GB) inserted into the top card slot of the MFD. Approximately 1,000 flight hours can be recorded for each
1GB of available space on the card.
EIS
Data is written to the SD card once each second while the MFD is powered on. All flight data logged on a
specific date is stored in a file named in a format which includes the date, time, and nearest airport identifier. The
file is created automatically each time the G1000 system is powered on, provided an SD card has been inserted.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The status of the Flight Data Logging feature can be viewed on the AUX-UTILITY Page. If no SD card has been
inserted, “NO CARD” is displayed. When data is being written to the SD card, “LOGGING DATA” is displayed.
The .csv file may be viewed with Microsoft Excel® or other spreadsheet applications.
The following is a list of data parameters the G1000 system is capable of logging for the Cessna Nav III aircraft.
• GPS altitude (MSL)
• Magnetic Heading (degrees)
• GPS vertical alert limit
• GPS altitude (WGS84 datum)
• HSI source
• Baro-Corrected altitude (feet)
• Selected course
• SBAS GPS horizontal protection
level
• Baro Correction (in/Hg)
• Com1/Com2 frequency
• Indicated airspeed (kts)
• Nav1/Nav2 frequency
• SBAS GPS vertical protection
level
• Vertical speed (fpm)
• CDI deflection
• Fuel Qty (right & left)(gals)
• GPS vertical speed (fpm)
• VDI/GP/GS deflection
• Fuel Flow (gph)
• OAT (degrees C)
• Wind Direction (degrees)
• Fuel Pressure (psi)
• True airspeed (knots)
• Wind Speed (knots)
• Voltage 1 and/or 2
• Pitch Attitude Angle (degrees)
• Active Waypoint Identifier
• Amps 1 and/or 2
• Roll Attitude Angle (degrees)
• Distance to next waypoint (nm)
• Engine RPM
• Lateral and Vertical G Force (g)
• Bearing to next waypoint
(degrees)
• Oil Pressure (psi)
• Magnetic variation (degrees)
• TIT (deg. F)
• Autopilot On/Off
• Manifold Pressure (in. Hg)
• AFCS roll/pitch modes
• CHT
• AFCS roll/pitch commands
• EGT
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Oil Temperature (deg. F)
APPENDICES
• Latitude (degrees; geodetic;
+North)
AFCS
• Ground Track (degrees
magnetic)
• GPS horizontal alert limit
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Ground Speed (kts)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• GPS fix
• Time
• Longitude (degrees; geodetic;
+East)
• Date
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
579
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The file containing the recorded data will appear in the format shown in Figure 8-106. This file can be imported
into most computer spreadsheet applications.
Local Date
YYMMDD
Local 24hr Time
HHMMSS
Nearest Airport
(A blank will be
inserted if no
airport is found)
EIS
log_130210_104506_KIXD.csv
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 8-106 Log File Format
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Data logging status can be monitored on the AUX-UTILITY Page.
580
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.11 AUXILIARY VIDEO (OPTIONAL)
The G1000 system provides a control and display interface to an optional auxiliary video system. The system
can display video for up to two inputs.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
There are four modes of operation of the auxiliary video display: Full-Screen, Full-Screen with Digital Zoom,
Split-Screen with Map, and Split-Screen with Map and Digital Zoom.
Displaying auxiliary video:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX page group.
EIS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select VIDEO and display the AUX-VIDEO Page.
The video display softkeys shown below appear on the AUX - VIDEO Page.
MAP
INPUT
SETUP
VID ZM+
VID ZM-
MAP ACTV HIDE MAP
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ENGINE
VID ACTV
CNTRST +
BRIGHT -
BRIGHT +
SAT -
RESET
SAT +
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
CNTRST -
BACK
Pressing the BACK Softkey returns
to the Previous Level Softkeys.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-107 Video Display Softkeys
Control of the AUX - VIDEO Page can also be accessed through the Page Menu.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-108 AUX - VIDEO Page Menu
Selecting video menu options:
INDEX
1) While viewing the AUX - VIDEO Page press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired video adjustment option and press the ENT Key.
Once the ENT key is pressed on any option, the page menu closes and returns to the AUX - VIDEO Page.
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
581
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
VIDEO SETUP
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Video brightness, contrast, and saturation may be adjusted be selecting the setup function. While viewing
the setup function softkeys, after 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, the system reverts to the AUX - VIDEO Page
softkeys.
Adjusting the video settings:
1) With the AUX-VIDEO Page displayed, press the SETUP Softkey.
EIS
2) Press the BRIGHT - or BRIGHT +, to adjust display brightness in five percent increments from 0 to
100%.
3) Press the CNTRST- or CNTRST +, to adjust display contrast in five percent increments from 0 to 100%.
4) Press the SAT - or SAT +, to adjust display saturationin five percent increments from 0 to 100%.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) If desired, return the display to the default settings by pressing the RESET Softkey.
6) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the previous softkey level.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DISPLAY SELECTION
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the HIDE MAP Softkey removes the map and displays video on the full screen. The softkey label
changes to grey with black characters. Pressing the HIDE MAP Softkey again restores the map view and the
small video image. The softkey label returns to white characters on a black background.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Video
Display
APPENDICES
Map
View
INDEX
Figure 8-109 AUX - Video Split-Screen
582
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-110 Full Screen Video Display
INPUT SELECTION
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
While on the AUX - VIDEO Page, press the INPUT Softkey to select the EVS or AUX video source.
ZOOM/RANGE
AFCS
Pressing the VID ZM + or VID ZM - Softkeys increases or decreases video display magnification between 1x
and 10x.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The RANGE Knob can be used to increase or decrease the range setting on the map display or zoom in and
out on the video display. While in the Split-Screen mode, pressing the MAP ACTV or VID ACTV Softkey
determines which display the RANGE Knob adjusts. Pressing the softkey to display MAP ACTV allows the
RANGE Knob to control the range setting of the map display. Pressing the softkey to display VID ACTV allows
the RANGE Knob to control the zoom setting of the video display.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
583
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When zooming in on the video display, a Zoom Window will appear in the upper right of the display. A box
within this window indicates the portion of the display currently being viewed. The currently displayed portion
of the full display may be adjusted by using Joystick.
Zoom
Window
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Current
View
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 8-111 Zoom Window
584
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.12 ABNORMAL OPERATION
SVT TROUBLESHOOTING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SVT is intended to be used with traditional attitude, heading, obstacle, terrain, and traffic inputs. SVT is
disabled when valid attitude or heading data is not available for the display. In case of invalid SVT data, the
PFD display reverts to the standard blue-over-brown attitude display.
SVT becomes disabled without the following data resources:
• Attitude data
EIS
• Heading data
• GPS position data
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• 9 Arc-second Terrain data
• Obstacle data
• TAWS function is not available, in test mode, or failed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• The position of the aircraft exceeds the range of the terrain database.
REVERSIONARY MODE
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SVT can be displayed on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode. If it is enabled when switching
to Reversionary Mode, SVT will take up to 30 seconds to be displayed. The standard, non-SVT PFD display will
be shown in the interim.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 8-112 SVT Reversionary Mode
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
585
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
UNUSUAL ATTITUDES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Unusual attitudes are displayed with red chevrons overlaid on the display indicating the direction to fly to
correct the unusual attitude condition. The display shows either a brown or blue colored bar at the top or
bottom of the screen to represent earth or sky. This is intended to prevent losing sight of the horizon during
extreme pitch attitudes.
Figure 8-113 Unusual Attitude Display
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The blue colored bar is also displayed when terrain gradient is great enough to completely fill the display.
AFCS
Blue Band
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Terrain
Completely
Fills Display
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 8-114 Blue Sky Bar with Full Display Terrain
586
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GDL 69/69A DATA LINK RECEIVER TROUBLESHOOTING
Some quick troubleshooting steps listed below can be performed to find the possible cause of a failure.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Ensure the owner/operator of the aircraft in which the Data Link Receiver is installed has subscribed to
SiriusXM services
• Ensure the SiriusXM subscription has been activated
• Perform a quick check of the circuit breakers to ensure that power is applied to the Data Link Receiver
EIS
For troubleshooting purposes, check the LRU Information Box on the AUX - System Status Page for Data Link
Receiver (GDL 69/69A) status, serial number, and software version number. If a failure has been detected in the
GDL 69/69A the status is marked with a red X.
Selecting the System Status Page:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page (the last page in the AUX Page Group).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-115 LRU Information Window on System Status Page
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
587
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
If a failure still exists, the following messages may provide insight as to the possible problem:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
CHECK ANTENNA
UPDATING
NO SIGNAL
LOADING
OFF AIR
---
Message Location
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
Weather Datalink Page - center of page
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
Description
Data Link Receiver antenna error; service required
Data Link Receiver updating encryption code
Loss of signal; signal strength too low for receiver
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Acquiring channel audio or information
Channel not in service
Missing channel information
No communication from Data Link Receiver
WEATHER DATA LINK FAILURE Weather Datalink Page - center of page
within last 5 minutes
ACTIVATION REQUIRED
Weather Datalink Page - center of page SiriusXM subscription is not activated
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Table 8-7 GDL 69/69A Data Link Receiver Error Messages
588
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTS
NOTE: The Cessna aircraft Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) supersedes information found in this
document.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 Alerting System conveys alerts to the pilot using a combination of the following items:
EIS
• Annunciation Window: The Annunciation Window displays abbreviated annunciation text. Text color is based
on alert levels described later in the Alert Levels Definitions section. The Annunciation Window is located to
the right of the Altimeter and Vertical Speed Indicator on the display. All Cessna Nav III annunciations can
be displayed simultaneously in the Annunciation Window. A white horizontal line separates annunciations
that are acknowledged from annunciations that are not yet acknowledged. Higher priority annunciations are
displayed towards the top of the window. Lower priority annunciations are displayed towards the bottom of
the window.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Alerts Window: The Alerts Window displays alert text messages. Up to 64 prioritized alert messages can be
displayed in the Alerts Window. Pressing the ALERTS Softkey displays the Alerts Window. Pressing the ALERTS
Softkey a second time removes the Alerts Window from the display. When the Alerts Window is displayed, the
pilot can use the large FMS Knob to scroll through the alert message list.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Softkey Annunciation: During certain alerts, the ALERTS Softkey may appear as a flashing annunciation to
accompany an alert. The ALERTS Softkey assumes a new label consistent with the alert level (WARNING,
CAUTION, or ADVISORY). By pressing the softkey annunciation, the pilot acknowledges awareness of the
alert. The softkey then returns to the previous ALERTS label. If alerts are still present, the ALERTS label is
displayed in inverse video (white background with black text). The pilot can press the ALERTS Softkey a
second time to view alert text messages.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• System Annunciations: Typically, a large red ‘X’ appears in windows when a failure is detected in the LRU providing
the information to the window. See the G1000 System Annunciations section for more information.
• Audio Alerting System: The G1000 system issues audio alert tones when specific system conditions are met.
See the Alert Levels Definitions section for more information.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
System
Annunciation
Red ‘X’
APPENDICES
Annunciation
Window
Alerts Window
INDEX
ALERTS Softkey
Annunciation
Figure A-1 G1000 Alerting System
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
589
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
ALERT LEVEL DEFINITIONS
The G1000 Alerting System, as installed in Cessna Nav III aircraft, uses three alert levels.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• WARNING: This level of alert requires immediate pilot attention. A warning alert is annunciated in the
Annunciation Window and is accompanied by a continuous aural tone. Text appearing in the Annunciation
Window is RED. A warning alert is also accompanied by a flashing WARNING Softkey annunciation, as
shown in Figure A-2. Pressing the WARNING Softkey acknowledges the presence of the warning alert and
stops the aural tone, if applicable.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
• CAUTION: This level of alert indicates the existence of abnormal conditions on the aircraft that may require
pilot intervention. A caution alert is annunciated in the Annunciation Window and is accompanied by a single
aural tone. Text appearing in the Annunciation Window is YELLOW. A caution alert is also accompanied
by a flashing CAUTION Softkey annunciation, as shown in Figure A-3. Pressing the CAUTION Softkey
acknowledges the presence of the caution alert.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• MESSAGE ADVISORY: This level of alert provides general information to the pilot. A message advisory
alert does not issue annunciations in the Annunciation Window. Instead, message advisory alerts only
issue a flashing ADVISORY Softkey annunciation, as shown in Figure A-4. Pressing the ADVISORY Softkey
acknowledges the presence of the message advisory alert and displays the alert text message in the Alerts
Window.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure A-2 WARNING Softkey
Annunciation
Figure A-3 CAUTION Softkey
Annunciation
Figure A-4 ADVISORY Softkey
Annunciation
NAV III AIRCRAFT ALERTS
AFCS
The following alerts are configured specifically for the Cessna Nav III aircraft. See the Cessna Pilot’s Operating
Handbook (POH) for information regarding pilot responses.
WARNING ALERTS
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Annunciation Window Text
CO LVL HIGH
ECU MAJOR FAULT†
FUEL TEMP†
HIGH VOLTS
LOW VOLTS*
LOW FUEL PRESS†
OIL PRESSURE
START ENGAGE†
PITCH TRIM**
Audio Alert
Continuous Aural Tone
No Tone
*Aural tone is inhibited while the aircraft is on the ground.
** KAP 140 installations only
† J182T only
590
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CAUTION ALERTS
Audio Alert
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Single Aural Tone
EIS
Annunciation Window Text
ECU MINOR FAULT*
FUEL TEMP FAIL*
LOW FUEL L
LOW FUEL R
LOW POWER*
LOW VACUUM
PROP HEAT**
STBY BATT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
*J182T only
**T182, T206, and 206 with prop de-ice only
ADVISORY ALERTS (J182T ONLY)
Audio Alert
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Annunciation Window Text
ECU FAULT CLEAR
ENGINE PREHEAT
LOW PWR CAS FAIL
MANIFOLD XDCR
No Tone
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SAFE OPERATING ANNUNCIATION (T182, T206, AND 206 WITH PROP DE-ICE ONLY)
Annunciation Window Text
PROP HEAT
Audio Alert
No Tone
AFCS
CO GUARDIAN MESSAGES
Comments
There is a problem within the CO Guardian that requires services.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Alerts Window Message
CO DET SRVC – The carbon
monoxide detector needs service.
CO DET FAIL – The carbon
monoxide detector is inoperative.
Loss of communication between the G1000 and the CO Guardian.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
591
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
G1000 SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When a new alert is issued, the ALERT Softkey flashes to alert the pilot of a new message. It continues to flash
until acknowledged by pressing the softkey. Active alerts are displayed in white text. Alerts that have become
inactive change to gray text. The ALERT Softkey flashes if the state of a displayed alert changes or a new alert is
displayed. The inactive alerts can be removed from the Alert Window by pressing the flashing ALERT Softkey.
EIS
The G1000 System Messages convey messages to the pilot regarding problems with the G1000 system. When
an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red ‘X’ is typically displayed on windows associated with the failed data.
The following section describes various system annunciations. Refer to the POH for additional information
regarding pilot responses to these annunciations.
NOTE: Upon power-up of the G1000 system, certain windows remain invalid as G1000 equipment begins to
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
initialize. All windows should be operational within one minute of power-up. Should any window continue
to remain flagged, the G1000 system should be serviced by a Garmin-authorized repair facility.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GIA 63W
Integrated
Avionics Units
GIA 63W
Integrated
Avionics Units
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GDC 74A Air
Data Computer
Database
Mismatch in PFD
and MFD
GEA 71 Engine
Airframe Unit
OR
GIA 63/W
Integrated
Avionics Unit
AFCS
GRS 77 AHRS
OR
GMU 44
Magnetometer
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GIA 63W Integrated
Avionics Units
GDC 74A Air
Data Computer
APPENDICES
Figure 1-12 G1000 System Failure Annunciations
GTX 33 Transponder
OR
GIA 63W Integrated
Avionics Units
NOTE: Upon power-up, certain windows remain invalid as G1000 equipment begins to initialize. All windows
INDEX
should be operational within one minute of power-up. If any window continues to remain flagged, the
G1000 System should be serviced by a Garmin-authorized repair facility.
592
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Annunciation
Comment
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Attitude and Heading Reference System is aligning.
Display system is not receiving attitude information from the AHRS.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Indicates a configuration module failure.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
This annunciation is only seen when the autopilot is engaged. The
annunciation indicates an AHRS monitor has detected an abnormal flight
parameter, possibly caused by strong turbulence. In this case, the situation
should correct itself within a few seconds. If there is an actual failure, a red
“X” soon appears over the Attitude Indicator.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Display system is not receiving airspeed input from air data computer.
AFCS
Display is not receiving altitude input from the air data computer.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Display is not receiving vertical speed input from the air data computer.
INDEX
Display is not receiving valid heading input from AHRS.
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
593
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
System Annunciation
Comment
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
CDI is not receiving valid data from the corresponding GIA. Does not apply when
the CDI is set to GPS.
EIS
Different versions of GDU software are installed in the PFD and MFD. This can
also indicate different versions of navigation software are installed in the PFD and
MFD. In some circumstances, a cross-talk error between the PFD and MFD can
cause this annunciation.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
‘LOI’ Indicates Loss of Integrity of GPS information. GPS information is either not
present or is invalid for navigation use. ‘DR’ may also be seen indicating that GPS
is in Dead Reckoning Mode. Note that AHRS utilizes GPS inputs during normal
operation. AHRS operation may be degraded if GPS signals are not present (see
AFMS).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Display is not receiving valid transponder information.
Other Various Red X Indications
A red ‘X’ through any other display field, such as engine instrumentation fields,
indicates that the field is not receiving valid data.
OTHER G1000 AURAL ALERTS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The following voice alerts can be configured for ‘Male’ or ‘Female’ gender by using the Aux System Setup Page on the MFD.
Aural Alert
“Minimums, minimums”
“Vertical track”
“Traffic”
AFCS
“Traffic not available”
“Traffic, Traffic”
“TAS System Test OK”
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
“TAS System Test Failed”
Description
The aircraft has descended below the preset barometric minimum descent altitude.
The aircraft is one minute from Top of Descent. Issued only when vertical navigation is enabled.
The Traffic Information Service (TIS) or ADS-B traffic system has issued a Traffic Advisory alert
The aircraft is outside the Traffic Information Service (TIS) or ADS-B coverage area.
Played when a Traffic Advisory (TA) is issued with a TAS system.
Played when the TAS system passes a pilot-initiated self test.
Played when the TAS system fails a pilot-initiated self test.
NOTE: Voice alerts are provided to the G1000 by GIA 63W #1. Should this unit fail, audio and voice alerts are no
longer available.
APPENDICES
G1000 SYSTEM MESSAGE ADVISORIES
This section describes various G1000 system message advisories. Certain messages are issued due to an LRU
or an LRU function failure. Such messages are normally accompanied by a corresponding red ‘X’ annunciation
as shown previously in the G1000 System Annunciation section.
NOTE: This Section provides information regarding G1000 message advisories that may be displayed by the
INDEX
system. Knowledge of the aircraft, systems, flight conditions, and other existing operational priorities must
be considered when responding to a message. Always use sound pilot judgment. The Cessna Nav III Pilot’s
Operating Handbook (POH) takes precedence over any conflicting guidance found in this section.
594
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MFD & PFD MESSAGE ADVISORIES
Comments
The pilot profile data was lost. System reverts to default pilot profile and settings. The
pilot may reconfigure the MFD & PFDs with preferred settings, if desired.
The MFD and PFD are not communicating with each other. The system should be
serviced.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The PFD and/or MFD self-test has detected a problem. The system should be serviced.
EIS
The PFD and/or MFD has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The PFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The system
should be serviced.
The MFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The system
should be serviced.
The MFD and PFD have different software versions installed. The system should be
serviced.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The PFD and/or MFD is overheating and is reducing power consumption by dimming the
display. If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
A key is stuck on the PFD and/or MFD bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing it
several times. The system should be serviced if the problem persists.
AFCS
The PFD1 configuration module backup memory has failed. The system should be
serviced.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Message
DATA LOST – Pilot stored data was
lost. Recheck settings.
XTALK ERROR – A flight display
crosstalk error has occurred.
PFD1 SERVICE – PFD1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
MFD1 SERVICE – MFD1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
MANIFEST – PFD1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – MFD1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
PFD1 CONFIG – PFD1 config error.
Config service req’d.
MFD1 CONFIG – MFD1 config
error. Config service req’d.
SW MISMATCH – GDU software
version mismatch. Xtalk is off.
PFD1 COOLING – PFD1 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
MFD1 COOLING – MFD1 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
PFD1 KEYSTK – PFD1 [key name]
Key is stuck.
MFD1 KEYSTK – MFD [key name]
Key is stuck.
CNFG MODULE – PFD1
configuration module is inoperative.
PFD1 VOLTAGE – PFD1 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage
MFD1 VOLTAGE – MFD1 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage
The PFD1 voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
The MFD voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
595
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
DATABASE MESSAGE ADVISORIES
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 navigation
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 navigation
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 basemap
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 basemap
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain
database missing.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain
database missing.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 obstacle
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle
database missing.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 obstacle
database missing.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 airport
terrain database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 airport
terrain database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 airport
terrain database missing.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 airport
terrain database missing.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Safe Taxi
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 Safe Taxi
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Chartview
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 FliteCharts
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Airport
Directory database error exists.
596
Comments
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the navigation database. Attempt to reload the
navigation database. If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the basemap database.
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the terrain database. Ensure that the terrain
card is properly inserted in display. Replace terrain card. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified LRU.
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the obstacle database. Ensure that the data
card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified LRU.
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the airport terrain database. Ensure that the
data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should
be serviced.
The airport terrain database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified
LRU.
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the SafeTaxi database. Ensure that the data
card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
The MFD detected a failure in the ChartView database (optional feature). Ensure the data
card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, system should be serviced.
The MFD detected a failure in the FliteCharts database (optional feature). Ensure the data
card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, system should be serviced.
The MFD detected a failure in the Airport Directory database. Ensure that the data card is
properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DATABASE MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)
Comments
The PFD and MFD have different navigation database versions or regions installed. Crossfill
is off. Check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page to determine versions or regions. Also, check
the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page for a database synchronization function not completed.
After synchronization is complete, power must be turned off, then on.
DB MISMATCH – Standby
The PFD and MFD have different standby navigation database versions or regions installed.
Navigation database mismatch.
Check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page to determine versions or regions. Also, check the
AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page for a database synchronization function not completed. After
synchronization is complete, power must be turned off, then on.
DB MISMATCH – Terrain database The PFDs and MFD have different terrain database versions or types installed. Install correct
mismatch.
terrain database version or type in all displays. Check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page to
determine versions or regions. Also, check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page for a database
synchronization function not completed. After synchronization is complete, power must
be turned off, then on.
DB MISMATCH – Obstacle
The PFDs and MFD have different obstacle database installed. Install correct obstacle
database mismatch.
database in all displays. Check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page to determine versions
or regions. Also, check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page for a database synchronization
function not completed. After synchronization is complete, power must be turned off,
then on.
DB MISMATCH – Airport Terrain
The PFD and MFD have different airport terrain databases installed. Check the
database mismatch.
AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page to determine versions or regions. Also, check the AUXSYSTEM STATUS Page for a database synchronization function not completed. After
synchronization is complete, power must be turned off, then on.
NAV DB UPDATED – Active
System has updated the active navigation database from the standby navigation
navigation database updated.
database.
TERRAIN DISABLED – Terrain
Terrain database of sufficient resolution (9 arc-second or better) is not currently installed.
Awareness DB resolution too low.
TERRAIN DSP – [PFD1 or
One of the terrain, airport terrain, or obstacle databases required for TAWS in the specified
MFD1] Terrain awareness display
PFD or MFD is missing or invalid.
unavailable.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
DB MISMATCH – Navigation
database version mismatch. Xtalk
is off.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GMA 1347 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
APPENDICES
Message
Comments
GMA1 FAIL – GMA1 is inoperative. The audio panel self-test has detected a failure. The audio panel is unavailable. The
system should be serviced.
GMA1 CONFIG – GMA1 config
The audio panel configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The
error. Config service req’d.
system should be serviced.
MANIFEST – GMA1 software
The audio panel has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
mismatch, communication halted.
GMA1 SERVICE – GMA1 needs
The audio panel self-test has detected a problem in the unit. Certain audio functions
service. Return unit for repair.
may still be available, and the audio panel may still be usable. The system should be
serviced when possible.
597
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
GIA 63W MESSAGE ADVISORIES
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 config error.
Config service req’d.
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 audio config
error. Config service req’d.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 audio config
error. Config service req’d.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1
temperature too low.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2
temperature too low.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 over
temperature.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 over
temperature.
GIA1 SERVICE – GIA1 needs
service. Return the unit for repair.
GIA2 SERVICE – GIA2 needs
service. Return the unit for repair.
HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware
mismatch. GIA1 communication
halted.
HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware
mismatch. GIA2 communication
halted.
MANIFEST – GIA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GIA2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GFC software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – COM1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – COM2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – NAV1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – NAV2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
598
Comments
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 configuration settings do not match backup configuration
memory. The system should be serviced.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 have an error in the audio configuration. The system should be
serviced.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too low to operate correctly. Allow units to warm
up to operating temperature.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too high. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 self-test has detected a problem in the unit. The system should be
serviced.
A GIA mismatch has been detected, where only one is SBAS capable.
The GIA1 and/or GIA 2 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
Incorrect servo software is installed, or gain settings are incorrect.
The COM1 and/or COM2 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
The NAV1 and/or NAV2 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GIA 63W MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)
Comments
The COM1 and/or COM2 configuration settings do not match backup configuration
memory. The system should be serviced.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system has detected an over temperature condition in COM1 and/or COM2. The
transmitter is operating at reduced power. If the problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
EIS
The system has detected a failure in COM1 and/or COM2. COM1 and/or COM2 may still
be usable. The system should be serviced when possible.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The COM1 and/or COM2 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the enable (or
“pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch again to cycle its operation.
If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The COM1 and/or COM2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”) position.
Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GPS integrity is insufficient for the current phase of flight.
Loss of GPS navigation due to insufficient satellites.
Loss of GPS navigation due to position error.
AFCS
Loss of GPS navigation due to GPS failure.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Abort approach due to loss of GPS navigation.
Vertical guidance generated by SBAS is unavailable, use LNAV only minimums.
Displayed after passing the first waypoint of a true north approach when the nav angle
is set to ‘AUTO’.
APPENDICES
Message
COM1 CONFIG – COM1 config
error. Config service req’d..
COM2 CONFIG – COM2 config
error. Config service req’d.
COM1 TEMP – COM1 over temp.
Reducing transmitter power.
COM2 TEMP – COM2 over temp.
Reducing transmitter power.
COM1 SERVICE – COM1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
COM2 SERVICE – COM2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
COM1 PTT – COM1 push-to-talk
key is stuck.
COM2 PTT – COM2 push-to-talk
key is stuck.
COM1 RMT XFR – COM1 remote
transfer key is stuck.
COM2 RMT XFR – COM2 remote
transfer key is stuck.
LOI – GPS integrity lost. Crosscheck
with other NAVS.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. Insufficient satellites.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. Position error.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. GPS fail.
ABORT APR – Loss of GPS
navigation. Abort approach.
APR DWNGRADE – Approach
downgraded.
TRUE APR – True north approach.
Change HDG reference to TRUE.
GPS1 SERVICE – GPS1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
GPS2 SERVICE – GPS2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
A failure has been detected in the GPS1 and/or GPS2 receiver. The receiver may still be
available. The system should be serviced.
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
599
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
GIA 63W MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
NAV1 SERVICE – NAV1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
NAV2 SERVICE – NAV2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
NAV1 RMT XFR – NAV1 remote
transfer key is stuck.
NAV2 RMT XFR – NAV2 remote
transfer key is stuck.
G/S1 FAIL – G/S1 is inoperative.
Comments
A failure has been detected in the NAV1 and/or NAV2 receiver. The receiver may still
be available. The system should be serviced.
The remote NAV1 and/or NAV2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”)
state. Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and/or receiver 2. The system
should be serviced.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
G/S2 FAIL – G/S2 is inoperative.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
G/S1 SERVICE – G/S1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
G/S2 SERVICE – G/S2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
TRN AUD FAIL – Trn Awareness
audio source unavailable.
TERRAIN AUD CFG – Trn Awareness
audio config error. Service req’d.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and/or receiver 2. The receiver may
still be available. The system should be serviced when possible.
The audio source for terrain awareness is offline. Check GIA1 or GIA 2.
Terrain audio alerts are not configured properly. The system should be serviced.
GEA 71 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
AFCS
Message
GEA1 CONFIG – GEA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
MANIFEST – GEA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
Comments
The GEA1 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory.
The G1000 system should be serviced.
The #1 GEA 71 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
GTX 33/33ES MESSAGE ADVISORIES
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Message
XPDR1 CONFIG – XPDR1 config
error. Config service req’d.
MANIFEST – GTX1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
XPDR1 SERVICE – XPDR1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
XPDR1 FAIL – XPDR1 is inoperative.
XPDR1 ADS-B FAIL – XPDR1 unable
to transmit ADS-B messages.
600
Comments
The transponder configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration
memory. The system should be serviced.
The transponder has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
The #1 transponder should be serviced when possible.
There is no communication with the #1 transponder.
GTX 33ES only. ADS-B is inoperative. The transponder may not be receiving a valid GPS
position. Other transponder functions may be available. Service when possible.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GRS 77 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
Comments
The #1 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air data computer. The AHRS relies
on GPS information to augment the lack of airspeed. The system should be serviced.
The #1 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS path has failed. The system
should be serviced when possible.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information. Check AFMS
limitations. The system should be serviced.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
AHRS1 TAS – AHRS1 not receiving
airspeed.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 using backup
GPS source.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving
any GPS information.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving
backup GPS information.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 operating
exclusively in no-GPS mode.
AHRS1 SERVICE – AHRS1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
AHRS1 SRVC – AHRS1 Magneticfield model needs update.
AHRS1 CONFIG – AHRS1 config
error. Config service req’d.
GEO LIMITS – AHRS1 too far
North/South, no magnetic compass.
MANIFEST – GRS1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
EIS
The #1 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information. The system should be serviced.
The #1 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The system should be serviced.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
A failure has been detected in the #1 AHRS. The system should be serviced.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The #1 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date. Update magnetic field model when
practical.
AHRS configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory. The
system should be serviced.
The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved AHRS operation. Heading is
flagged as invalid.
The #1 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GMU 44 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
Comments
A fault has occurred in the #1 GMU 44. Heading is flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses
GPS for backup mode operation. The G1000 system should be serviced.
AFCS
Message
HDG FAULT – AHRS1 magnetometer
fault has occurred.
MANIFEST – GMU1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GMU 44 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
GSR 56 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Message
GSR1 FAIL – GSR1 has failed.
Comments
A failure has been detected in the #1 GSR 56. The system should be serviced.
GDL 69/69A MESSAGE ADVISORIES
190-00498-08 Rev. A
INDEX
MANIFEST – GDL software
mismatch, communication halted.
Comments
GDL 69 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory. The
G1000 system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in the GDL 69. The receiver is unavailable. The G1000
system should be serviced
APPENDICES
Message
GDL69 CONFIG – GDL 69 config
error. Config service req’d.
GDL69 FAIL – GDL 69 has failed.
The GDL 69 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
601
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
GDC 74A MESSAGE ADVISORIES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
ADC1 SERVICE – ADC1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
MANIFEST – GDC1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
Comments
The #1 Air Data Computer should be serviced when possible.
The GDC 74A has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
GTS 800 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
EIS
Message
GTS CONFIG – GTS config error.
Config service req’d.
Comments
The GTS and GDU have incompatible configurations. This alert is also set when the
GTS has an invalid mode S address configured or the mode S address does not match
both XPDR mode S addresses.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
MANIFEST – GTS software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GTS has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
GDL 90 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Message
GDL90 CONFIG – GDL 90 config
error. Config service req’d.
GDL90 FAIL – GDL 90 has failed.
Comments
GDL 90 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory.
The system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in the GDL 90. The receiver is unavailable. The system
should be serviced
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
MANIFEST – GDL software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GDL 90 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
MISCELLANEOUS MESSAGE ADVISORIES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Message
FPL WPT LOCK – Flight plan
waypoint is locked.
APPENDICES
FPL WPT MOVE – Flight plan
waypoint moved.
TIMER EXPIRD – Timer has expired.
DB CHANGE – Database changed.
Verify user modified procedures.
INDEX
DB CHANGE – Database changed.
Verify stored airways.
602
Comments
Upon power-up, the system detects that a stored flight plan waypoint is locked. This
occurs when an navigation database update eliminates an obsolete waypoint. The
flight plan cannot find the specified waypoint and flags this message. This can also
occur with user waypoints in a flight plan that is deleted.
Remove the waypoint from the flight plan if it no longer exists in any database,
Or
update the waypoint name/identifier to reflect the new information.
The system has detected that a waypoint coordinate has changed due to a new navigation
database update. Verify that stored flight plans contain correct waypoint locations.
The system notifies the pilot that the timer has expired.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains procedures that have been manually
edited. This alert is issued only after an navigation database update. Verify that the
user-modified procedures in stored flight plans are correct and up to date.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains an airway that is no longer consistent
with the navigation database. This alert is issued only after an navigation database
update. Verify use of airways in stored flight plans and reload airways as needed.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MISCELLANEOUS MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)
Comments
This occurs when a newly installed navigation database eliminates an obsolete
approach or arrival used by a stored flight plan. The obsolete procedure is removed
from the flight plan. Update flight plan with current arrival or approach.
The system notifies the pilot that the loaded approach is not active. Activate approach
when required.
The system notifies the pilot to load the approach frequency for the appropriate NAV
receiver. Select the correct frequency for the approach.
The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the correct NAV receiver. Set the CDI to
the correct NAV receiver.
Bad parallel track geometry.
IAF waypoint for parallel offset has been passed.
IAF waypoint for parallel offset has been passed.
AFCS
The position of the selected waypoint [xxxx] is not calculated based on the WGS84
map reference datum and may be positioned in error as displayed. Do not use GPS to
navigate to the selected non-WGS84 waypoint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Stormscope has failed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The current vertical waypoint can not be reached within the maximum flight path angle
and vertical speed constraints. The system automatically transitions to the next vertical
waypoint.
The current track angle error exceeds the limit, causing the vertical deviation to go
invalid.
The lateral flight plan contains a procedure turn, vector, or other unsupported leg
type prior to the active vertical waypoint. This prevents vertical guidance to the active
vertical waypoint.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
VNV – Unavailable. Excessive
crosstrack error.
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
VNV – Unavailable. Excessive track
angle error.
VNV – Unavailable. Unsupported
leg type in flight plan.
A steep turn is 15 seconds ahead. Prepare to turn.
The aircraft is inside the airspace.
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft will penetrate the airspace within
10 minutes.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
STRMSCP FAIL – Stormscope has
failed.
UNABLE V WPT – Can’t reach
current vertical waypoint.
Arriving at waypoint [xxxx], where [xxxx] is the waypoint name.
EIS
WPT ARRIVAL – Arriving at
waypoint -[xxxx]
STEEP TURN – Steep turn ahead.
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace.
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace ahead
less than 10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near and
ahead.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near – less
than 2 nm.
APR INACTV – Approach is not
active.
SLCT FREQ – Select appropriate
frequency for approach.
SLCT NAV – Select NAV on CDI for
approach.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
bad geometry.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
past IAF.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
past IAF.
NON WGS84 WPT – Do not use GPS
for navigation to [xxxx]
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
FPL TRUNC – Flight plan has been
truncated.
The current crosstrack exceeds the limit, causing vertical deviation to go invalid.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
603
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
MISCELLANEOUS MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
VNV – Unavailable. Parallel course
selected.
TRAFFIC FAIL – Traffic device has
failed.
FAILED PATH – A data path has failed.
MAG VAR WARN – Large magnetic
variance. Verify all course angles.
A parallel course has been selected, causing the vertical deviation to go invalid.
The system is no longer receiving data from the traffic system. The traffic device should
be serviced.
A data path connected to the GDU, GSD 41, or the GIA 63W has failed.
The GDU’s internal model cannot determine the exact magnetic variance for geographic
locations near the magnetic poles. Displayed magnetic course angles may differ from
the actual magnetic heading by more than 2°.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because the aircraft is not within the boundaries of the
installed terrain database.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because a terrain database of sufficient resolution (9 arcsecond or better) is not currently installed.
Message criteria entered by the user.
Selected course for LOC1 differs from published localizer course by more than 10
degrees.
Selected course for LOC2 differs from published localizer course by more than 10
degrees.
Expect Further Clearance (EFC) time has expired for the User Defined Hold.
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the PFD or MFD. The SD card needs
to be reinserted.
The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of the PFD or MFD. The SD card
needs to be reinserted.
The SD card in the top card slot of the PFD or MFD contains invalid data.
The SD card in the bottom card slot of the PFD or MFD contains invalid data.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SVT – SVT DISABLED: Out of
available terrain region.
SVT – SVT DISABLED: Terrain DB
resolution too low.
SCHEDULER [#] – <message>.
CHECK CRS – Database course for
LOC1 / [LOC ID] is [CRS]°.
CHECK CRS – Database course for
LOC2 / [LOC ID] is [CRS]°.
HOLD EXPIRED – Holding EFC time
expired.
[PFD1 or MFD1] CARD 1 REM –
Card 1 was removed. Reinsert card.
[PFD1 or MFD1] CARD 2 REM –
Card 2 was removed. Reinsert card.
[PFD1 or MFD1] CARD 1 ERR –
Card 1 is invalid.
[PFD1 or MFD1] CARD 2 ERR –
Card 2 is invalid.
Comments
604
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT PLAN IMPORT/EXPORT MESSAGES
In some circumstances, some messages may appear in conjunction with others.
Description
A flight plan file stored on the SD card was successfully imported as a stored
flight plan.
‘File contained user waypoints only. User
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only user
waypoints imported successfully. No stored waypoints. These waypoints have been saved to the system user waypoints.
flight plan data was modified.’
No flight plans stored in the system have been modified.
‘No flight plan files found to import.’
The SD card contains no flight plan data.
‘Flight plan import failed.’
Flight plan data was not successfully imported from the SD card.
‘Flight plan partially imported.’
Some flight plan waypoints were successfully imported from the SD card,
however others had errors and were not imported. A partial stored flight plan
now exists in the system.
‘File contained user waypoints only.’
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only user
waypoints. One or more of these waypoints did not import successfully.
‘Too many points. Flight plan truncated.’
The flight plan on the SD card contains more waypoints than the system can
support. The flight plan was imported with as many waypoints as possible.
‘Some waypoints not loaded. Waypoints
The flight plan on the SD card contains one or more waypoints that the system
locked.’
cannot find in the navigation database. The flight plan has been imported, but
must be edited within the system before it can be activated for use.
‘User waypoint database full. Not all loaded.’ The flight plan file on the SD card contains user waypoints. The quantity of
stored user waypoints has exceeded system capacity, therefore not all the user
waypoints on the SD card have been imported. Any flight plan user waypoints
that were not imported are locked in the flight plan. The flight plan must be
edited within the system before it can be activated for use.
‘One or more user waypoints renamed.’
One or more imported user waypoints were renamed when imported due to
naming conflicts with waypoints already existing in the system.
‘Flight plan successfully exported.’
The stored flight plan was successfully exported to the SD card.
‘Flight plan export failed.’
The stored flight plan was not successfully exported to the SD card. The SD
card may not have sufficient available memory or the card may have been
removed prematurely.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Plan Import/Export Results
‘Flight plan successfully imported.’
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
605
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
AFCS ALERTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System Status Field
Figure A-6 AFCS System Status Field
EIS
The following alert annunciations appear in the AFCS System Status field on the PFD.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Condition
Pitch Failure
Description
Pitch axis control failure. AP is inoperative.
Roll Failure
Roll axis control failure. AP is inoperative.
MET Switch Stuck, or
Pitch Trim Axis Control
Failure
System Failure
If annunciated when AP is engaged, take control of the aircraft and disengage the autopilot.
If annunciated when AP is not engaged, move each half of the MET switch separately to
check if a stuck switch is causing the annunciation.
AP and MET are unavailable. FD may still be available.
Elevator Mistrim Up
A condition has developed causing the pitch servo to provide a sustained force. Be prepared
to apply nose up control wheel force upon autopilot disconnect.
A condition has developed causing the pitch servo to provide a sustained force. Be prepared
to apply nose down control wheel force upon autopilot disconnect.
A condition has developed causing the roll servo to provide a sustained left force. Ensure
the slip/skid indicator is centered and observe any maximum fuel imbalance limits.
A condition has developed causing the roll servo to provide a sustained right force. Ensure
the slip/skid indicator is centered and observe any maximum fuel imbalance limits.
Performing preflight system test. Upon completion of the test, the aural alert is heard.
Elevator Mistrim
Down
Aileron Mistrim Left
Aileron Mistrim Right
AFCS
Annunciation
Preflight Test
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Preflight system test has failed.
NOTE: Do not press the AP DISC switch during servo power-up and preflight system tests as this may cause
INDEX
APPENDICES
the preflight system test to fail or never to start (if servos fail their power-up tests). Power must be cycled
to the servos to remedy the situation.
606
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TERRAIN-SVS ALERTS
Alert Type
MFD
Pop-Up Alert
Aural Message
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Warning (RTC)
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI)
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Warning (ROC)
“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning (IOI)
“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI)
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution (IOI)
“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Caution (ROC)
EIS
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Caution (RTC)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
PFD/MFD TERRAINSVS Page
Annunciation
PFD/MFD Alert
Annunciation
None
None
“Terrain System Test OK”
None
None
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
None
Terrain System Test Fail
TERRAIN FAIL
“Terrain System Failure”
Terrain or Obstacle database unavailable or
invalid, invalid software configuration, system
audio fault
TERRAIN FAIL
“Terrain System Failure”
NO GPS POSITION
“Terrain System Not Available”
None
“Terrain System Not Available”
None
“Terrain System Available”
System Test Pass
None
Terrain Alerting is disabled
MFD Terrain or Obstacle database unavailable or
invalid. Terrain-SVS operating with PFD Terrain
or Obstacle databases
None
No GPS position
Excessively degraded GPS signal, Out of
database coverage area
Sufficient GPS signal received after loss
None
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
TERRAIN TEST
System Test in Progress
AFCS
Aural Message
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TERRAIN-SVS Page
Annunciation
Alert Type
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TERRAIN-SVS SYSTEM STATUS ANNUNCIATIONS
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
607
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
TAWS-B ALERTS
Annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. Pop-up alerts appear only on the MFD.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alert Type
PFD/MFD
TAWS Page
Annunciation
MFD Map Page
Pop-Up Alert
Aural Message
Excessive Descent Rate Warning (EDR)
“Pull Up”
EIS
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)
or
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
“Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
or
Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
or
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
or
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Caution (ROC)
or
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
or
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution
(IOI)
or
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”
or
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Warning (ROC)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning
(IOI)
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Premature Descent Alert Caution (PDA)
Altitude Callout “500”
“Too Low, Terrain”
None
None
“Sink Rate”
Negative Climb Rate Caution (NCR)
“Don’t Sink”
or
“Too Low, Terrain”
or
INDEX
APPENDICES
“Five-Hundred”
Excessive Descent Rate Caution (EDR)
608
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TAWS-B SYSTEM STATUS ANNUNCIATIONS
PFD/MFD Alert
Annunciation
Alert Type
None
“TAWS System Test OK”
None
None
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
None
TAWS-B System Test Fail
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System Failure”
Terrain or Obstacle database unavailable or
invalid, invalid software configuration, system
audio fault
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System Failure”
NO GPS POSITION
“TAWS Not Available”
None
“TAWS Not Available”
None
“TAWS Available”
System Test Pass
None
TAWS Alerting is disabled
MFD Terrain or Obstacle database unavailable
or invalid. TAWS operating with PFD Terrain or
Obstacle databases
None
No GPS position
Excessively degraded GPS signal, Out of
database coverage area
Sufficient GPS signal received after loss
None
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
None
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TAWS TEST
System Test in Progress
EIS
Aural Message
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TAWS-B Page Annunciation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00498-08 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
609
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
Blank Page
610
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III
190-00498-08 Rev. A
APPENDIX B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DATABASE MANAGEMENT
CAUTION: Never disconnect power to the system when loading a database. Power interruption during the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
database loading process could result in maintenance being required to reboot the system.
The system uses Secure Digital (SD) cards to load and store various types of data. For basic flight operations, SD
cards (Supplemental Data Cards) are required for database storage as well as Jeppesen navigation and ChartView
database updates. Not all SD cards are compatible with the G1000. Use only SD cards supplied by Garmin or
the aircraft manufacturer.
EIS
CAUTION: When downloading updates to the Jeppesen Navigation Database, copy the data to an SD card
other than a Garmin Supplemental Data Card. Otherwise, data corruption can occur.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: When loading database updates, the ‘DB Mismatch’ message will be displayed until database
synchronization is complete, followed by turning system power off, then on. Synchronization can be
monitored on the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NOTE: Loading a database in the system prior to its effective date will result in the expiration date on the
power-up screen and the effective date on the AUX-System Status Page being displayed in yellow.
NOTE: Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies related to database information.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
These discrepancies could come in the form of an incorrect procedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles
and fixes; or any other displayed item used for navigation or communication in the air or on the ground. Go
to FlyGarmin.com and select “Aviation Data Error Report.
JEPPESEN DATABASES
AFCS
The Jeppesen navigation database is updated on a 28-day cycle. The ChartView database is updated on a
14-day cycle. If the ChartView database is not updated within 70 days of the expiration date, ChartView will
no longer function. Both of these databases are provided directly from Jeppesen.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: The Jeppesen aviation navigation database is now referred to as the ‘navigation database’. Previously
this database h